C^  ^y^^A^ 


'<L-     ^7. 


/-    yf/^. 


<x^ 


& 


TaI 


:;     USo^ 


51 A  N  U  A  L 


OF 


SURVEYING  INSTRUCTIONS 


FOll   THE 


SUinEY  OE  THE  PUi^LIC  LANDS 


OF  THE 


U:^riTED  STATES 


A^D 


P^HIA^^TE   LA^jSTD   CLiS.I]MS. 


Prepared  in  conformity  witli  law  nniler  the  direc'ion  of 
THE  COMMISSIONER  OP  TnE/oEXEKAL  LAND  OFFICE. 


JUNE  30,  1S94. 


WASHINGTON : 

C  OTLililN'r-IENT    PRINTING    0FFIC3. 

1  8  9  i. 


Department  of  the  Interior, 

General  Land  Office, 
Washington,  D.  C,  June  30,  1894. 
Gentlemen : 

The  followiug  instructions,  including  full  and  minute  directions  for 
the  execution  of  surveys  in  the  field,  are  issued  under  the  authority 
given  me  by  sections  453,  456,  and  23!)S,  United  States  Kevised  Stat- 
utes, and  must  be   strictly  complied  with  by  yourselves,  your  office 
assistants,  aud  deputy  surveyors. 
All  directions  in  conflict  with  these  instructions  are  hereby  abrogated. 
In  all  official  communications,  this  edition  will  be  known  and  referred 
to  as  the  Manual  of  1S94. 
Very  respectfully, 

S.  W.  Lamoreux, 

Commissioner. 

To  Surveyors  General,  of  the  United  States. 


MANUAL  or  SURVEYmG  I:N^STRUCT10NS. 


HISTORY   OF   LEGISLATION  FOR   SURVEYS. 

Tlic  present  system  of  survey  of  the  public  lands  was  inau<^urated  by 
a  committee  appointed  by  the  Continental  Congress,  consisting  of  the 
following  delegates: 

Hon.  Thos.  Jefferson,  Chairman Virginia. 

Hon.  Hugh  Williamson ]Srorth  Carolina. 

Hon.  David  Howell IMiode  Island. 

Hon.  Elbridge  Gerry Massachusetts. 

Hon.  Jacob  Read South  Carolina. 

On  the  7th  of  May,  1784,  this  committee  lepoitcd  "An  ordinance  for 
ascertaining  the  mode  of  locating  and  (lisi)osiiig  of  lands  in  the  western 
territory,  and  lor  other  purposes  therein  mentioned."  This  ordinance 
required  the  public  lands  to  be  divided  into  "  hundreds  "  often  geograph- 
ical miles  square,  and  those  again  to  be  subdivided  into  lots  of  one  mile 
square  each,  to  be  numbered  from  1  to  100,  commencing  in  the  nortli- 
tcestern  corner,  and  continuing  from  west  to  east  and  from  east  to  west 
consecutively.  Tliis  ordinance  was  considered,  debated,  and  amended, 
and  reported  to  Congress  April  20,  1785,  and  required  the  surveyors 
"  to  divide  the  said  territory  into  townships  of  7  miles  square,  by  lines 
running  due  north  and  south,  and  others  crossing  these  at  right  angles. 
*  *  *  The  plats  of  the  townships,  respectively,  shall  be  marked 
by  subdivisions  into  sections  of  1  mile  square,  or  040  acres,  in  the  same 
direction  as  the  external  lines,  and  numbered  from  1  to  49.  *  *  * 
And  these  sections  shall  be  subdivided  into  lots  of  320  acres."  This  is 
the  tirst  record  of  the  use  of  the  terms  "  township"  and  "  section." 

May  3,  1785,  on  motion  of  Hon.  William  Grayson,  of  Virginia,  sec- 
onded by  Hon.  James  Monroe,  of  Virginia,  the  section  respecting  the 
extent  of  townships  was  amended  by  striking  out  the  words  "seven 
miles  square"  and  substituting  the  words  "six  miles  square."  The 
records  of  these  early  sessions  of  Congress  are  not  very  full  or  complete ; 
but  it  does  not  seem  to  have  occurred  to  the  members  until  the  0th  of 
May,  1785,  that  a  township  six  miles  square  could  not  contain  49  sec- 
tions of  1  mile  square.  At  that  date  a  motion  to  amend  was  made, 
which  provided,  among  other  changes,  that  a  township  should  contain 
30  secticms;  and  the  amendment  was  lost.  The  ordinance  as  finally 
passed,  however,  on  the  20th  of  May,  1785,  provided  for  townships  0 
miles  square,  containing  30  sections  of  1  mile  square.  The  first  public 
surveys  were  made  under  this  ordinance.  The  townships,  0  miles  square, 
were  laid  out  in  ranges,  extending  northward  from  the  Ohio  River,  the 
townships  being  numbered  from  south  to  north,  and  the  ranges  from 
east  to  west.  The  region  embraced  by  the  surveys  under  this  law 
forms  a  part  of  the  present  State  of  Ohio,  and  is  usually  styled  "  The 

5 


Seven  Eanges."  In  these  initial  surveys  only  tlie  exterior  lines  of  tlie 
townships  were  surveyed,  but  the  plats  were  marked  by  subdivisions 
into  sections  of  1  mile  square,  and  mile  corners  were  established  on  the 
township  Hues.  The  sections  were  numbered  from  1  to  36,  commencing 
■with  No.  1  in  the  southeast  corner  of  the  township,  and  running  from 
south  to  north  in  each  tier  to  No.  36  in  the  northtcest  corner  of  the  town- 
ship, as  shown  in  the  following  diagram : 


36 

30 

24 
23 
22 
21 

18 

12 

6 

35 

29 

17 

11 

5 

34 

28 

16 

10 

4 

33 

27 

15 

9 

8 

3 

2 

1 

32 
31 

26 

20 

14 

25 

19 

13 

7 

The  surveys  were  made  under  the  direction  of  the  Geographer  of  the 
United  States. 

The  act  of  Congress  approved  May  18, 1796,  j^rovided  for  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  surveyor  general,  and  directed  the  survey  of  the  lands  north- 
west of  the  Ohio  Kiver,  and  above  the  mouth  of  the  Kentucky  Kiver, 
"  in  which  the  titles  of  the  Indian  tribes  have  been  extinguished." 
Under  this  law  07ie  half  of  the  townships  surveyed  were  subdivided  into 
sections  "by  running  through  the  same,  each  way, parallel  lines  at  the 
end  of  every  two  miles,  and  by  making  a  corner  on  each  of  said  lines 
at  the  end  of  every  mile,"  and  it  further  provided  that  "  the  sections 
shall  be  numbered,  respectively,  beginning  with  the  number  one  in  the 
northeast  section  and  proceeding  west  and  east  alternately,  through 
the  township,  with  progressive  inimbers  till  the  thirty-sixth  be  com- 
pleted." This  method  of  numbering  sections,  as  shown  by  the  following 
diagram,  is  still  in  use : 


6 

5 

4 
9 

3 
10 

2 
11 

1 
12 

7 

8 

18 
19 
30 

17 

16 

15 

14 

13 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

29 

28 

27 

26 

25 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

The  act  of  Congress  a])proved  May  10,  1800,  required  the  "townships 
west  of  the  Muskingum,  which  *  *  *  .^i^q  directed  to  be  sold  in 
quarter  townships,  to  be  subdivided  into  half  sections  of  three  hundred 


and  twenty  acres  eacb,  as  nearly  as  niuy  bo,  by  running  parallel  lines 
tbrougli  tbe  same  from  east  to  west,  and  from  south  to  north,  at  tht' 
distance  of  one  mile  from  each  other,  and  marking  corners,  at  the  dis- 
tance of  each  half  mile,  on  the  lines  running  from  east  to  west,  and  at 
thedistanceof  each  mile  on  those  running  from  south  to  north.  *  *  * 
And  the  interior  lines  of  townshii)s  intersected  by  the  Muskingum, 
and  of  all  the  townships  lying  east  of  that  river,  which  have  not  been 
heretofore  actually  subdivided  into  sections,  shall  also  be  run  and 
marked.  *  *  *  ^^j  j,^  q]i  cases  where  the  exterior  lines  of  the 
townships  thus  to  be  subdivided  into  sections  or  half  sections  shall 
exceed,  or  shall  not  extend,  six  miles,  the  excess  or  deficiency  shall 
be  specially  noted,  and  added  to  or  deducted  from  the  western  and 
northern  ranges  of  sections  or  half  sections  in  such  townships,  accord- 
ing as  the  error  may  be  in  running  the  lines  from  east  to  west  or  from 
south  to  north." 

The  act  of  Congress  approved  February  11,  1805,  directs  the  subdi- 
vision of  the  public  lands  into  quarter  sections,  and  provides  that  all 
the  corners  umrked  in  the  public  surveys  shall  be  established  as  the 
proper  corners  of  sections,  or  subdivisions  of  sections,  which  they  were 
intended  to  designate,  and  that  corners  of  half  and  quarter  sections  not 
marlced  shall  be  placed,  as  nearly  as  possible,  "  equidistant  from  those 
two  corners,  which  stand  on  the  same  line."  This  act  further  provides 
that  "  The  boundary  lines  actually  run  and  nuirked  *  *  *  shall  be 
established  as  the  proper  boundary  lines  of  the  sections  or  subdivisions 
for  which  they  were  intended;  and  the  length  of  such  lines  as  returned 
by  *  *  *  the  surveyors  *  *  *  shall  be  held  and  considered  as 
the  true  length  thereof,  and  the  boundary  lines  which  shall  not  have 
been  actually  run  and  marked  as  aforesaid  shall  be  ascertained  by  run- 
ning straight  lines  from  the  established  corners  to  the  opposite  corre- 
sponding corners;  but  in  those  portions  of  the  fractional  townships, 
where  no  such  o])i)osite  or  corresponding  corners  have  been  or  can  be 
fixed,  the  said  boundary  line  shall  be  ascertained  by  running  from  the 
established  corners  due  north  and  south  or  east  and  west  lines,  as  the 
case  may  be,  to  the  *  *  *  external  boundary  of  such  fractional 
township." 

The  act  of  Congress  approved  April  25, 1812,  provided  "  That  there 
shall  be  established  in  the  Department  of  the  Treasury  an  oflice  to  be 
denominated  the  General  Land  Oftice,  the  chief  officer  of  which  shall  be 
called  the  Connnissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office,  whose  duty  it  shall 
be,  uiuler  the  direction  of  the  head  of  the  Department,  to  superintend, 
execute,  and  perform  all  such  acts  and  things  touching  or  respecting  the 
public  lands  of  the  United  States,  and  other  lauds  patented  or  granted 
by  the  United  States,  as  have  heretofore  been  directed  by  law  to  be  done 
or  performed  in  the  ofiice  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  of  the  Secretary  and 
Register  of  the  Treasury,  and  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  or  which  shall 
hereafter  by  law  be  assigned  to  the  said  office." 

The  act  of  Congress  approved  A j)ril  24, 1820,  provides  for  the  sale  of 
public  lands  in  half  quarter  sections,  and  requires  that  "in  every  case 
of  the  division  of  a  quarter  section  the  line  for  the  division  thereof  shall 
run  north  and  south  *  *  *  and  fractional  sections,  containing  160 
acres  and  upward,  shall,  in  like  manner,  as  nearly  as  practicable,  be 
subdivided  into  half  quarter  sections,  under  such  rules  and  regulations 
as  may  be  i)rescril)ed  by  ?Jie  Secretary  of  the  Treasury;  but  fractional 
sections  containing  less  than  100  acres  shall  not  be  divided." 

The  act  of  Congriss  approved  May  24,  1824,  provides  ''That  when- 
ever, in  the  opinion  of  the  President  of  the  United  States,  a  departure 


8 

Irom  the  ordinary  mode  of  siu^veyinji'  land  on  any  river,  lake,  bayou,  or 
water  course  would  promote  the  public  iiitere8t,  he  may  direct  the  sur- 
veyor general  in  whose  district  such  land  is  situated,  and  where  the 
change  is  intended  to  be  made,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the 
President  may  prescribe,  to  cause  the  lands  thus  situated  to  be  surveyed 
iu  tracts  of  two  acres  in  width,  fronting  on  any  ri\er,  bayou,  lake,  or 
water  course,  and  running  back  the  dej>ih  of  forty  acres." 

The  act  of  Congress  approved  May  L'<>,  1830  (sees.  2412,2413,  R.  S.), 
provides  for  the  fine  and  imprisonment  of  any  person  obstructing  the 
survey  of  the  public  lands,  and  for  the  in^otection  of  surveyors,  in  the 
discharge  of  their  official  duties,  by  the  United  States  marshal,  with 
sufiicient  force,  whenever  necessary. 

The  act  of  Congress  a])proved  April  5,  1832,  directed  the  subdivision 
of  the  public  lands  into  (juarter  quarters;  that  in  every  case  of  the  divi- 
sion of  a  half  (piarter  section  the  dividing  line  should  run  east  and  west; 
and  tlnit  fractional  sections  sliould  be  subdivided  under  rules  and  regu- 
lations prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury.  Under  the  latter 
provision  the  Secretary  directed  that  fractional  sections  containing  less 
than  1(!0  acres,  or  the  residuary  portiou  of  a  fractional  section,  after  the 
subdivision  into  as  many  quarter  quarter  sections  as  it  is  susceptible 
of,  may  be  subdivided  into  lots,  eachcontaining  the  quantity  of  a  quar- 
ter quarter  section,  as  nearly  as  ])racticable,  by  so  laying  down  the  line 
of  subdivision  that  they  shall  be  20  chains  \yide,  which  distances  are  to 
be  marked  on  the  plat  of  subdivision,  as  are  also  the  areas  of  the  quar- 
tei-  quarters  and  residuary  fractions. 

The  last  two  acts  above  mentioned  provided  that  the  corners  and  con- 
tentsof  half-quarter  and  quarter-quarter  sections  should  be  ascertained, 
as  nearly  as  possible,  in  the  manner  and  on  the  principles  directed 
and  prescril)ed  iu  the  act  of  Congress  approved  February  11,  180.5. 

The  act  of  Congress  approved  July  4, 1836,  provided  for  the  reorgan- 
ization of  the  (Tcneral  Land  Office,  and  that  the  executive  duties  of  said 
office  "shall  be  subject  to  the  supervision  and  control  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  Gciieral  Land  Office  under  the  direction  of  the  President 
of  the  Uiiited  States."  Tlie  re])ealing  clause  is,  "That  si^ich  provisions 
of  the  act  of  the  twenty-fifth  of  April,  in  the  year  one  thousand  eight 
liundred  and  twelve,  entitled  'An  act  for  the  establishment  of  a  General 
Land  Olfice  in  the  Departnient  of  the  Treasury,'  and  of  all  acts  amend- 
atory thereof,  as  are  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  act,  be,  and 
thesann^  are  hereby,  rei)ealed." 

Prom  the  wording  of  this  act  it  would  ap])ear  that  the  control  of  the 
General  Land  Office  was  )'enu)ved  from  the  Treasury  Department,  and 
that  the  Commissioner  reported  directly  to  the  President;  but,  as  a  mat- 
ter of  fact,  tlu^  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  still  had  supervisory  control,  for 
the  act  of  (.'Ongress  aj)proved  Mar(5h  3, 1849,  by  which  the  Department 
of  the  Interior  was  established,  provided,  "That  the  Secretary  of  the 
Interior  sliall  peilbrm  all  the  duties  in  relation  to  the  General  Land 
Offi(^e,  of  supervision  and  appeal,  now  discharged  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  1'reasury  *  *  *."  By  this  act  the  General  Land  Oifice  was 
transferred  to  the  Department  of  the  Interior,  where  it  still  remains. 

In  1855  a  manual  of  instructions  to  surveyors  general  was  ])repared, 
under  the  direction  ofth.e  Commissioner  of  the  General  J^md  Oftice,  by 
John  M.  i\looi-e,  tlicn  i>rincipal  clerk  of  surveys,  and  the  act  ofCongress 
approved  May.".!),  1802  (sec.  2;?09,  K.  S.),  provided  "That  the  printed 
jnanual  of  instructions  relating  to  the  x)ublic  surveys,  x>reparcd  at  the 
Gejieral  Ivand  Office,  and  bearing  the  date  Pel)ruary  twenty-second, 
eighteen  hundred  and  fifty-five,  the  instructions  of  the  Commissioner 


of  tlie  General  Land  Office,  and  tlie  special  instruction^!  of  tlie  surveyor 
jjenoral,  when  not  in  conllict  with  said  printed  inariual  or  tlie  instiuc- 
tious  of  said  Goinniissioner,  sliall  be  taken  and  deemed  to  be  a  i)art  of 
every  contract  for  surveyin,ii'  the  public  lands  of  the  United  States." 

Tlie  instructions  contained  in  this  volume  are  issued  under  the  au- 
thority given  in  the  clause  in  said  act  providing- that  "The  instruc- 
tions of  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office  *  *  *  shall  be 
taken  and  deemed  to  be  apart  of  every  contract  for  surveying  the  public 
lands  of  the  United  States." 

The  following  comprises  so  much  of  the  general  laws  relating  to  the 
survey  of  tiie  public  domain  as  it  is  deemed  necessary  to  incorporate 
in  this  volume,  reference  being  made  by  cha])ter  and  section  to  the  cod- 
ilication  of  the  Public  Land  Laws,  pre^tared  pursuant  to  acts  of  Con- 
gress approved  March  3,  1S79  and  June  1<>,  1880,  aud  by  section  num- 
ber to  the  Eevised  Statutes  of  the  United  St;ites. 


EXISTING  LAND  LAWS  .— C  H  AFTER    T  Vr  O . 

THE  GENEBAL  LAND  OmCE. 

Src.  32.  The  Commissioner  of  tlie  General  L.ancl  Office  shall  perform,  under  the 
(lirt'Ction  of  the  Soc-retary  of  the  Interior,  all  executive  duties  umi»s of Comnr   •<> 
ai)]K'rtainin.ii-  to  the  surveying  ami  sale  of  the  public,  lands  of  the 
United  States,  or  in  anywise  respectinj^  sneh  public  lands;  and,  also,  such  as  relate 
to  ])rivate  ( lainis  of  lands,  aud  tin;  issuing  of  j)atents  for  all  grants  of  land  iinder  the 
authority  of  the  Government.     (K.  .S.,  -153.) 

fiv.c.  35.  All  returns  relative  to  the  ])ublic  lands  shall  be  made  to  the  Commissioner 
of  the  General  Land  Office;  and  he  shall  have  power  to  audit  and 
settle  all  public  accounts  relative  to  the  public  lands;  and  upon „i?ft"',^X'' "'"'''""" '*'' 
the  settlement  of  any  such  accounts  he  shall  certify  the  balance, 
and  transmit  the  account  with  the  vouchers  and  certificate  to  the  First  Comptroller 
of  the  Treasury  for  his  examination  and  decision  thereon.     (K.  S.,  ioti.) 

.Sr.c.  38.  T'pou  the  discontinuance  of  any  surveying  distrii-t  the  authority,  powers, 
and  duties  in  relation  to  tiie  suvvev,  Tesnrve\',  or  subdi\ision  of 
lands  therein,  and  all  matters  and  things  connected  therewith,  as  dutTs^of 'eCrveyor-iri^a"!; 
previously  exercised  by  the  surveyor- general,  shall  he  vestexl  in"<^- 
and  devolved  upon  the  Commissioner  of  tlie  General  Land  Office;  and  deputy  sur- 
A'eyors  or  other  agents  under  his  direction  shall  have  free  access  to  any  field-notes, 
majts,  records,  and  other  papers  turned  over  to  the  authorities  of  any  State,  pursu- 
ant to  law,  for  the  purpose  of  making  copies  thereof,  without  charge  of  any  kind. 
(l.'.S.,  2219,  2220.) 

8kc.  45.  The  Commi-^si oner  shall  approve  all  contracts  for  the  Approval  of  ^arveying con- 
survey  of  the  public  lands.     (11.  S..  2o!i8.)  "-a.". 

Skc.  16.  The  instructions  issricd  by  the  Conuuissioner  of  the  Gen-  commissioner-s  instructions 
eral  Land  Office  not  in  conllict  with  law  shall  he  deemed  part  of  •''■^'"^'!  ?•"■'  o""  contract  for 
every  contract  for  surveying  the  i)ublic  lands.     (K.  .S.,  2'.M).)  8>"-vpying. 

.Si;c.  (U.  The  Commissioner,  under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior, 
is  authorized  to  enforce  aud  carry  into  execution  every  part  of  the  power  of  commiasiouer  to 
])ubli eland  laws  not  otherwise  specially  provided  for.  (E.  S.,  2178.)  ""ke  ■•eguktiona. 


CHAPTER    THPEE. 

SURVEYS  AND  SUEVEYOES. 

Sec.   77.  Tliere  shall  be  appointed  by  the  President,  by  and  with  the  advice  and 
consent  of  the  Senate,  a  surveyor-general  for  the  States  and.  Tori- 
tories  lierein  named,  e/nbracjng,  ix'a]icctively,  one  surveying  dis-    SLirve}ors-g™rKi,  h<.w:,ii,i 
trict,  namely:  Louisiana,  Florida,  Miiniesota,  Kansas,  California,  "  "" "I'l"^"'"-' • 
Nevada.  Cregon,  Nebraska  aud  Iowa.  J  )akota.  Colorado,  New  Mexico,  Idaho,  Wash- 
ington, Montana,  Utah,  Wyouiiug,  Arizona,     (li.  S.,  2207.) 

Skc.  83.  Every  survevoi-general,  while  in  the  disi  harge  of  the 
duties  of  his  office,  shall  reside  in  the  district  for  which  he  is  ap-    ije.-,i.i^nceofeur»eTor-gen- 
pointod.     (K.S.,2214.j 


10 

Sec.  84.  Every  surveyor-general  sliall,  before  entering  on  the  duties  of  his  oflfice, 
Bond  of  surveyor-general,  cxecute  and  dcllver  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  a  bond,  with 
good  and  sufficient  security,  for  the  penul  sum  of  thirty  thousand  dollars,  condi- 
tioned for  the  faithful  disbursement,  according  to  law,  of  all  public  money  placed  in 
his  hands,  and  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  duties  of  his  office;  and  the  Presi- 
dent has  cfrscretionary  authority  to  require  a  new  bond  and  additional  security, 
under  the  direction  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  for  the  lawful  disbursement  of 
public  moneys.     (R.  S.,  221.5,  2216. )  ' 

Sec.  85.  The  commission  of  each  surveyor-general  shall  cease  and  expire  in  four 
Duration  of  office.  years  from  the  date  thereof,  unless  sooner  vacated  by  death,  resig- 

nation, or  removal  from  office.     (R.  S.,  2217.) 

Sec.  86.  Every  surveyor-general,  excei)t  where  the  President  sees  cause  otherwise 

to  determine,  is  authorized  to  continue  in  the  uninterrupted  dis-. 

Continuance  of  duties  and  charge  of  liis  regular  official  duties  after  the  dav  of  expiration  of 

bond  ader  expiration  of  com-  ,   .       =  .       .         ^      ^  ,.,  .       .  .       ."'  j     /       i   •  .• 

mission.  nis  commission  and  until  a  new  commission  is  issued  to  him  lor 

the  same  office,  or  until  the  day  when  a  successor  enters  u]ton  the 

duties  of  such  office;  and  the  existing  official  bond  of  any  officer  so  acting  shall  be 

deemed  good  and  sufficient  and  in  force  until  the  date  of  the  approval  of  the  new 

bond  to  be  given  by  him,  if  recommissioned,  or  otherwise,  for  the  additional  time 

he  may  so  continue  officiallv  to  act,  pursuant  to  the  authority  of  this  section.     (R. 

S.,2222.) 

Skc.  87.  Whenever  the  surveys  and  records  of  any  surveying  district  are  completed 

the  surveyor-general  thereof  shall  be  required  to  deliver  over  to 

Tran-fer  of  papers  and  riis-  the  Secretary  of  statc  of  the  respective  States,  including  such  sur- 

continuance  ol  office  in  case  ,  *      i         j.i  £g  i  j.i  *         i  x  •  j.i 

of  cwmi-ieted  surveys.         veys,  or  to  such  othcr  officer  as  may  be  autlionzed  to  receive  them, 
all  the  field-notes,  maps,  records,  and  other  papers  appertaining  to 
land  titles  within  the  same;  and  the  office  of  surveyor- general  in  every  such  district 
shall  thereafter  cease  and  be  discontinued.     (R.  S.,  2218.) 

Sec.  88.  In  all  cases  of  discontinuance,  as  provided  in  the  preceding  section,  the 

authority,  powers,  and  duties  of  the  surveyor-general  in  relation  to 

nevoiution    of    powers  ^ho  survey,  resurvey,  or  subdivision  of  the  lands  therein,  and  all 

"r^'is, ontmuailce.^'^ '" '^  '   uiattcrs  aud  thiugs  connected  therewith,  shall   be  \esie(l  in  and 

devolved  upon  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office.     (R. 

S.,2219.) 

Sec.  89.  Under  the  authority  and  direction  of  the  Commissioner  of  the  General 

Land  Office  any  deputy  surveyor  or  other  agent  of  the  United 

Free  access  to  public  rec  Statcs  shall  havo  free  acccss  to  anv  such  field-notes,  maiis,  records, 

ords  delivered  to  Stales,  and  i       .1  x-        j.i  '   j?    j.    1    ■  j.  ..      j.i  r 

condition  of  such  delivery,  and  otlicr  papcrs  tor  the  purpose  ot  takiug  extracts  thereirom  or 
making  copies  thereof  without  charge  of  any  kind ;  but  no  trausl'er 
of  such  public  records  shall  be  made  to  the  authorities  of  any  State  until  such  State 
hasprovidedby  lawfor  the  reception  and  safe-keeping  of  such  public  records,  and  for 
the  allowance  of  free  access  thereto  by  the  authorities  of  the  United  States.  (R.  S.. 
2220,2221.) 

Skc.  90.  Every  surveyor-general  shall  engage  a  sufficient  number  of  skillful  sur- 
veyors as  his  deputies,  to  whom  he  is  authorized  to  administer  the 
'!'^"'e7„'i'^"''"  °'^  ^"'"^y-  necessary  oaths  u])on  their  appointments.  He  shall  have  author- 
ity to  frame  regulations  for  their  direction,  not  inconsistent  with 
law  or  the  instructions  of  the  General  Land  Office,  andto  remove  them  for  negligence 
or  misconduct  in  office. 

Second.  He  shall  cause  to  be  surveyed,  measured,  and  marked,  without  delay,  all 
base  and  meridian  lines  through  such  points  and  perpetuated  by  such  monuments, 
and  such  other  correction  parallels  and  meridians  as  may  be  prescribed  by  law  or  by 
instructions  from  the  General  Land  Office  in  respect  to  the  public  lands  within  his 
surveying  district,  to  which  the  Indian  title  has  been  or  may  be  hereafter  extin- 
guished. 

Third.  He  shall  cause  to  be  surveyed  all  private  land  claims  within  his  district, 
after  they  have  been  confirmed  by  authority  of  Congress,  so  far  as  may  be  necessary 
to  complete  the  survey  of  the  pui)lic  lands. 

Fourth.  He  shall  transmit  to  the  register  of  the  respectiA^e  land  offices  within  his 
district  general  and  particular  plats  of  all  lands  surveyed  by  him  for  each  laud  dis- 
tri(!t;  and  he  shall  forward  copies  of  such  jdats  to  the  Commisioner  of  the  General 
liand  Office. 

Fifth.  He  shall,  so  far  as  is  compatible  with  the  desk  duties  of  his  office,  occasion- 
ally inspect  the  surveying  ojjerations  while  in  ]ir()gress  in  the  field,  sufficiently  to 
satisfy  himself  of  the  fidelity  of  the  execution  of  the  work  according  to  contract,  and 
the  acitual  and  necessarj^  expenses  incurred  by  him  while  so  engaged  shall  beallowed; 
and  where  it  is  incompatible  with  his  other  duties  for  a  surveyor-general  to  devote 
the  time  necessary  to  make  a  personal  inspection  of  the  work  in  progress,  then  he  is 
authorized  to  depute  a  confidential  agent  to  make  such  examination,  and  the  actual 
aud  necessary  expenses  of  such  person  shall  be  allowed  and  paid  for  that  service, 


11 

and  five  dollars  a  day  during  tlie  exaiuiintion  in  the  field;  hnt  such  examination 
shall  not  be  protracted  beyond  thirty  days,  and  in  no  case  longer  than  is  actually 
necessary;  and  when  a  surveyor-general,  or  any  person  employed  in  his  office  at  a 
regular  salary,  is  engaged  in  such  sjiecial  service,  he  sliall  receive  only  his  necessary 
expenses  in  addition  to  his  regular  salary.     (R.  S.,  2223.) 

Skc.  91.  Every  deputy  surveyor  shall  enter  into  bond,  with  sufficient  security,  for 
the  faithful  performance  of  all  surveying  contracts  confided  to 
him;  and  the  penalty  of  the  bond  in  each  caseshall  be  double  the   Bond  of  .iBpmy  surveyor. 
estimated  amount  of  money  accruing  under  such  contract,  at  the  rate  per  mile  stipu- 
lated to  be  paid  therein.     The  sufficiency  of  the  sureties  to  all  such  bonds  shall  be 
approved  and  certified  by  the  proper  surveyor-general.     (R.  S.,  2230.) 

Sec.  92.  The  surveyors-general,  in  addition  to  the  oath  now  authorized  by  law  to 
be  administered  to  deputies  on  their. appointment  to  ofiice,  shall  re-  ,-,^j^  ^^^  deputy  surveyor. 
quire  each  of  their  deputies,  on  the  return  of  his  surveys,  to  take 
and  siibscribe  an  oath  that  those  surveys  have  been  faithfully  and  correctly  executed 
according  to  law  and  the  instructions  of  the  surveyor-general.     (R.  S  ,  2231.) 

Skc.  93.  The  district  attorney  of  the  United  States,  in  whose  district  any  false, 
erroneous,  or  fraudulent  surveys  Lave  been  executed,  shall,  upon  .suit  on  bond  of  deputy  sur- 
the  application  of  the  proper  surveyor-general,  immediately  insti-  ^">'°'''  ''«"»'• 
tute  suit  upon  the  bond  of  such  deputy,  and  the  institution  of  such  suit  shall  act  as 
a  lien  upon  any  property  owned  or  held  by  such  deputy  or  his  sureties  at  the  time 
such  suit  was  instituted.     (R.  S.,  2232.) 

Sec.  98.  The  President  is  authorized  in  any  case  where  he  thinks  the  public  inter- 
est may  require  it,  to  transfer  the  duties  of  register  and  receiver    „ 

•',.,'.,,',  1       r  j.\  •  1-    J-    ■     J.  •  Duties  of  register  and  re- 

in any  district  to  the  surveyor-general  oi  the  surveying  district  m  ceiver  performed  by  survey 
which  such  land  district  is'located.     (R.  S.,  2228.)  orgenemi. 

Sec.  99.  The  public  lands  shall  be  divided  by  north  and  south  lines  run  according 
to  the  true  meridian,  and  by  others  crossing  them  at  right  angles,  Rules  of  survey. 
so  as  to  form  townships  of  six  miles  square,  unless  where  the  line  of  an  Indian  reser- 
vation, or  of  tracts  of  land  heretofore  surveyed  or  patented,  or  the  course  of  naviga- 
ble rivers,  may  render  this  impracticable ;  and  in  that  case  this  rule  must  be  departed 
from  no  further  than  such  i)articular  circumstances  require. 

Second.  The  corners  of  the  townships  must  be  marked  with  progreswve  numbers 
from  the  beginning;  each  distance  of  a  mile  between  such  corners  must  he  also  dis- 
tinctly marked  with  marks  difierent  from  those  of  the  corners. 

Third.  The  township  shall  be  subdivided  into  sections,  containing,  as  nearly  as 
may  be,  six  hundred  and  forty  acres  each,  by  running  through  the  same,  each  way, 
parallel  lines  at  the  end  of  every  two  miles;  and  by  making  a  corner  on  each  of  such 
lines  at  the  end  of  every  mile.  The  sections  shall  be  nnmbered,  respectively,  l)egin- 
ning  with  the  number  one  in  the  northeast  section,  and  jn'oceeding  west  and  east 
alternately  through  the  townshiji  with  progressive  numbers  till  the  thirty-six  be 
conii)leted. 

Fourth.  The  deputy  surveyors,  respectively,  shall  cause  to  he  marked  on  a  tree 
near  each  corner  established  in  the  manner  described,  and  within  the  section,  the 
number  of  such  section,  and  over  it  the  number  of  the  township  within  which  such 
section  may  be;  and  the  deputy  surveyors  shall  carefully  note,  in  their  respective 
field-books,  the  names  of  the  corner  trees  marked  and  the  numbers  so  made. 

Fifth.  Where  the  exterior  lines  of  the  townships  which  may  be  subdivided  into 
sections  or  half  sections  exceed,  or  do  not  extend  six  miles,  the  excess  or  deficiency 
shall  be  specially  noted,  and  added  to  or  deducted  from  the  western  and  northern 
ranges  of  sections  or  half  sections  in  such  townships,  according  as  the  error  may  be 
in  running  the  lines  from  east  to  west,  or  from  north  to  south;  the  sections  and  half 
sections  bounded  on  the  northern  and  western  lines  of  such  townshi])s  shall  be  sold 
as  containing  only  the  quantity  expressed  in  the  returns  and  plats,  respectively, 
and  all  others  as  containing  the  complete  legal  quantity. 

Sixth.  All  lines  shall  be  plainly  marked  upon  trees,  and  measured  with  chains, 
containing  two  perches  of  sixteen  and  one-half  feet  each,  subdivided  int«  twenty- 
five  equal  links;  and  the  chain  shall  be  adjusted  to  a  standard  to  be  kept  for  that 
purpose. 

Seventh.  Every  surveyor  shall  note  in  his  field-book  the  true  situations  of  all 
mines,  salt  licks,  salt  springs,  and  mill-seats  which  come  to  his  knowledge;  all  water- 
courses over  which  the  line  he  runs  may  pass;  and  also  the  quality  of  the  lands. 

Eighth.  These  field  books  shall  be  i-eturned  to  the  surveyor-general,  who  shall 
cause  therefrom  a  description  of  the  whole  lands  surveyed  to  be  made  out  and  trans- 
mitted to  the  officers  who  may  superintend  the  sales.  He  shall  also  cause  a  fair  plat 
to  be  made  of  the  townships  and  fractional  parts  of  townships  contained  in  the 
lands,  describing  the  subdivisions  thereof,  and  the  marks  of  the  corners.  This  plat 
shall  be  recorded  in  books  to  be  kept  for  that  purpose;  and  a  copy  thereof  shall  be 
kept  open  at  the  surveyor-general's  office  for  public  information,  and  other  copies 
Bhall  be  sent  to  the  places  of  the  sale  and  to  the  General  Land  Office.     (R.  S.,  2395.) 


12 

Skc.  100.  The  'bonndarios  and  contents  of  the  sr^veral  eections,  half  sections,  and 
Boundaries  and  contents  of  quurtci"  scotjons  of  tlic  pulillc  lands  fehall  Ijc  ascertained  in  ecu- 
public  lands,  how  ascertained,  fomiity  witb  thc  followlng  pi'luciples  I 

First.  All  the  corners  marked  in  the  surveys  returned  by  the  surveyor-general 
shall  be  established  as  the  proper  corners  of  sections,  or  subdivisions  of  sections, 
which  they  were  intended  to  designate,  and  the  cornersof  half  and  quarter  sections, 
not  marked  on  the  surveys,  shall  be  placed  as  nearly  as  possible  equidistant  ijom 
two  corners  which  stand  on  the  same  line. 

.Second.  The  boundary  lines,  actually  run  and  marked  in  the  surveys  returned  by 
the  surveyor  general,  shall  be  established  as  the  proper  boundary  lines  of  the  sec- 
tions or  subdivisions  for  which  they  were  intended,  and  the  length  of  such  lines  as 
returned  shall  be  held  and  considered  as  the  true  length  thereof.  And  the  boundary 
lines  which  have  not  been  actually  run  and  marked  shall  be  ascertained  by  running 
straight  lines  from  the  established  corners  to  the  o]ipo8ite  corresponding  corners; 
but  in  those  portions  of  tbe  fractional  townships,  where  no  such  opposite  corres- 
ponding corners  have  been  or  can  be  fixed,  the  boundary  linos  sliall  be  ascertained 
by  running  from  the  established  corners  due  north  and  south  or  east  and  west  lines, 
as  the  case  may  be,  to  the  water-course,  Indian  boundary  line,  or  other  external 
boundary  of  such  fractional  township. 

Third.'  Each  section  or  subdivision  of  section,  the  contents  whereof  have  been 
returned,  by  the  surveyor-general,  shall  be  heUl  and  considered  as  containing  the 
exact  quantity  expressed  in  such  return;  and  the  half-sections  and  quarter-sections, 
tlie  contents  whereof  shall  not -have  been  thus  returned,  shall  be  held  and  consid- 
ered as  containing  the  one-half  or  the  one-fourth  part,  respectively,  of  the  returned 
contents  of  the  section  of  which  they  may  make  part.     (R.  S.,  2396.) 

Skc.  101.  In  every  case  of  the  division  of  a  quarter  section  the  line  for  the  division 
thereof  shall  run  north  and  south,  and  the  corners  and  contents  of 
carter »eet?Jnl°'i°ow"run"^^  half-(| uartcr  scctious  wliich  UKiy  thereafter  be  sold  shall  be  ascer- 
tained in  the  manner  and  on  the  principles  directed  and  prescribed 
by  the  section  preceding,  and  fractional  sections  containing  one  hundred  and  sixty 
acres  or  upwards  shall  in  like  manner,  as  nearly  as  practicable,  be  subdivided  into 
half  quarter-sections,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior,  and  in  every  case  of  a  division  of  a  half-quarter  section, 
the  line  for  the  division  tliereof  shall  run  east  and  west,  and  the  corners  and  contents 
of  quarter-quarter  sections,  which  may  thereafter  bo  sold,  shall  be  ascertained,  as 
nearly  as  may  be,  in  the  manner  and  on  the  principles  directed  and  prescribed  by  the 
section  preceding;  and  fractional  sections  containing  fewer  or  more  than  one  hun- 
dred and  sixty  acres  shall  in  like  manner,  as  nearly  as  may  be  practicable,  be  sub- 
divided into  quarter-quarter  sections,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be 
j)rescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior.     (E.  S.,  2.397.) 

Sec.  102.  Whenever,  in  the  opinion  of  the  President,  a  departure  from  the  ordinary 
method  of  surveyingland  on  anyriver,  lake,  bayou,  or  water-course 
would  promote  the  public  interest,  he  may  direct  the  surveyor- 
general,  in  whose  district  such  land  is  situated,  and  where  the 
change  is  intended  to  i)e  made,  to  cause  the  lands  thus  situated  to  be  surveyed  in 
tiacts  of  two  acres  in  width,  fronting  (ui  any  river,  bayou,  lake,  or  water-course,  and 
running  back  the  depth  of  forty  acres;  Avliich  tracts  of  land  so  surveyed  shall  be 
offered  for  sale  entire,  instead  of  in  half-(]uarter  sections,  and  in  the  usual  manner, 
and  on  the  same  terms  in  all  respects  as  the  other  public  lands  of  the  United  States. 
(K.  S.,2407.) 
Sec.  106.  The  public  surveys  shall  extend  over  all  mineral  lands,  and  all  subdivid- 
ing of  surveyed  lands  into  lots  less  than  one  Jiundred  an<l  sixty 
vc'^-lfvermineraUaiids  "'"^  acrcs  may  be  douo  by  county  and  local  surveyors  at  the  ex])ense 
of  claimants;  but  nothing  in  this  section  contained  shall  require 
the  survey  of  waste  or  useless  lands.     (R.  S.,  2406. ) 

Sec.  107.  The  printed  manual  of  surveying  instructions  for  the  survey  of  the  pub- 
lic lands  of  tlie  United  States,  and  private  land  claims,  prepared 
What  instciictinns  to  he  ^f  tliefJcneral  Land  Office,  and  lieariiig  date  June  thirtieth,  eight- 

(l.eaifd  part  of  contract.  i  i        i  T         ■       4.     \o  j.i         ■        j  4-  j^    4.\         m  • 

ecu    hundred  and  ninety-four,  the  inslructnms  of  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  General  Land  Oftice,  and  the  special  instructions  of  the  surveyor  gen- 
eral, when  not  in  coullict  with  such  printed  manual,  or  the  instructions  of  said 
Commissioner,  shall  be  taUt^n  and  deemed  to  bo  part  of  every  contract  for  surveying 
tiie  public  lands  of  the  United  States  and  private  land  claims.      (R.  S.,  2399,  as 
amended  by  act  approved  August  15,  1894.) 
Sec.  111.  Contracts  Ibr  the  survey  of  the  public  lands  shall  not  become  binding 
upon  the  United  States  until   apiuoved   by  the  Commissioner  of 
Cnntracu  for  ..iirvejrs  of  .^]jg  General  Land  Office,  except  in  such  cases  as  the  Commissioner 

public  lands,  when  bmdini).  ,  .  •     ii  i     ^         ,  m     c<       o"no   \ 

may  otherwise  si^ecially  order.     (K.  S.,  2.^98.) 
Sec.  112.  The  Commissicmer  of  the  General  Land  Office  has  power,  and  it  shall  be 

his  duty,  to  fix  the  prices  per  mile  for  public  surveys,  wliich  shall 
tabhRhed"'  ?o"'o1' »u^ey-  ID  "o  caso  cxcecd  tlio  maximum  established  by  law;  and,  under 
ing  private  ciaimi.  and  rail- instructions  to  bc  prepared  by  the  Coniniissioner,  an  accurate 
roa  gr»nuto  e  re  no  e  .    g^ppQ^jj^  shsll  be  kept  by  eacli  surveyoF-geueral  of  the  cost  of  sur- 


13 

vcyinjj  and  platting  private  land  claims,  to  b«  reported  to  the  General  Land  Office, 
with  tiio  map  ol'smli  claim;  and  jtatouts  shall  not  issue  for  any  such  private  claim, 
nor  shall  any  coi)y  of  such  survey  be  furnished,  until  the  cost  of  survey  and  platting 
has  been  paid  into  the  Treasury  by  the  claimant  or  other  party ;  and  before  any  laud 
granted  to  any  railroad  comi)any  by  the  United  States  shall  bo  conveyed  to  such 
comi)any  or  any  persons  entitled  thereto,  under  any  of  the  acts  incorporating  or 
relating  to  said  company,  unless  such  company  is  exempted  by  law  from  tlie  pay- 
ment of  such  cost,  there  shall  tirst  bo  paid  into  the  Treasury  of  tlie  United  States  the 
cost  of  surveying,  selecting,  andconveving  the  same  by  the  said  company  or  persons 
in  interest.    "(R.  S.,  2400;  19  Stats.,  121.) 

Sec.  115.  When  the  settlers  in  any  township,  not  mineral  or  reserved  by  Government, 
desire  a  survey  made  of  the  same,  under  the  authority  of  the  sur-  \vhen  survey  may  be  hud 
veyor-general,  and  file  an  application  therefor  in  writing,  and  de-  tysettiersin  umnsfup. 
posit  in  a  ]»roper  United  States  dejjository,  to  the  credit  of  the  United  States,  a  sum 
suificient  to  pay  for  such  survey,  together  with  all  expenses  incident  thereto, without 
cost  or  claim  for  indemnity  on  the  United  States,  it  may  be  lawful  for  the  surveyor- 
general,  under  such  instructions  as  may  be  given  him  by  the  Commissioner  of  the  Gen- 
eral Land  Office,  and  in  accordance  with  law,  to  survey  such  township  and  make 
return  thereof  to  the  general  and  proper  local  land  ofKce,  provided  the  township  so 
proposed  to  be  surveyed  is  -within  the  range  of  the  regular  progress  of  the  public 
surveys  embraced  by  existing  standard  lines  or  bases  for  the  township  and  subdi- 
visional  surveys.     (R.  S.,  2101.) 

Sec.  116.  The  deposit  of  money  in  a  proper  United  States  depository,  under  the 
provisions  of  the  preceding  section,  shall  be  deemed  an  appropria- 
tion of  the  sums  so  deposited  for  the  objects  contemplated  by  that    Deposit  for  expenses  oi 

,.  1   XI        c<  i.  ^  iT_       rw^  •  ,-1  •         1     ,      ^  surveys    (ieemed    an   appro- 

section,  and  the  Secretary  of  the  Ireasury  is  authorized  to  cause  priation, etc. 

the  sums  so  deposited  to  be  placed  to  the  credit  of  the  proper 

appropriations  for  the  surveying  service;  but  any  excesses  in  such  sums  over  and 

above  the  actual  cost  of  the  surveys,  comprising  all  exi)enses  incident  thereto,  for 

which  thev  were  severally  deposited,  shall  be  repaid  to  the  depositors  respective]  v. 

(R.  S.,  2402.) 

Sec.  117.  Where  settlers  make  deposits  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  sec- 
tion one  hundred  and  fifteen,  the  amount  so  deposited  shall  go  in 
part  payment  for  their  lauds  situated  in  the  townships,  the  sur-  ^/f 'Jf"^  m"™'*!  ^'^ni'eMt 
veying  of  which  is  paid  for  out  of  such  deposits ;  or  the  certiticates  of  iand»,  and  are  assignable. 
issued  for  such  deposits  maybe  assigned  by  indorsement  and  be 
received  in  payment  for  any  public  lands  of  the  United  States  entered  by  settlers 
under  the  pre-emption  and  homestead  laws  of  the  United  States,  and  not  otherwise. 
(R.  S.,  2J03.)* 

Sec.  1 18.  Each  surveyor-general,  when  thereunto  duly  authorized  by  law,  shall 
cause  all  confirmed  private  land  claims  within  his  district  to  be 
accurately  surveyed,   and  shall  transmit  plats  and  field-notes    surveyors-generai  to  survey 

,  „      >'       ,  ,,'         '  .       .  i?  J.1          /^  IT  1    r\cL-         ^        1   •      private    land     clajras    when 

thereof  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office  for  his  confirmed,  etc. 
approval.     When  publication  of  such  surveys  is   authorized  by 
law,  the  proof  thereof,  together  with  any  objections  properly  filed,  and  all  evidence 
submitted  either  in  support  of  or  in  opposition  tp  the  approval  of  any  such  survej-, 
shall  also  be  transmitted  to  said  Commissioner.     (R.  S.,  2447.) 

Sec.  120.  Every  person  who  in  any  manner,  by  threat  or  force,  interrupts,  hinders,  or 
prevents  the  surveying  of  the  public  lauds,  or  of  any  private  land 
claim  which  has  been  or  may  be  confirmed  by  the  United  States,  .^['j'J'jJ'J'^  "^^^  '"''"■'■"P""e 
by  the  persons  authorized  to  survey  the  same,  in  conformity  with 
tlie  instructions  of  the  Commissioner  of. the  dleueral  Land  Office,  shall  be  fined  not 
less  than  fifty  dollars,  nor  more  than  three  thousand  dollars,  and  be  imprisoned  not 
less  than  one  nor  more  than  three  years.     (R.  S.,  2412.) 

Sec.  121.  Whenever  the  President  is  satisfied  that  forcible  opposition  has  been 
offered,  or  is  likely  to  be  ofifered,  to  any  surveyor  or  deputy  sur- 
veyor in  the  discharge  of  his  duties  in  surveying  the  public  lands,  n.frXToi'disfric't."'''''''^  ""^ 
it  may  be  lawful  for  the  President  to  order  the  marshal  of  the 
State  or  district,  by  himself  or  deputy,  to  attend  such  surveyor  or  deputy  surveyor 
with  sufficient  force  to  protect  such  officer  in  the  execution  of  his  duty,  and  to 
remove  force  should  any  he  offered.     (R.  S.,  2413.) 

Sec.  122.  The  President  is  authorized  to  appoint  surveyors  of  public  lands,  who 
shall  explore  such  vacant  and  unapi)ropriated  lands  of  the  United 
States  as  produce  the  live-oak  and  red-cedar  timbers,  and  shall    surveyors  to  expWe  and 
select  such  tracts  or  portions  thereof,  where  the  principal  growth  serve  for  us^  of  the  Navy. '^''' 
IS  of  either  of  such  timbers,  as  in  the  judgment  of  the  Secretary 
of  the  Navy  may  be  necessary  to  furnish  for  the  Navy  a  sufficient  supply  of  the 

*See  amending  acts,  20  Stat.,  352,  and  22  Stat.,  327,  and  General  Land  Office  Circu- 
lar of  June  24, 1885. 


14 

same.  Such  surveyors  shall  report  to  the  President  the  tracts  by  them  selected, 
with  the  boundaries  ascertained  and  accurately  designated  by  actual  survey  or 
water-courses.     (R.  S.,2459.; 


APPOINTMENT  OF  DEPUTY  SURVEYORS. 

1.  Sec.  2223,  U.  S.  Revised  Statutes,  provides  that  "  Every  surveyor 
general  shall  engage  a  sufficient  number  of  skillful  surveyors  as  his 
dei^uties,  to  whom  he  is  authorized  to  administer  the  necessary  oaths 
uj)ou  their  appointments.  He  shall  have  authority  to  frame  regula- 
tions for  their  direction,  not  inconsistent  Avith  law  or  the  instructions  of 
the  General  Land  Office,  and  to  remove  them  for  negligence  or  mis- 
conduct in  office." 

Each  surveyor  general  should  exercise  great  care  in  the  appoint- 
ment of  deputy  surveyors,  and  should  thoroughly  satisfy  himself,  before 
making  such  appointments,  that  the  applicants  possess  the  proper  the- 
oretical and  practical  qualifications^  ii^  well  as  moral  standing  and  fitness 
for  the  important  trusts  to  be  contided  to  them. 

To  enable  the  deputy  surveyor  to  fully  understand  and  appreciate  the 
responsibility  under  which  he  is  acting,  his  attention  is  invited  to 
the  provisions  of  the  second  section  of  the  act  of  Congress  approved 
Augusts,  1846, entitled  "An  act  to  equalize  the  compensation  of  the 
surveyors-general  of  the  public  lands  of  the  United  States,  and  for 
other  purposes,"  which  is  as  follows : 

"Sec.  2.  That  the  surveyors-general  of  the  public  lands  of  the  United 
States,  in  addition  to  the  oath  now  authorized  by  law  to  be  administered 
to  deputies  on  their  appointment  to  office,  shall  require  each  of  their 
deputies,  on  the  return  of  his  surveys,  to  take  and  subscribe  an  oath  or 
affirmation  that  those  surveys  have  been  faithfully  and  correctly  axe- 
cuted  according  to  law  and  the  instructions  of  the  surveyor-general; 
and  on  satisfactory  evidence  being  presented  to  any  court  of  competent 
jurisdiction  that  such  surveys,  or  any  part  thereof,  had  not  been  thus 
executed,  the  deputy  making  such  false  oath  or  affirmation  shall  be 
deemed  guilty  of  perjury,  and  shall  suffer  all  the  pains  and  penalties 
attached  to  that  offense;  and  the  district  attorney  of  the  United  States 
for  the  time  being,  in  whose  district  any  such  false,  erroneous,  or  fraudu- 
lent surveys  shall  have  been  executed,  shall,  upon  the  application  of 
the  proper  surveyor-general,  immediately  institute  suit  upan  the  bond 
of  such  deputy;  and  the  institution  of  such  suit  shall  act  as  a  lien  upon 
any  property  owned  or  held  by  such  dejiuty,  or  his  sureties,  at  the  time 
such  suit  was  instituted." 

2.  All  persons  appointed  deputy  surveyors  will  deliver  to  the  sur- 
veyor general  their  official  oaths,  duly  subscribed  and  sworn  to,  as 
follows : 

Oath  prescribed  by  act  of  Congress  approved  May  IS,  1884,  to  be  taken  by  any  person 
elected  or  appointed  to  any  office  of  honor  or  profit  either  in  the  civil,  military,  or  naval 
service  of  the  United  States  {except  the  President  of  the  United  States): 

I, ,  do  solemnly that  I  will  support  and  defend  the  Constitution 

of  the  United  States  against  all  enemies,  foieigu  and  domestic;  that  I  will  bear  true 
faith  and  allegiance  to  tlie  same;  that  I  take  this  obligation  freely,  without  any 
mental  reservation  or  purpose  of  evasion ;  and  that  I  will  well  and  faithlully  dis- 
charge the  duties  of  the  office  on  which  I  am  about  to  enter.     So  help  nic  (Jod. 

Sworn  to  and  subscribed  before  me  this day  of ,  A.  I).,  189 — . 


15 

A  full  record  of  all  appointments  of  deputy  surveyors,  together  with 
Llieir  official  oaths,  will  be  carefully  preserved  in  the  office  of  the  sur- 
veyor general. 

3.  The  deputy  surveyor  having  been  duly  appointed,  and  his  oath  of 
allegiance  tiled  in  the  surveyor  general's  office,  contracts  for  surveys 
may  then  be  entered  into  between  the  surveyor  general  and  such 
deputy  surveyor,  and  all  surveying  contracts  and  bonds  will  be  made 
out  in  the  following  form: 

FORM   OF   CONTRACT. 

Tliis  agreement,  made  this day  of ,  189 — ,  between  the  surveyor  general 

of  the  United  States  for ,  acting  for  and  in  behalf  of  the  United  States,  of  the 

one  part,  and ,  deputy  surveyor,  of  the  other  part  — 

Witnesseth,  That  the  said ,  for  and  in  consideration  of  the  conditions, 

terms,  provisions,  and  covenants  hereinafter  expressed,  and  according  to  the  true 
intent  and  meaning  thereof,  doth  hereby  covenant  and  agree  with  the  said  surveyor 

general,  in  his  capacity  aforesaid,  that the  said ,  in own  proper 

person-,  with  the  assistance  of  such  chainmen,  axmen,  flag-bearers,  and  mound- 
men  as  may  be  necessary,  in  strict  conformity  with  the  laws  of  the  United  States, 
the  printed  manual  of  surveying  instructions,  as  revised  and  approved  in  1894,  and 
other  surveying  instructions  issued  by  the  Ccmimissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office, 
and  with  such  special  instructions  as  —  may  receive  from  the  said  surveyor  general 
in  conformity  therewith  (all  of  said  instructions  to  be  taken  and  deemed  a  part  of 

this  contract),  will  well,  truly,  and  faithfully  survey,  mark,  and  establish 

and  that will  com])lete  these  surveys  in  the  manner  aforesaid,  and  return 

tbo  true  and  original  field-notes  thereof  to  the  office  of  the  said  surveyor  general  on 
or  before  the day  of next  ensuing  the  date  hereof,  on  penalty  of  for- 
feiture, and  paying  to  the  United  States  the  sum  mentioned  in  the  annexed  bond,  if 
default  be  made  in  any  of  the  foregoing  conditions.  And  it  is  further  expressly 
stipulated  and  made  a  condition  of  this  contract  that  the  surveys  herein  described 

shall  not  be  commenced  before  the  said shall  have  been  officially  notified 

by  the  said  surveyor  general  of  the  approval  of  this  contract  by  the  Commissioner  of 
the  (jeneral  Land  Office. 

And  the  said  surveyor  general,  in  his  official  capacity  aforesaid,  covenants  and 

agrees  with  the  said that  on  the  completion  of  the  surveys  above 

named,  in  the  manner  aforesaid,  there  shall  be  paid  to  the  said ,  by  the 

Treasury  Department  of  the  United  States,  as  a  full  compensation  for  all  work  per- 
formed under  this  agreement,  at  the  rate  of dollars  for  base,  standard,  merid- 
ian, and  meander  lines, dollars  for  township  lines,  and ■  dollars  for  sec- 
tion and  connecting  lines,  except  where  the  lines  of  survey  pass  over  mount.ainous 
lands,  or  lands  heavily  timbered,  or  covered  with  dense  undergrowth,  and  in  such 

case  at  the  rate  of dollars  for  base,  standard,  meridian,  and  meander  lines, 

dollars  for  township  lines,  and dollars  for  section  and  connecting  lines 

per  mile,  for  every  mile  and  part  of  mile  actually  run  and  marked  in  the  field,  ran- 
dom Jives  and  offsets  not  included. 

Provided,  however,  Thsct  no  payment  shall  be  made  until  the  plats  and  field  notea 
of  the  survey  executed  under  this  contract  shall  have  been  accepted  by  the  Commis- 
sioner of  the  General  Land  Office. 

It  is  further  agreed  by  and  between  the  parties  to  this  agreement  that  no  accotmts 
shall  be  paid  unless  properly  certified  by  the  survej^or  general  (or  his  successor  in 
office)  that  the  surveys  are  in  accordance  with  the  instructions  herein  referred  to 
and  the  provisions  of  this  agreement,  and  until  approved  plats  and  certified  trans- 
scripts  of  field  notes  of  the  surveys  for  which  the  accounts  are  rendered  are  filed  in 
the  General  Land  Office. 

And  it  is  further  understood  and  agreed  by  and  between  the  parties  to  this  agree- 
ment that  the  said  surveys  will  not  be  approved  by  the  said  surveyor  general  (or  by 
his  successor  in  office)  unless  they  shall  be  found  to  be  in  exact  accordance  with  the 
histrmtions  hereinbefore  specified:  Provided  also,  That  no  member  of  [or  delegate 
to]  Congress  or  subcontractor  shall  be  admitted  to  any  share  or  part  of  this  contract, 
or  to  any  benefit  to  arise  thereupon,  and  that  no  paymeut  shall  be  made  for  any  sur- 
veys not  executed  by  the  said  deputy  surveyor in  —  own  proper  per- 
son. 


16 

In  testimony  whereof  the  parties  to  these  articles  of  agreement  have  heieiiiito  set 
their  hands  and  seals  the  day  and  year  first  above  written. 
Sisjued,  sealed,  and  acknowledged  before  us: 
Witnesses  to  surveyor  geuemrs  signature. 

Eesidence: 


Kcsidence : 

,  [seal.] 

United  iStatcs  Surveyor  General  for . 

Witnesses  to  deputy  snrvej^or's  signature. 
Eesidence:  


Eesidence:  

,    [SEAL.] 

United  Siaii'S  Deputy  Surveyor, 


FORM   OF   BO>rD. 

Know  all  men  by  these  presents,  that  wo. of ,  as  principal, 

and  of , of , of ,  and 

of ,  as  sureties,  are  held  and  fii-mly  bound  unto  the  United  States 

of  America  in  the  sum  of dollars,  lawful  juouey  of  the  United  States,  for  which 

payment,  well  and  truly  to  be  nuide,  we  bind  our,s(!lves,  our  heirs,  executors,  and 
adunuistrators,  and  each  and  every  one  of  us  and  them,  jointly  and  severally,  firmly 
by  these  presents. 

Signed  with  our  hands  and  senled  with  our  seals  this day  of 189 — . 

The  condition  of  the  above  obligation  is  such,  that  if  the  above-bounden 

-,  deputy  surveyor,  shnll  well,  truly,  and  faithfully,  according  to  the  laws  of 


the  United  States,  the  printed  manual  of  surveying  instructions  and  other  surveying 
instructions  issued,  or  which  may  hereafter  be  issued,  by  the  Commissioner  of  the 
General  Land  Office,  and  to  such  special  instructions  as  —  may  receive  from  the 
surveyor  general  in  conformity  therewith,  make  and  execute  the  surveys  which  .are 

required  of to  be  made  by  the  foi'egoing  contract,  and  return  the  true  field 

notes  of  the  said  surveys  to  the  surveyor  general  in  the  manner  and  within  the 
period  named  in  the  said  contract,  then  this  obligation  to  be  void;  otherwise,  it 
shall  remain  in  full  force  and  virtue. 

Signed,  sealed,  and  acknowledged  before  us: 

[L.  S.]  - 

Residence:  ■ • [^- *^-] 

• [L.S.] 

Eesidence:  [i-s.] 

[L.S.] 


Affidavits  of  sureties. 


County  of  ■ 


-,  one  of  the  sureti(;son  the  official  bond  of as ,  do 

depose  ;tnd  say  that  lam  wortli,  in  unincumbered  property,  not  exempt  from  execu- 
tion under  the  laws  of  the of , dollars  and  upward,  after  payment 

of  my  just  debts  and  Ii;iliilitios,  as  follows: 

Real  esfnte,  valued  at  $ ,  and  consisting  oft . 

Personal  estate,  valued  at  $ ,  and  consisting  of  \ . 

Sigujiture: 


(I'ost-olhce  address :)  - 
Sworn  to  and  subscribed  before  me  this day  of ,  18^- 

[SKAL.] 


*  Attach  an  adhesive  seal  after  each  signature  and  cnverins  T,.  S. 

tHere  state  whether  city  property,  improved  or  unimproved,  or  improved  f.irms,  or  uninijuovcd 
lands,  and  where  sitii.ited. 
J  Hero  describe  the  nature  of  the  property,  wiiether  bonds,  stocks,  merchandise,  etc. 


17 

-OF , 

County  of- 


-,  one.  of  the  sureties  on  the  official  bond  of ;is ,  do 

depose  and  say  that  I  am  worth,  in  nniuciiinbered  property,  not  exeiiijjt  from  execu- 
tion under  the  laws  of  the of , dollars  and  upward  after  payment 

of  mj' just  debts  and  liabilities,  as  follows: 

Real  estate,  valued  at  $ ,  and  consisting  of 


Personal  estate,  valued  at  $ ,  and  consisting  of  t- 

Signature; 


( Post-office  address : ) 


Sworn  to  and  subscribed  before  me  this day  of ,  1«9 — . 

[seal.]  — 


County  of  ■ 


_,  ,  do  hereby  certify  that ,  who  administered  the  above 

oath,  was,  at  the  time  of  doing  so,  a in  and  for  said ,  duly  qualified  to 

act  as  such,  and  that  I  believe  his  signature  as  above  written  is  genuine. 

In  testimony  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  affixed  the  seal  of  

this day  of ,  one  thousand  eight  hundred  and . 


Cerlifuate. 

I, ,  hereby  certify  that  iu  my  opinion  the  sureties  to  the  al)Ove  bond 

are  sufficient,  and  1  hereby  approve  the  same. 


United  States  Surveyor  General  for . 

1.  The  names  of  the  U.  S.  surveyor  general,  deputy  surveyor,  sureties,  and  wit- 
nesses must  be  written  in  full,  and  the  residence  of  witnesses  written  after  their  sig- 
natures. 

2.  A  full  descrijition  of  the  surveys  embraced  in  the  contract  must  be  written  iu 
the  blank  space  h-ft  for  that  purpose. 

3.  The  date  when  the  surveys  can  be  commenced  shall  not  be  earlier  than  the  com- 
mencement of  the  fiscal  year  for  which  the  appropriation  is  made,  except  in  cases 
where  the  appropriation  is  made  immediately  available. 

4.  The  rates  named  iu  any  contract  must  not  exceeil  those  fixed  by  law. 

5.  The  signatures  of  the  surveyor  general  and  of  the  deputy  surveyor  must  each  be 
witnessed  by  two  persons. 

6.  All  erasures,  mutilations,  and  interlineations  must  be  avoided. 

7.  The  bond  must  lie  dated  the  day  it  is  signed  by  all  the  parties  thereto,  and  its 
execution  must  be  subsequent  to  the  execution  of  the  contract. 

8.  The  names  of  all  the  parties  executing  the  bond,  and  of  the  witnesses  thereto, 
must  be  written  in  full. 

9.  The  affidavits  of  sureties  must  be  made  before  some  officer  (preferably  an  officer 
of  the  United  States)  <luly  authorized  to  administer  oaths  and  having  a  seal. 

10.  The  sufficiency  of  sureties  must  be  certified  to  by  the  surveyor  general. 

11.  The  amount  of  the  l)ond  must  be  at  least  double  the  estimated  amount  that  will 
be  due  to  the  deputy  surveyor  upon  the  completion  of  the  contract  made  under  the 
same. 

12.  The  duplicate  and  triplicate  contracts  and  bonds  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Gen- 
eral Land  Office,  and  when  ajiprovedthe  Commissioner  will  forward  the  triplicate  to 
the  First  Comptroller  of  the  Treasury. 

SYSTEM   OF   RECTANaiTLAR    SURVEYING. 

[See  Plates  I,  III,  and  IV.  | 

1.  Existing-  law  requires  tliat  in  oeneral  tlie  public  laiMls  of  the 
United  States  "  shall  be  divided  by  north  and  south  lines  run  accord- 
ing to  the  true  meridian,  and  by  others  crossing  them  at  riglit  angles 
so  as  to  form  townships  six  miles  square,"  and  that  the  corners  of  the 
townships  thus  surveyed  "must  be  marked  with  progressive  numbers 
from  the  beginning." 

*  Here  state  whether  city  property,  improved  or  unimproved,  or  improved  farm.s,  or  unimproved 
lands,  and  where  situated. 
t  Here  dcscrilii'  the  nature  of  the  property,  whether  bonds,  -stocks,  merchandise,  etc. 

38G 2 


18 

Also,  tliat  the  towiisliips  sliall  be  subdivided  into  thirty-six  sections, 
each  of  which  shall  (.•outain  six  liiiudred  aii-d  tbity  acres,  as  nearly  as 
may  be,  by  a  system  of  two  sets  of  ])ara]lel  lines,  oue  governed  by 
true  meridians  and  the  other  by  parallels  of  latitude,  the  latter  inter- 
secting the  former  at  right  angles,  at  intervals  of  a  mile. 

2.  In  the  execution  of  the  public  surveys  under  existing  law,  it  is 
apparent  that  the  requirements  that  the  lines  of  survey  shall  conform 
to  true  meridians,  and  that  the  townships  shall  be  6  miles  square,  taken 
together,  involve  a  mathematical  imiDossibility  due  to  the  convergency 
of  the  meridians. 

Therefore,  to  conform  the  meridional  township  lines  to  the  true 
meridians  produces  townships  of  a  trapezoidal  form  which  do  not  con- 
tain the  precise  area  of  23,040  acres  required  by  law,  and  which  discrep- 
ancy increases  with  the  increase  in  the  convergency  of  the  meridians, 
as  the  surveys  attain  the  higher  latitudes. 

In  view  of  these  facts,  and  under  the  provisions  of  section  2  of  the 
act  of  May  18,  17'JG,  that  sections  of  a  mile  square  shall  contain  640 
acres,  as  nearly  as  may  he,  and  also  under  those  of  section  3  of  the  act 
of  May  10,  1800,  that  "  in  all  cases  where  the  exterior  lines  of  the 
townships,  thus  to  be  subdivided  into  sections  and  half  sections,  shall 
exceed,  or  shall  not  extend  0  miles,  the  excess  or  deficiency  shall  be 
specially  noted,  and  added  to  or  deducted  from  the  western  or  northern 
ranges  of  sections  or  half  sections  in  such  township,  according  as  the 
error  may  be  in  running  lines  from  east  to  west,  or  from  south  to  north; 
the  sections  and  half  sections  bounded  on  the  northern  and  western 
lines  of  such  townships  shall  be  sold  as  containing  only  the  quantity 
expressed  in  the  returns  and  plats,  respectively,  and  all  others  as  con- 
taining the  complete  legal  quantity,"  the  public  lands  of  the  United 
States  shall  be  surveyed  under  the  methods  of  the  system  of  rectan- 
gular surveying,  which  harmonizes  the  incomijatibiiities  of  the  require- 
ments of  law  and  ijractice,  as  follows: 

First.  The  establishment  of  a  principal  meridian  conforming  to  the 
true  meridian,  and,  at  right  angles  to  it,  a  base  line  conforming  to  a  par- 
allel of  latitude. 

Second.  The  establishment  of  standard  parallels  conforming  to  paral- 
lels of  latitude,  initiated  from  the  principal  meridian  at  intervals  of  24 
miles  and  extended  east  and  west  of  the  same. 

Third.  The  establishment  of  guide  meridians  conforming  to  true 
meridians,  initiated  upon  the  base  line  and  successive  standard  paral- 
lels at  intervals  of  24  miles,  resulting  infracts  of  land  24  miles  square, 
as  nearly  as  may  he,  which  shall  be  subsequently  divided  into  tracts  of 
land  6  miles  squara  by  two  sets  of  lines,  one  conforming  to  true  merid- 
ians, crossed  by  others  conforming  to  parallels  of  latitude  at  intervals 
of  6  miles,  containing  23,040  acres,  as  nearly  as  may  he,  and  designated 
fownsh  ijjs. 

Such  townships  shall  be  subdivided  into  thirty-six  tracts,  called  sec- 
tions, each  of  which  shall  contain  640  acres,  as  nearly  as  may  be,  by 
two  sets  of  parallel  lines,  one  set  jyarallel  to  a  true  meridian  and  the 
other  conforming  to  paraUeh  of  latitude,  mutually  intersecting  at  inter- 
vals of  1  mile  and  at  right  angles,  as  nearly  as  may  he. 

Any  series  of  contiguous  townships  situated  north  and  south  of  each 
other  constitutes  a  range,  while  such  a  series  situated  in  an  east  and 
west  dire(;tion  constitutes  a  tier. 

The  ac(;()m])anying  diagram  (Plate  III),  and  the  specimen  field  notes 
(page  142),  pertaining  to  the  same,  will  serve  to  illustrate  the  method 
of  running  lines  to  form  tracts  of  land  24  miles  square,  as  well  hs  the 


19 

method  of  miming  out  the  exterior  lines  of  to wd ships,  and  the  order 
and  mode  of  subdividing  townships  will  be  found  illustrated  in  the 
accompanying  specimen  field  notes  (page  172),  conforming  with  the 
townshij)  plat  (Plate  IV).  The  method  here  presented  is  designed  to 
insure  as  full  a  compliance  with  all  the  reqnirements.  meaning,  and 
intent  of  the  siu-veying  laws  as  practicable. 

The  section  lines  are  surveyed  from  south  to  north*  and  from  east 
to  west,  in  order  to  throw  the  excess  or  deficiency  in  measurement 
on  tlie  north  and  west  sides  of  the  township,  as  required  by  law.  In 
case  where  a  township  has  been  partially  surveyed,  and  it  is  necessary 
to  complete  the  survey  of  the  same,  or  where  the  character  of  the  land 
is  such  that  only  the  north  or  west  portions  of  the  township  can  be  sur- 
veyed, this  rule  can  not  be  strictly  adhered  to,  but,  in  such  cases,  it 
will  be  departed  from  only  so  far  as  is  absolutely  necessary.  It  will 
also  be  necessary  to  depart  from  this  rule  where  surveys  close  upon 
State  or  Territorial  boundaries,  or  upon  surveys  extending  from  dif- 
ferent meridians. 

3.  The  tiers  of  townships  will  be  numbered,  to  the  north  or  south, 
commencing  with  No.  1,  at  the  baseline;  and  the  ranges  of  the  town- 
ships, to  the  east  or  west,  beginning  with  Xo.  1,  at  the  principal  merid- 
ian of  the  system. 

4.  The  thirty- six  sections  into  which  a  township  is  subdivided  are 
numbered,  commencing  with  number  one  at  the  northeast  angle  of  the 
township,  and  proceeding  west  to  number  six,  and  thence  proceeding 
east  to  number  twelve,  and  so  on,  alternately,  to  number  thirty-six  in 
the  southeast  angle.  In  all  cases  of  surveys  of  fractional  townshij)S, 
the  sections  will  bear  the  same  numbers  they  would  have  \L  the  town- 
shij)  was  full. 

5.  Standard  parallels  shall  be  established  at  intervals  of  every  24 
miles,  north  and  south  of  the  base  line,  and  guide  meridians  at  inter- 
vals of  every  24  miles,  east  and  west  of  the  principal  meridian;  thus 
confining  the  errors  resulting  from  convergence  of  meridians  and  inac- 
curacies in  measurement  within  comparatively  small  areas. 

INSTRUMENTS. 

6.  The  surveys  of  the  public  lands  of  the  United  States,  embracing 
the  establishment  of  base  lines,  principal  meridians,  standard  paral- 
lels, meander  lines,  and  the  subdivisions  of  townships,  will  be  made 
with  instruments  provided  with  the  accessories  necessary  to  determine 
a  direction  with  reference  to  the  true  meridian,  independently  of  the 
magnetic  needle. 

Burt's  improved  solar  compass,  or  a  transit  of  approved  construction, 
with  or  without  solar  attachment,  will  be  used  in  all  cases.  When  a 
transit  tcithout  solar  attachment  is  employed,  Polaris  observations  and 
the  retracements  necessary  to  execute  the  work  in  accordance  with 
existing  law  and  the  requirements  of  these  instructions  will  be  insisted 
upon. 

7.  Deputies  using  instruments  with  solar  apparatus  will  be  required 
to  make  observations  on  the  star  Polaris  at  the  beginning  of  every 
survey,  and,  whenever  necessary,  to  test  the  accuracy  of  the  solar  appa- 
ratus. 

The  observations  required  to  test  the  adjustments  of  the  solar  a|)pa- 
ratus  will  be  made  at  the  corner  where  the  survey  begins,  or  at  the 

•See  "Method  of  ^ubdividiug,"  p.  33, 


20 

camp  of  the  deputy  surveyor  nearest  said  corner;  and  in  all  cases  the 
deputy  will  fully  state  in  the  field  notes  the  exact  location  of  the 
observing  station. 

Deputy  survej'ors  will  examine  the  adjustments  of  their  instruments, 
and  taJce  the  latitude*  daily,  weather  permitting,  while  running  all 
lines  of  the  public  surveys.  They  will  make  complete  records  in  their 
field  notes,  under  projier  dates,  of  the  making  of  all  observations  in 
compliance  with  these  instructions,  showing  the  character  and  condi- 
tion of  the  instrument  in  use,  and  the  precision  attained  in  the  sur- 
vey, by  comijaring  the  direction  of  the  line  run  with  the  meridian 
determined  by  observation. 

On  every  survey  executed  with  solar  instruments,  the  deputy  will, 
at  least  once  on  each  icorking  day,  record  in  his  field  notes  the  proper 
reading  of  the  latitude  arc;  the  declination  of  the  sun,  corrected  for 
refraction,  set  off"  on  the  declination  arc;  and  note  the  correct  local 
mean  time  of  his  observation,  which,  for  the  record,  will  be  taken  at 
least  tico  hours  from  apparent  noon. 

8.  The  construction  and  adjustments  of  all  surveying  instruments 
used  in  surveying  the  public  lands  of  the  United  States  will  be  tested 
at  least  once  a  year,  and  oftener,  if  necessary,  on  the  true  meridian, 
established  under  the  direction  of  the  surveyor  general  of  the  district; 
and  if  found  defective,  the  instruments  shall  undergo  such  repairs  or 
modifications  as  may  be  found  necessary  to  secure  the  closest  possible 
approximation  to  accuracy  and  uniformity  in  all  field  work  controlleu 
by  such  instruments. 

A  record  will  be  made  of  such  examinations,  showing  the  number 
and  charadler  of  the  instrument,  name  of  the  maker,  the  quantity  of 
instrumental  error  discovered  by  comparison,  in  either  solar  or  mag- 
netic apparatus,  or  both,  and  means  taken  to  correct  the  same.  The 
surveyor  general  will  allow  no  surveys  to  be  made  until  the  instru- 
ments to  be  used  therefor  have  been  approved  by  him. 

9.  The  township  and  subdivision  lines  will  usually  be  measured  by  a 
two-pole  chain  of  33  feet  in  length, t  consisting  of  50  links,  each  link 
being  seven  and  ninety-two  hundredths  inches  long.  On  uniform 
and  level  ground,  however,  the  four-pole  chain  may  be  used.  The 
measurements  will,  however,  always  be  expressed  in  terms  of  the  four- 
pole  chain  of  100  links.  The  deputy  surveyor  shall  provide  himself 
with  a  measure  of  the  standard  chain  kept  at  the  office  of  the  surveyor 
general,  to  be  used  by  him  as  a  field  standard.  The  chain  in  use  will 
be  compared  and  adjusted  with  this  field  standard  each  working  day, 
and  such  field  standard  will  be  returned  to  the  surveyor  general's  office 
for  examination  when  the  work  is  completed. 

Deputy  surveyors  will  use  eleven  tally  pins  made  of  steel,  not  exceed- 
mg  14  inches  in  length,  weighty  enough  toward  the  point  to  make  them 
drop  perpendicularly,  and  having  a  ring  at  the  top,  in  which  will  be 
fixed  a  piece  of  red  cloth,  or  something  else  of  conspicuous  color,  to 
make  them  readily  seen  when  stuck  in  the  ground. 

PROCESS   OF   CHAINING. 

In  measuring  lines  with  a  two-pole  chain,  Jive  chains  are  called 
a  ^'- tally;''''  and  in  measuring  lines  with  a  four-pole  chain,  ten  chains 
are  called  a  ^Hally,^'  because  at  that  distance  the  last  of  the  ten 


*  The  adjustments  should  be  verified  daily  when  the  instrument  is  in  use. 
t  See  R.'S.  2395,  sec.  99,  par.  6  (page  11). 


21 

tnllj"  pins  with  wbicli  tlie  forward  chainman  sets  out  will  have  been 
stuck.  He  then  cries  ''tally,"  which  cry  is  repeated  by  the  other  chain- 
man,  and  each  registers  the  distance  by  slipping  a  thimble,  button,  or 
ring  of  leather,  or  something  of  the  kind,  on  a  belt  worn  for  that  pur- 
pose, or  by  some  other  convenient  method.  The  hind  chainman  then 
comes  up,  and  having  counted  in  the  presence  of  his  fellow  the  tally 
pins  which  he  has  taken  up,  so  that  both  may  be  assured  that  none  of 
the  pins  have  been  lost,  he  then  takes  the  forward  end  of  the  chain, 
and  proceeds  to  set  the  pins.  Thus  the  chainnien  alternately  changa 
l^laces,  each  setting  the  pins  that  he  has  taken  up,  so  that  one  is  for- 
ward in  all  the  odd,  and  the  other  in  all  the  even  tallies.  Such  proced- 
ure, it  is  believed,  tends  to  insure  accuracy  in  measurement,  facilitates 
the  recollection  of  the  <listances  to  objects  on  the  line,  and  renders  a 
mivStally  almost  impossible. 

LEVELING  THE   CHAEST  AND  PLUMBINa  THE   PINS. 

1.  The  length  of  every  surveyed  line  will  be  ascertained  by  precise 
horizontal  measurement,  as  nearly  approximating  to  an  air  line  as  is 
possible  in  practice  on  the  earth's  surface.  This  all-important  object 
can  only  be  attained  by  a  rigid  adherence  to  the  three  following  obser- 
vances: 

First.  Ever  keeping  the  chaiu  drawn  to  its  utmost  degree  of  ten- 
sion on  even  ground. 

Second.  On  uneven  ground,  keeping  the  chain  not  only  stretched  as 
aforesaid,  but  leveled.  And  when  ascending  and  descending  steep 
ground,  hills  or  mountains,  the  chain  will  have  to  be  shortened  to  one- 
half  or  one-fourth  its  length  (and  sometimes  more),  in  order  accurately 
to  obtain  the  true  horizontal  measure. 

Third.  The  careful  plumbing  of  the  tally  pins,  so  as  to  attain  pre- 
cisely the  spot  where  they  should  be  stuck.  The  more  uneven  the  sur- 
face, the  greater  the  caution  needed  to  set  the  pins. 

MARKING  LINES. 

1.  All  lines  on  which  are  to  be  established  the  legal  corner  boundaries 
will  be  marked  after  this  method,  viz :  Those  trees  which  may  be  inter- 
sected by  the  line  will  have  two  chops  or  notches  cut  on  the  sides  facing 
the  line,  without  any  other  marks  whatever.  These  are  called  '■^  sight 
trees^^  or  ^Hine  trees.''''  A  sufficient  number  of  other  trees  standing 
within  50  links  of  the  line,  on  either  side  of  it,  will  be  blazed  on  two 
sides  diagonally  or  quartering  toward  the  line,  in  order  to  render  the 
line  conspicuous,  and  readily  to  be  traced,  the  blazes  to  be  opposite 
each  other,  coinciding  in  direction  with  the  line  where  the  trees  stand 
very  near  it,  and  to  approach  nearer  each  other  toward  the  line,  the 
farther  the  line  passes  from  the  blazed  trees.  Due  care  will  ever  be 
taken  to  have  the  lines  so  well  marked  as  to  be  readily  followed,  and 
to  cut  the  blazes  deep  enough  to  leave  recognizable  scars  as  long  as  the 
trees  stand. 

Where  trees  2  inches  or  more  in  diameter  are  found,  the  required 
blazes  will  not  be  onn'tted. 

Bushes  on  or  near  the  line  should  be  bent  at  right  angles  therewith, 
and  receive  a  blow  of  the  ax  at  about  the  usual  height  of  blazes  from 
the  ground  sufficient  to  leave  them  in  a  bent  position,  but  not  to  pre- 
vent their  growth. 


22 

2.  On  trial  or  random  lines,  the  trees  will  not  be  blazed,  unless 
occasionally,  from  indispensable  necessity,  and  tlien  it  will  be  done  so 
guardedly  as  to  i)revent  tlie  possibility  of  confounding-  the  marks  of  the 
trial  line  with  the  true.  But  bushes  and  limbs  of  trees  may  be  lopped, 
and  stalces  set  on  the  trial  or  random  line,  at  every  ten  chains,  to  enable 
the  surveyor  on  his  return  to  follow  and  correct  the  trial  line  and  estab- 
lish therefrom  the  true  line.  To  prevent  confusion,  the  temporary  stakes 
set  on  the  trial  or  random  line  will  be  ptdled  up  when  the  surveyor 
returns  to  establish  the  true  line. 

INSUPERABLE   OBJECTS   ON   LINE — WITNESS   POINTS. 

1.  Under  circumstances  where  the  survey  of  a  township  or  section 
line  is  obstructed  by  an  impassable  obstacle,  such  as  a  pond,  swamp, 
or  marsh  (not  meanderable),  the  line  will  be  prolonged  across  such 
obstruction  by  making  the  necessary  riglit-angle  offsets  (Plate  TV,  sec. 
22);  or,  if  such  proceeding  is  impracticable,  a  traverse  line  will  be  run, 
or  some  proper  trigonometical  operation  will  be  employed  to  locate  the 
line  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  obstruction;  and  in  case  the  line,  either 
meridional  ov  latitudinal,  thus  regained,  is  recovered  beyond  the  inter- 
vening obstacle,  said  line  will  be  surveyed  back  to  the  margin  of  the 
obstruction  and  all  the  particulars,  in  relation  to  the  field  operations, 
will  be  fully  stated  in  the  field  notes. 

2.  As  a  guide  in  alinement  and  measurement,  at  each  point  where  the 
line  intersects  the  margin  of  an  obstacle,  a  witness  point*  will  be  estab- 
lished, except  when  such  point  is  less  than  20  chains  distant  from  the 
true  point  for  a  legal  corner  which  falls  in  the  obstruction,  in  which 
case  a  witness  corner^  will  be  established  at  the  intersection.  (See 
Plate  IV,  section  22.) 

0.  In  a  case  where  all  the  points  of  intersection  with  the  obstacle  to 
measurement  fall  rnore  than  20  chains  from  the  proper  place  for  a  legal 
corner  in  the  obstruction,  and  a  witness  corner  can  be  placed  on  the 
offset  line  icithin  20  chains  of  the  inaccessible  corner  point,  such  "wit- 
ness corner"  will  be  established.  (See  Plate  IV,  south  boundary  of  sec- 
tion 16.) 

ESTABLISHING   CORNERS. 

1.  To  procure  tlie  faithful  execution  of  this  part  of  a  surveyor's  duty, 
is  a  matter  of  the  utmost  importance.  After  true  coursing  and  most 
exact  measurements,  the  establishment  of  corners  is  the  consummation 
of  the  field  work.  Therefore,  if  the  corners  be  not  perpetuated  in  a 
permanent  and  workmanlike  manner,  the  principal  object  of  surveying 
operations  will  not  have  been  attained. 

2.  The  points  at  which  corners  will  be  established  are  fully  stated  in 
the  several  articles:  "Base  Lines,"  "Principal  Meridians,"  "Standard 
Parallels,"  etc.,  following  the  title  "Initial  Points,"  page  50. 

3.  The  best  marking  tools  adapted  to  the  purpose  will  be  provided 
for  marking  neatly,  distinctly,  and  durably,  all  the  letters  and  figures 
required  to  be  made  at  corners,  arabic  figures  being  used  exclusively; 
and  the  deputy  will  always  have  at  hand  the  necessary  implements  for 
keeping  his  marking  irons  in  perfect  order. 

DESCRIPTIONS  OF   CORNERS. 

1.  The  form  and  language  used  in  the  following  articles,  in  describing, 
for  each  one  of  the  thirteen  classes  of  corners,  eight  specific  construc- 

*  See  "Witness  Points/'  page  48.  t  See  "  Witness  Corners,"  page  47. 


23 

tions  and  iiiarkiii^i;'.s,  with  the  .stated  uioditications  in  certain  cases,  will 
be  carefully  followed  by  deputy  surveyors  in  their  Jield  notes;  and  their 
field  work  will  strictly  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  descrip- 
tions. 

2.  When  pits  and  nionnds  of  earth  are  made  accessories  to  corners, 
the  pits  will  always  have  a  recfanfjiilar  plan ;  while  the  mounds  will  have 
a  cowim?  form,  with  circular  base;  and  in  all  cases  both  pits  and  mounds 
will  have  dimensions  at  least  as  great  as  those  specified  in  the  descrip- 
tions. Deputy  surveyors  will  strictly  adhere  to  these  provisions,  and 
no  departure  from  the  stated  requirements  will  be  permitted,  either 
in   instructions  or  practice  in  the  field-     (See  Plates  V  and  VI). 

3.  Eeferringc  to  the  numbered  paragraphs,  the  corners  described  in 
"3"  will  be  preferred  to  those  described  in  either  "  1"  or  "2",  when 
corners  are  established  in  loose,  sandy  soil,  and  good  bearing  trees  are 
available;  under  similar  conditions,  the  corners  described  in  "5"  and 
"8"  will  be  preferred  to  those  described  in  "4"  and  ''T",  respectively. 

4.  The  selection  of  the  particular  construction  to  be  adopted  in  any 
ease  will  be  left,  as  a  matter  of  course,  to  the  judgment  and  discretion 
of  the  deputy,  who  will  assign  the  greatest  weight  to  the  dnrability  of 
the  corner  materials  and  permanency  of  the  finished  corners. 

5.  The  following  abbreviations  and  contractions  will  be  used  in  the 
descriptions  of  corners,  viz : 


A.  M.  C. 

for  auxiliary  meauder  corner. 

N. 

for  nortli. 

hdy. 

for  boundary. 

i  sec.  cor. 

for  ((uarter  section  corner. 

liih's. 

for  boundaries. 

K. 

for  range. 

bet. 

for  between. 

Es. 

for  ranges. 

C.  (". 

for  closing  corner. 

sec,  sees. 

for  section,  sections. 

cor.,  cors. 

,  for  corner,  corners. 

S.  M.  C. 

for  special  meander  corner. 

(list. 

for  distance. 

S.C. 

for  standard  corner. 

E. 

for  east. 

sq. 

for  square. 

ft. 

for  foot  or  feet. 

S. 

for  south. 

fracl. 

for  fractional. 

T.  or  Tp. 

for  township. 

ins. 

for  inches. 

Ts.  or  Tps 

.  for  townships. 

(11  am. 

for  diinneter. 

W. 

for  west. 

Iks. 

for  links. 

W.  C. 

for  witness  corner. 

M.C. 

for  meander  corner. 

W.  P. 

for  witness  point. 

For  "  18  inches  long,  7  inches  wide,  6  inches  thick,"  in  describing  a 
corner  stone,  write  "18x7x0  ins.,''  being  particular  to  always  preserve 
the  same  order  of  length,  width,  and  thickness  (or  depth),  and  use  a 
vSimilar  form  when  describing  ^ifs. 


STANDARD   TOWNSHIP    CORNERS. 


[See  Plates  III  and  V.I 

When  more  than  one-half  of  all  the  standard  township  and  section 
corners  on  any  (>  miles  of  a  base  line  or  standard  parallel  are  stone  cor- 
ners, the  descriptions  in  paragraphs  1  and  ;?.  (/'  the  corners  therein 
described  are  established,  irill  be  m<>difi.ed-  as  follows:  Strike  out  "S.  C, 
on  N."     After-  ''marked",  insert  the  words: 

'^  S.  C,  13  N.  on  X., 

22  E.  on  E.,  and 

21  E.  on  W.  faces;" 

When  under  the  conditions  above  specified  the  corner  described  in  par- 
ayraph  1  is  established,  a  stalce  may  be  driven  in  the  east  pit  and  marked' 
instead  of  the  stone,  and  clescribed  as  exemplified  in  the  last  clause  of  para- 
graph 6,  page  00. 

(See  Specimen  Field  Notes,  pages  145  and  149). 


24 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  13  N.,  Rs.  21  and  22  E.,  marked  S.  C.  on  Is^. ;  with  G  grooves 
on  N.,  E.,  and  W.  faces;  dug  pits,  30x24x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each 
line,  E.  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  8  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound 
of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high,  K.*  of  cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Seta  —  stone, — x  —  x — ins., — ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  13  K,  Rs.  21  and  22  E.,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.;  with  6 
grooves  on  N.,  E.,  and  VY.  faces:  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone t,  2  ft. 
base,  \h  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  nuth  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone, — x  —  x — ins,, —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  13  N.,  Rs.  21  and  22  E.,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.;  with 
6  grooves  on  N.,  E.,  and  W.  faces;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins,  diam.,  bears  N,  —  °  E,,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked  | 

T.  13  N.,  R,  22  E.,  S,  31,  B,  T, 
A  — ,  —  ins,  diam.,  bears  X.  — ^  W.,  —  Iks,  dist.,  marked 
T,  13  N.,  R.  21  E.,  S.  3G,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft,  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  Avith  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins,  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps,  13  N,,  Rs.  22  and  23  E.,  marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  K  on  N., 

R.  23  E.,  S.  31   on  E.,  and 

R.  22  E.,  S.  36  on  W.  faces;  with  G  grooves  on  N,,  E.,  and  W,  faces; 
dug  pits,  30  X  24  X  12  ins.,  crosswise  on  eacih  line,  E.  and  W.,  4  ft,, 
and  X,  of  post,  8  ft,  dist.;  and. raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2J 
ft,  high,  N.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a —  post,  3  ft,  long,  4  ins,  sq,,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps,  13  N,,  Rs.  22  and  23  E.,  marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  K  on  N,, 

R.  23  E.,  S.  31  on  E.,  and 

R.  22  E.,  S.  36  on  W.  faces;  with  6  grooves  on  N.,  E.,  and  W.  faces, 
from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  E.,  — Iks.  dist., marked 
T.  13  N.,  R.  23  E.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 

A  — ,  —  ins,  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  K,  R,  22  E,,  S,  36,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit,  and  Stake  in  Pit. 

Dei)osited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  cjuart  of  charcoal)  12ins. 
in  the  gnmnd,  for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  13  N.,  Rs.  22  and  23  E. ; 
dug  pits,  30x24x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  N.,  E.,  and  W.  of  cor., 
5  ft.  dist, ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft,  base,  2i  ft,  high,  over 
deposit. 

*Tho  direction  of  the  momifl,  from  the  corner,  will  be  stated  whenever  a  mound  is 
bnilt.     8tie  "MiHcellaneons,"  par.  2,  pan^c  48. 

t  Moinid  of  Htone  will  consist  of  not  less  than/oMr  stones,  and  will  be  at  least  lit  ft. 
hijrli,  with  2  It.  base. 

t  All  bearinfjj  trees,  excp.pt  those  referrinij  to  quarter  section  corners,  will  be 
marked  with  the  townnkip,  ran-ge,  and  section  in  which  they  stand. 


25 

In  E.  pit  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 
-S.  C,  T.  13  N.  on  N., 
li.  23  E.,  S.  31  on  E.,  and 
E.  22  E.,  S.  36  on  W.  faces;  with  G  grooves  on  N.,  E.,  and  W.  faces. 

7.  Tree  Corner^  with  PiU  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A — ,  —  ins.  diaui.,  for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tj)S.  13  N.,  Rs.  22  and 
23  E.,  I  marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  N.  on  K, 

E.  23  E.,  S.  31  on  E.,  and 

E.  22  E.,  S.  36  on  W,  sides;  with  6  notches  on  N.,  E.,  and  VY,  sides; 
dug  pits,  24xl<'^xl2  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  N.,  E.,  and  W.  of  cor., 
5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner^  ivith  Bearing  Trees. 

A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  13  N.,  Es.  22  and 
23  E.,  I  marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  N.  on  N., 

E.  23  E.,  S.  31  on  E.,  and 

E.  22  E.,  S.  36  on  W.  sides;  with  6  notches  on  J^.,  E.,  and  W.  sides; 
from  which 

A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13N.,  E.  23E.,  S.  31,  B.T. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  w^^  —  iijg_  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  E,  22  E.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 

CLOSING   TOWNSHIP   CORNERS. 

[See  Plates  V  and  VI.] 

Wlien  more  than  one-half  of  all  the  toicnship  corners  are  stone  corners, 
the  descriptions  in  paragraphs  1  and  2,  if  the  corners  therein  described  are 
established,  will  be  modified,  as  follows:  Strike  out  "  C.  C,  on  S. ;".  After 
"marked"',  insert  the  words 

"  C.  C,  3  K  on  S., 

2  W.  on  E.,  and 

3  W.  on  W.  faces." 

When,  under  the  conditions  above  specified,  the  corner  described  in  para- 
graph 1  is  established,  a  stake  may  be  driven  in  the  east  pit,  and  marlced 
instead  of  the  stone,  and  described  as  exemplified  in  the  last  clause  of 
paragraph  6,  page  26. 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  x —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  4  N.,  Es.  2  and  3  W.,  marked  0.  C,  on  S.;  with  6  grooves 
on  S.,  E.,  and  W,  faces;  dug  pits,  30x24x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each 
line,  E.  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and  S.  of  stone,  8  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound 
of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Seta  —  stone,  —  x  —  x  — ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  4  N.,  Es.  2  and  3  W.,  marked  C.  C,  on  S. ;  with  6  grooves 
on  S.,  E.,  and  W.  faces;  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 
high,  S.  of  cor.    Pits  impracticable. 


26 

3,  Stone,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Seta  —  stone, —  x  —  X  — ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  For  dosing-  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  4  N.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.,  marked  0.  C,  on  S.;  with  6  grooves 
on  S.,  E.,  and  W,  faces;  from  which: 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.  bears  S.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  4  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  6,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — '^  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  4  N.,  R.  3  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 

4,  Post,  ivith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  i)ost,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps.  4  N.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.,  marked 

C.  C,  T.  4  N.  on  S., 

E.  2  W.,  S.  6  on  E.,  and 

R.  3  W.,  S.  1  on  W.  faces;  with  6  grooves  on  S.,  E.,  and  W.  faces; 
dug  pits,  30  X  24  X  12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  E.  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and 

5,  of  post  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft,  base,  2^  feet 
high,  S.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cfosing 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  4  N.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.,  marked 

C.  C,  T.  4  K  on  S., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  6  on  E.,  and 

R.  3  W.,  S.  1  on  W.  faces;  with  6  grooves  on  S.,  E.,  and  W.  fiices; 
from  which 

A  — .  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — ^  Yj.,  —  Iks.  distv,  marked 
T.  4  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  6,  B.  T. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  4  K,  R.  3  W.,  S,  1,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit,  and  Stake  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  4  IS.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.; 
dug  pits,  30  X  24  X  12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  S.,  E.,  and  W.  of 
cor.,  5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2J  ft.  high,  over 
deposit. 

In  E.  pit,  drove  a  —  stake  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

0.  C,  T.  4  N.  on  S., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  6  on  E.,  and 

R.  3  W.,  S.  1  on  W.  faces;  with  6  grooves  on  S.,  E.,  and  W.  faces. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  closing  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  4  IS.,  Rs.  2  and  3 
W.,  I  marked 

C.  C,  T.  4  X.  on  S., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  6  on  E.,  and 

R. 3  W.,  S.  1  on  W.  sides;  with  6  notches  on  S.,  E.,  and  W.  sides; 
dug  pits,  24  X  18  X  12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  S.,  E.,  and  W.  of 
cor.,  5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  closing  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  4  'S.,  Rs.  2  and  3 
W.,  1  marked 


27 

C.  C,  T.  4  >'.  on  S., 
K.  2  W.,  S.  G  on  E.,  and 

E.  3  W.,  S.  1  on  W.  sides;  with  0  notches  on  S.,  E.,  and  W.  sides; 
from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  tliam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  4  K,  E.  2  W.,  S.  «,  B,  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — '^  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  4N.,  E.  3  W.,  S.  1,  B.T. 

9.  Connecting  lines. 

All  closing-  township  corners  on  base  lines  or  standard  parallels,  will 
be  connected,  by  course  and  distance,  with  the  %e«res;^  standard  corner 
thereon;  closing  corners  on  all  other  lines,  will  be  connected,  in  a  similar 
manner,  with  the  nearest  township,  section,  or  quarter  section  corner, 
or  mile  or  half-mile  monument,  as  existing  conditions  may  require. 

10.  Relative  positions  of  Closing  Corners,  Pits,  Mounds^  and  Bearing 

Trees, 
Any  line,  which  by  intersection  with  another  surveyed  line,  deter- 
mines the  place  for  a  closing  corner,  will  be  called  a  closing  line:  then 
in  general,  the  mound  and  one  pit  of  a  closing  corner  will  be  placed  on 
such  "•  closing  line,"  K.,  S.,  E.,  or  W.  of  the  closing  corner,  as  prevail- 
ing conditions  may  require;  while  said  mound  and  pit,  with  the  two 
bearing  trees  (if  used),  will  always  be  located  on  the  same  side  of  the 
line  closed  upon,  and  on  which  the  other  i)its  will  be  established,  as 
directed  in  the  foregoing  descriptions,  and  illustrated  on  Plate  YI. 

11.  Positions  and  dimensions  of  Pits  of  Closing  Corners  on  irregular 
boundaries. 

When  a  closing  line  intersects  an  irregular  boundary  at  an  angle  less 
than  75c,  and  stone  or  post  closing  corners  are  established,  the  pit  on 
the  boundary  adjoining  the  acute  angle  will  be  omitted,  and  the  pit 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  closing  corner  will  have  its  dimensions 
increased,  as  follows:  For  a  closing  township  corner,  the  enlarged 
pit  will  measure  42  x  36  x  12  ins. ;  for  a  closing  section  corner  it  will  be 
30  X  24 X 12  ins.     (See  Plate  VI,  figs.  2  and  3.) 

12.  Township  or  Section  interfering  Closing  Corners. 

When  two  closing  lines,  at  right  angle  to  each  other,  intersect  an 
irregular  boundary  at  points  less  than  8  feet  apart,  and  stone  or  post 
corners  are  established,  the  pits,  that  under  ordinary  circumstances 
would  be  placed  on  the  boundary,  will  be  omitted,  and  the  pits  on  the 
dosing  lines  will  have  their  dimensions  increased  to  30x36x12  ins. 
^See  Plate  VI,  fi.g.  4,  at  a  and  b.) 

13.  Positions  and  dimensions  of  Pits  and  Mounds  of  interfering  Closing 

Corners. 

When,  under  the  conditions  stated  in  paragraphs  11  and  12,  the  cor- 
ners "  Mound  of  Earth,  icith  Deposits  and  Stake  in  PiV^  are  established, 
the  pits  on  the  boundary  line  will  be  omitted  when  the  distance  between 
the  closing  corners  is  less  than  10  feet  and  greater  than  4  feet,  and  the 
dimensions  of  the  pits  on  the  closing  lines  will  be  increased  as  directed 
in  said  paragraphs. 

In  case  the  distance  between  the  closing  corners  is  less  than  4  feet, 
one  mound,  5  ft.  base,  2h  ft.  high,  will  cover  the  deposits  of  both  clos- 
ing corners.     (See  Plate  VI,  fig.  4,  at  c,  d,  and  e.) 


28 

COENEKS   COMMON   TO   FOUR   TOWNSHIPS.  . 

[See  Plate  T.] 

When  more  than  one-hnlf  of  all  the  corners  of  a  to  ic  nship  are  stone  corners, 
the  descriptions  in  paragraphs  1  and  3,  if  the  corners  therein  described  are 
established,  will  be  modified,  as  follows:  After  "marked",  insert  the 
words 

"3  N.  on  N.  E., 

2  E.  on  S.  E., 

2  ]^.  on  S.  W.,  and 

3  E.  onN.  W.  faces;" 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor,  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps.  2  and  3  IST.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.,  marked  with  (i  notches  on  each  edge; 
dug  pits,  24x24x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  N.,  E.,  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and  S.  of 
stone,  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  laised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high, 
S.  of  cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Moimd  of  Stone. 

Set  a —  stone,  — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  tlie  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  Ks.  2  and  3  W.,  marked  with  6  notches  on  each  edge, 
and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  li  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor.  Pits 
impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  f(U'  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.,  marked  with  G  notches  on  each  edge; 
from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.,  — Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  6,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  3  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3  K,  R.  3  W.,  S,  36,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  2 
and  3  N.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.,  marked 

T.  3  N.,  S.  31  on  N  E., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  6  on  S.  E., 

T.  2  N.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

R.  3  W.,  S.  30  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  6  notches  on  each  edge;  dug- 
pits,  24x24x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  N.,  E.,  and  W.,4  ft.,  and  S.  of  post, 
8  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2i  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W.,  marked 
T.  3  N.,  S.  31  on  N.  E., 
R.  2  W.,  S.  C  on  S.  B., 
T.  2  K,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 


29 

R.  3  W,,  S.  36  on  IST.  VV.,  faces;  with  6  notches  on  each  edge;  from 
wliich 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  X.  —  E.,  — Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3X.,  K2  W.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 
A — , — ins.  diam.,  bears  S. — °  E.,  — Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  (),  E.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  — Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  ]^.,  R.  3  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3  K,  R.  3  W.,  S.  30,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit,  and  Stake  in  Fit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor,  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  2  and  3  I^.,  Rs.  2  and  3  VV. ; 
dug  pits  24x24x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  IST.,  S.,  E.,  and  W.  of  cor.,  5  ft. 
(list.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  E.  pit  drove  a —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

T.  3  N.,  S.  31  on  K  E., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  G  on  S.  E., 

T.  2  N.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

R.  3  W.,  tS.  36  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  6  notches  on  each  edge. 

7.  Tree  Cornier,  unth  Fits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  2  and3N.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W., 
I  marked 

T.  3  X.,  S.  31  on  N.  E., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  0  on  S.  E., 

T.  2  N.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

R.  3  W.,  S.  36  on  I^.  W.  sides;  with  6  notches  facing  each  cardinal 
point;  dug  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  N.,  S.,  E.,  and  W.  of 
cor.,  5  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  2  and  3  ^.,  Rs.  2  and  3  W., 
I  marked 

T.  3  N.,  S.  31  on  N.  E., 
R.  2  W.,  S.  6  on  S.  E., 
T.  2  N.,  S.  1  on  IS.  W.,  and 

R.  3  W.,  S.  36  on  N.  W.  sides;  with  6  notches  facing  each  cardinal 
X)oint;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  i^.  — o  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins,  diam.,  bears  S.  — o  y,.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  6,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  !S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  3  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  ]S[.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3  N.,  R.  3  W.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 

CORNERS   COMMON   TO   TWO   TOWNSHIPS   ONLY. 

[See  Plates  V  and  IX.] 

When  more  than  one-half  of  all  the  corners  of  a  township  are  stone  cor- 
ners, the  descriptions  in  paragraphs  1  and  3.  if  the  corners  therein 
described  are  established,  tvill  be  modi  fed  as  follows: 

After  "marked",  insert  the  words: 

"  2  N.  on  S.  VV.,  and 

7  W.  on  N.  W.  faces." 


30 

When,  under  the  conditions  above  specijied,  the  corner  described  in  para- 
graph 1  is  established,  a  stake  may  be  driven  in  the  south  pit  and  marlced 
instead  of  the  stone,  and  described  as  exemplified  in  the  last  clause  of  para- 
graph 6,  below. 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mounds  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone, —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  on  W.  bdy.  Tp.  3  X.,  R.  G  W.,  marked  with 
()  notches  on  N.,  and  W.  edges ;  dug  pits  30  x  24  x  12  ins.,  on  each  line,  K. 
and  S.,  4  ft.,  and  W.  of  stone,  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth, 

5  ft.  base,  2 J  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Set  a  —  stone, —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  — ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  on  W.  bdy.  Tp.  3  X.,  R.  C  W.,  marked  with 

6  notches  on  K.,  and  W.  edges;  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base, 
1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  ivith  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone, —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  Rs  5  and  6  W.,  on  N.  bdy.  Tp.  2  ^.,  R.  6  W.,  marked 
with  6  notches  on  N.  and  W.  edges;  from  which 
A  — ,  ins.  diam.,  bears  1:^.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.2N.,  R.  5.  W.,  S.  6,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — '^  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3N.,  R.  6  W.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  It.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  2  and 
3  N.,  Rs.  5  and  G  W.,  on  N.  bdy.  Tp.  2  K,  R.  6  W.,  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  5  W.,  S.  6  on  K.  H,  and 

T.  3  K.,  R.  6  W.,  S.  3G  on  N.'  W.  faces;  with  G  notches  on  N.  and  W. 
edges;  dug  pits,  30x24x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  E.  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and  N. 
of  post,  8  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2 J  ft.  high, 
N.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (o. 
g.)  Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  on  W.  bdy.  Tp.  3  K,  R.  6  W.,  marked 
T.  2  K,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

T.  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  3G  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  G  notches  on  ]S^.  and  W. 
edges;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — o  ^",^  —  ij^g.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  JST.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  3G,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit,  and  StaTce  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  on  W.  bdv. 
Tp.  3  N.,  R.  6  W. ;  dug  pits,  30  x  24  x  12  ins.,  on  each  line,  :N".,  E.,  and  W. 
of  cor.,  5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2i  ft.  high, 
over  deposit. 

In  S.  i)it  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

T.  2  N.,  R.  7  W.;  S.  36  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  G  notches  on  4>r.  and  W, 
edges, 


31 

7.  Tree  Corner,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ius.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  (e.  ^.),  Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  Rs.  5  and  6  W., 
on  K  bdy.  Tp.  2  N.,  Jl.  6  W.,  I  marked 

T.  2  X.,  K.  5  W.  on  N.  E.,  and 

T.3K.,  R.  ()W.  on  KW.  sides;  witli  0  notches  facing- X.  and  W.; 
dug:  pits  24x  l<Sxl2  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  Is.,  E.,  and  W.  of  cor., 
5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  u'ith  Bearing  Trees. 

A—,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tps.  2  and  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  on  W. 
bdy.  Tp.  3  N.,  R.  0  W.,  I  marked 
T.  2  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

T.  3N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  30  on  N,  \V.,  sides;  with  G  notches  facing  N.  and 
W. ;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  K.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  30,  B.  T. 

CORNERS   REFERRING  TO   ONE    TOWNSHIP   ONLY. 

[See  Plates  V  and  IX.] 

When  more  than  one-half  of  all  corners  of  a  toivnship  arc  stone 
corners,  the  descriptions  in  paragraphs  1  and  2,  if  the  corners  therein 
described  are  established,  tvill  be  modified,  as  follows:  After  "  marked", 
insert  the  words: 

''  2  N.,  0  W.  on  S.  W.  face." 

When,  under  the  conditions  above  specified,  the  corner  described  in  para- 
graph 1  is  established,  a  stake  may  be  driven  in  the  south  pit,  and  marked 
instead  of  the  stone,  and,  described,  as  exemplified  in  the  last  clause  of  para- 
graph 6,  page  32. 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  X —  ins.,  — ins.  in  the  ground,  for  N.  E.  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  Tp.  2  K.,  R,  0  W.,  marked  with  0  notches  on  S.  and  W.  edges; 
dug  pits,  30x30x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  S.  and  W.  of  stone,  8  ft.  dist.: 
and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high,  S.  W.  of  cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  X —  ins., — ins.  in  the  ground,  for  N.  E.  cor.  of 
(e.  g. )  Tp.  2  K,  R.  0  W.,  marked  with  0  notches  on  S.  and  W.  edges; 
and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  S.  W.  of  cor.  Pits 
impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  ivith  Bearing  Tree. 

Set  a  —  stone, — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground  for  N.  E.  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  Tp.  2  N.,  R.  0  W.,  marked  with  0  notches  on  S.  and  W.  edges; 
from  which 

A  — ,  —  ius.  diam.,  bears  S.  — ^  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  2  ^.,  R.  0  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  tcith  Pits  and,  Mound  of  Earth. 

Seta  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  N.  E.  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tp. 
2  N.,  R.  0  VV.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  5  W.,  S.  0  on  N.  E., 

S.  6  o^  S.  K., 


32 

T.  2  N.,  R.  C  W.,  S.  1  on  ^.  W.,  and 

S.  6  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  6  notches  on  S.  and  W.  edges;  dug  pits, 
36x36x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  S.  and  W.  of  post,  8  ft.  dist.;  and  raised 
a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2J  ft.  high,  S.  W. 'of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Tree. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  S.  W. 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tp.  3  is^.,  K.  6  W.,  marked 

T.  3  i^.,  K.  6  W.,  S.  31  on  N.  E., 

S.  1  on  S.  E., 

T.  2  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  1  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  6  notches  on  N.  and  E.  edges;  from 
which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  i^.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3  N.,  R.  6  W.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit,  and  Stalce  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  S.  W.  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  T.  3  N.,  R.  6  W.;  dug  pits, 
36x36x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  X.  and  E.  of  cor.,  5  ft.  dist.;  and  raised 
a  mound  of  eartb,  5  ft.  base,  2 J  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  E.  pit  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  in.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

T.  3  K,  R.  6  W.,  S.  31  on  N.  E., 

S.  1  on  S.  E., 

T.  2  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  1  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  6  notches  on  N.  and  E.  edges. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  S.  W.  cor]  of  (e.  g.)  Tp.  3  N.,  R.  6  W,,  I 
marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  6  W.,  S.  31  on  N.  E., 

S.  1  on  S.  E., 

T.  2  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  1  on  K.  W.  sides;  with  6  notches  fiicing  N.  and  E. ;  dug  ]>its, 
30  X  24  X  12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  N.  and  E.  of  cor.,  5  ft.  dist.; 
and  raised  a  mound  of  earth  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  icith  Bearing  Tree. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  S.  E.  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  Tp.  4  N.,  R.  6  W.,  I 
marked 

S.  6  on  N.  E., 

T.  3  N.,  R.  5  W.  S.  6  on  S.  E., 

S.  6  on  S,  W.,  and 

T.  4  N.,  R.  6  W.,  S.  36  on  N.  W.  sides;  with  6  notclies  facing  N.  and 
W. ;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — ^  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  2  N.,  R.  6  W.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 

STANDARD  SECTION  CORNERS. 

[See  Plates  III  and  V.] 

1.  Stone,  loith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone, — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  31  and  32,  marked  S.  C,  on  jST.  ;  with  5  grooves  on 
E.,  and  1  groove  on  W.  faces;  dug  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on 


33 

eacL  liiie,  E.  and  W.,  3  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  liigli,  X.  of  cor. 

2.  tStone,  icith  mound  of  IStone. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  x —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  stand,  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  sees.  35  and  30,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.j  with  1  groove  od,E., 
and  5  grooves  on  W.  faces;  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base  1^ 
ft.  high,  K.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  jStonCy  loitlh  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone, — x  —  X  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  33  and  34,  marked  S.  C,  on  N,;  with  3  grooves  on 
E.  and  W. faces;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  K  — o  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  13  X.,  E.  21  E.,  S.  34,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  K  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  E.  21  E.,  S.  33,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  (|uart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
sees.  32  and  33,  marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  X,  E.  21  E.  on  K, 

S.  33  on  E.,  and 

S.  32  on  W.  faces;  with  4  grooves  on  E.,  and  2  grooves  on  W.  faces; 
dug  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  E.  and  W.,  3  ft.,  and 
N.  of  post,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high, 
iS^.  of  cor. 

5.  Postj  icith  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  34  and  35,  marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  X.,  E.  21  on  N., 

S.  35  on  E.,  and 

S.  34  on  W.  faces;  with  two  grooves  on  E.,  and  4  grooves  on  W. 
faces ;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — ^  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  K,  E.  21  E.,  S.  35,  B.  T. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  ^.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  X.,  E.  21  E.,  S.  34,  B.  T. 

C.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit,  and  StaTce  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  33  and  34;  dug 
pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  X.,  E.,  and  W.  of  cor.,  5 
ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft  high,  over  deposit. 

In  E.  pit  drovx  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  K,  E.  22  E.  on  N., 

S.  34  on  E.,  and 

S.  33  on  W.  faces ;  with  3  grooves  on  E.  and  W.  faces. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  icith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  31  and  32,  I 
marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  N.,  E.  22  E.  on  N., 

S.  32  on  E.,  and 

S.  31  on  W.  sides;  with  5  notches  on  E.,  and  1  notch  on  W.  sides j 
386 3 


34 

diTg  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  ISI.,  E.,  and  W.  of  Cor.,  1  ft.  dist.;  and  raised 
a  nionud  of  eartli  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner^  with  Bearing  Trees. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  standard  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  35  and  36,  I 
marked 

S.  C,  T.  13  N.,  K.  22  E.  on  K., 

S,  3G  on  E.,  and 

S.  35  on  W.  sides;  with  1  notch  on  E.,  and  5  notches  on  W.  sides; 
from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  R.  22  E.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  K,  R.  22  E.,  S.  35,  B.  T. 

CLOSING  SECTION  CORNEES. 

[See  Plates  V  and  VI.] 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  1  and  2,  marked  O.  C,  on  S.;  with  1  groove  on  E,, 
and  5  grooves  on  W.  faces ;  dug  pits,  24  x  18  x  12  ms.  crosswise  on  each 
line,  E.  and  W.,  3  ft.,  and  S.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound 
of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  3  and  4,  marked  C.  0.,  on  S. ;  with  3  grooves  on 
E.  and  W.  faces;  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  IJ  ft.  high, 
S.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  sees.  1  and  2,  marked  C.  C,  on  S.;  with  1  groove  on  E.,  and 
5  grooves  on  W.  faces ;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  4  N.,  R.  3  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.°  —  W.,  — Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  4  K,  R.  3  W.,  S.  2,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  tvith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
sees.  1  and  2,  marked 

C.  C,  T.  4  N.,  R.  3  W.  on  S., 

S.  1  on  E.,  and 

S.  2  on  W.  faces;  with  1  groove  on  E.,  and  5  grooves  on  W.  faces; 
dug  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  E.  and  W.,  3  ft.,  and 

5.  of  post,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high, 
S.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  1  and  2,  marked 

C.  C,  T.  4  N.,  R.  3  W.  on  S., 

S.  1  on  E.,  and 


35 

S.  2  on  W.  faces;  with  1  groove  ou  E.,  and  5  groo.ves  on  W.  faces; 
from  which 

A — ,  —  ins.  diani.,  bears  !S.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist..  marked 

T.  4K.,  IJ.3W.,  S.l,  B.T. 
A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bear.s  S.  — o  W.,  — Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  4N.,  K.  3  W.,  8.2,  JJ.T. 

0.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit,  and  Stake  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  3  and  4;  dug  pits, 
24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  iS.,  E.,  and  W.  of  cor,,  4  ft.  dist.; 
and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  E.  pit  drove  a —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

C.  C,  T.  4  N.,  K.  3  W.  on  S., 

S.  3.  on  E.,  and 

S.  4.  on  W.  faces;  with  3  grooves  on  E.  and  W.  faces. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  icith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth 

A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  closing  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  1  and  2,  I  marked 

C.  C,  T.  4  :J^.,  K.  3  W.  on  S., 

S.  1  on  E.,  and 

S.  2  on  W.  sides;  with  1  notch  on  E.,  and  5  notches  on  W.  sides; 
dug  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  S.,  E.,  and  W.  of  cor.,  5  it.  dist.;  and  raised 
a  mound  of  earth  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  closing  cor.  (e.  g.)  sees.  1  and  2,  I  marked 
C.  C,  T.  4  is^,  \X.  3  W.  ou  S., 
S.  1  on  E.,  and 

S.  2  on  W.  sides;  with  1  notch  on  E.,  and  5  notches  ou  AV.  sides; 
from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  4  N.,  E.  3  W.,  S.  1,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  — ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist., 'marked 

T.  4  K.,  K.  3  W.,  S.  2,  B.  T. 

9.  All  closing  section  corners,  on  base  lines  or  standard  parallels,  will 
be  connected  by  course  and  distance  with  the  nearest  standard  corner 
thereon.     (See  paragraphs  5  and  9,  page  55.) 

CORNERS   COMMON   TO   FOUR   SECTIONS. 

[See  Plates  V  and  IX.] 

When  more  than  one-half  of  all  the  corners  in  a  township  are  stone  corners, 
the  descriptions  in  paragrdphs  1  and  2,  if  the  corners  therein  described 
are  established  for  cor.  of  sees.  15,  16,  21  and  22^  will  he  modified  as  fol- 
lows: after  "  marhed,^''  insert  the  icords 

"4:N\  oni^.E.,  and 

3  W.  on  S.E.  faces." 

When,  under  the  conditions  above  specified,  the  corner  described  in  para- 
graph 1  is  established,  a  stake  may  be  driven  in  the  southeast  pit,  and 
marked  instead  of  the  stone,  and  described  as  exemplified  in  the  last  clause 
of  paragraph  C,pageol. 

1.  Htone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
sees.  14, 15,  22,  and  23  [Tp.  4  N.,  R.  3  W.j*,  marked  with  3  notches  on  S. 

*  When  writiiij^  these  flescri))tious  iu  the  field  uotes,  the  augular  hrackets  and  the 
enclosed  letters  aud  figures  will  be  omitted. 


36 

a]id  E.  edges;  dug  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  eacli  sec.  5J  ft.  dist.;  and 
raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  bigb,  W.  of  cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  sees.  14,  15, 22,  and  23  [Tp.  4  N.,  R.  3  W.]*,  marked  with  3  notches 
on  S.  and  E.  edges;  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  l^tt.  high, 
W.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  ivith  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  sees.  9,  10,  15,  and  16,  marked  with  4  notches  on  S.,  and  3 
notches  on  E.  edges;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  fns.  diam,,  bears  N.  — o  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  10,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — ^  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  K.,  R.  2  W.,  S,  15,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  IG,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  K.  — o  \y.^  —  j^g.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  9,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  icith  Pit  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  -4  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  15, 
16,  21-,  and  22,  marked 

T.  2  X.,  S.  15  on  N.  E., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  22  on  S.  E., 

S.  21  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  16  on  K.  W.  faces  with  3  notches  on  S. -and  E.  edges;  dug  pits, 
18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5h  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  e.arth, 
4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearimj  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground  for  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  sees.  25,  26,  35  and  36,  marked 
T.  2  i^.,  S.  25  on  K  E., 
R.  2  W.,  S.  36  on  S.  E., 
S.  35  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  26  on  IST.W.  faces;  with  1  notch  on  S.  and  E.  edges;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — ^  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  li  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  25,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  — ins.  diam.,  bears  S. — o  j^,^  —  n^^g^  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  2  \V.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — ^  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  35,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  \v.^  —  Iks,  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  26,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound,  icith  Deposit,  and  Sfalce  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12  ins. 
in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  25,  26,  35  and  36;  dug  pits,  18 x 
18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  4  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft. 
base,  2  ft.  high,  over  dei)osit. 

*  Wlieu  -n-ritiiis'  tlicse  descriptions  iu  tlie  field  notes,  the  auguhir  brackets  and  the 
enclosed  letters  and  figures  will  be  omitted. 


37 

In  S,  E.  i^it  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long.  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

T.  2  N.,  S.  25  on  N.  E., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  3G  on  S,  E., 

S.  35  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  26  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  1  notch  on  S.  and  E.  edges. 

7.  Tree  Corner^  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth . 

A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  29,  30,  31,  and  32,  I  marked 

T.  2  N.,  S.  29  on  K  E., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  32  on  S.  E., 

S.  31  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  30  on  N.  W.  sides;  with  1  notch  on  S,,  and  5  notches  on  E.  sides; 
dng  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of 
earth  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

A — ,  — ins.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  5,  6,  7,  and  8, 1  marked 

T.  2  K,  S.  5  on  ]^.  E., 

R.  2  W.,  S.  8  on  S.  E.,  • 

S.  7  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  6  on  N.  W.  sides;  with  5  notches  on  S.  and  E.  sides;  from  which 

A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  X.  — o  E..  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  5,  B.  T. 
A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.,  IIjs.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  8,  B.  T. 
A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S. — °  W.,  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2N.,  R.  2  W.,  S.  7,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  W.  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  2  K,  R.  2  W.,  S.  6,  B.  T. 

SECTION   CORNERS   COMMON   TO   TWO   SECTIONS   ONLY. 

[See  Plates  V  and  VI.] 

Wlten  more  than  one-half  of  all  the  corners  in  a  township  are  stone 
corners,  the  descriptions  in  paragraphs  1  and  2,  if  the  corners  therein 
described  are  established  near  cor.  of  sees.  15,16,  21,  and  22,  will  be  modi- 
Jied,  as  follows  : 

After  "marked",  insert  the  words 

"  3  N.  on  S.  W.,  and 

7  W.  onN.  W.  faces;". 

When,  under  the  conditions  above  specif  ed,  the  corner  described  in 
paragraph  1  is  established,  a  stahe  may  be  driven  in  the  southwest  ji it,  and 
marked  instead  of  the  stone,  and  described  as  exemplified  in  the  last  clause 
of  paragraph  (>,  page  38. 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Seta —  stone,  — x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)* 
sees.  25  and  36  [Tp.  3  N.,  R.  7  W.],t  marked  with  5  notches  on  K, 
and  1  notch  on  S.  edges;  dug  pits,  24x24x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  6  ft. 
dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

*The  corner  establislied  on  the  rarif/e  line  and  described  in  paragraph  1,  will  have 
notches  to  indicate  the  distances  to  the  N.  E.  and  S.  E.  corners  of  the  township. 
See  plate  V,  fig-.18:  and  Plate  IX,  Tp.  3  N.,  R.  7  W. 

t  When  writing  descriptions  of  corners  similar  to  those  described  in  paragraphs 
1  and  2,  the  angular  brackets  and  the  inclosed  letters  and  figures,  will  be  omitted. 


38 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Seta  — stone,  — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  tlie  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.g.)* 
sees.  15  and  22  [Tp,  3  N.,  R.  7  W.],  f  marked  with  3  notches  on  N., 
and  S.  edges;  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  W. 
of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.g.)f 
sees.  28  and  21),  marked  with  4  notches  on  E.  edge;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  IST.  — o  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.3N.,E.  7  W.,S.28,B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  IST.  — o  "VV.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3  i^.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  29,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  ivith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  33  and 
34,§  marked 

T.  2  N.,  S.  34  on  K.  E.,  and 

E.  6,W.,  S.  33  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  three  notches  on  E.  and  W. 
edges;  dug  pits  24x24x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  6  ft.  dist,  and  raised  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Trees : 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  sees.  24  and  25, ||  marked 

T.  3  N.,  S.  25  on  S.  W.,  and 

E.  5  W.,  S.  24  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  4  notches  on  IST.,  and  2  notches 
on  S.  edges ;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3  K,  E.  5  W.,  S.  25,  B.  T. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3  K,  E.  5  W.,  S.  24,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  of  Earth,  tcith  Deposit,  and  StaTce  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  13  and  24;^  dug  pits  24  x 
24x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  4  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft. 
base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  S.  W.  pit  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

T.  2  N.,  S.  24  on  S.  W.,  and 

E.  6  W.,  S.  13  on  N.  W.  faces,  with  3  notches  on  N.  and  S.  edges. 
7.  Tree  Corner,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sees.  24  and  25,**  I  marked 

T.  3  K,  S.  25  on  S.  W.  and 

E.  6  W.,  S.  24  on  N.  W.  sides;  with  4  notches  on  N.  and  S.  sides; 
dug  pits,  18  X  18  X  12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound 
of  earth  around  tree. 


*  The  corner  estiiblislied  on  a  sectional  guide,  meridian  and  described  in  paragraph 
2,  will  have  notches  like  the  correspoudin<;-  coriior  ou  a  range  line.  See  Plate  IX,  Tp. 
3N.,  R.  7W. 

t  When  writing  descriptions  of  corners  similar  to  those  described  in  paragraphs 
1  and  2,  tlie  angular  brackets  and  the  inclosed  letters  and  figures,  will  be  omitted. 

i  .See  Plate  IX,  N.  bdy.,  sec.  32,  Tp.  3  N.,'R.  7  W. 

§  See  Plate  IX,  Tp.  2  N.,  U.  6  \V.  ||  Tp.  3  N.,  K.  5  W.  H  Tp.  2  N.,  R.  6  W. 

**  On  range  line ;  see  Plate  IX ;  Tp.  3  N.j  R.  6  W. 


39 

8.  Tree  Corner,  icWi  Bearing  Trees. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diaiii.,  for  cor.  ot  (e.  g.)  sees.  22  and  27,*  I  marked 
T.  3  K,  S.  27  on  S.  W.,  and 

K.  7  W.,  S.  22  on  N.  W.  sides ;  with  4  notches  on  X.,  and  2  notches 
on  S.  sides;  from  wliich 
A  — ;  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  8.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  3  K,  E.  7  VV.,  S.  27,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  X.  — o  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  22,  B.  T. 

SECTION   CORNERS   REFERRING-  TO   ONE   SECTION   ONLY, 

[See  Plates  V  aud  IX.] 

When  more  titan  one-half  of  all  corners  in  atownshipare  stone  corners, 
the  descriptions  in  paraaraphs  1  and  2,  if  the  corners  therein  described, 
are  estahlished  near  the  place  for  cor.  of  sees.  15,  16,  21,  and  22,  ivill  be 
modified,  as  folloivs:  After  "marked",  insert  the  words: 

"2IS\,  5W.  on  N.  E.  lace;" 

When,  under  the  conditions  above  specified,  the  corner  described  in  par- 
agraph 1  is  estahlished,  a  stal-e  may  be  driven  in  the  pit,  and  marked  instead 
of  the  stone,  and  described  as  exemplified  in  the  last  clause  of  paragraph  6, 
page  40. 

1.  Stone,  ivith  Pit  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  S.  W.  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  sec.  12  [Tp.  2  N.,  B.  5  W.],*  marked  with  1  notch  on  E.  edge; 
dug  a  pit,  3(5x30x12  ins.,  in  the  sec,  8  ft. dist.;  aud  raised  a  monnd 
of  eartli,  1  ft.  base,  2  ft.  liigli,  N.  E.  of  coi". 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  X —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  S.  W.  cor. 
of  (e.  g.)  sec.  12  [Tp.  2  N".,  R.  5  W.],t  marked  with  1  notch  on  E.  edge; 
and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  li  ft.  high,  IST.  E.  of  cor. 

3.  Stone,  with  Bearing  Tree. 

Set  a  —  stone,  — x  —  x —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  S.  W.  eor. 
of  (e.  g.)  sec.  12,  marked  with  1  notcli  on  E.  edge;  from  which 
A  — ,  — ins.  diam.,  bears  X.  — o  p]^^  —  ii^s_  dist.,  marked 
T.  2  K,  R.  5  W.,  S.  12,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  with  Pit  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a —  post,  3  ft.  long.  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  N.  W.  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
sec.  10;  I  marked 

T.  3  X.,  S.  9  on  X.  E. 

R.  5  W.,  S.  10  on  S.  E. 

S.  9  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  9  on  X.  W.  faces;  with  5  notches  on  S.  and  3  notches  on  E.  edges; 
dug  a  ijit,  3G  X  36  X 12  ins.,  in  the  sec,  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of 
earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  S.  E.  of  cor. 

*0u  sectional  guide  meridian;  see  Plate  IX,  Tp.  3  N.,  R.  7  W. 

t  When  writing  descriptions  of  corners  similar  to  those  described  in  paragraphs  1 
aud  2.  the  angular  brackets  and  the  included  letters  and  tigures  will  be  omitted. 
See  Plate  IX. 

X  See  Plate  IX;  Tp.  3  N.,  R.  5  W, 


40 

5.  Tost^  with  Bearing  Tree. 

Set  a  —  i^ost,  3ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  gronnd,  for  S.   W. 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sec.  12;*  marked 
T.  2  K,  S.  12  on  N.  E., 
E.  5  W.,  S.  13  on  S.  E., 
S.  13  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  13  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  1  notch  on  E.  edge;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  JST.  — °  E.,  —  llvS.  dist.,  marked 
T.  2  K,  R.  5  W.,  S.  12,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  of  Earth,  with  Deposit  and  StaJce  i7i  pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  N.  W.  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sec.  10;t  dug  a  pit,  3G><. 
36  X 12  ins.  in  the  sec,  5  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  eartli,  4  ft.  base, 
2  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  the  pit  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
mnrked 

T.  3  K,  S.  9  on  ¥.  E., 

E.  5  W.,  S.  10  on  S.  E., 

S.  9  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  9  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  5  notches  on  S.,  and  3  notches  on  E. 
edges. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  tvith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  S.  W.  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sec.  12,*  I  marked 
T.  2  K,  S.  12  on  X.  E., 
E.  5  W.,  S.  13  on  S.  E., 
S.  13  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  13  on  jS^.  W.  sides,  with  1  notch  on  E.  side;  dug  a  pit,  24x24x 
12  ins.,  in  the  scq.,  5  ft  dist.:  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  ivith  Bearing  Trees. 

A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  K.  W.  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  sec.  10,  I  marked 
T.  3  N.,  S.  9  on  N.  E., 
E.  5  W.,  S,  10  on  S.  E., 

S.  9  on  S.  W.,  and  * 

S.  9  on  iS^.  W.,  sides;  with  5  notches  on  S.,  and  3  notches  on  E. 
sides;  from  which 
A — ,  —  ins,  diam.,  bears  S.  — o  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  3  N.,  E.  5  W.,  S.  10,  B.  T. 

QUARTER   SECTION   CORNERS. 

[SeePlates  Vand  VI.] 

1.  Stone,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  t\\e  ground,  for  ^  sec. 
cor.  [(e.  g.)  bet.  sees.  14  and  'l'.\\,X  marked  I,  on  IST.  face;  dng  pits,  18 x 
18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of 
earth,  3 J  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  JST.  of  cor. 

-*  See  Plate  IX ;  Tp.  2  N.,  R.  5  W. 
tTp.  3N.,  R.  5  W. 

tWlicn  writiiifi;  <le8crii)ti()ns  of  ^  section  corners,  the  angular  brackets  and  the 
letters  and  figures  they  inclose,  will  be  omitted.     See  paragraphs  9,  10,  and  11,  pages 


41 

2.  Stone,  ^vitli  Mound  of  Stone. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  tbe  gronnd,  for  ^  sec. 
cor.  [(e.  g'.)  bet.  sees.  14  and  15],*  marked  ^  on  W.  lace;  and  raised  a 
mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  IJ  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  x  —  ins.,  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor. 
[(e.  g'.)  bet.  sees.  10  and  17],*  marked  ^,  on  W.  face;  from  which 
A — ,  —  ins.  diain.,  bears  N. — °  E.,  — Iks.  dist.,  marked 

i  S.,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N. — °  W., —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

1  S.,  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ius.  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.  f(e.  g.)  bet. 
sees.  4  and  9],*  marked  ^  S.,  on  N.  face;  dug  pits  18x1^x12  ins., 
E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  oh,  ft.  base, 
Ih  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec. 
cor.  [(e.  g.)  bet.  sees.  21  and  22],*  marked  J  S.,  on  W.face;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

i  S.,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

i  S.,  B.  T. 

6.  Mound,  tcith  Deposit  and  Stalce  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.  [(e.  g.)  bet.  sees.  21  and  28]  ;*  dug  pits, 
18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of 
earth,  3i  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  E.  pit  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

^  S.  on  X.  face. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  -|  sec.  cor.  [(e.  g.)  bet.  sees.  7  and  8],*  T 
marked  |  S.,  on  W.  side;  dug  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  JST.  and  S.  of 
cor.,  4  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth  around  tree. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  |  sec.  cor.  [(e.  g'.)  bet.  sees.  20  and  29],*  I 
marked  ^  S.,  on  iST.  side;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

1  S.,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

i  S.,  B.  T. 

9.  Pits  and  Mounds  of  Quarter  Section  Corners. 

On  meridional  lines,  the  pits  will  be  dug  I^.  and  S.,  and  the  mound 
will  be  placed  on  tlie  icest  side  of  tlie  corner;  on  latitudinal  lines,  the 
pits  will  be  located  ¥j.  and  W.,  and  the  mound  will  be  built  on  the 
north  side  of  the  corner.     See  Plate  VI. 

*  When  writing  descriptions  of  J  section  corners,  the  angular  brackets  and  the 
letters  and  tigures  they  inclose  will  be  omitted.  See  paragraphs  9,  10,  and  11, 
pages  41, 42. 


42 

10.  Marh'nrjs  on  Quarter  Section  Corners. 

Oil  meridional  lines,  the  markings  will  be  i)lacecl  on  the  west  side,  and 
on  latitudinal  lines,  on  the  north  side  of  tlie  stone,  post,  or  other  corner. 

11.  Stalces  in  Pits  of  Quarter  Section  Corners. 

On  meridional  lines  the  stakes  will  be  driven  in  the  S.  pit,  and  on 
latitudinal  lines,  in  the  E.  pit. 

STANDARD   QUARTER   SECTION   CORNERS. 

[See  Plate  V  and  VI.] 

All  standard  quarter  section  corners,  on  base  lines  or  standard  paral- 
lels, will  have  the  letters  S.  C.  (for  standard  corner),  precede  the 
marking  "^"  or  "-^  S.",  as  the  case  may  be;  such  corners  will  be  estab- 
lished in  all  other  respects  like  other  quarter  section  corners. 

When  bearing  trees  are  described  lor  standard  quarter  section  cor- 
ners, eacli  tree  will  be  marked,  S.  C,  |  S.,  B.  T. 

QUARTER    SECTION    CORNERS    COMMON   TO    TWO    QUARTERS    OF   ONE 

SECTION. 

Tliese  corners  will  be  similar  in  all  respects  to  those  that  are  common 
to  four  (piarters  of  two  sections.      See  notes  on  Plates  VII  and  VIII. 

MEANDER   CORNERS. 

[See  Plates  V  and  VI.] 

1.  Stone,  with  Pit  and  Mound,  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X — ins. —  ins.  in  the  ground  for  meander  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  fracl.  sees.  26  and  35,*  marked 

M.  C.  on  E.  face;  with  1  groove  on  S.  face;  dug  a  pit,*  36x36x12 
ins.,  8  ft.  W.  of  stone;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft. 
high,  W.  of  cor.* 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Seta — stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins., — ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander  cor.  of 
(e.  g.)  fracl.  sees.  17  and  18,t  marked 

M.  0.  on  S.  face;  with  5  grooves  on  E.  face;  and  raised  a  mound  of 
stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  IsT.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

3.  Stone,  icith  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  — stone — x  —  X — ins., —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  fracl.  sees.  26  and  35,  with  1  groove  on  S.  face;t  marked: 
M.  C.  on  W.  face;  from  which 
A — ,  —  Ins.,  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  15  X.,  E.  20  E.,  S.  26,  M.  C.  B.  T. 
A — ,  —  ins.,  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  C.  —  Iks.,  dist.,  marked 

T.  15  M.,  11.  20  E.,  S.  35,  M.  C.  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  until  Pit  and.  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.,  sq.,  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander  cor.  of  (e.  g.) 
fracl.  sees.  19  and  20,t  marked 

M.  C.  on  N., 

*  See  page  56,  and  paragia])hs  9  and  10,  i)nges  43,  44. 
t  See  Plate  IV,  aud  pages  192,  209  and  210. 


43 

T.  15  K.  on  S., 
E.  20  E.,  S.  20  on  E.,  and 

S.  19  on  W.  faces;  dug-  a  pit,  36x30x12  ins.,  8  ft.  S.  of  post;  and 
raised  a  monnd  of  earth,   4ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor. 

5.  Post,  icith  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  postj  3  ft.  long,  1  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander 
cor.  of  (e.  g.)  fracl.  sees.  25  and  20,*  marked 
M.  C.  on  N., 
T.  15  N.  on  S., 
R.  20  E.,  S.  25  on  E.,  and 
S.  26  on  W,  faces;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  15  ]N.,  E.  20  E.,  S.  25,  M.  C.  B.  T. 
A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — o  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  15  N.,  E.  20  E.,  S.  26,  M.  C.  B.  T. 

6.  Mound  irith  Deposit,  and  Stalie  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal)  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander  cor.  of  (e.g.)  fracl.  sees.  25  and  26;* 
dug  a  pit,  36x36x12  ins.,  5  ft.  N.  of  cor.;  and  raised  a  mound  of 
earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  the  pit  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the 
ground,  marked 

M.    C.  on  S., 

T.  15  N.  on  N., 

E.  20  E.,  S.  26  on  W.,  and 

S.  25  on  E.  faces. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  from  meander  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  fracl.  sees,  17  and 
20,*  I  marked 

M.  C.  on  W., 

T.  15  K  on  E., 

E.  20  E.,  S.  17  on  K.,  and 

S.  20  on  S.  sides  dug  a  pit,  36x36x12  ins.,  8  ft.  '^.  of  tree;  and 
raised  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  E.  of  cor. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  with  Bearing  Trees. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  a  special  meander  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  fracl.  E.  and 
W.  halves  of  sec.  33, 1 1  marked 
S.  M.  0.  on  N., 
T.  15  N.  on  S., 
E.  29  E.,  S.  33  on  E.,  and 
S.  33  on  W.  sides;  from  which 
A — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  E.  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  15  X.,  E.  20  E.,  S.  33,  S.  M.  C.  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  15  ^\,  E.  20  E.,  S.  33,  S.  M.  C.  B.  T. 

9.  Pits  and  Mounds  of  Meander  Corners. 

When  a  pit  is  dug  as  an  accessory  to  a  meander  corner,  it  will  be 
located  8  feet  from  such  corner  (except  as  otherwise  provided  for  in 
paragraph  6),  on  the  side  opposite  the  stream  or  lake  meandered; 

*  See  Plate  IV  and  page  188.  ~~ 

t.See  Plate  IV,  aud  page  201.     See  paragraphs  11  and  12,  page  44,  and  footnote, 

page  57. 


44 

while  the  mound  will  be  placed  midway  between  the  corner  and  nearest 
side  of  tlio  pit. 

10.  Marldngs  on  Meander  Corners. 

On  all  meander  corners,  the  letters  "M.  C."  (for  meander  corner) 
will  be  cut  into  the  side  facing-  the  stream  or  lake  to  be  meandered. 
On  post  or  tree  meander  corners,  within  township  exteriors,  additional 
niiirks  will  be  placed,  as  follows:  the  township  number  will  be  marked 
on  tlie  side  opposite  "M.  C";  the  proper  range  and  section  number  will 
be  placed  on  the  right-hand  side  (when  looking  along  line  toward  the 
stream  or  lake),  and  the  appropriate  section  number  on  the  opposite 
side. 

All  meander  corners  on  base  lines  or  standard  parallels  will  be  marked 
S.  C.  on  the  noj'th  side  or  face. 

On  principal  or  guide  meridians,  and  on  meridional  township  lines, 
tlie  letters  "  M.  C."  will  be  placed  as  above  directed;  the  tmvnship  num- 
ber will  be  marked  on  the  opposite  side;  while  the  proper  raw^e  and 
section  numbers  will  be  marked  on  the  sides  facing  the  east  and  west 
cardinal  points. 

On  base  lines  or  standard  parallels  and  on  latitudinal  township 
lines,  the  township  numbers  will  be  marked  on  the  sides  facing  the 
north  and  south  cardinal  points;  while  the  range  and  section  numbers 
will  be  placed  on  the  side  opposite  the  marking  "  M.  0," 

In  all  the  markings  provided  for  in  this  paragraph,  the  numbers  indi- 
cating townships,  ranges,  and  sections,  will  be  preceded  by  the  initial 
letters  "T."  "K."and  "S.",  respectively. 

11.  Descriptions  will  he  modified,  in  certain  cases. 

When  a  tree  is  marked  for  a  regular  meander  corner,  the  descriptions 
in  paragraphs  8  will  be  modified,  as  follows:  strike  out  ^'■speciaV;  in 
place  of  "E.  and  W.  halves  of  sec.  33",  write  "sees.  —  and — ,";  and 
omit  the  letter  "S.",  preceding  "M.  C",  in  the  marking  on  corner  and 
bearing  trees. 

The  descriptions  in  paragraphs  1  to  7,  inclusive,  will  be  modified  to 
describe  special  meander  corners,  as  illustrated  in  paragraph  8,  by 
writing  "special"  before  meander  cor.  and  "S."  before  "M.  C,"  when 
conditions  require  the  change. 

12.  Special  Meander  Corners  and  Auxiliary  Meander  Corners. 
Eegular  meander  corners  are  those  established  on  standard,  town- 
ship, or  section  lines.  See  Plate  V,  for  plans  of  meander  corners,  and 
the  specimen  plat,  Plate  IV,  sections  17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 26,  and  35,  for  loca- 
tio)is  of  the  meander  corners  described  in  Specimen  Field  Notes,  pages 
208  to  210. 

The  meander  corners,  on  lines  of  legal  subdivisions,  other  than 
standard,  townshij),  or  section  lines,  will  be  designated  special  meander 
corners,  (e.  g.)  those  located  on  the  Specimen  Plat,  Plate  IV,  in  sec- 
tion 33. 

Meander  corners,  iiot  on  a  line  belonging  to  the  system  of  rectangu- 
lar surveying,  will  be  called  auxiliary  meander  corners,  (e.  g.)  the 
meander  corner  on  Diamond  Bock,  in  section  18. 

13.  Meander  Corners  on  unsafe  ground  will  he  nntnessed. 

When  a  Meander  Corner  falls  at  a  point  where  prevailing  conditions 
would  insure  its  destruction  by  natural  causes,  a  icitness  corner  to 
such  meander  corner  will  be  established,  as  provided  for  in  the  article 
"  Witness  Corners",  page  47. 


45 

CORNERS  ON  RESERVATION   OR   OTHER    BOUNDARIES    NOT   CONFORM- 
ING TO   THE   SYSTEM   OP   RECTANCIIILAR   SURVEYING. 

[See  Plate  VI.  ] 

1.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ius.,*  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  tlie  (e. 
g.)  17  mile  cor.,  marked 

17  M.  on  S., 

N.  P.  on  K.,  and 

P.  L.  on  W.  faces;  dug  pits,  30x36x12  ins.,  E.  and  "W.  of  stone, 
4  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2i  ft.  high,  S.  of 
cor. 

2.  Stone,  with  Mound  of  Stone. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.,*  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  the  (e.  g.) 
38  mile  cor.,  marked 

38  M.  on  K  E., 

N.  P.  on  X.  W.,  and 

P.  L.  on  S.  E.  faces;  and  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  3  ft.  base,  2  ft. 
high,t  IST.  E.  of  cor.     Pits  inii)vacticable, 

3.  Stone,  rcith  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  stone,  —  x  —  X  —  ins.,*  —  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  the  (e.  g.) 
35  mile  cor.,  marked 
35  M.  on  E., 
N.  P.  on  N.,  and 
8  W.  on  S.  faces;  from  which 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

K  P.  I.  11.,  35  M.  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — ^  E..:|:  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  6  N.,  E.  8  W.,  S.  9,  35  M.  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,|  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  6  K,  K.  8  W.,  S.  8,  35  M.  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

N.  P.  I.  R.,  35  M.  B.  T. 

4.  Post,  icith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  5  ins.  sq.,§  with  marked  stone  (charred  stake 
or  quart  of  charcoal),  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  the  (e.  g.)  17  mile  cor., 
marked 

17  M.  on  S., 

N.  P.  I.  R.  on  E.,  and 

P.  L.  on  W.  faces;  dug  pits,  30x36x12  ins.,  E,  and  W.  of  post,  4 
ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2.^  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor. 

*  Stones  for  corners  ou  ludian  Reservation  or  other  boundaries  will  not  be  less 
than  20  ins.  long,  or  less  than  6  ius.  thick,  and  will  measure  at  least  one  cubic  foot 
in  volume;  consequently,  a  stone  20  X  I-IA^  x6  ins.,  will  be  about  miiiimum  size;  and 
32  X  9  X  6  ius.,  represents  satisfactory  proportions.  "N.  P."  for  "Nez  Perces"  (Indian 
Reservation),  on  the  east,  and  "  P.  L."  for  "Public  Land"  (unsurveyed),  on  the  west, 
applies  to  paragraph  1  only. 

t  The  above  are  minininm  dimensions  for  mounds  of  stone  on  reservation  bounda- 
ries. 

tThe  bearing  trees,  "S-  — °  E."  and  "S.  — '-'  W."  from  the  corner,  are  supposed  to 
stand  on  survet/ed  laud,  near  the  line  between  sections  8  and  9. 

vSThe  Stated  diuieusious  of  posts  are  miii'nniini;  if  posts  are  longer  than  3  feet,  the 
extra  length  will  be  placed  (/)  the  (jvoand;  the  posts  will  in  no  case  project  more  than 
12  ius.  above  the  natural  siu'face  of  the  earth. 


46 

5.  Post,  icith  Bearing  Trees. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  long,  5  ius.  sq.,*  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  the  (e.  g.) 
35  mile  cor.,  marked 
35  M.  on  E., 
N.  P.  I.  K.  on  N.,  and 
T.  C  N.,  R.  8  W.,  S.  y,  on  8,;  from  Avliicli 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — o  e,^  —  i-]£s_  dist..  marked 

X.  P.  I.  E.,  35  M.  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — ^  E.,t  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  6  N.,  E.  8  W.,  S.  9,  35  M.  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — °  W.,t  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  6  N.,  R.  8  W.,  S.  8,  35  M.  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

N.  P.  I.  R.,  35  M.  B.  T. 

6.  Mound,  with  Deposit  and  Stake  in  Pit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  12 
ins.  in  the  ground,  for  the  (e.  g.)  33  mile  cor.;  dug  i^its,  36x36x12  ins., 
I:^.  E,  and  S.  W.  of  cor.,  5  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft. 
base,  2i  ft,  high ,  over  deposit. 

In  X.  E.  int  drove  a  —  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  ]2  ins.  in  the 
ground,  marked 

33  M.  on  S.  E., 

N.  p.  I.  R.  on  N.  E.,  and 

T.  6  K,  R.  8  W.,  S.  15  on  S.  W.  faces. 

7.  Tree  Corner,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  the  (e.  g.)  29  mile  cor.,  I  mark 

29  M.  on  E., 

N.  P.  I.  R.  on  N.,  and 

T.  5  N.,  R.  7  W.,  S.  8  on  S.  sides;  dug  pits,  30x36x12  ins.,  N.  and 
S.  of  tree,  5  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft. 
high,  E.  of  cor. 

8.  Tree  Corner,  with  Bearing  Trees.i 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  for  the  (e.  g.)  35  mile  cor.,  I  mark 

35  M.  on  E,, 

N.  P.  I.  R.  on  N.,  and 

T.  6  I^.,  R.  8  W.,  S.  9  on  S.  sides;  from  which 

A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  JS".  — °  E.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

X.  P.  I.  R.,  35  M.,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — "^  M,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  6  X.,  R.  8  W.,  S.  9,  35  M.,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  — ^  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  6  N.,  R.  8  W.,  S.  8,  35  M.,  B.  T. 
A  — ,  —  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  — °  W.,  —  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

X.  P.  I.  R.,  35  M.,  B.  T. 

9.  Corner  Monument  of  Stone,  ivith  Deposit. 

Deposited  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake,  quart  of  charcoal,  or  vial 
with  record]:  inclosed),  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  the  S.  W.  cor.  of 

*The  stated  dimensious  of  posts  are  minimum;  if  posts  are  longer  than  3  feet,  the 
extra  length  will  be  placed  in  the  ground;  the  posts  will  in  no  case  project  more  than 
12  ins.  above  the  natural  surface  of  the  earth. 

t  The  bearing  yi'ees,  ''  S.  — '-^  E."  and  "  S.  — ^  AV."  from  the  corner,  are  supposed 
to  stand  on  surrei/ed  land,  near  the  line  between  sections  8  and  9. 

tThc  "record"'  Avill  coudist  of  a  brief  description  of  the  corner,  with  the  date  of 
its  coustructiou. 


47 

(e.  g.)  tlie  Xe/  Perces  Indian  Reservation;  and  built  a  monument  of 
stone,  3  ft.  sq.  at  base,  L*  ft.  s(i.  on  top,  3  ft.  higb,  over  deposit;  marked 

S.  W.  cor.,  N.  P.  I.  K.  on  N.  E.,* 

P.  L.,  —  t  M.  —  t  cbs.  (HI  S.  E., 

p.  L.,  —  I  on  S.  W.,  and 

P.  L.  on  N.  \V.  faces. 

10.  .1  Post  for  Comer  Monument,  with  Pits  and  Mound  of  Earth. 

Set  a  —  post,  3  ft.  lon.y,  5  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  tlie  ground,  for  the  N. 
W.  cor.  of  (e.  g.)  the  Xez  Perces  Indian  Eeservation,  marked 

P.  L.  on  S.  E., 

K  W.  cor.  K  P.  I.  E.  on  S.  E., 

P.  L.  —  t  M.  —  t  cbs.  on  S.  W.,  and 

P.  L.  —  I  on  N.  W.  faces;  dug  pits,  30x36x12  ins.,  S.  and  ISi.  E. 
of  post,  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  raised  a  mound  of  eartb,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  bigh, 
S.  E.  of  cor. 

11.  .1  Stone  for  Corner  Monument^  tcith  Pits  and  Mound  of  Eartli. 
Seta  —  stone,  36x10x7  ins.,  27  ins.  in  tbe  ground,  for  tbe  N.  E. 

cor.  of  (e.  g.)  tbe  Xez  Perces  Indian  Reservation;  marked 

P.  L.  on  N.  E., 

P.  L.  on  S.  E., 

K  E.  cor.,  N.  P.  I.  R.  on  S.  W.,  and 

P.  L.  on  iST.  W.  faces;  dug  pits  36x36x12  ins.,  S.  and  W.  of  stone, 
8  ft.  dist.;  and  raised  a  mound  of  eartb,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  bigb,  S.  W.  of 
cor. 

12.  Modifications  of  descf'ijptions. 

Wben  a  stone  or  post  is  establisbed  for  a  corner  monument  (i.  e.) 
at  a  cor7ier  of  a  reservation,  and  four  (4)  bearing  trees  are  available, 
tbe  descriptions  in  i^aragrapb  10  and  11  will  be  modified,  as  follows: 
Replace  all  tbat  refers  to  pits  and  mound  of  eartli,  by  correct  descrip- 
tions of  four  i)roi)erly  marked  bearing  trees,  for  each  corner.  (See 
I)aragrapbs  3  and  o,  pages  47,  48.) 

Tbe  dimensions  and  arrangement  of  pits  and  mounds,  described  in 
tbe  last  two  paragraphs,  are  similar  to  tbose  described  for  "Corners 
referring  to  one  township  only."     (See  paragraphs  1  and  4,  page  31.) 

WITNESS   COKNERS.§ 

1.  Witness  Corners  ivHl  he  established  in  certain  cases. 

When  tbe  true  point  for  any  corner  described  in  these  instructions 
falls  where  prevailing  conditions  would  insuie  its  destruction  l)y  natural 
causes,  a  witness  corner  will  be  establisbed  in  a  secure  position,  on  a 
surveyed  line  if  possible,  and  within  twenty  chains  of  the  corner  point 
thus  witnessed. 

2.  MarMngs  on  Witness  Corners. 

A  witness  corner  will  bear  tbe  same  marks  that  would  be  placed 
ui)on  tbe  corner  for  which  it  is  a  witness,  and  in  addition,  will  have  the 
letters  "W.  C."  (for  witness  corner),  conspicuously  displayed  above  the 

*  The  inarkiugs  will  be  cut  iuto  large  stoues,  inserted  in  the  middle  of  the  lowest 
course  on  each  side  of  the  monument. 

t  The  proper  number  of  miles  and  chains,  from  the  initial  i)oint,  will  be  stated. 
tThe  year  iu  which  the  mouuiueut  is  established  will  be  placed  in  the  blank. 
J  See  page  56. 


48 

regular  markings;  sucli  witness  corners  will  be  established,  ?'%  all  other 
respects,  like  a  regular  corner. 

3.  Markings  on  Bearing  Trees  of  Witness  Corners. 

When  bearing  trees  are  described  as  accessories  to  a  witness  corner, 
the  prescribed  markings  on  each  tree  will  be  preceded  by  the  letters 
"  W.  C,"  distinctly  cut  into  the  wood. 

The  true  bearing  and  distance  of  witness  corners,  from  the  true 
point  for  the  corner,  will  always  be  clearly  stated  in  the  held  notes. 

4.  Witness  Corners  to  corner  points  falling  in  roads,  etc. 

The  point  for  a  corner  falling  on  a  railroad,  street,  or  wagon  road, 
will  be  perpetuated  by  a  marked  stone  (charred  stake  or  quart  of  char- 
coal), deposited  24  inches  in  the  ground,*  and  witnessed  by  ttvo  witness 
corners,  one  of  which  will  be  established  on  each  limiting  line  of  the 
highway. 

In  case  the  point  for  any  regular  corner  falls  at  the  intersection  of  two 
or  more  streets  or  roads,  it  will  be  perpetuated  by  a  marked  stone 
(charred  stake  or  quart  of  charcoal),  deposited  24  inches  in  the  ground, 
and  witnessed  by  two  tvitness  corners  established  on  opposite  sides  of 
the  corner  j^oint,  and  at  the  mutual  intersections  of  the  lines  limiting 
the  roads  or  streets,  as  the  case  may  be. 

WITNESS  POINTS. 

Witness  points  will  be  perpetuated  by  corners  similar  to  those  de- 
scribed for  quarter  section  corners,  with  the  marking  "  W.  P."  (for  wit- 
ness point),  in  place  of  "  ^,"  or  "  ^  s.",  as  the  case  may  be. 

If  bearing  trees  are  available  as  accessories  to  witness  points,  each 
tree  will  be  marked  W.  P.  B.  T.  (See  "  Insuperable  objects  on  line — 
Witness  Points,"  page  22.) 

MISCELLANEOUS. 

1.  Corners  on  Roclc  in  place,  or  on  Boulders.] 

When  a  corner  falls  on  rock  in  place,  or  on  a  boulder,  a  cross  ( x ), 
will  be  made  at  the  exact  corner  point,  and  witnessed  by  the  proper 
number  of  bearing  trees,  if  they  are  available;  in  the  absence  of  suit- 
able trees,  a  mound  of  earth  will  be  raised,  if  size  of  the  boulder  or 
form  of  the  rock  in  place  permits  the  excavation  of  pits.  As  a  last 
resort,  a  mound  of  stone  will  be  built  to  attract  attention  to  the  point, 
if  loose  rock  can  be  obtained  in  the  vicinity. 

2.  Location  of  Mounds. 

When  mounds  of  earth  or  other  material  are  raised  as  accessories  to 
corners,  they  will  be  placed  as  specified  in  the  foregoing  Description 
of  Corners,  and  in  every  case  the  direction  of  the  mound  from  the 
corner  will  be  carefully  stated.  The  use  of  the  indefinite  description 
"  alongside  "  will  be  discontinued. 

In  case  the  character  of  the  land  is  such  that  the  mound  can  not  be 
placed  as  hereinbefore  described,  the  deputy  will  state  in  his  notes,  by 
bearing  and  distance,  exactly  where  the  mound  is  located  with  refer- 
ence to  the  corner,  and  will  give  his  reasons  for  placing  it  as  described. 

*  The  deposit  will  not  be  practicable  iu  tbe  case  of  railroads;  but  the  witness  cor- 
ners will  be  established  on  the  lines  limiting  the  right  of  way.  See  pages  198,  209,  aud 
Plato  IV. 

t  See  pages  146,  147,  157,  and  164. 


49 

3.  Mounds  of  Stone,  covered  with  Earth. 

lu  a  case  where  pits  are  practicable  and  the  deputy  prefers  raising  a 
mound  of  stone,  or  a  mound  of  stone  covered  with  earth,*  he  will  use 
the  form  given  for  "  Stone  icith  mound  of  stone."  when  the  corner  thus 
described  is  established;  but  when  the  corner  ^^  Stone,  icith  mound  of 
■stone  covered,  icith  earth,"  is  constructed,  the  description  will  be  modified 
as  Ibllows:  Strike  out  the  words  "Pits  impracticable'';  in  place  of 
"  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,"  write  "  mound  of  stone  cov- 
ered with  earth,  —  ft.  base,  —  ft.  high,"  inserting  in  the  blank  spaces 
the  dimensions  of  the  mound  givenin  paragraph  1,  following  the  desig- 
nation of  each  class  of  corners,  pages  24  to  45. 

4.  Bearing  Trees. 

Bearing  trees  marked  as  accessories  to  standard  corners,  either 
township,  section,  or  quarter  section,  will  be  selected  on  the  north  side 
of  base  lines  or  standard  parallels,  and  bearing  trees  referring  to  the 
closing  corners  on  said  lines,  will  be  located  on  the  south  .side;  in 
general,  the  bearing  trees  referring  to  any  particular  closing  corner, 
together  with  one  jnt  and  the  mound  belonging  to  such  corner,  Avill  be 
located  on  the  same  side  of  the  line  closed  upon,  and  on  the  side  from 
tchich  the  surveys  have  been  closed. 

When  the  requisite  number  of  trees  can  be  found  W' itliin  300  links  of 
the  corner  point,  two  (2)  bearing  trees  will  be  marked  and  described 
for  every  standard  or  closing  township  or  section  corner,  or  corner 
common  to  two  townships  or  sections,  only;  four  (4)  for  every  corner 
common  to  four  townships  or  four  sections;  one  (1)  for  a  corner  refer- 
ring to  one  township  or  one  section,  only;  two  (2)  for  every  quarter 
section  corner  or  meander  corner,  and  four  (4)  for  each  mile  or  half 
mile  corner,  or  corner  monument  on  a  reservation  or  other  boundary, 
not  conforming  to  the  system  of  rectangular  surveying. 

In  case  the  prescribed  number  of  trees  can  not  be  found  within  limits, 
the  de])uty  will  state  in  his  field  notes,  after  describing  those  marked, 
'•no  other  trees  within  limits,"  and  add  "dug  pits  —  x  —  X  —  ins.," 
etc.,  or  "  raised  a  mound  of  stone,  —  ft.  base,  —  ft.  high,  —  of  cor.," 
as  prevailing  conditions  may  require. 

Bearing  trees,  being  the  most  important  accessories  to  the  corners, 
will  have  their  exact  bearings  from  the  true  meridian  taken  with  tlie 
instrument  used  in  running  the  lines  of  survey;  and  the  distance /row 
the  middle  of  each  hearing  tree  to  the  middle  point  of  the  corner  will  be  care- 
fully measured,  and  recorded  in  the  field  notes. 

Ajilain  blaze  will  be  nuide  at  the  usual  or  most  convenient  height,  on 
each  bearing  tree,  on  the  side  facing  the  corner.  The  height  of  all  other 
markings  on  the  tree  will  in  no  case  exceed  the  limit  of  tivoand  one-half 
feet  above  the  ground. 

5.  Stones  for  corners. 

Stones  18  ins.  long,  or  less,  will  be  set  with  two-thirds  of  their  length 
in  the  ground,  and  those  more  than  18  ins.  long  will  have  three-fourths 
of  their  length  in  the  ground. 

Xo  stones  measuring  less  than  504  cubic  inches,  or  less  than  12  ins. 
in  length,  will  be  used  for  corners. 

*  The  base  and  height  of  a  "jiiound  of  stone,  covered  with  earth,"  will  be  the 
same  as  prtscribetl  tor  mound  of  earth.  The  dimensions  of  "  mound  of  stone"  on 
reservation  boundaries  will  conform  to  those  prescribed  in  paragraph  2,  jjage  45, 
The  iUrtction  of  the  mound  from  the  corner  will  be  stated. 

386 4 


50 

6.  Objects  to  he  noted. 

Particular  attention  is  directed  to  the  "  Summary  of  objects  and 
data  required  to  be  noted. ''  See  page  58  of  these  iustractio ns ;  and  the 
deputy  will  thoroughly  comply  with  the  same  in  his  work  and  field 
notes. 

7.  Lines  iJiscontinued  at  Legal  Corners. 

ISo  mountainous  lands,  or  lands  not  classed  as  surveyable,  will  be 
meandered,  and  all  lines  approaching  such  lauds  will  be  discontinued 
at  the  section  or  quarter- section  corner  nearest  the  unsurveyed  land. 

8.  Marlxs  to  he  cut. 

All  letters  and  figures  on  posts,  trees,  or  stones,  etc.,  will  be  cut  into 
the  object  upon  which  they  are  placed.  Arabic  figures  and  plain 
letters  will  be  used  for  all  markings. 

9.  Orientation  of  Corners. 

Corners  referring  to  one,  two,  or  four  townships  or  sections,  not 
identical  with  standard  or  closing  corners,  will  be  set  with  their  faces 
directed  NE.  and  SW.,  and  NW.  and  SE.,  while  all  other  corners  will  be 
set  with  their  sides  facing  the  cardinal  points;  except  corners  on  boun- 
daries of  reservations  and  private  land  claims,  which  will  be  set 
squarely  on  line. 

10.  Size  of  Posts,  Mounds,  etc. 

The  sizes  of  wooden  posts,  mounds,  and  pits,  noted  in  the  foregoing 
descriptions,  will  be  regarded  as  minimum,  and  their  dimensions  will 
be  increased  whenever  practicable. 

11.  Corner  Materials. 

In  establishing  corners,  durable  stones  will  be  used  when  obtainable 5 
then,  posts;  and  lastly,  mounds,  with  stake  in  pit. 

Wood  of  a  perishable  nature  will  not  be  used  for  posts  or  stakes. 

12.  Lnstructions  will  he  examined. 

Deputy  surveyors  will  carefully  read,  study,  and  familiarize  them- 
selves with  all  instructions  contained  in  this  volume,  and  will  instruct 
their  assistants  as  to  their  duties  before  commencing  work.  An  extra 
copy  of  this  Manual  may  be  furnished  each  deputy,  for  the  use  of 
his  assistants. 

INITIAL  POINTS. 

Initial  points  from  which  the  lines  of  the  public  surveys  are  to  be 
extended  will  be  established  whenever  necessary,  under  such  special 
instructions- as  may  be  prescribed  in  each  case  by  the  Commissioner  of 
the  General  Land  Office.  The  locus  of  such  initial  points  will  be 
selected  with  great  care  and  due  consideration  for  their  prominence 
and  easy  identification,  and  must  be  established  astronomically. 

The  lines  of  the  public  surveys  are  classified  as  follows: 

Class  1.  Base  lines  and  standard  parallels. 

Class  2.  Principal  and  guide  meridians. 

Class  3.  Township  exteriors  (or  meridional  and  latitudinal  township 
boundaries). 

Class  4.  Subdivision  and  meander  lines. 


51 

The  initial  point  having  been  established,  the  line  of  the  public  sur- 
veys will  be  extended  therefrom,  as  follows  : 

BASE   LINE. 

1.  From  the  initial  point  the  base  line  will  be  extended  east  and  west 
on  a  parallel  of  latitude,  by  the  use  of  transit  or  solar  instruments,  as 
may  be  directed  by  the  surveyor  general  in  his  written  special  instruc- 
tions. The  transit  should  be  designated  for  the  alinemeut  of  all  impor- 
tant lines. 

2.  The  direction  of  base  lines  will  conform  to  parallels  of  latitude 
and  will  be  controlled  by  true  meridians;  consequently  the  correct 
determination  of  true  meridians  by  observations  on  Polaris  at  elongation* 
is  a  matter  of  prime  importance. 

3.  When  transits  are  employed,  certain  reference  lines  t  having  a 
known  position  and  relation  to  the  required  parallel  of  latitude  will  be 
l)rolonged  as  straight  liues,  by  two  back  and  two  fore  sights  at  each 
setting  of  the  instrument,  the  horizontal  limb  being  revolved  180°  in 
azimuth  between  the  observations. 

4.  Where  solar  apparatus  is  used,  the  deputy  will  test  the  instrument, 
whenever  practicable,  by  comparing  its  indications  with  a  meridian 
determined  by  Polaris  observations ;  |  and  in  all  cases  where  error  is 
discovered  he  will  make  the  necessary  corrections  of  his  line  before 
proceeding  with  the  survey  .|  All  operations  will  be  fully  described  in 
the  field  notes. 

5.  The  proper  township,  section,  and  quarter  section  corners  will  be 
established  at  lawful  intervals,  and  meander  corners  at  the  intersection 
of  the  line  with  all  meanderable  streams,  lakes,  or  bayous. 

6.  In  order  to  detect  errors  and  insure  accuracy  in  measurement,  two 
sets  of  chainmen  will  be  employed;  one  to  note  distances  to  interme- 
diate points  and  to  locate  topographical  features,  the  other  to  act  as  a 
check.  Each  will  measure  40  chains,  and  the  proper  corner  will  be 
l)laced  midway  between  the  ending  points  of  the  two  measurements. 

The  deputy  will  be  i)resent  when  said  corner  is  thus  established,  and 
will  record  in  the  body  of  his  field  notes  the  distances  to  the  same, 
according  to  the  measurement  by  each  set  of  chainmen. § 

To  obviate  collusion  between  the  sets  of  chainmen,  the  second  set 
should  commence  at  a  point  in  advance  of  the  beginning  corner  of  the 
first  set,  the  initial  ditterence  in  measurement  thus  obtained  being 
known  only  to  the  deputy. 

PRINCIPAL  MERIDIAN. 

1.  This  line  shall  conform  to  a  true  meridian  and  will  be  extended 
from  the  initial  point,  either  north  or  south,  or  in  both  directions,  as  the 
conditions  may  require,  by  the  use  of  transit  or  solar  instruments,  as 
may  be  directed  by  the  surveyor  general  in  his  special  written  instruc- 
tions. 

2.  The  methods  used  for  determination  of  directions,  and  the  pre- 
cautions to  be  observed  to  secure  accuracy  in  measurement,  are  fully 
stated  above  under  the  title  "Ease  Line",  and  will  be  comi^lied  with  in 
every  particular. 

3.  In  addition  to  the  above  general  instructions,  it  is  required  that 

*  See  page  105.  t  See  specimen  field  notes,  page  172. 

t  For  details  see  pages  120  to  127.  §  See  pages  142  to  167. 


52 

in  all  cases  wliere  tlie  establishment  of  a  new  principal  meridian  seems 
to  be  necessary  to  the  surveyor  general,  he  shall  submit  the  matter, 
together  with  his  reasons  therefor,  to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General 
Land  Office,  and  the  survey  of  such  principal  meridian  shall  not  be 
commenced  until  written  authority,  together  with  such  special  instruc*^ 
tions  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  shall  have  been  received  from  the 
Commissioner. 

STANDARD   PARALLELS. 

1.  Standard  i)arallels,  which  are  also  called  correction  lines,  shall  be 
extended  east  and  west  from  the  principal  meridian,  at  intervals  of 
every  24  miles  north  and  south  of  the  base  line,  in  the  manner  pre- 
scribed for  running  said  line,  and  all  requirements  under  the  title 
" Base  Line"  will  be  carefully  observed.     (See  page  51.) 

2.  Where  standard  parallels  have  been  placed  at  intervals  of  30  or  36 
miles,  regardless  of  existing  instructions,  and  where  gross  irregulari- 
ties require  additional  standard  lines,  from  which  to  initiate  new,  or 
upon  which  to  close  old  surveys,  an  intermediate  correction  line  should 
be  established  to  which  a  local  name  may  be  given,  (e.  g.)  "  Cedar  Creek 
Correction  Line;"  and  the  same  will  be  run,  in  all  resi)ects,  like  the 
regular  standard  parallels. 

GUIDE  MERIDIANS. 

1.  Guide  meridians  shall  be  extended  north  from  the  base  line,  or  stand- 
ard parallels,  at  intervals  of  every  24  miles  east  and  west  from  the 
principal  meridian,  in  the  manner  prescribed  for  running  the  principal 
meridian,  and  all  the  provisions  for  securing  accuracy  of  alinement 
and  measurement  found,  or  referred  to  under  the  title  "  Principal 
Meridian,"  will  apply  to  the  survey  of  said  guide  meridians.  (See 
page  51.) 

2.  When  existing  conditions  require  that  such  guide  meridians  shall 
be  run  south  from  the  base  or  correction  lines,  they  will  be  initiated 
at  properly  established  closing  corners  on  such  lines. 

3.  Where  guide  meridians  have  been  improperly  placed  at  intervals 
greatly  exceeding  the  authorized  distance  of  24  miles,  and  standard 
lines  are  required  to  limit  errors  of  old,  or  govern  new  surveys,  a  new 
guide  meridian  may  be  run  from  a  standard,  or  properly  established 
closing  corner,  and  a  local  name  may  be  assigned  to  the  same,  (e.  g.) 
"Grass  Valley  Guide  Meridian".  These  additional  guide  meridians 
will  be  surveyed  in  all  respects  like  the  regular  guide  meridians. 

TOWNSHIP  EXTERIORS. 

1.  Whenever  practicable,  the  township  exteriors  in  a  tract  of  land 
24  miles  square,  bounded  by  standard  lines,  will  be  surveyed  succes- 
sively through  the  block,  beginning  with  those  of  the  southtcesteru  town- 
ship. 

2.  The  meridional  boundaries  of  townships  will  have  precedence  in 
the  order  of  survey  and  will  be  run  from  south  to  north  on  true  merid- 
ians, with  permanent  corners  at  lawful  distances;  the  latitudinal 
boundaries  will  be  run  from  cant  to  west  on  random  or  trial  lines,  and 
corrected  back  on  true  lines. 

The  falling  of  a  random,  north  or  south  of  thetoAvnship  corner  to  be 
closed  upon,  will  be  carefully  measured,  and,  with  the  resulting  true 
return  course,  will  be  duly  recorded  in  the  field  notes. 


53 

Slionkl  it  happen,  liowever,  tliat  such  random  intersects  the  meridian 
of  the  objective  corner,  north  or  soutli  of  said  corner,  or  falls  short  of, 
or  overruns  the  length  of  the  south  boundary  of  the  township  by  more 
than  three  chaws  (due  allowance  being  made  for  convergency),  said 
random,  and,  if  necessary,  all  the  exterior  boundaries  of  the  township, 
will  be  retraced  and  remeasured  to  discover  and  correct  the  error. 

When  running  random  lines  from  east  to  west,  temporary  corners 
will  be  set  at  intervals  of  40.00  chains,  and  proper  permanent  corners 
will  be  establislied  upon  the  true  line,  corrected  back  in  accordance 
with  these  instructions,  thereby  throwing  the  excess  or  deficiency 
against  the  west  boundary  of  the  township,  as  required  by  law. 

3.  Wheneveri)racticable,  the  exterior  boundariesof  townships  belong- 
ing to  the  }cest  range,  in  a  tract  or  block  24  miles  square,  will  first  be 
surveyed  in  succession,  through  the  range,  from  south  to  north;  and  in 
a  similar  manner,  the  other  three  ranges  will  be  surveyed  in  regular 
sequence. 

4.  In  cases  where  Impassable  objects  occvr  and  the  foregoing  rules 
can  not  be  compUed  irith,  township  corners  will  be  established  as  follows : 

In  extending  the  south  or  north  boundaries  of  a  township  to  the  west, 
where  the  southwest  or  north^cest  corners  can  not  be  established  in  the 
regular  way  by  running  a  north  and  south  line,  such  boundaries  will  be 
run  west  on  a  true  line,  allowing  for  convergency  on  the  west  half  mile; 
and  from  the  township  corner  established  at  the  end  of  such  boundary, 
the  west  boundary  will  be  run  north  or  south,  as  the  case  may  be.  In 
extending  south  or  north  boundaries  of  a  township  to  the  east,  where 
the  southeast  or  northeast  corner  can  not  be  established  in  the  regular 
way,  the  same  rule  will  be  observed,  except  that  such  boundaries  will 
be  run  east  on  a  true  line,  and  the  east  boundary  run  north  or  south,  as 
the  case  may  be. 

5.  Allowance  for  the  convergency  of  meridians  will  be  made  when- 
ever necessary. 

METHOD   OF   SUBDIVIDING. 

1.  The  exterior  boundaries  of  a  full  township  having  been  properly 
established,  the  subdivision  thereof  will  be  made  as  follows: 

At  or  near  the  southeast  corner  of  the  township,  a  true  meridian  will 
be  <letermined  by  Polaris  or  solar  observations,  and  the  deputy's  instru- 
ment will  be  tested  thereon;  then  from  said  corner  the  first  mile  of  the 
east  and  south  boundaries  will  be  retraced,  if  subdivisions  and  survey 
of  the  exteriors  have  been  i)rovided  for  in  separate  contracts;  but,  if 
the  survey  of  the  exterior  and  subdivisional  lines  are  included  in  the 
sawe  contract,  the  retracements  referred  to  will  be  omitted.  All  dis- 
crepancies resulting  from  disagreement  of  bearings  or  measurements 
will  be  carefully  stated  in  the  field  notes. 

2.  After  testing  his  instrumenton  the  true  meridian  thus  determined, 
the  deputy  will  commence  at  the  corner  to  sections  35  and  36,  on  the 
south  boundary,  and  run  a  line  parallel  to  the  range  line,*  establishing 
at  40.00  chains,  the  quarter  section  corner  between  sections  35  and  36, 
and  at  80.00  chains  the  corner  for  sections  25,  26,  35,  and  36. 

3.  From  the  last-named  corner,  a  random  line  will  be  run  eastward, 
without  blazing,  para^/e^  to  the  south  boundary  of  section  36,  to  its  inter- 

*  The  meridional  section  lines  will  be  made  parallel  to  the  range  line  or  east 
boundary  of  the  township,  by  applying-  to  the  bearing'  of  the  latter  a  small  correc- 
tion, dependent  on  the  latitude,  talcen  I'rom  the  following  table,  which  gives,  to  the 
nearest  whole  minute,  the  conrcrneiicji  of  tv.'o  meridians  6  miles  long  and  from  1  to 
5  miles  apart;  and  supplies  directly  the  deviation  of  meridional  section  lines  ;ces< 
of  north,  when  the  range  line  is  a  true  meridian.     Add  the  correction  to  the  bearing 


64 


section  with  the  east  boundary  of  the  township,  placing^  at  40.00  chains 
from  the  point  of  beginning-,  a  post  for  temporary  quarter  section  cor- 
ner. If  the  random  line  intersects  said  township  boundary  exactly  at 
the  corner  for  sections  -J5  and  36,  it  will  be  blazed  back  and  established 
as  the  true  line,  the  permanent  quarter  section  corner  being  estab- 
lished thereon,  wiir/^roy  between  the  initial  and  terminal  section  corners. 

If,  however,  the  random  intersects  said  township  boundary  to  the 
north  or  south  of  said  corner,  the  falling*  will  be  carefully  measured, 
and  from  the  data  thus  obtained,  the  true  return  course  will  be  calcu- 
lated,t  and  the  true  line  blazed  and  established  and  the  position  of  the 
quarter  section  corner  determined,  as  directed  above. 

The  details  of  the  entire  operation  will  be  recorded  in  the  field  notes. 

4.  Having  thus  established  the  line  between  sections  25  and  36;  from 
the  corner  lor  sections  25,  26,  35,  and  36,  the  u-est  and  north  boundaries 
of  sections  25,  24,  13,  and  12,  will  be  established  as  directed  for  those 
of  section  36;  with  the  exception  that  the  random  lines  of  said  north 
boundnries  will  be  run  parallel  to  the  established  south  boundaries  of  the 
sections  to  which  they  belong,  instead  of  the  south  boundary  of  section 
36;  e.  g.  the  random  line  between  sections  24  and  25  will  be  run  par- 
allel to  the  established  south  boundary  of  section  25,  etc. 

5.  Then,  from  the  last  established  section  corner,  i.  e.  the  corner  for 
sections  1,  2,  11,  and  12,  the  line  between  sections  1  and  2,  will  be  pro- 
jected northward,  on  a  random  line,  parallel  to  the  east  boundary  of 
the  township,  setting  a  post  for  temi^orary  quarter  section  corner  at 
40.00  chains,  to  its  intersection  with  the  north  boundary  of  the  town- 
ship. If  the  random  intersects  said  north  boundary  exactly  at  corner 
for  sections  1  and  2,  it  will  be  blazed  back  and  established  as  the  true 
line,  the  temporary  quarter  section  corner  being  established  perma- 
nently in  its  original  position,  and  the  fractional  measurement  thrown 

of  the  r.ange  line,  if  the  same  is  west  of  north,  but  subtx'act  when  it  bears  east  of 
north. 

Taki.e  a. — Corrections  for  Converyency,  within  a  Township. 


Latitude. 

Correction  to  be  applied  to  bearing  of  range  lines 
at  a  distance  of —  . 

1  mile. 

2  miles. 

3  miles. 

4  miles. 

5  miles. 

O             0 

30  to  35           .                   

1 

1 

1 
1 

1 
1 
2 
2 

2 

2 
2 
3 

2 
3 
3 
4 

3 

35  to  40                                        

3 

40  to  45           >                   

4 

45  to  50                      

5 

Example. — Latitude,  47°.  Ranpje  line  bears  N.  0^  2' E. ;  then  jjaraZZe/ meridional 
section  lines  will  be  run  as  follows : 

From  the  corner  for  sections — 
35  and  36,  N.  0-  1'  E, 
34  and  35,  north. 
33  and  34,  X.  0^  V  W. 
32  and  33,  N.  0°  2'  W. 
31  and  32,  N.  0°  3'  W. 
*  See  "Prescribed  Limits,'"  pa^e  59. 

t  See  Table  A^II,  and  rules,  i)a,<ie  128.  liondom  bear! iigs,  determined  as  directed 
above,  are  actually  the  true  bearings  of  fractional  true  lines  and  are  so  used  for  run- 
ning them.  'Any  deviation  from  random  bearings,  derived  from  the  a])plication  of 
the  falling  [Table  VII],  changes  the  random  bearing  by  an  amount  due  to  unavoid- 
able errors,  and  sliould  give  for  a  final  result  a  bearing  as  near  the  true  bearinr/  as  the 
field  work  will  ])ermit.  A  true  bearing  means  the  angular  deviation  from  the  trne 
meridian  in  contradistinction  to  the  magnetic  bearing,  or  angle  made  with  the  mag- 
netic meridian.  A  true  line  will  be  understood  to  refer  to  the  line  upon  tvhich  the  cor- 
ners are  established. 


55 

into  that  portion  of  the  line  between  said  corner  and  the  north  bound- 
ary of  the  township. 

If  however,  said  random  intersects  the  north  boundary  of  tlie  town- 
ship, to  the  east  or  west  of  the  corner  for  sections  1  and  2,  the  conse- 
quent falling  will  be  carefully  measured,  and  from  the  data  thus  obtained 
the  true  return  course  will  be  calculated*  and  the  true  line  established, 
the  permanent  quarter  section  corner  being  placed  upon  the  same  at 
40.00  chains  from  the  initial  corner  of  the  random  line,  thereby  throwing 
the  fractional  measurement  in  that  portion  lying  between  the  quarter 
section  corner  and  the  noith  boundary  of  the  township. 

When  the  north  boundary  of  a  township  is  a  base  line  or  standard 
l)arallel,  the  Hue  between  sections  1  and  i'  will  be  run  parallel  to  the 
range  line  as  a  true  line,  tlie  quarter  section  corner  will  be  placed  at 
40.00  chains,  and  a  closing  corner  will  be  established  at  the  point  of 
intersection  with  such  base  or  standard  line;  and  in  such  case,  the  dis- 
tance from  said  closing  corner,  to  the  nearest  standard  corner  on  such 
base  or  standard  line,  will  be  carefully  measured  and  noted  as  a  con- 
nection line. 

6.  Each  successive  range  of  sections  progressing  to  the  west,  until 
the  fifth  range  is  attained,  will  be  surveyed  in  a  similar  manner;  then, 
from  the  section  corners  established  on  the  west  boundary  of  said  range 
of  sections,  random  lines  will  be  pKijestcd  to  their  intersection  with  the 
west  boundary  of  the  township,  and  the  true  return  lines  established 
as  jn-escribed  for  the  survey  of  the  tirst  or  most  eastern  range  of  sec- 
tions, with  the  exception  that  on  the  true  lines  thus  established  the 
(juarter  section  corners  will  be  established  at  40.00  chains  from  the 
the  initial  corners  of  the  randoms,  the  fractional  measurements  being 
thereby  thrown  into  those  i)ortions  of  the  lines  situated  between  said 
quarter  section  corners  and  the  west  boundary  of  the  township. 

7.  The  following  general  re([uirements  are  reiterated  for  emphasis: 
The  random  of  a  latitudinal  section  line  will  always  be  vww  parallel 

to  the  south  bonndary  of  the  section  to  whicli  it  belongs,  and  with  the  true 
bearing  of  said  boundary;  and  when  a  section  has  no  linear  south  bound- 
ary, the  random  will  be  run  parallel  to  the  south  boundary  of  the  range  of 
sections  in  which  it  is  situated,  and  fractional  true  lines  will  be  run  in  a 
similar  manner  A 

8.  The  deputy  is  not  required  to  complete  the  survey  of  the  first 
range  of  sections  from  south  to  north  before  commencing  the  survey  of 
the  second  or  any  subsequent  range  of  sections,  but  the  corner  on 
which  any  random  line  closes  shall  have  been  i)reviously  established  by 
running  the  line  which  determines  its  position,  except  as  follows: 
AVliere  it  is  impracticable  to  establish  such  section  corner  in  the  regu- 
lar manner,  it  will  be  established  by  running  the  latitudinal  section  line 
as  a  true  line,  with  a  true  bearing,  determined  as  above  directed  for 
random  lines,  setting  the  quarter  section  corner  at  40.00  chains  and  the 
section  corner  at  80.00  chains.^ 

0.  Quarter  section  corners,  both  upon  meridional  and  latitudinal  sec- 
tion lines,  will  be  established  at  points  equidistant  from  the  corre- 
sixmding  section  corners,  except  upon  the  lines  closing  on  the  north 
and  west  boundaries  of  the  township,  and  in  those  situations  the  quar- 
ter section  corners  will  always  be  established  at  iwecisely/or^T/  chains 
to  the  north  or  west  (as  the  case  may  be)  of  the  respective  section  cor- 
ners from  Avhich  those  lines  respectively  start^  by  which  procedure  the 

*  See  Table  VII  and  rules,  page  128. 

t  See  Plate  IV,  betweeu  sections  7  aud  18,  and  17  and  20. 

iSee  Plate  IV,  between  sections  8  aud  17. 


66 

excess  or  deficiency  in  tlie  nieasiiremeuts  will  be  thrown,  according  to 
law,  on  the  extreme  tier  or  ranjic  of  quarter  sections,  as  tlie  case  may  be. 

10.  Where  by  reason  of  impassable  objects  only  ai)ortion  of  thesouth 
boundary  of  a  township  can  be  established,  an  auxiliary  base  line  (or 
lines,*  as  the  case  nuiy  require)  Avill  be  run  through  the  portion  which 
has  no  linear  south  boundary,  first  random,  then  corrected,  connecting 
jnoperlyestablished  corresponding  section  corners  (either  interior  or 
exterior)  arnd  as  far  south  as  possible,  and  from  such  line  or  lines,  the 
section  lines  will  be  extended  northwardly  in  the  usual  manner,  and 
any  fraction  south  of  said  line  will  be  surveyed  in  the  opposite  direction 
from  the  section  corners  on  the  auxiliary  base  thus  established.  (See 
Plate  I,  figs.  3,  4,  and  5.) 

11.  Where  by  reason  of  impassable  objects  no  portion  of  the  south 
honndary  of  a  township  can  be  regularly  established,  the  subdivision 
thereof  will  proceed  from  north  to  south  and  from  east  to  west,  thereby 
throwing  all  fractional  measurements  and  areas  against  the  west  bound- 
ary, and  the  raeanderable  stream  or  other  boundary  limiting  the  town- 
ship on  the  south. 

If  the  east  boundary  is  without  regular  section  corners  and  the  north 
boundary  has  been  run  eastwardly  as  a  true  line,  with  section  corners 
at  regular  intervals  of  80,00  chains,  the  subdivision  of  the  township 
will  be  made  from  tvest  to  east^  and  fractional  measurements  and  areas 
will  be  thrown  against  the  irregular  east  boundary. 

12.  When  the  pro[)er  point  for  the  establishment  of  a  township  or 
section  corner  is  inaccessible,  and  a  witness  corner  can  be  erected  upon 
each  of  the  two  lines  which  approach  the  same,  at  distances  notexceed- 
iiig  twenty  chains  therefrom,  said  witness  cornerst  will  be  properly 
established,  and  the  half  miles  upon  which  they  stand  will  be  recog- 
nized as  surveyed  lines. 

The  witness  corner  will  be  marked  as  conspicuously  as  a  section  cor- 
ner, and  bearing  trees  will  be  used  wherever  possible. 

The  deputy  will  be  required  to  furnish  good  evidence  that  the  section 
corner  is  actually  inaccessible. 

MEANDERING. 

1.  Proceeding  douni  stream,  the  bank  on  the  left  hand  is  termed  the 
left  hemic  and  that  on  the  right  hand  the  right  hanl\  These  terms  will 
be  universally  used  to  distinguish  the  two  banks  of  a  river  or  stream. 

2.  Navigable  rivers,  as  well  as  all  rivers  not  embraced  in  the  class 
denominated  "navigable,"  the  right-angle  width  of  which  is  three 
chains  and  upwards,  will  be  meandered  on  both  banks,  at  the  ordinary 
mean  high  tcater  mm%  by  taking  the  general  courses  and  distances  of 
their  sinuosities,  and  the  same  will  be  entered  in  the  field  book,  Kivers 
not  classed  as  navigable  will  not  be  meandered  above  the  j)oint  where 
the  average  right  angle  width  is  less  than  three  chains.  Shallow 
streams,  without  any  well-defined  channel  or  ])ermanent  banks,  will  not 
he  meandered;  except  tide- water  streams,  whether  more  or  less  than 
tliree  chains  wide,  which  should  be  meandered  at  ordinary  high-water 
nnirk,  as  far  as  tide-water  extends. 

At  every  j^oint  where  either  standard,  township,  or  section  lines  inter- 
sect the  bank  of  a  navigiible  stream,  or  any  meanderable  line,  corners 
will  be  established  at  the  time  of  running  these  lines.     Such  corners 


*  Section  corners  will  be  established  by  correct  alinement  and  measurement  of 
meridional  sectional  liuos  whenever  practicable. 

t  See  "  Witness  Corners,"  page  47. 


57 

are  called  meander  corners,*  and  the  deputy  will  commence  at  one  of 
these  corners,  follow  the  bank  or  boundary  line,  and  measure  the  length 
of  each  course  from  the  beginning-  corner  to  the  next  "meander  corner." 
Compass  courses,  by  the  needle  or  solar,  will  be  used  in  meanders. 
Transit  angles  are  not  allowed. 

The  crossing  distance  between  meander  corners  on  same  line  and 
the  true  bearing  and  distance  between  corresponding  meander  corners 
will  be  ascertained  by  triangulation,  or  direct  measurement,  in  order 
that  the  river  may  be  j^rotracted  with  entire  accuracy  The  particulars 
will  be  given  in  the  field  notes. 

In  meandering  water  courses  or  lakes,  where  a  distance  is  more  than 
ten  chains  between  successive  stations,  whole  chains  only  should  be 
taken;  but  if  the  distance  is  less  than  ten  chains,  and  it  is  found  con- 
venient to  employ  chains  and  links,  the  number  of  links  should  be  a  mul- 
tiple  often,  thereby  saving  time  and  labor  in  testing  the  closing's,  both 
in  the  field  and  ofdce. 

3.  The  meanders  of  all  lakes,  navigable  bayous,  and  deep  ponds,  of 
the  area  of  twenty-five  acres  and  upwards,  will  be  commenced  at  a 
meander  corner  and  continued,  as  above  directed  for  navigable  streams; 
from  said  corner,  the  courses  and  distances  of  the  entire  margin  of  the 
same,  and  the  intersections  with  all  meander  corners  established 
thereon,  will  be  noted. 

All  streams  falling  into  the  river,  lake,  or  bayou  will  be  noted,  and 
the  width  at  their  mouths  stated;  also,  the  position,  size,  and  depth  of 
springs,  whether  the  water  be  pure  or  mineral ;  also,  the  heads  and 
mouths  of  all  bayous;  all  islands,  rapids,  and  bars  will  be  noted,  with 
intersections,  to  their  upper  and  lower  ends,  to  establish  their  exact  sit- 
uation. The  elevation  of  the  banks  of  lakes,  bayous,  and  streams,  the 
height  of  falls  and  cascades,  and  the  length  and  fall  of  rapids  will  be 
recorded  in  the  field  notes. 

To  meander  a  lake  or  deep  pond  lying  entirely  within  the  boundaries 
of  a  section,  two  lines  will  be  run  from  the  two  nearest  corners  on  dif- 
ferent sides  of  such  lake  or  pond,  the  courses  and  length  of  which  will 
be  recorded,  and  if  coincident  with  unsurveyed  lines  of  legal  sub- 
divisions, that  fact  will  also  be  stated  in  the  field  notes,  and  at  each 
of  the  points  where  said  lines  intersect  the  margin  of  the  pond  or 
lake,  a  special]  meander  corner  will  be  established  as  above  directed. 
(See  example,  page  201.) 

The  relative  position  of  these  points  being  thus  definitely  fixed  in  the 
section,  the  meandering  will  commence  at  one  of  them  and  be  con- 
tinued to  the  other,  noting  the  intersection,  and  thence  to  the  begin- 
ning.    The  proceedings  are  to  be  fully  entered  in  the  field  notes. 

4.  Meander  lines  will  not  be  established  at  the  segregation  line 
between  dry  and  swamp  or  overflowed  land,  but  at  the  ordinary  high- 
water  marTc  of  the  actual  margin  of  the  rivers  or  lakes  on  which  such 
swamp  or  overflowed  lands  border. 

5.  The  precise  relative  position  of  an  island,  in  a  township  made 
fractional  by  a  river  or  lake  in  which  the  island  is  situated,  will  be 
determined  by  triangulation  from  a  special  and  carefully  measured  base 
line,  initiated  upon  the  surveyed  lines,  on  or  near  the  lake  or  river  bank 
on  the  main  land,  so  as  to  connect  by  course  and  distance  on  a  direct 

*  These  corners  are  the  regular  mesiudeT  corners,  and  designated  "meander  cor- 
ners;" they  are  distinguished  from  special  and  auxiliary  meander  corners;  see  para- 
graphs 11  and  12,  page  44,  and  pages  42  and  43. 

t  A  "Special  Meander  Corner"  is  one  established  on  a  line  of  legal  subdivision,  not 
a  standard,  township,  or  section  line.     See  pages  201  and  202. 


58 

line,  tlie  meander  corner  on  the  mainland  with  the  corresponding  point 
on  the  island,  where  the  proper  meander  corner  will  be  established. 

0.  In  making  the  connection  of  an  island  lying  entirely  within  a  sec- 
tion, with  the  mainland,  a  special  base  will  be  measured  from  the  most 
convenient  meander  corner,  and  from  such  base,  the  location  of  an 
auxiliary*  meander  corner  will  be  determined  by  triangulation,  at 
which  the  meanders  of  the  island  will  be  initiated, 

7.  In  the  survey  of  lands  bordering  on  tide  icater^  ''  meander  corners" 
will  be  established  at  the  points  where  surveyed  lines  intersect  high- 
water  marl',  and  the  meanders  will  follow  tlie  high  water  line. 

8.  The  field  notes  of  meanders  will  show  the  dates  on  which  the  work 
was  performed,  as  illustrated  in  the  specimen  notes,  page  216,  The 
field  notes  of  meanders  will  state  and  describe  the  corner  from  which 
the  meanders  commenced,  and  upon  which  they  closed,  and  will  exhibit 
the  meanders  of  each  fractional  section  separately;  following,  and 
composing  a  part  of  such  notes,  will  be  given  a  description  of  the  land, 
timber,  depth  of  inundation  to  which  the  bottom  is  subject,  and  the 
banks,  current,  and  bottom  of  the  stream  or  body  of  water  n^eandered. 
The  utmost  care  will  be  taken  to  pass  no  object  of  topography,  or  change 
therein,  without  giving  a  x>ai"ticular  description  thereof  in  its  proi)er 
place  in  the  notes  of  tiie  meanders. 

SUMMARY  OF  OBJECTS  AND  DATA  REQUIRED  TO  BE  NOTED. 

1.  The  precise  length  of  every  line  run,  noting  all  necessary  offsets 
therefrom,  with  the  reason  for  making  them,  and  method  employed, 

2.  The  kind  and  diameter  of  all  bearing  trees,  with  the  course  and 
distance  of  the  same  from  their  respective  corners;  and  the  precise 
relative  position  of  witness  corners  to  tbe  true  corners. 

3.  The  kind  of  materials  of  which  corners  are  constructed. 

4.  Trees  on  line.  The  name,  diameter,  and  distance  on  line  to  all 
trees  which  it  intersects, 

5.  Intersections  by  line  of  land  objects.  The  distance  at  which  the 
line  intersects  the  boundary  lines  of  every  reservation,  settler's  claim, 
improvement,  or  raucho;  prairie,  bottom  land,  swamp,  marsh,  grove, 
and  windfall,  with  the  course  of  the  same  at  all  points  of  intersection; 
also,  the  distances  at  which  the  line  begins  to  ascend,  arrives  at  the 
top,  begins  to  descend,  and  reaches  the  foot  of  all  remarJcable  hills  and 
ridges,  with  their  courses,  and  estimated  height  in  feet,  above  the  level 
land  of  the  surrounding  country,  or  above  the  bottom  lands,  ravines, 
or  waters  near  which  they  are  situated.  Also,  distance  to  and  across 
large  ravines,  their  depth  and  course. 

(>.  Intersections  by  line  of  water  objects.  All  rivers,  creeks,  and 
smaller  streams  of  water  which  the  line  crosses;  the  distances  meas- 
ured on  the  truelme  to  the  bank  first  arrived  at,  the  course  down  stream 
at  points  of  intersection,  and  their  widths  on  line.  In  cases  of  navigable 
streams,  their  width  will  be  ascertained  between  the  meander  corners, 
as  set  forth  under  the  proper  head.t 

7,  The  land's  surface — whether  level,  rolling,  broken,  hilly,  or  moun- 
tainous. 

8,  The  soil — whether  first,  second,  third,  or  fourth  rate. 

9,  Timber — the  several  kinds  of  timber  and  undergrowth,  in  the  order 
in  which  they  predominate. 

"  An  "auxiliary  meander  corner"  is  one  not  on  a  line  belonging  to  the  system  of 
rectangular  surveying.     See  page  212. 

tSee  "Meandering,"  third  clause  of  paragrapli  2,  page  57. 


59 

11.  ^springs  of  renter — wlietlier  fresli,  saliue,  or  mineral,  witli  the 
course  of  the  streams  flowiiift-  li-oiii  them. 

12.  Lakes  and  ponds — describing'  their  banks  and  givinj>' their  lieight, 
and  also  depth  ot  water,  and  whether  it  be  pure  or  stagnant. 

13.  Improvements.  Towns  and  villages;  houses  or  cabins,  fields,  or 
other  improvements  with  owners'  names;  mill  sites,  forges,  and  fac- 
tories, mineral  monuments,  and  all  corners  not  belonging  to  the  system 
of  rectangular  surveying;  will  be  located  by  bearing  aud  distance,  or 
by  intersecting  bearings  from  given  points. 

14.  Coal  banks  or  beds;  peat  or  turf  grounds;  minerals  and  ores; 
with  particular  description  of  the  same  as  to  quality  and  extent,  and 
all  dUjginys  therefor;  also  salt  springs  and  licks.  All  reliable  informa- 
tion tliat  can  be  obtained  respecting  these  objects,  whether  they  be  on 
the  line  or  not,  will  appear  in  the  general  description. 

15.  Ixoads  and  trails,  with  their  directions,  whence  and  whither. 

10.  Eapids,  cataracts,  cascades,  or  falls  of  water,  with  the  estimated 
height  of  their  fall  in  feet. 

17.  Precipices,  caves,  sink  holes,  ravines,  stone  quarries,  ledges  of 
rocks,  with  the  kind  of  stone  they  afford. 

18.  Natnral  CKriosities,  interesting  fossils,  petrifactions,  organic  re- 
mains, etc. ;  also  all  ancient  works  of  art,  such  as  mounds,  fortifications, 
embankments,  ditches,  or  objects  of  like  nature. 

10.  The  magnetic  declination  will  be  incidentally  noted  at  all  points 
of  the  lines  being  surveyed,  where  any  material  change  in  the  same 
indicates  the  probable  presence  of  iron  ores;  and  the  position  of  such 
points  will  be  perfectly  identified  in  the  field  notes. 

PRESCRIBED  LIMITS  FOR   CLOSINGS   AND   LENGTHS   OF   LINES. 

1.  If  in  running  a  random  township  exterior,  such  random  falls  short 
of  or  exceeds  its  pro]>er  length  by  more  than  three  chains,  or  falls  more 
than  three  chains  north  or  south  of  its  objective  corner,  it  will  be  re-run, 
and  if  found  correct,  so  much  of  the  remaining  boundaries  of  thetoAvn- 
shii)  will  be  retraced  or  resurveyed,*  as  may  be  found  necessary  to  locate 
the  error. 

2.  Every  meridional  section  line,  except  those  terminating  in  the 
north  boundary  of  the  township,  shall  be  eighty  chains  in  length.t 

3.  The  random  meridional  se<;tion  lines  through  the  north  tier  of  sec- 
tions shall  fall  within  Jifty  linls  east  or  west  of  the  section  corners 
established  on  the  north  boundary  of  the  township,  except  when  closing 
on  a  base  line  or  standard  parallel. 

4.  The  actual  length  of  meridional  section  lines  through  the  north 
tier  of  sections  shall  be  within  one  hundred  and  Jifty  linls  of  their 
theoretical  length.  The  latter  will  be  determined  from  the  meridional 
boundaries  of  the  north  tier  of  sections. 

5.  All  random  latitudinal  section  lines  shall  fall  within  fifty  Unl's 
north  or  south  of  their  objective  section  corners. 

In  any  range  of  sections,  tlie  difference  between  the  true  bearing  of  a 
latitudinal  section  line  and  that  of  the  south  boundary  of  the  range, 
shall  not  exceed  21  minutes  of  arc. 

The  latitudinal  section  lines,  except  those  terminating  in  the  west 
boundary  of  the  township,  shall  be  within  fifty  linls  of  the  actual  dis- 
tance established  on  the  south  boundary  line  of  the  township  for  the 
width  of  the  range  of  sections  to  which  they  belong. 

6.  The  north  boundary  and  the  south  boundary  of  any  one  section, 

*See  "Explanations,"  p.  71  to  78.  t  See  exception  on  p.  76. 


60 

except  ill  tlie  extreme  western  range  of  sections,  sliall  be  within  _/?/'/?/ 
linJi-s  of  equal  length. 

7.  The  meanders  within  each  fractional  section,  or  between  any  two 
successive  meander  cornerSj  or  of  an  island  in  the  interior  of  a  section, 
slxmld  close  within  a  limit  to  be  determined  by  allowing ^fivc-eighths  of 
<i  link  for  each  chain  of  said  meander  line.  Where  the  meander  corners 
marking  the  ends  of  a  meander  line  in  a  fractional  section  are  located 
oil  standard,  township,  or  section  lines,  the  above  limit,  increased  by 
one  fourth  of  the  regular  perimeter  of  the  fractional  section,  expressed  in 
miles,  multiplied  hy  71  linhs,  will  he  alloived.* 

The  extreme  limit,  however,  will  in  no  case  be  permitted  to  exceed 
one  hundred  and  fifty  links. 

FIELD   NOTES. 

1.  The  proper  blank  books  for  original  field  notes  will  be  furnished  by 
the  surveyor  general,  and  in  such  books  the  deputy  surveyor  will  make 
a  faithful,  distinct,  and  minute  record  of  everything  done  and  observed 
by  himself  and  his  assistants,  pursuant  to  instructions,  in  relation  to 
running,  measuring,  and  marking  lines,  establishing  corners,  etc.,  and 
juesent,  as  far  as  possible,  full  and  complete  topographical  sketches  of 
all  standard  and  exterior  lines,  drawn  to  the  usual  scale  for  township 
exteriors.  These  "  original  field  notes"  are  not  necessarily  the  entries 
made  in  the  field,  in  the  deputy's  pocket  notebooks  called  tablets;  but 
they  are  to  be  fully  and  correctly  written  out  in  ink,  from  such  tablets, 
for  the  permanent  record  of  the  work.  Tablets  should  be  so  fully 
written  as  to  verify  the  "original  field  notes"  whenever  the  surveyor 
general  requires  them  for  ins])ection. 

2.  A  full  description  of  all  corners  belonging  to  old  surveys,  from 
which  the  lines  of  new  surveys  start,  or  upon  which  they  close,  will  in 
all  cases  be  furnished  the  deputy  from  the  surveyor  general's  office, 
when  authority  is  given  for  commencing  work;  then,  if  the  old  corners 
are  found  to  agree  with  said  descriptions,  the  deputy  will  describe  any 
one  of  them  in  this  form,  "  which  is  a  stone  firmly  set,  marked,  and  wit- 
nessed, as  described  by  the  survej^or  general";  but,  should  a  corner 
not  answer  the  description  supplied,  the  deputy  will  give  a  full  descrip- 
tion of  such  coraer  and  its  accessories,  following  the  proper  approved 
form  given  in  these  instructions. 

A  full  description  of  each  corner  established  under  any  one  contract 
will  be  given  once  only;  subsequent  reference  to  such  corner  will  be 
made  in  the  form,  "  heretofore  dCvScribed",  or  (e.  g.)  "the  corner  for  sec- 
tions 2,  3,  10,  and  11,"  as  the  case  may  require. 

In  all  cases  where  a  corner  is  reestablished,  the  original  field  notes  will 
describe  fully  the  manner  in  which  it  is  done. 

3.  The  original  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  base,  standard,  and  meridian 
lines  will  describe  all  corners  established  thereon,  hoAV  established,  the 
crossings  of  streams,  ravines,  hills,  and  mountains;  character  of  soil, 
timber, niinerals,etc. ;  and  after  the  description  of  each  townshij)  corner 
established  in  running  such  lines,  the  deputy  will  note  particularly  in 
l!ie  ''general  description"  the  character  of  townships  on  each  side  of 
the  lines  run. 

4.  The  original  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  exterior  boundaries  of 
to\vnshii)s  will  describe  the  corners  and  topography,  as  above  required, 
and  the  "  general  description"  at  the  end  of  such  notes  will  describe 
the  townships  as  fully  as  possible,  and  also  state  whether  or  not  they 
should  be  subdivided. 

•  See  Plate  I,  ligs.  8,  9, 10, 11,  and  12. 


61 

5.  The  original  field  notes  of  the  subdi visional  survey  of  townships 
will  describe  the  comers  and  topogra])hy  as  above  required,  and  the 
"  general  description"  at  the  end  of  such  notes  will  state  minutely  the 
character  of  the  land,  soil,  timber,  etc.,  found  in  such  townships. 

The  topography  will  be  given  on  the  true  line  in  all  cases,  and  will  be 
taken  correctly,  not  estimated  or  approximated. 

6.  With  the  original  field  notes  ot  the  survey  of  baselines  and  stand- 
ard parallels,  and  principal  and  guide  meridians  forming  a  tract  24  miles 
square,*  including  those  of  the  township  exteriors  therein,  the  deputy 
will  submit  a  diagram  of  the  lines  surveyed,  drawn  to  a  scale  of  half 
an  inch  to  one  mile,  upon  which  will  be  written  the  true  hearings  and 
lengths  of  all  surveyed  lines,  except  the  lengths  of  those  which  are  actu-. 
ally  40.00  or  80.00  chains.  These  diagrams  will  exhibit  all  water  courses, 
with  the  direction  of  each  indicated  by  an  arrow  head  pointing  doicn 
stream;  also,  the  intersection  of  the  lines  with  all  prairies,  marshes, 
swamps,  ravines,  lakes,  i)onds,  mountains,  hills,  and  all  other  natural 
or  artificial  topographical  features  mentioned  in  the  original  field  notes, 
to  the  fullest  extent  possible. 

7.  With  the  special  instructions  for  making  subdivisional  surveys  of 
townships  into  sections,  the  deputy  will  be  furnished  by  the  surveyor 
general  with  hlanlc  tou-nship  diagrams  drawn  to  a  scale  of  one  inch  to 
forty  chains,  upon  which  the  true  hearings  and  lengths  of  the  township 
and  section  lines,  from  which  the  surveys  are  to  he  projected,  or  upon  which 
they  are  to  close,  will  he  carefully  marked;  and  on  such  diagrams  the 
deputy  who  subdivides  will  make  appropriate  sketches  of  the  various 
objects  of  topography  as  tbey  occur  on  his  lines,  so  as  to  exhibit  not 
only  the  points  of  intersection  therewith,  but  also  the  directions  and 
relative  positions  of  such  objects  between  the  lines,  or  within  each  sec- 
tion, as  far  as  practicable,  so  that  every  topographical  feature  may  be 
proi)erly  completed  and  connected  in  the  showing. 

8.  Triangulations,  offsets,  or  traverses,  made  to  determine  distances 
that  can  not  be  directly  measured,  such  as  those  over  (e.  g.)  deep 
streams,  lakes,  impassable  swamps,  canons,  etc.,  will  be  made  on  the 
random  lines,]  when  random  lines  are  run.  All  particulars  will  be  fully 
stated  in  the  field  notes. 

The  exhibition  of  every  mile  of  surveying,  whether  on  standard, 
township,  or  subdivision  lines,  and  the  meanders  in  each  section,  will 
be  complete  in  itself,  and  will  be  separated  from  other  records  by 
a  black  line  drawn  across  that  part  of  the  page  containing  the  body  of 
notes.  The  description  of  the  surface,  soil,  minerals,  timber,  under- 
growth, etc.,  on  each  mile  of  line  will  follow  the  notes  of  survey  of  such 
line,  and  not  he  mingled  icith  them. 

Particular  care  will  be  taken  to  record  at  the  end  of  each  mile  the 
number  of  chains  of  mountainous  land,  heavily  timhered  land,  or  land 
covered  with  dense  undergrowth.     {See  page  224.) 

The  date  of  each  day's  Avork  will  immediately  follow  the  notes  thereof. 

9.  iSTear  the  end  of  the  original  field  notes  and  inmiediately  before  the 
"  general  description",  the  deputy  surveyor  will  add,  in  the  form  shown 
in  specimen  field  notes  (page  177),  a  tabular  statement  of  the  latitude 
and  departure  of  all  boundary  lines  of  the  township,  derived  from  a 
traverse  table,  and  will  give  the  totals,  and  the  errors  in  latitude  and 
departure;  said  errors  shall  in  no  case  exceed  three  chains,  the  pre- 
scribed limit  for  the  falling  of  the  random  north  boundary  of  a  town 
ship.  If  a  i)art  or  the  whole  of  one  or  more  boundaries  is  made  uj)  of 
meander  lines,  the  northings,  southings,  eastings,  and  westings  of  the 

*  See  page  52  and  Plate  III.  t  See  pages  136  and  188. 


62 

full  section  lines,  nearest  said  meanders,  will  replace  the  missing  N., 
S.,  E.,  or  W.  townslii])  lines,  as  the  case  may  require,  thereby  present- 
ing- the  errors  of  said  boundaries  of  a  closed  survey. 

If  all  tlie  exterior  lines  have  been  surveyed  by  the  deputy,  the  bear- 
ings and  distances  for  tlte  table  will  be  taken  Irom  liis  own  notes.  In  a 
case  where  some  of  the  boundaries  have  been  surveyed  under  another 
contract,  the  deputy  Avill  use  the  bearings  and  distances  supplied  by 
the  surveyor  general,  in  connection  with  those  of  bis  own  lines;  and,  if 
errors  exceed  the  allowance  of  three  chains,  specified  in  paragraph  1  of 
the  "Prescribed  Limits",*  the  deputy  will  determine  ivhere  the  error 
occurs,  correct  the  same  before  he  leaves  the  Jicld^  and  place  the  table  in  his 
Q rif/i rial  iield  no tes . . 

Besides  the  ordinary  notes  taken  on  line  (and  which  will  always  be 
written  down  on  the  spot,  leaving  nothing  to  be  su])p]ied  by  memory), 
the  deputy  will  subjoin,  at  the  conclusion  of  his  book,  such  further 
description  or  information  touching  any  matter  or  thing  connected  with 
the  township  (or  other)  survey  which  he  may  be  able  to  afford,  and  may 
deem  useful  or  necessary  to  be  known — with  a  general  description  of 
the  township  in  the  af/greyatc,  as  respects  the  face  of  the  country,  its 
soil  and  geological  features,  timber,  minerals,  waters,  etc. 

10.  Following  the  general  description  of  the  township  will  be  placed 
"  A  list  of  the  names  of  the  individuals  employed  to  assist  in  running, 
measuring,  and  marking  the  lines  and  corners  described  in  the  foregoing 

held  notes  of  township  JSTo. of  the  base  line  of  range  No. 

of  the meridian,  showing  the  respective    capacities  in  which 

they  acted." 

AFFIDAVITS   TO   FIELD   NOTES. 

The  following  are  the  forms  of  ofiQcial  oaths  to  be  taken  by  deputy 
surveyors  and  their  assistants.  The  original  oaths  will  be  attlxed  to 
the  original  yield  notes  forwarded  to  the  surveyor  general  by  the  deputy 
surveyor;  the  preliminary  oaths  being  placed  on  the  i)age  following 
the  index  of  the  first  book,  and  the  final  oaths  at  the  end  of  the  last 
book  of  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  each  class  of  Vmes]  to  which  they 
refer : 

PKKI.IMINAKY   OATHS    OF    ASSISTANTS. 

We, and ,  do  solemnly  sweur  tbat  we  will  well  and 

faithfully  execute  the  duties  of  chainmen  ;  that  we  will  level  the  chain  upon  even 
and  uneven  ground  and  plumb  the  tally  pins,  either  hj  sticking  or  dropping  the 
same;  that  we  will  report  the  true  distance  to  all  notable  objects,  and  the  true 
length  of  all  lines  that  we  assist  in  measuring,  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability, 
and  in  accordance  with  instructions  given  us,  in  the  survey  of  the 


Chaimnun. 
Chainman. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of ,  189- 

[SEAL.] 


We, and  — ,    do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and 

truly  perform  the  duties  of  monudmen  in  the  establishment  of  corners,  according  to 
the  instructions  given  us,  to  the  best   of  our   skill   and   ability,   in   the   survey   of 

,   Mnuiuhnan. 

,   Monudman. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this   day  of ,  1S9 — . 

[SKAL.]  - 


*  See  page  59,  and  retracement  article,  ijage  72. 
t  See  page  50,  and  par.  13  (a)  page  64. 


63 

We, ami ,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  truly 

perform  the  duties  of  axiiieii,  in  the  estMblishmeut  of  corners  and  other  duties,  ac- 
cording to  instructions  given  us,  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  in  tlie  survey 

of ^. 

,  Jxman. 

,  Axman. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of ,  189 — . 

[SKAL.] 


I, ,  do  solemnly  swear  that  I  will  well  and  truly  perform  the  duties  of 

flagman,  according  to  instructions  given  me,  to  the  best  of  my  skill  and  ability,  in 

the  survey  of . 

,  Fl(((jvtan. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of ,  189 — . 

[seal.] 


FINAL  OATHS   OF   DEPUTY   SURVEYOKS   AND   THEIIl   ASSISTANTS. 

Lint  of  names. 

A  list  of  the  names  of  the  individuals  employed  by ,  United  States 

deputy  surveyor,  to  assist  in  running,  measuring,  and  marking  the  lines  and  corners 

described  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  of  the  survey  of ,  showing  the 

respective  capacities  in  which  they  acted. 


Chahiman. 

Cliahnnan. 

Chaiiimnn. 

Choiiiinan. 

llonndtnan, 

Mouiidman. 

Axman. 

Axman. 

Flagman. 


FINAL   OATHS   OF   ASSISTAXTS. 


We  hereby  certify  that  we  assisted ,  United  States  deputy  surveyor, 

in   surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the of  the base  and 

meridian, of ,  which  ai-e  represented  in  the  foregoing  Held  notes  as  having 

been  surveyed  by  him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  lias  been  in  all 
respects,  to  the  best  of  our  knowledge  and  belief,  well  aiul  faithfully  surveyed,  and 
the  corner  monuments  establislied  according  to  the  instructions  furnished  by  tlie 
United  States  surveyor  general  for . 


Chainmun. 

Chain  man. 

Chaiuman. 

Clxtinman. 

Moitndman. 

Mowndman. 

Axman. 

Axman. 

Vlaf]man. 


Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this day  of ,  189 — . 

[seal.]  — 


FINAL   OATH    OF    I'NITED    STATES   DEPUTY   SURVEYOR. 

I, ,  United  States  deputy  surveyor,  do  solemnly  swear  that  in  jiursu- 

ance  of  instructions  received  from ,  United  States  surveyor  general  for 

,  bearing  date  of  the day  of ,  189—,  I  have  well,  faithfully,  and  truly, 

in  my  own  proper  person,  aud  in  strict  conformity  with  the  instruction  furnished  by 

the  United  States  surveyor  general  for ,  the  Manual  of  Surveying  Instructions, 

and  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  surveyed  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  ■ 


64 

of  the base  and meridian  in  the of ,  which  are  repie- 

Bented  in  the  foregoiiin;  tield  notes  as  having  been  surveyed  by  me  and  under  my 
directions;  and  I  do  luither  solemnly  swear  that  all  the  corners  of  said  survey  have 
been  established  and  perpetuated  in  strict  accordance  with  the  Manual  of  Surveying 
Instructions,  and  the  special  written  instructions  of  the  United  States  surveyor  general 

for  ,  and  in  the   specific  manner  descril)ed  in  the  tield  notes,   and  that  llie 

foregoing  are  the  true  field  notes  of  such  survey;  and  should  any  iiand  be  detected, 
I  Avill  snller  the  penalty  of  perjury,  under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  Congress  ap- 
proved August  8,   1846. 


'  ■  United  States  Deputy  Surveyw. 

Subscribed  by  said ^  U.  S.  deputy  surveyor,  and  sworn  to  before  nio 

this day  of ,  189—. 

[seal.]  , 


11.  The  final  oath  of  the  deputy  surveyor  will  be  taken  before  the  U.  S. 
Surveyor  General  for  the  State  or  Territory  in  wliich  the  survey  is 
executed,  or  before  any  other  ofiicer  aTitliorized  by  thelaws  of  the  United 
States  or  by  the  municipal  authorities,  to  administer  land  oaths,  excc'i>t 
notaries  public. 

It  is  preferable  that  both  preliminary  and  final  oaths  of  assistaiUs 
shoitld  be  taken  before  some  ofiticer  duly  authorized  to  administer  oatlis 
other  than  the  deputy  surveyor.  In  cases,  however,  where  great  delay, 
expense,  or  inconvenience  would  result  from  a  strict  compliance  with 
this  rule,  the  deputy  survej^or  is  authorized  to  administer  the  necessary 
oaths  to  his  assistants,  but  in  each  case  where  this  is  done,  he  will  sub- 
mit to  the  pro])er  surveyor  general,  a  full  written  report  of  the  circum- 
stances which  required  his  stated  action. 

12.  The  deputy  Avill  transmit  the  original  field  notes  and  the  ref|iiired 
sketches  to  the  surveyor  general  at  the  earliest  practicable  date  after 
completion  of  his  work  in  the  field.  Said  originaJ  field  notes  will  be 
filed  in  the  office  of  the  surveyor  general  as  a  yart  of  its  permanent  records^ 
subject  only  to  the  direction  of  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Laud 
Office',  and  no  changes  ivhatever  will  be  made  in  said  original  field  notes, 
after  they  have  been  filed  in  the  surveyor  generaVs  office. 

13.  The  original  field  notes,  each  bearing  the  written  approval  of  the 
surveyor  general,  will  be  substantially  bound  in  volumes  of  suitable 
vsize  and  retained  in  the  surveyor  general's  office.  Certified  transcripts 
of  said  origi7ial  field  notes  will  he  preiYdved  at  the  earliest  practicable 
date,  as  follows: 

[a)  The  tield  notes  of  the  survey  of  base  lines  and  standard  parallels, 
of  principal  and  guide  meridians,  of  township  exteriors,  and  of  sub- 
division and  meander  lines  will  be  written  in  separate  boolcs.  A  com- 
plete set  of  preliminary  and  final  oaths  will  be  attached  to  the  field 
notes  of  each  class  of  lines.*  IS^o  adhesive  material  of  any  kind  Avill  be 
used  to  fasten  leaves  or  covers.  Cut  or  mutilated  leaves,  or  slips,  will 
not  be  inserted. 

{b)  The  field  notes  of  subdivisions  will  be  written  in  a  separate  book 
for  each  township;  the  j)reliminary  oatlis  of  the  assistants  employed  in 
making  said  suhdivisions  Mill  be  prefixed  to  the  first  book,  and  their 
final  oaths  will  be  attached  to  the  last  book  of  the  series,  arranged  in 
the  order  of  dates. 

(c)  The  first  or  title  page  of  each  book  of  field  notes  will  describe  the 
subject  matter  of  the  same,  the  locus  of  the  survey,  by  whom  sur- 
veyed, number  and  date  of  contract,  and  the  dates  of  commencement 
and  coini)letion  of  the  work. 

*  See  classification  of  lines,  page  50. 


65 

(d)  The  second  page  of  each  boolc  of  field  notes  will  contain  the  names 
and  duties  of  theasfiistants  employed  on  the  surveys  recorded  therein;  the 
index  will  be  placed  on  the  same  or  followin<>-  page. 

{e)  Whenever  a  new  assistant  is  employed,  or  the  duties  of  any  one 
of  them  changed,  such  fact  will  be  stated  in  an  appropriate  entry 
immediately  preceding  the  notes  taken  under  such  changed  arrange- 
ments. 

(f)  No  abbreviations  or  contractions  of  words  are  allowable,  except 
such  words  as  are  constantly  occurring,  and  a  few  others,  additional  to 
those  enumerated  on  page  23,  as  follows: 

astron.  for  astronomical.  1.  m.  t.  for  local  mean  time. 

cbs.  for  chains.  long.  for  longitude. 

corr.  for  correction.  m.  for  minutes. 

(led.  for  declination.  mag.  decl.  for  magnetic  declination. 

A'lff.  lat.  for  rtifierence  of  latitude.  red.  for  reduce  or  reduction. 

dep.  for  departure.  temp.  for  temporary. 

h.  for  hours.  U.  C.  for  upper  culmination. 

lat.  for  latitude.^  •  w.  corr.  for  watch  correction. 

L.  C.  for  lower  culmination.  w.  t.  for  watch  time. 

Proper  names  will  never  be  abbreviated,  however  often  they  recur. 

(g)  All  transcripts  of  field  notes,  made  out  as  herein  directed,  will 
b^  written  on  official  lield-note  paper,  foolscap  size  (pages  13.^  x  8^ 
inches),  in  a  bold,  legible  hand,  or  type-written,  and  as  nearly  as^possi^ 
ble  witliout  erasures  or  interlineations;  such  transcripts  of  any  series  of 
surveys,  included  in  one  account  forwarded  to  the  General  Land  Office, 
will  be  securely  put  up  in  one  package,  at  the  office  of  the  surveyor 
general,  prior  to  transmission. 

SPECIAL  INSTRUCTIONS   ISSUED   BY  UNITED  STATES  SURVEYORS  GEN- 
ERAL  TO   UNITED    STATES  DEPUTY   SURVEYORS. 

One  of  the  most  important  duties  to  be  performed  by  the  surveyor 
general  is  to  provide  the  deputy  surveyor  with  Special  Instructions,  in 
connection  with  tlie  contract,  prepared  in  accordance  with  law,  which 
instructions  will  not  consist  of  directing  attention  to  certain  paragraphs 
in  this  Manual,  reiteration  of  its  requirements,  and  printed  directions 
of  a  general  nature;  but  they  will  in  all  cases  be  specific  in  character, 
with  all  necessary  detailed  statements  setting  forth  what  the  deputy  is 
to  do  and  hoa-^  the  work  is  to  be  perfoiined.  Before  making  out  special 
instructions,  the  surveyor  general  will  cause  a  thorough  examination  to 
be  made  of  the  field  notes  and  plats  of  older  surveys  of  standard  and 
township  lines  ui>on  which  the  dei>uty  is  to  base  his  work,  and  give 
\\\m  full  information — both  icrittcn  and  graphic — of  the  exact  condition 
of  adjoining  surveys,  with  all  irregularities  that  may  be  found,  carefully 
and  clearly  noted;  with  all  necessary  instructions  for  his  guidance  if 
he  finds  everything  a»it  should  be,  and,  in  addition,  full  advice  as  far 
as  practicable  what  to  do  in  case  tlie  surveys  on  the  ground  are  not  as 
represented  in  the  old  notes. 

If  the  contract  includes  exterior  lines,  the  surveyor  general  will  spec- 
ify in  detail  irJiere  the  deputy  is  to  commence,  in  Avhat  order  and  in 
what  direction  he  is  to  run  the  lines,  and  provide  for  his  nne  a  diagram, 
drawn  to  a  scale  of  one  inch  to  one  mile,  giving  full  and  accurate  infor- 
mation in  regard  to  lengths  and  bearings  of  all  lines  of  old  surveys, /Vo?» 
which  he  is  to  work,  or  u^wn  which  he  is  to  close.  The  diagrams  will 
be  made  in  triplicate,  one  copy  for  the  General  Land  Office,  one  for  the 
deputy,  and  one  to  be  retained;  they  may  be  either  original  drawings, 
or  blue  prints  or  tracings  thereliom.  In  no  case  must  the  deputy  be  sent 
^6 5 


66 

into  the  field  icitliout  full  and  accurate  information  in  regard  to  all  irregu- 
larities on  the  records  which  will  affect  tJie  extent  or  accuracy  of  his  survey. 

SPECIMEN   FIELD    NOTES. 
[SeePlatesIIIandlV.] 

Specimen  field  notes  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4,  and  5,  illustrate,  respectively, 
the  method  and  order  to  be  followed  in  the  survey  of  standard  par- 
allels, guide  meridians,  and  township  exteriors;  reswrye?/ of  township 
exteriors;  and  the  subdivision  of  a  township  into  sections  and  quarter 
sections. 

The  attention  of  every  deputy  surveyor  is  particularly  directed  to 
these  specimens,  as  indicating  not  only  the  method  by  which  his  work 
will  be  conducted,  but  also  the  form,  order,  language,  etc.,  in  which 
his  field  notes  will  be  i)repared  for  the  office  of  the  surveyor  general, 
and  such  specimens  will  be  deemed  a  part  of  these  instructions;  and  any 
departure  from  their  details,  in  cases  where  the  circumstances  are  anal- 
ogous in  practice,  will  be  regarded  as  a  violation  of  his  contract  and  oath, 

DIAGRAM   OF   TOWNSHIP  EXTERIORS. 

[See  Plate  III.] 

The  title,  certificate,  and  remarks  on  Plate  III,  with  the  specimen 
field  notes  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3,  will  fully  explain  the  drawing  designated 
"  Township  Exteriors." 

In  all  cases  the  true  bearing  and  length  of  each  township  boundary 
will  be  clearly  stated  on  the  diagram ;  and,  wdien  any  township  bound- 
ary entered  on  the  diagram,  surveyed  under  the  current  contract,  or  a 
prior  contract,  departs  from  the  true  meridian,  or  proper  latitude  curve 
(as  the  case  may  be),  or  falls  shoi  t  of  or  overruns  its  proper  length,  by 
an  amount  in  excess  of  the  prescribed  limits  of  three  chains  (page  59, 
paragraph  l),the  actual  position  and  extent  of  said  township  boundary 
will  be  graphically  exhibited  on  the  diagram,  as  well  as  by  bearing  and 
length  recorded  in  the  field  notes. 

SPECIMEN    TOWNSHIP   PLAT. 

[See  Plate  IV.] 

Plate  IV  illustrates  the  subdiviwsion  of  a  township  into  sections  and 
quarter  sections;  the  record  of  said  subdivision  being  given  in  detail 
in  specimen  field  notes  No.  5. 

The  subdivision  of  fractional  sections  into  forty-acre  lots  (as  near  as 
may  be)  will  be  so  laid  down  on  the  official  township  plat  in  broken 
black  lines  as  to  admit  of  giving  to  each  a  specific  designation  by  word 
description^  if  possible,  according  to  its  relative  position  in  the  frac- 
tional section,  as  i^er  examples  on  Plate  IV ;  or  by  a  number,  in  all  cases 
where  the  lot  can  not  properly  be  designated  as  a  quarter  quarter. 
Those  fractional  lots  which  are  not  susceptible  of  being  described 
according  to  relative  local  i)osition  will  be  numbered  in  a  regular 
series;  those  bordering  on  the  north  boundary  of  a  township  to  be 
numbered  progressively  from  east  to  west,  and  those  bordering  on  the 
west  boundary  of  a  township  to  be  numbered  progressively  from  north 
to  south,  in  each  regular  section.  As  section  6  borders  on  both  the 
north  and  west  boundaries  of  the  township,  the  fractional  lots  in  the 


67 

same  will  be  numbered  as  follows:  commencing-  with  No.  1  in  the 
noi'tlieast,  tbeuce  progressively  west  to  No.  4  in  the  northwest,  and 
south  to  No.  7  in  the  soutbwest  corner  of  the  section. 

To  secure  a  uniform  system  for  numbering  lots  of  fractional  sections, 
including  those  above  specified,  imagine  the  section  divided  by  three 
equidistant  parallel  latitudinal  lines  into  four  strips  or  tiers,  numbered 
from  north  to  south;  then,  beginning  with  the  eastern  lot  of  the  north 
tier,  call  it  No.  1,  and  continue  the  numbering  tvcst  through  the  tier, 
then  east  in  the  second,  west  in  the  third,  and  east  in  the  fourth  tier. 
A  lot  extending  north  and  south  through  two,  or  part  of  two  tiers,  will 
be  numbered  in  the  tier  containing  its  greater  area.  In  case  any  tier 
is  tnithout  numbered  lots,  the  numbering  will  be  continued  in  the  next 
tier  to  the  south.     (Plate  IV,  section  18.) 

This  method  of  numbering  will  apply  to  any  part  of  a  section,  regard- 
less of  the  relative  situation  of  a  part  or  parts  surveyed  and  lotted 
under  a  prior  contract;  in  this  case  the  lot  numbers  will  be  a  continua- 
tion of  the  series  already  initiated. 

Interior  lots  will  be,  as  nearly  as  possible,  20.00  chains  long  by  20.00 
chains  wide;  and  the  excess  or  deficiency  of  measurement  will  always 
be  thrown  against  the  northern  or  western  boundary  of  the  section,  or 
meander  line,  or  irregular  boundary,  as  the  case  may  be. 

When,  by  reason  of  irregular  surveys  or  from  other  causes,  the  length 
of  a  township  from  south  to  north  exceeds  the  lawful  length  of  480.00 
chains,  or  the  width  from  east  to  west  exceeds  480.00  chains  minus 
the  proper  convergency,  to  such  extent  as  to  require  two  or  more  tiers 
of  lots  along  the  north  boundary,  or  two  or  more  ranges  of  lots  along 
the  west  boundary,  as  the  case  may  l)e,  the  entire  north  or  west  halves 
of  said  sections  will  be  properly  lotted,  and  to  each  lot  will  be  assigned 
its  i^roper  number;  and  in  such  cases  the  area  of  each  lot  will  be  stated 
on  the  plat. 

In  case  the  length  or  width  of  the  township  falls  so  far  short  of  legal 
dimensions  as  to  elim  in  ate  the  north  or  w^est  half  of  any  section  situ- 
ated as  above  specified,  that  part  of  tlie  section  remaining  will  be  treated 
in  a  similar  manner. 

In  a  regular  township  (Plate  IV)  the  southeast  quarter  of  the  north- 
west quarter  of  section  6  will  have  its  proper  area  in  acres  (40)  inserted 
in  all  cases.  Tlie  half  quarter  sections  in  north  tier  and  west  range  of 
sections  will  exhibit  their  proper  areas  in  acres  (80);  while  the  areas  of 
quarter  sections  will  be  omitted,  except  as  follows : 

When  two  lines  of  legal  subdivision  of  either  100, 80,  or  40  acre  tracts 
intersect  each  other  on  or  so  near  a  meandc^r  or  boundary  line  that  the 
ordinary  inaccuracies  of  drawing  would  leave  the  areas  of  said  tracts  in 
doubt,  the  plats  will,  for  the  sake  of  clearness  and  a  full  showing  of 
the  facts,  exhibit  the  proper  areas  of  such  quarter,  half  quarter,  and 
quarter  quarter  sections.  See  examples,  Plate  IV,  iu  sections  13,  17, 
25,  and  35. 

Plats  shall  not  be  trimmed.  A  margin  of  three  inches  for  binding 
will  be  preserved  on  the  left-hand  side  of  each  plat.  Each  i)lat  will  be 
certified  by  the  surveyor  general,  with  table  annexed,  according  to  the 
form  on  Plate  IV,  and  will  exhibit  the  area  of  public  land,  water  surface, 
townsite,  private  land  claims,  and  mineral  claims,  with  the  total  area  of 
the  township. 

Each  township  plat  will  be  prepared  in  triiMcate:  one  for  the  General 
Land  Office,  one  for  the  United  States  district  land  office,  and  the  third 
will  be  retained  as  the  record  in  the  office  of  the  surveyor  general. 

The  plat  for  the  local  land  office  will  not  be  forwarded  until  notice  is 


68 

received  by  the  surveyor  general  from  the  Commissiouer  of  the  General 
Land  Ofitice  that  the  survey  represented  on  said  plat  has  been  accepted, 
and  that  he  is  authorized  to  file  the  triplicate  plat. 

The  plats  will  be  prepared  as  nearly  as  possible  in  accordance  with 
the  specimen  plat  designated  "Plate  IV."  The  use  of  all  lluids,  exce[)t 
a  preparation  of  India  ink  of  good  quality,  must  be  avoided  by  the 
draughtsman  in  delineations  relating  to  the  public  surveys.  All  lines, 
figures,  etc.,  will  be  shari)l5^  defined.  All  lettering  on  the  i>lats  must 
be  clear  and  sharp  in  outline  and  design,  and  black;  ornamentation  of 
any  kind  is  i)iohibited.  These  requirements  are  necessary  in  order  that 
everything  shown  upon  original  i)latsmay  be  fairly  reproduced  in  mak- 
ing photolithographic  copies  of  the  same. 

All  towns,  settlements,  permanent  buildings,  private  claims,  reserva- 
tions, water  courses,  ditches,  lakes,  islands,  mountains,  buttes,  canons, 
roads,  railroads,  telegraph  lines,  canals,  etc.,  will  be  shown  ui:>on  the 
plats  and  designated  by  proper  names  where  such  are  known. 

All  townshi])  plats  are  to  be  drawn  to  a  uniform  scale  of  1  inch  to 
40  chains,  United  States  standard,  and  diagrams  of  exteriors  to  a  scale 
of  1  inch  to  160  chains. 

Surveyors  general  will  require  that  the  specimen  plat  shall  be  closely 
followed,  in  order  that  uniformity  of  appearance  and  expression  of  draw- 
ing representing  the  public  land  surveys  may  be  attained. 

With  the  copy  of  each  township  i)lat  furnished  to  a  district  land 
oftice,  the  surveyor  general  is  required  by  law  to  furnish  descriptive 
notes  of  the  character  and  quality  of  the  soil  and  timber  found  on  and 
in  the  vicinity  of  each  surveyed  line,  and  to  give  a  description  of  each 
corner. 

Printed  blank  forms  of  such  notes  are  furnished  by  the  General  Land 
Office.  The  forms  provide  eighteen  spaces  for  meander  corners,  which, 
in  most  cases,  will  be  suflticieut;  but  when  the  number  shall  exceed 
eighteen,  the  residue  will  have  to  be  inserted  on  the  supxdemental 
blank  form. 

A  series  of  meander  corners  are  shown  on  Plate  IV,  viz:  From  ISTo.  1 
to  No.  8,  on  Yellowstone  Eiver;  No.  9  to  No.  10,  on  Clear  Lake;  No. 
11  to  No.  15,  on  Lin's  Lake;  No.  16  to  No.  17,  ou  Ivy  Island;  and  No. 
18,  on  Diamond  Kock. 

COMPUTATION   OF   THE   AREAS   OF  LOTS  AD.TOININO  THE   NORTH   AND 
WEST  BOUNDARIES   OF   REGULAR   TOWNSHIPS. 

1.  In  regular  townships,  the  tracts  of  land  in  each  section  adjoining 
the  north  and  west  boundaries  of  such  townships,  in  excess  of  the  regu- 
larly subdivided  480  acres  (except  in  section  6),  will,  in  general,  be  in 
the  form  of  traj^ezoids,  80.00  chains  in  length  by  about  20  chains  in 
width.  - 

On  the  plats  of  such  townships,  each  of  said  tracts  will  be  divided 
into  four  lots,  by  drawing  broken  lines  at  intervals  of  20.00  chains,  par- 
allel to  the  ends  of  the  tracts,  which  will  be  regarded  as  parallel  to  each 
other. 

With  the  exception  of  section  6,  the  south  boundaries  of  sections  of 
the  north  tier,  when  within  prescribed  limits,  will  be  called  80.00  chains. 

When  the  above-named  conditions  obtain,  thoareasof  the  lots  in  any 
one  tract  (except  in  section  0)   may  be  determined,  as  follows: 

Divide  the  dii/erence  between  the  widths  of  the  emls  of  the  tract  by 
4;  if  3  renmins,  increase  the  hundredth  figure  of  the  quotient  by  a  unit; 
in  all  other  cases  disregard  the  fraction;  call  the  quotient  thus  obtained, 


69 

"d";  the;i,  taking  the  end  widths  of  tlie  tract  in  chains  and  decimals  of 
a  chain,  the  areas  of  the  lots,  iu  acres,  will  be: 

Of  the  smallest  lot:  twice  the  width  of  the  lesser  end,  plus  "d"; 

Of  the  largest  lot:  twice  the  width  of  the  greater  end,  minus  "  d"; 

Of  the  smaller  middlelot:  sum  of  the  widths  of  the  ends,  minus  "d"; 

Of  the  larger  middlelot:  sum  of  the  widths  of  the  ends,  ^;i^^S'  "d", 

A  check  on  the  compntation  may  be  had  by  multiplying  the  sum  of 
the  widths  of  the  ends  of  the  tract  by  4j  the  product  should  agree 
exactly  with  the  total  area  of  the  four  lots. 

The  proper  applicatiou  of  the  above  rules  will  always  giv^e  areas  cor- 
rect to  the  nearest  hundredth  of  an  acre;  and,  as  the  use  of  fractions  is 
entirely  avoided,  the  method  is  recommeuded  for  its  simplicity  and 
accuracy. 

Example  1.     (See  Plate  IV,  section  31.) 

The  ^  difference  of  latitudinal  boundaries  is  0.03|  chains;  conse- 
quently, "d"  is  .04  chains;  then, 

18.  35  X  2  +.  0-1  =  36.  74  acres,  the  area  of  lot  1 ; 
18. 50X  2  — .  01  =  36. 96  acres,  the  area  of  lot  4  ; 
18. 50+18.  35  — .  04  =  36. 81  acres,  the  area  of  lot  2 ; 
18. 50+18.  35  +.  04  =  36.  89  acres,  the  area  of  lot  3 ; 
Check :  [18.  35+18.  50]  X     4  ==  147.  40  acres,  the  area  of  the  four  lots. 

The  arithmetical  operations  are  here  written  in  detail,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  illustration;  but  the  practical  computer  will  perform  all  the 
work  mentally. 

2.  Section  C.  (See  Plate  I,  figs.  6  and  7;  and  Plate  lY.)  The  areas 
of  lots  5,  G,  and  7  may  be  obtained  by  the  foregoing  rules  in  all  cases, 
except  when  the  township  closes  on  a  base  line  or  standard  parallel; 
also,  the  area  of  lot  4,  provided  both  meridional  boundaries  are  80.00 
chains  iu  length;  when  the  last  condition  obtains,  the  areas  of  lots  1, 
2,  and  3  will  be  equal,  and  each  will  contain  40.00  acres. 

In  any  case  where  the  west  boundary  of  sec.  0,  is  80.00  chains,  and 
the  east  boundary  either  greater  or  less  than  80.00  chains,  the  areas  of 
lots  1,  2,  3,  and 4  will  be  com])uted  as  follows: 

Pefer  to  figures  G  and  7  ami  determine  the  diiference,  "  q",  between 
the  east  boundaries  of  lots  1  and  4  by  the  following  ])roportion : 

N.  bdy.  sec.  0.  :  diff.  of  meridional  bdrs.  sec.  0.  ::(iO  chs.  :  q;  then 
will  E.  bdy.  lot  4=E.  bdy.  lot  l±q;  in  which,  "q"  will  be  added  when 
the  ea.si  boundary  of  sec.  6  is  less  than  80.00  chains  {tig.  7.);  but  sub- 
tracted when  said  east  boundary  is  greater  than  80.00  chains  (fig.  6). 

Now  take  one  third  of  "q",  and  add  it  to  the  shorter  east  boundary  of 
lots  1  or  4,  as  conditions  mayrecpiire,  and  thereby  determine  the  length 
of  one  of  the  meridional  boundaries  of  lot  2;  to  which,  again  add  ''one 
third  of  q",  and  thus  obtain  the  length  of  the  opposite  side  of  lot  2.  The 
areas  of  lots  1,  2,  and  3,  in  acres,  will  be  found  by  taking  the  sum  of 
their  respective  meridional  boundaries,  expressed  in  chains  and  decimals 
of  a  chain. 

The  area  of  lot  4  may  be  had  by  multiplying  its  mean  width  by  its 
mean  length. 

Finally,  to  test  the  entire  work,  multiply  the  sum  of  the  latitudinal 
boundaries  by  4,  and  to  the  i)r()dnct  add  the  area  of  the  small  triangle 
CAB,  if  the  east  boundary  ii^  greater  thun  80.00  chains  (fig.  6);  but 
sttbtract  the  area  of  said  small  triangle  if  the  east  boundary  is  less 
than  80.00  chains   (fig.  7).     These  operations,   correctly  jperformed, 


70 

will  give  the  true  area  of  tJie  section,  whicli  should  agree  exactly  with 
the  total  area  of  its  legal  subdivisions,  obtained  as  directed  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraphs. 

Example  2.  (See  Plate  I,  ligs.  G  and  7,  and  Plate  IV.) 
Compute  areas  of  lots  5,  0,  and  7  of  sec.  G,  as  directed  in  paragraph 
1,  and  illustrated  by  the  example;  then  write: 

cba.        clis.  clis  chs.  cbs. 

77.75  :  0.05  ::  60.00  :  0.0386  =:q;  i  q  =  0.0129 

clis.  clis.  cbs. 

20.0500—0.0386  =  20.01,^  tbeE.  bdy.  of  lot  4; 
20.0114+0.0129=20.02,  the  E.  bdy.  of  lot  3; 
20.0243+0.0129  =  20.04,  the  E.  bdy.  of  lot  2. 

Then,  for  the  areas  of  lots  1,  2,  3,  and  4,  we  have: 

chs.         cbs.  acres. 

20.05+20.04 =  40.09,  the  ;irea  of  lot  1; 

20.04+20.02 =  40.00,  the  area  of  lot  2; 

20.02+20.01 =  40.03,  the  area  of  lot  3; 

20.00+20.01^17.75+17.78       „_^,    ,,  .,,. 
^ X ^ =  3o. 54,  the  area  of  lot  4. 

Also  [17.78+17.87]  X3  =100.95,  the  area  of  lots  5,  6,  and  7. 

Area  of  rej^iilar  subdivisions  ^300.00 


Total =622.67,  the  area  of  Sec.  6. 


chs.         chs. 
Check:  [77.87+77.75]  X 4  =  622.48 

77.75X  0.025      =     0.19,  the  area  of  triangle  CAB  (fig.  6). 


Total.. ..  =622.67,  which  agrees  with  the  area  of  section  6, 
before  determined. 

3.  The  area  in  acres  of  a  tract  40.00  chains  long,  adjoining  north  or 
west  town.sliip  boundaries  (except  in  X.  W.  |  sec.  6),  is  equal  to  the  sura 
of  its  parallel  boundaries  (expressed  in  chains  and  decimals  thereof) 
multiplied  by  2;  (e.  g.)  the  area  of  lots  6  and  7  (Plate  I,  fig.  6),  is 
[17.87  +  17.81]  X  2=71, 3G  acres. 

The  area  in  acres  of  a  tract  GO.OO  chains  long,  situated  as  above 
described  (excluding  lot  4,  of  sec.  G),  may  be  found  by  multiplying  the 
sum  of  its  parallel  boundaries  (expressed  in  cliains  and  decimals  of  a 
chain)  by  3;  (e.  g.)  fig.  G;  south  boundary  lot  4=17.78  chs.;  area  of 
lots  5,  G,  and  7   is  [17.78+17.87]  x3=10G.95  acres.     (See  example  2.) 

The  area  in  acres  of  quarter  sections  adjoining  north  and  west 
townshi])  boundaries  (excluding  N.  W.  ^  sec.  G),  may  be  obtained  by 
multiplying  the  sum  of  their  parallel  boundaries  (taken  in  chains  and 
decimals  of  a  chain),  by  2;  (e.  g.)  the  area  of  S.  W.  ^  sec.  6  (fig.  G),  is 
[37.87+37.81]  x2=:151.3G  acres. 

The  area  in  acres  of  any  section  along  the  north  and  west  bounda- 
ries of  regular  townships  (except  sec.  G)  may  be  had  by  multiplying 
the  sum  of  its  parallel  boundaries  (expressed  in  chains  and  decimals 
of  a  chain)  by  4;  (e.  g.)  the  area  of  sec.  1  (Plate  IV)  is  [80.00+79.77] 
X  4=639.08  acres. 

The  area  in  acres  of  a  theoretical  township  may  be  obtained  by  multi- 
plying tlie  sum  of  its  latitudinal  boundaries  (exi)ressed  in  chains  and 

*  These  measures  are  taken  to  the  nearest  hundreth  only. 


n 

deeimais  of  a  chain)  by  24;   (e.  g.)  the  area  of  the  township  repre- 
sented by  Plate  I,  fig'.  1  is  [480.00-f  479.34]  x  24=23,024.16  acres. 

EXPLANATIONS   OF  ARTICLES    ON    PAGES    72    tO    78,   WITH    GENERAL 
DEFINITIONS   OF   A   "RETRACEMENT"  AND  A   "RESURVEY." 

When  new  surveys  are  to  be  initiated  from,  or  closed  upon  the  lines 
of  old  surveys,  which  although  reported  to  have  been  executed  cor- 
rectly, are  found  to  be  actually  defective  in  alinement,  measurement, 
or  position,  it  is  manifest  that  the  employment  of  the  regular  methods 
prescribed  for  surveying  normal  township  exteriors  and  subdivisions 
would  result  in  extending  the  imperfections  of  the  old  surveys  into  the 
new,  thereby  producing  irregular  townships  bounded  by  exterior  lines 
not  in  conformity  with  true  meridians  or  parallels  of  latitude,  and  con- 
taining trapezium-shaped  sections  which  may  or  may  not  contain  640 
acres  each,  as  required  by  law. 

Therefore,  in  order  to  extend  such  new  surveys  without  incorporating 
therein  the  defects  of  prior  erroneous  work,  special  methods,  in  harmony 
as  far  as  practicable  with  the  following  requirements,  should  be 
employed,  viz: 

The  establishment  of  township  boundaries  conformable  to  true  merid- 
ian and  latitude  lines. 

The  establishment  of  section  boundaries  by  running  two  sets  of  par- 
allel lines  governed  respectively  by  true  meridians  and  parallels  of 
latitude,  and  intersecting  each  other  approximately  at  right  angles  at 
such  intervals  as  to  produce  tracts  of  square  form  (containing  640  acres 
each. 

The  reduction  to  a  minimum  of  the  number  of  fractional  lots  in  a 
township,  and  consequently  of  the  amount  of  field  and  office  work. 

Such  special  methods  are  based  upon  certain  limits  of  allowable  error 
in  the  alinement,  measurement,  and  position  of  old  townsliip  boundaries, 
as  prescribed  in  the  following  article  entitled  "  Definitions  of  Defec- 
tive Township  Boundaries,"  page  72,  which  will  be  determined  and 
rectifications  made,  if  necessary,  under  the  i)rovisions  of  the  article 
entitled  "Eetracement  or  Eesurvey  of  Township  Lines  and 
Linear  Boundaries  not  Established  in  Conformity  with  the 
Eectangular  System  of  Surveying,"  page  72,  prior  to  the  execu- 
tion of  new  surveys  under  the  methods  prescribed  by  the  article  entitled 
"Methods  of  Executing  New  Surveys,  when  Initiated  from 
OR  closed  upon  Defective  old  Surveys,"  page  75,  and  illus- 
trated on  Plate  YII,  by  figures  1  to  15;  on  Plate  VIII,  figures  1  to  7, 
and  on  Plate  IX. 

In  order  to  prevent  any  misunderstanding  relative  to  the  modus 
oj>errt?i/7i  indicated  by  the  terms  "retracemeut"  and  "resurvey,"  the  fol- 
lowing definitions  of  the  same  are  here  presented: 

The  retracement  of  a  township  boundary,  or  other  line  of  survey,  con- 
sists in  the  determination  of  the  true  bearings  and  distances  between 
the  successive  corners  along  the  entire  length  of  such  a  line;  and  the 
data  thus  obtained  will  be  embodied  in  the  field  notes  together  with 
detailed  particulars  of  the  methods  employed. 

The  resurvey  of  a  township  boundary  or  other  line  of  survey  consists 
of  a  retracement  of  such  a  line  accompanied  by  the  reconstruction  of 
defective  original  corners  and  the  establishment  thereon  of  all  the  nec- 
essary new  corners,  and  the  detailed  particulars  of  the  entire  operation 
will  be  embodied  in  the  field  notes. 


72 

DEFINITIONS   OF  DEFECTIVE   TOWNSHIP   BOUNDARIES. 

1.  Upon  retraceineiit  thereof,  an  old  township  bonndary  may  be 
found  to  be  defective  in  one  or  all  of  three  qualifications,  viz :  alme- 
ment,  measurement,  and 2Josition,  as  follows: 

2.  In  almement;  when  any  portion  thereof  deviates  more  than  twenty- 
one  minutes  of  arc  from  a  true  meridian  or  latitude  line. 

3.  In  measurement;  in  the  case  of  a  meridional  line,  or  a  latitudinal 
line  which  is  identical  with  a  standard  parallel-  when  its  length  is 
greater  or  less  than  six  miles  by  more  than  three  chains;  or  when  the 
length  of  any  portion  thereof  between  two  successive  corners,  is  greater 
or  less  than  forty  chains ;  excepting  that  portion  between  the  last  estab-_ 
lished  corner  and  the  limiting  line,  which  may  be  greater  or  less  than 
forty  chains,  when  such  a  boundary  has  been  closed  upon  the  bank  of  a 
meanderable  body  of  water,  a  military  or  Indian  reservation,  or  State 
boundary,  etc.,  as  the  case  may  be. 

4.  In  measurement;  in  the  case  of  a  latitudinal  line  not  identical  with  a 
portion  of  a  standard  parallel;  when  its  length  is  greater  or  less  than 
six  miles  minus  the  proper  correction  for  convergency,  by  more  than  three 
chains;  or  when  the  length  of  any  portion  thereof  between  two  suc- 
cessive corners  is  greater  or  less  than  forty  chains;  except,  when  such 
a  boundary  has  been  run  as  a  true  line  to  an  intersection  with  any 
line  of  limitation,  that  portion  thereof,  between  the  last  established 
subdivisional  corner  and  the  limiting  line,  may  be  greater  or  less 
than  forty  chains;  and  also,  when  it  has  been  established  in  the  regu- 
lar manner,  i.  e.  by  random  and  true  lines,  that  portion  thereof  in 
which  the  fractional  measurement  was  originally  allowed  for  may  be 
greater  or  less  than  forty  chains  . 

5.  In  position;  when  the  corners  originally  estabhshed  on  such  a 
boundary  can  not  be  connected  with  the  corners  on  the  opposite  regu- 
larly established  boundary,  by  lines  which  do  not  deviate  more  than 
twenty-one  minutes  of  arc  from  true  meridian  or  latitude  lines. 

0.  The  limits  prescribed  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs  are  to  be  con- 
sidered 07ily  in  determining  the  necessity  of  resurveying  old  township 
boundaries  when  new  surveys  are  to  be  initiated  from  or  closed  upon 
the  same,  and  icill  not  be  construed  in  any  ivay  as  establishing  liniits  of 
alloivable  error  in  the  execution  of  neic  surveys. 

RETRACEMENT  OR  RESURVEY  OF  TOWNSHIP  LINES  AND  LINEAR 
BOUNDARIES  NOT  ESTABLISHED  IN  CONFORMITY  WITH  THE  REC- 
TANGULAR  SYSTEM  OF   SURVEYING.* 

If  in  subdividing  a  township,  it  is  found  that  any  boundary  thereof 
is  defective  in  excess  of  the  liniits  of  allowable  error  prescribed  in  the 
article  entitled  "  Uetinitions  of  Defective  Township  Boundaries," 
above,  or  that  the  corners  originally  established  thereon  had  been  incor- 
rectly marked,  or  have  been  obliterated,  the  deputy  surveyor  will  resur- 
vey  so  much  of  said  boundaries  as  may  be  necessary,  as  follows: 

1.  When  subdivisional  lines  have  not  been  closed  upon  either  side 
of,  or  mineral  claims  tied  to,  a  township  boundary,  it  will  be  corrected 
(if  necessary),  in  point  of  alinement,  as  well  as  measurement,  by  estab- 
lishing regnlar  new  corners  at  lawful  distances  {minus  the  northing  or 
plus  the  southing  of  the  south  boundary;  or  minus  the  westing  or  2)1  us  the 
easting  of  the  east  boundary),  from  said  boundaries  respectively  (as  the 
case  may  be),  upon  a  right  line  connecting  the  proper  township  corners, 

*  Regarding  permission  to  resnrvey,  see  page  224. 


73 

provided  said  Hue  does  not  deviate  more  than  twenty-one  minutes  of 
arc  from  a  true  meridian  or  latitude  liue  (as  the  case  may  be).  (See 
Plate  VII,  ligs.  1,  2,  3.) 

But,  if  the  bearing  of  said  line  exceeds  the  limit  prescribed  above, 
the  new  corners  will  be  placed  on  a  line  run  due  north  or  uwst,  from  the 
southeast  corner  of  the  township,  to  intersection  with  the  township  or 
range  line  (as  the  case  may  be),  where  a  closing  corner  will  be  estab- 
lished, and  the  old  township  corner  properly  changed  to  a  corner  com- 
mon to  two  townships. 

The  old  corners  on  all  township  boundaries  rectified  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  paragraph  will  be  destroyed.  (See  Plate  VII,  figs.  4 
and  5.) 

2.  Where  subdivisional  lines  have  been  closed  upon  one  side  of,  or 
mineral  claims  tied  to,  a  township  boundary  prior  to  the  subdivision  of 
the  township  on  the  other  side,  its  alinement  will  not  he  changed;  all 
obliterated  old  corners  will  be  reestablished  in  their  original  jdaces; 
new  regular  corners  common  to  two  townships,  sections,  or  quarter  sec- 
tions, will  be  established  upon  it  at  lawful  distances,  minus  the  northing 
or  plus  the  southing  of  the  south  boundary;  or  minus  the  westing  or  plus 
the  easting  of  the  east  boundary,  from  said  boundaries  respectively  (as 
the  case  may  be),  marked  with  reference  to  the  township  being  subdi- 
vided, and  the  marks  on  the  old  corners  upon  such  boundary  which 
refer  to  the  new  work  will  be  effaced. 

Marks  on  bearing  trees  will  be  corrected  (if  necessary)  to  indicate 
the  township,  range,  and  section  in  which  they  stand,  but  the  pits  and 
mounds  will  remain  as  originally  established.  (See  Plate  VII,  figs.  6 
and  7.) 

o.  Where  subdivisional  lines  have  been  closed  upon  one  side  of,  or 
mineral  claims  tied  to,  the  northern  portion  of  a  range  liue  prior  to  the 
subdivision  of  the  township  on  the  other  side  (see  paragraph  2),  while 
ui)ou  the  southern  portion  of  the  same  such  attachments  have  not  been 
made  on  either  side  (see  paragraph  1),  said  southern  portion  will  be 
resurveyed  and  proper  new  corners  established  thereon,  at  lawful  dis- 
tances from  the  south  boundary,  as  follows : 

If  the  bearing  of  said  southern  portion  does  not  deviate  more  than 
twenty-one  minutes  of  arc  from  a  true  meridian  line,  it  will  be  rectified 
under  the  provisions  of  the  first  clause  of  ])aragrapli  1,  and  the  rectifi- 
cations will  be  continued  on  the  northern  portion  under  the  provisions 
of  paragraph  2.     (See  Plate  VII,  fig.  8.) 

If,  however,  said  bearing  exceeds  the  specified  limit,  from  the  north- 
ern terminal  corner  of  said  southern  portion,  the  range  line  will  be 
exteuded  due  south  on  a  random  to  its  intersection  with  the  south 
boundary  where  a  corner  common  to  two  townships  will  be  established, 
all  the  necessary  changes  made  in  the  markings  on  the  original  corner 
common  to  four  townships  situated  in  its  immediate  vicinity,  and  reg- 
ular new  corners  placed  upon  the  respective  portions  of  the  entire 
range  line  as  specified  in  the  foregoing  clause.     (See  Plate  VII,  fig.  9.) 

Similar  cases  involving  the  rectification  of  the  northern  portion  of 
a  range  line  when  the  southern  portion  of  the  same  can  not  be  rectified 
in  bearing,  will  be  treated  in  conformity  with  the  rules  prescribed  in 
the  foregoing  clauses,  with  the  exception,  that  where  such  northern 
portion  deviates  more  than  twenty-one  minutes  of  arc  from  a  true 
meridian  line,  its  alinement  will  be  rectified  by  extending  the  same 
from  its  southern  terminal  corner,  due  north  on  a  true  line  to  its  inter- 
section with  the  north  boundary,  where  a  proper  closing  corner  will  be 


74 

established  and  tlie  necessary  corrections  applied  to  ttie  old  cornet 
common  to  four  townships  in  its  immediate  vicinity,  so  as  to  change  it 
to  a  corner  common  to  two  townships.  (See  Plate  VII,  figs.  10,  11, 
and  12.) 

In  the  treatment  of  latitudinal  township  lines  the  rule  prescribed  in 
the  foregoing  clauses  will  be  applied,  observing,  however,  that  the 
stated  designations  north  or  soiith  will  correspond  in  such  cases  to  west 
or  east,  respectively. 

4.  When  subdivisional  lines  have  been  closed  upon  one  or  both 
sides  of,  or  mineral  claims  tied  to,  the  northern  and  southern  portions 
of  a  range  line,  while  the  middle  portion  thereof  is  free  from  such 
attachments,  said  portion  will  be  resurveyed  and  new  regular  corners 
will  be  established  thereon  at  intervals  of  forty  chains  from  its  south- 
ern terminal  corner,  upon  a  right  line  connecting  the  original  terminal 
corners  thereof,  the  fractional  measurement  being  thrown  against  the 
northern  terminal  corner.     (See  Plate  VII,  figs.  13,  14,  and  15.) 

In  such  cases  all  the  original  corners,  excepting  the  terminal  corners, 
of  the  portion  of  the  lines  thus  resurveyed,  wall  be  destroyed. 

The  rectification  of  the  middle  portions  of  latitudinal  township  lines, 
on  which  the  conditions  specified  above  obtain,  will  be  executed  in  a 
similar  manner,  observing,  however,  that  the  designations  north  or 
south  in  the  foregoing  clauses  will  in  such  cases  correspond  to  2cest  or 
east,  respectively. 

5.  Under  the  foregoing  paragraphs,  the  fact  that  mineral  claims 
have  been  tied  to  a  defective  township  boundary  as  therein  specified, 
will  act  as  a  bar  to  the  rectification  of  such  a  boundary  in  alinement,  only 
when  the  number  of  claims  involved  is  great;  while  in  cases  where  a  few 
such  claims  have  been  connected  with  a  few  of  the  corners  on  such  a 
boundary,  said  boundary  will  be  rectified  in  alinement  and  new  corners 
placed  thereon,  care  being  taken,  however,  to  perpetuate  in  a  proper 
manner  such  old  corners  as  are  found  to  be  connected  with  the  claims; 
and  the  methods  employed  to  accomplish  the  same,  together  with  the 
bearings  and  distances  of  such  old  corner  from  the  new,  will  be  briefly 
and  accurately  recorded  in  the  field  notes. 

New  corners  on  defective  township  boundaries  must  be  established 
by  an  actual  survey  of  such  lines,  and  in  no  case  will  such  corners  be 
established  from  data  acquired  in  running  lines  closing  upon  the  same. 

In  the  retracement  or  resurvey  of  base  lines,  standard  parallels,  prin- 
cipal meridians  and  guide  meridians,  two  sets  of  chainmen  will  be 
employed,  while  for  similar  work  on  township  lines,  not  of  the  charac- 
ter specified  above,  only  one  set  of  chainmen  is  required,  and  in  cases 
where  conditions  such  as  specitied  in  paragraph  2  obtain,  the  bearings 
and  distances  between  successive  old  corners  and  the  connections  of 
all  new  corners  with  the  nearest  old  corners  will  be  carefully  deter- 
mined and  recorded  in  the  field  notes. 

When  township  or  subdivisional  lines  intersect  the  boundaries  of 
confirmed  private  land  claims,  or  any  other  linear  boundaries  estab- 
lished at  variance  with  the  rectangular  system  of  surveying,  as  much 
of  said  boundaries  will  be  retraced  as  may  be  necessary,  temporary 
stakes  being  set  at  intervals  of  ten  chains  thereon,  and  also  at  each 
angle  formed  by  a  change  in  the  direction  of  the  same. 

All  obliterated  boundary  corners  will  be  rec'stablished  in  their  orig- 
inal places,  and  the  regular  surveys  will  be  closed  upon  the  retraced 
line  as  prescribed  for  " closings"  in  the  last  clause  of  par.  5,  page  55. 

Note. — Regarding  reatoration  of  lost  corners,  by  private  and  county  surveyors,  see 
page  224. 


75 

METHODS  OF  EXECUTING  NEW  SURVEYS,  WHEN  INITIATED  FROM  OR 
CLOSED  UPON  OLD  SURVEYS,  AND  EXPLANATION  OF  FIGURES  ON 
PLATE   VII. 

Such  methods  are  illustrated  by  the  several  figures  on  Plate  YII,  the 
rectification  of  the  lines  of  old  surveys,  and  the  establishment  of  7ieiv 
townsbij)  exterior  and  subdivisional  lines  connected  with  such  old  Hues, 
beiug  based  upon  the  rules  prescribed  in  the  article  entitled  "  Eetrace- 
ment  orEesurveyof  Townshij)  Lines,"  «&;c.,  page  72. 

In  considering  the  several  cases,  the  probable  obtaining  conditions 
relative  to  a  range  line  have  been  adopted  in  order  to  reduce  the  num- 
ber .of  figures  on  said  plate,  and,  to  curtail  also  as  much  as  practicable, 
the  amount  of  reiterative  verbal  explanations;  it  being  definitely 
understood,  however,  that  whatever  conditions  may  obtain  relative  to 
a  latitudinal  line  similar  to  those  illustrated  and  explained  in  extenso 
in  the  cases  relative  to  the  range  line,  the  necessary  rectifications 
will  be  made  by  the  application  of  similar  methods,  subject,  however, 
to  the  proper  modifications  due  to  the  difierence  in  the  direction  of  the 
respective  lines. 

The  character  of  such  modifications,  when  not  obvious,  areexpressed 
in  detail  under  the  various  clauses  of  the  several  paragraphs  of  the 
article  on  retracements  referred  to  above. 

It  will  also  be  clearly  understood  that,  in  order  to  avoid  unnecessary 
structural  complications,  the  figures  on  Plate  V^II  exhibit  only  the 
positions  of  township  and  section  corners  after  rectification,  while 
in  actual  practice  the  quarter  section  corners  will  also  be  properly 
attected. 

Fig.  1.  The  east  boundary  is  assumed  as  irregular  in  hearing  and 
defective  in  ineasurement;  the  township  corners  on  the  same,  however, 
being  susceptible  of  connection  by  a  line  not  deviating  more  than 
twenty-one  minutes  of  arc  fiom  a  true  meridian  line. 

It  will  be  rectified  under  the  rules  prescribed  by  clause  1,  paragraph 
1,  while  from  the  proper  corners  the  icest  and  north  boundaries  will  be 
established  in  the  regular  manner,  as  well  as  the  subdivisions  within 
the  exteriors  thus  rectified  and  established. 

Fig,  2.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  measurement.  It  will  be  recti- 
fied under  clause  1,  paragraph  1,  while  the  ivest  and  north  boundaries 
will  be  established,  and  the  subdivisions  executed  in  the  regular  manner. 

Fig.  3.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  position.  Since  the  south  boun- 
dary deviates  from  a  true  east  and  west  line  by  more  than  twenty-one 
minutes  of  arc,  said  east  boundary  w'ill  be  rectified  under  clause  1,  para- 
graph 1;  the  icest  and  north  boundaries  will  be  established  in  the  reg- 
ular manner;  and  the  subtlivisions  will  be  executed  from  north  to  south, 
and  from  east  to  ivest,  commencing  at  the  corner  to  sections  1,  2, 35,  and 
36,  and  closing  the  fractional  measurements  on  the  south  and  ivest 
boundaries,  as  such  closings  are  made  in  regular  subdivisions  on  the 
north  and  west  boundaries. 

Fig.  4.  Tlie  east  boundary  defective  in  aUnement.  It  will  be  rectified 
under  clause  2,  paragraph  1 ;  while  the  west  and  north  boundaries  will 
be  established,  and  the  subdivisions  executed,  in  the  regular  manner. 

Fig.  5.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  alinement  and  measurement. 
It  will  be  rectified  under  clause  2,  paragraph  1;  the  icest  boundary 
will  be  rectified  in  the  regular  manner,  while  from  the  corner  common 
to  two  townships  on  the  rectified  east  boundary,  the  north  boundary 
will  be  run  westr  on  random  and  east  on  true  line,  permanent  corners 


76 

common  to  sections  and  quarter  sections  of  the  township  to  be  subdi- 
vided being  estabbshed  on  the  same. 

The  subdivisions  will  be  executed  in  the  regular  manner. 

Fig.  G.  The  sonth  and  east  boundaries  being  defective  in  alinement, 
measurement,  and  jjositio)!,  will  be  rectified  under  clause  1,  paragraph 
2;  the  MT.s'^  boundary  will  be  established  in  the  regular  manner,  and 
the  nortli  boundary  by  east  on  random,  and  west  on  true  line,  throwing 
the  fractional  measurement  against  the  old  east  boundary;  while  the 
subdivisions  will  be  executed  from  north  to  sorith,  and  from  west  to  east, 
commencing  at  the  corjier  to  sections  5,  G,  31,  and  32,  and  closing  the 
fractional  measurements  on  the  old  south  and  east  boundaries,  as  such 
closings  are  made  in  regular  subdivisions  on  the  north  and  west  boun- 
daries. 

Fig.  7.  The  north,  south,  east  and  icest  boundaries  being  defective  in 
alinement,  measurement,  and  position.  The  south  and  east  boundaries 
will  be  rectitied  under  clause  1,  paragraph  2;  while  the  west  and  7iorth 
boundaries  will  be  retraced  for  length  and  bearing,  any  obliterated  old 
confers  being  reestablished  in  their  original  places. 

The  subdivisions  will  be  executed  as  follows: 

From  the  corners  to  sections  35  and  30,  and  25  and  36,  the  lines 
between  said  sections  will  be  extended  due  north  and  west,  respec- 
tively, to  their  mutual  intersection,  where  the  corner  to  sections  25, 
26,  35  and  36,  will  be  established. 

From  said  corner,  the  line  between  sections  26  and  35,  27  and  34,  28 
and  33,  29  and  32,  atid  30  and  31  will  be  projected  due  west  on  a  true 
line  to  its  intersection  with  the  west  boundary  of  the  township,  where 
a  closing  corner  will  be  established. 

A  line  thus  established  is  termed  a  Sectional  Correction  Line;  and 
when  such  an  aiixiliary  line,  thus  projected,  intersects  its  objective 
limiting  line  in  such  proximity  to  its  objective  corner  that  the  acces- 
sories of  the  two  corners  would  interfere,  that  poition  of  the  auxiliary 
line  situated  between  the  last  established  section  corner  and  the  limit- 
ing line  will  be  changed  in  alinement  to  close  upon  the  corner  found, 
thus  avoiding  placing  two  corners  in  close  proximity. 

From  the  initial  point  of  the  sectional  correction  line,  which,  in  this 
case,  is  the  corner  to  sections  25,  26,  35,  and  36,  the  line  between  sec- 
tions 25  and  26,  23  and  24,  13  and  14,  11  and  12,  and  1  and  2,  will  be 
projected  north  on  a  true  line  to  its  intersection  with  the  north  bound- 
ary, where  a  closing  corner  will  be  established.  A  line  thus  estab- 
lished is  termed  a  sectional  guide  meridian. 

S(mth  of  the  sectional  correction  line,  and  east  of  the  sectional  guide 
meridian,  the  subdivisions  will  be  closed  upon  the  south  and  east  boun- 
daries by  random  and  true  lines,  throwing  the  fractional  measurements 
against  the  same,  as  such  closings  are  made  in  regular  surveys  on  the 
north  and  west  boundaries;  while  that  portion  of  the  township  situ- 
ated to  the  north  and  west  respectively,  of  said  auxiliary  lines,  will  be 
subdivided  in  the  regular  manner,  the  parallelism  of  the  latitudinal 
section  lines  being  referred  to  the  sectional  correction  line,  and  that  of 
the  meridional  section  lines  to  the  sectional  guide  meridian. 

Closings  on  the  west  and  north  boundaries  will  be  made  by  random 
and  true  lines,  when  the  fallings  are  less  than  50  links  per  mile,  and 
by  true  lines  run  to  closing  corners  when  the  fallings  exceed  said  limit. 

Fig.  8.  The  east  boundary  defective  i7i  measurement,  the  northern  por- 
tion of  the  same  being  unchangeable,  wdiile  the  southern  portion  admits 
of  rectification. 

The  east  boundary  will  be  rectified  under  clause  2,  paragraph  2,  the 


77 

west  and  north  boundaries  will  be  established,  and  the  subdivisions 
executed,  in  the  regular  manner. 

Fig.  9.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  alinement  and  measurement^ 
the  northern  portion  thereof  being  unchangeable,  while  the  southern 
portion  of  the  same  adiiiits*of  rectification. 

The  east  boundary  will  be  rectified  under  clause  3,  paragraph  3,  the 
south  boundary,  under  cLause  1,  paragraph  2;  the  west  boundary  will 
be  established  in  the  regular  manner;  while  the  north  boundary  will 
be  run  east  on  random,  and  wesL  on  true  line,  throwing  tlie  fractional 
measurement  against  the  east  boundary. 

The  subdivisions  will  be  executed  from  south  to  north,  and  from  ivest 
to  cast,  closing  the  fractional  measurements  on  tlie  north  and  east  boun- 
daries, as  such  closings  are  made  in  regular  surveys,  on  the  north  and 
west  boundaries. 

Fig.  10.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  measurement,  the  southern 
2Jortion  thereof  being'  unchangeable,  while  the  northern  portion  admits 
of  rectification. 

The  east  boundarj^  will  be  rectified  under  clause  4,  paragraph  3; 
wliile  the  west  and  7iorth  boundaries  will  be  established,  and  tlie  sub- 
divisions executed  in  the  regular  manner. 

Fig.  11.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  alinement  and  measurement, 
the  southern  portion  thereof  being  unchangeable,  while  the  northern 
portion  admits  of  rectification. 

The  east  boundary  will  be  rectified  under  clause  4,  paragraph  3;  the 
icest  boundary  will  be  established  in  the  regular  n)anner;  the  north 
boundar^y  by  east  on  true  line  to  closing  corner,  the  fractional 
measurement  being  thrown  against  the  old  east  boundary;  while  the 
subdivisions  will  be  executed  from  north  to  south,  and  from  west  to 
east,  the  fractional  measurements  being  thrown  against  the  old  south 
and  east  boundaries,  as  such  closings  are  made  in  regular  surveys 
against  the  north  and  west  boundaries. 

Fig.  12.  The  eas^  boundary  defective  in  measurement-,  the  northern  and 
southern  xmrtions  thereof  being  unchangeable,  while  the  middle  portion 
admits  of  rectification. 

The  east  boundary  will  be  rectified  under  clause  1,  paragraph  4,  the 
toest  and  north  boundaries  will  be  established,  and  the  subdivisions 
executed  in  the  regular  manner. 

Fig.  13.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  alinement  and  measurement; 
the  northern  and  southern  portions  thereof  being  unchangeable;  while 
tlie  middle  portion  admits  of  rectification. 

The  east  boundary  will  be  rectified  under  clause  1,  paragraph  4;  the 
-jcest  boundary  will  be  established  in  the  regular  manner;  the  iiorth 
boundary  by  east  on  random  and  west  on  true  line,  the  fractional  meas- 
urement being  thrown  against  the  old  east  boundary;  while  the  sub- 
divisions will  be  executed  from  north  to  south  and  from  west  to  east, 
closing  the  fractional  nieasurements  against  the  old  south  and  east 
boundaries,  as  such  closings  are  made  in  regular  surveys  against  the 
north  and  west  boundaries. 

Fig.  14.  The  east  boundary  defective  in  alinement  and  measurement; 
the  northern  and  6'Oi^//(eni2>or//ons  thereof  not  admitting  of  rectification 
in  any  \vay,  since  subdivisional  surveys  have  been  closed  upon  both 
.sw/es  of  the  same;  while  the  middle  portion  admits  of  rectification  in 
measurement. 

The  east  boundary  will  be  rectified  under  clause  1,  paragraph  4;  the 
icest  boundary  will  be  established  in  the  regular  manner,  the  township 
corner  at  the  end  of  six  miles  thereon  being  temporarily  established. 


78 

From  said  temporary  corner,  the  fractional  north  boundary  will  be 
run  east  on  random  to  the  nearest  old  established  corner  on  the  same, 
at  which  point  if  the  falling  of  the  random  is  within  50  links  per  mile, 
said  boundary  will  be  corrected  westward  on  true  line,  setting  corners 
common  to  the  sections  and  quarter  sections  on  the  north.,  at  regular 
intervals  from  the  initial  point  of  the  true  line,  and  throwing  the  con- 
sequent fractional  measurement  in  its  normal  place  against  the  new 
tvest  boundary,  while  the  temporary  township  corner  previously  estab- 
lished thereon  will  be  made  permanent. 

If,  however,  the  falling  defined  above  exceeds  the  stated  limit  from 
the  last  established  corner  of  the  old  surveys,  the  fractional  north  bound- 
ary will  be  iDrojected  due  tcest  to  its  intersection  with  the  west  bound- 
ary, at  which  point  the  proper  township  corner  will  be  iJermanently 
established,  and  the  temporary  corner  destroyed. 

In  establishing  the  corners  on  said  north  boundary  under  the  latter 
procedure,  the  requirements  prescribed  in  the  former  relative  to  the 
allowance  for  fractional  measurement  will  be  strictly  observed. 

In  subdividing,  the  methods  prescribed  under  Fig.  6  will  be  applied 
as  far  as  practicable.  The  details  of  the  case  under  consideration  are 
clearly  exhibited  by  fig.  14, 

Fig.  15.  All  of  the  boundaries  are  assumed  to  be  defective  in  aliiie- 
ment,  measurement,  and  position;  also  portions  of  each  as  being  closed 
upon  by  subdivisional  surveys  and  consequently  unchangeable  relative 
to  the  old  surveys,  while  other  portions  of  the  same  being  free  from 
such  attachments,  admit  of  recti tication. 

This  figure  is  constructed  on  a  larger  scale  than  those  explained  in 
the  preceding  paragraphs,  in  order  to  illustrate  in  detail  the  modus 
operandi  to  be  pursued  in  rectification,  under  the  rules  of  the  article  on 
retracements  applicable  to  each  of  the  obtaining  conditions,  and  also 
in  subdividing  within  the  rectified  exteriors. 

HIATUSES  AND   OVERLAPS. 

[Plate  VIII.] 

The  several  figures  on  Plate  YIII  illustrate  in  detail  the  methods  to 
be  employed  in  connecting  the  unsurveyed  portions  of  two  or  more 
township  boundaries,  when  four  of  such  fractional  lines,  upon  being  pro- 
jected towards  each  other  in  the  direction  of  the  cardinal  points  by 
lines  not  deviating  more  than  twenty-one  minutes  of  arc  from  true 
meridian  or  latitudinal  lines,  do  not  form  a  common  intersection. 

Said  methods,  in  addition  to  the  reasons  embodied  in  the  article 
entitled  "Explanations  of  Articles,"  etc.,  page  71,  are  based  upon  the 
following  desiderata,  viz: 

1.  The  adjustment  of  such  township  boundaries  so  as  to  maintain 
section  3G  in  a  condition  theoretically  and  practically  perfect,  accord- 
ing to  the  requirements  of  the  rectangular  system  of  surveying. 

2.  That  in  accomplishing  the  above,  the  resultant  fractional  excess 
or  deficiency  (which  for  brevity  of  explanation  is  termed  '-the  rectan- 
gular fraction  " )  will  be  thrown  into,  or  taken  out  of  section  6,  when- 
ever practicable. 

3.  That  all  incidental  fractional  measurements  developed  in  the 
establishmert  of  township  boundaries  or  subdivisional  lines  by  such 
methods  shall  be  thrown  against  the  old  surveys  whenever  practi- 
cable. 

In  considering  said  methods  it  will  be  observed  that  the  conditions 


79 

to  be  dealt  with  are  either  hiatuses  or  overlaps,  the  former  possessing 
three  characteristic  features,  which  are  named  as  follows: 

Simple  hiatus.     See  figures  1  and  2. 

Meridional  hiatus.     See  figure  3. 

Latitudinal  hiatus.  See  figure  4  ;  while  overlaps  are  shown  by- 
figure  5. 

As  the  application  of  said  methods,  when  the  conditions  exhibited 
obtain,  gives  similar  results  with  but  a  few  exceptions,  which  will  be 
specifically  detailed  hereafter,  the  condition  represented  by  A,  figure 
o,  will  be  considered  and  the  method  of  connection  described  as  an 
example,  upon  the  following  assumptions,  viz: 

That,  of  the  boundaries  of  townships  1  and  2  north,  ranges  3  and  4 
west,  those  portions  indicated  by  broken  lines  are  vnsurveyed; 

That  it  is  required  to  connect  said  portions  in  order  to  complete  the 
subdivisions  in  one  or  more  of  the  townships. 

Beginning  at  the  established  terminal  corners  on  the  south  and  east 
boundaries  of  T.  2  N.,  R.  4  W.,  hlanJc  lines  will  be  projected  due  east 
and  due  south,  respectively,  with  temporary  stakes  at  intervals  of  ten 
chains,  to  an  intersection,  which  point  will  be  marked  bj^  a  temporary 
stake; 

Then,  from  the  established  terminal  corners  on  the  west  and  7iorth 
boundaries  of  T.  1  N.,  R.  3  W.,  true  lines  will  be  projected  due  north 
and  due  west,  respectively,  with  regular  corners  for  two  sections  and 
quarter  sections,  to  an  intersection,  which  point  will  be  marked  by  a 
temporary  stake; 

Then,  by  proper  measurements,  the  character  of  the  resulting  condi- 
tion Avill  be  determined,  and  by  comparison  with  diagrams  A,  of  the 
figures  on  Plate  VlII,  the  particular  method  of  connection  will  be 
obtained  and  applied. 

Said  condition  in  the  case  under  consideration,  it  will  be  observed, 
is  a  '■'■meridional  hiatus"',  therefore,  from  the  temporary  stake  marking 
the  intersection  of  the  extended  south  and  east  boundaries  of  T.  2  N., 
R.  4  W.,  which  will  be  replaced  by  a  permanent  corner  (common  to 
two  townships)  for  T.  1  N.,  R.  3  W.,  and  T.  2  N".,  R.  4  W.,  the  south 
boundary  of  the  latter  will  be  extended  due  east  to  its  intersection 
with  the  west  boundary  of  the  former,  where  a  corner  for  (one  town- 
ship only)  T.  1  N.,  R.  4  W.,  will  be  permanently  established; 

Then,  from  the  corner  for  T.  1  N.,  R.  3  W.,  and  T.  2  N.,  R.  4  W.,  the 
south  and  east  boundaries  of  the  latter  will  be  corrected  back  west 
and  north,  respectively,  on  true  lines,  establishing  regular  corners 
common  to  two  quarter  sections  and  sections  of  said  township,  to 
the  initial  points  of  the  blank  lines,  against  which  the  resulting  frac- 
tional measurements  will  be  thrown,  while  the  stakes  temporarily 
established  on  the  blank  lines  at  intervals  of  ten  chains  will  be 
destroyed ; 

Then,  from  the  stake  temporarily  marking  the  intersection  of  the 
north  and  west  boundaries  of  T.  1  N,,  R.  3  W.,  which  will  be  destroyed, 
the  former  boundary  will  be  extended  due  west  to  its  intersection  with 
the  east  boundary  of  T.  2  IST.,  R.  4  W.,  where  a  proper  closing  corner 
will  beestablished,theresulting  fractional  measurement  thrown  against 
the  same,  and  the  distance  to  the  nearest  corner  on  said  boundary  care- 
fully determined  and  recorded  in  the  field  notes. 

Thus  section  36  is  m-Ade  full,  serving  as  a  perfect  base  from  which 
to  initiate  the  subdivisional  work  in  T.  2  X.,  R.  4  W.;  the  "rectangular 
fraction,"  which  in  this  case  indirectly  represents  an  excess,  is  incor- 
porated in  section  6,  which  being  lotted  on  two  sides  in  its  normal  con- 


80 

dition,  absorbs  the  excess  without  derang-ing  materially  those  portions 
of  the  same  usually  defined  as  regular  subdivisions;  while  tlie  unsur- 
veyed  portions  of  the  entire  group  of  townships  are  arranged  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  admit  of  completing  the  subdivisional  work  therein  on 
the  approved  rectangular  basis. 

Relative  to  incorporating  an  excess  in,  or  supplying  a  deficiency  from, 
section  6,  simple  hiatuses  are  noted  as  exceptions  to  the  general  rule; 
therefore,  when  such  hiatuses  are  square,  or  longer  meridionally  (see 
1,  diagrams  A,  fig.  1),  the  "rectangular  fraction  "  will  be  taken  out 
of  section  31,  and  incorporated  in  section  1;  but  if  the  length  thereof 
(see  1,  diag.  A,  fig.  2)  lie  in  a  latitudinal  direction,  said  "rectangular 
fraction"  will  be  taken  out  of  section  1  and  incorporated  in  section  31. 

If  the  surveys  contemplated,  within  a  group  of  four  townships,  con- 
sist of  the  completion  of  the  southeast  unsurveyed  portion  of  the  north- 
west township  only,  the  method  detailed  in  the  foregoing  paragraphs 
will  be  employed  in  all  particulars,  with  the  exception  that  the  exten- 
sion of  the  nortb  and  west  boundaries  of  the  southeast  township  will 
be  omitted;  but  the  completion  of  the  unsurveyed  portions  of  any  of 
the  other  three  demands  of  the  deputy  surveyor  the  performance  of 
the  whole  operation,  and  the  complete  connection  of  all  the  boundaries. 

When,  of  four  township  boundaries  whose  directions  tend  to  an 
approximate  common  point,  two  of  the  same  have  been  carried  to  a 
mutual  intersection,  and  are  closed  upon  by  subdivisional  and  other 
lines  (see  paragraph  2,  article  on  "  lietracements,''  etc.,)  the  unsur- 
veyed portion  of  the  remaining  boundaries  will  be  connected  with  them 
by  the  application  of  these  methods,  sufficiently  modified  to  preserve 
intact  the  prior  subdivisional  surveys. 

FEAGMENTARY   SUBDIVISION. 

Plate  IX  illustrates  the  general  methods  to  be  employed  in  the 
execution  of  fragmentary  subdivisions  within  townships,  portions  of 
which  have  been  subdivided  from  fractional  township  boundaries 
extended  from  various  directions  and  not  connected  with  each  other. 

These  conditions  obtain  to  a  large  extent  in  mountainous  regions, 
where  in  accordance  Avith  the  existing  provisions,  relative  to  the  survey 
of  agricultural  lands,  in  the  acts  of  Congress  making  appropriations 
for  public  land  surveys,  such  surveys  are  extended  along  the  valley 
and  bottom  lands,  leaving  the  mountainous  areas  unsurveyed  at  the 
time  of  the  execution  of  the  original  work;  but  which,  at  a  later  date, . 
in  view  of  other  considerations  are  placed  under  contract  for  survey. 

It  is  obvious  that  the  number  and  character  of  such  cases  would  be 
too  great  and  varied  to  be  considered  in  detail;  therefore,  when  the 
deputy  surveyor  meets  with  a  case  which  is  not  covered  exactly  by 
these  instructions,  or  the  sjjccial  instructions  from  the  surveyor  general, 
his  thorough  understanding  of  the  ])receding  articles  on  this  subject, 
and  of  the  conditions  illustrated  on  Plates  VI  and  VIII,  it  is  expected 
will  point  out  to  him  the  proper  method  to  be  employed. 

It  is  possible,  however,  that  cases  may  arise  so  complex  in  their 
character  as  to  produce  a  feeling  of  doubt  relative  to  the  proper 
solution  of  the  problem;  in  which  case  he  will  at  once  communicate 
with  this  office  through  the  surveyor  general,  submitting  information, 
by  letter  and  diagrams,  of  the  exact  condition  astound  by  him,  and  the 
necessary  instructions  will  be  forwarded  as  soon  as  practicable. 

NoTK. — A  quarter  sortiDii  fs  held  to  be  surveyed  only  when  three  of  its  corners 
have  been  odicially  established. 


81 

GEOGEAPHICAL  POSITIONS    OF  BASE    LINES    AND    PEINCIPAL   MERID- 
IANS  GOVERNING   THE   PUBLIC   SURVEYS. 

The  system  ot  rectancjular  surveying:,  authorized  by  law  May  20, 1785, 
was  first  employed  iu  the  survey  of  United  States  public  lauds  in  the 
State  of  Ohio. 

The  boundary  line  between  the  States  of  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio, 
known  as  "EUicott's  line,"  in  longitude  80°  32'  20"  west  from  Green- 
wich, is  the  meridian  to  which  the  first  surveys  are  referred.  The  toivn- 
ships  east  of  the  Scioto  lliver,  in  the  State  of  Ohio,  are  numbered  from 
south  to  north,  commencing  with  No.  1  on  the  Ohio  Eiver,  Avhile  the 
ranges  are  numbered  from  east  to  west,  beginning  with  Ko.  1  on  the 
east  boundary  of  the  State,  except  in  the  tract  designated  "U.  S.  mili- 
tary land,''  in  which  the  townships  and  ranges  are  numbered,  respec- 
tively, from  the  south  and  east  boundaries  of  said  tract. 

During  tlie  period  of  one  hundred  and  nine  years  since  the  organi- 
zation of  the  system  of  rectangular  surveying,  numbered  and  locally 
named  principal  meridians  and  base  lines  have  been  established,  as 
follows : 

The  first  principal  meridian  begins  at  the  junction  of  the  Ohio  and 
Big  Miami  rivers,  extends  north  on  the  boundary  line  between  the 
States  of  Ohio  and  Indiana,  and  roughly  approximates  to  the  meridian 
of  longitude  84°  48'  50"  west  from  Greenwich.  The  ranges  of  the  pub- 
lic surveys  in  the  State  of  Ohio,  west  of  the  Scioto  Eiver,  are,  in  part, 
numbered  from  this  meridian.  For  further  information  in  regard  to 
numbering  of  townships  and  ranges  of  the  early  surveys  in  Ohio,  the 
reader  is  referred  to  the  State  map  prepared  in  the  General  Land 
Office. 

The  second  principal  meridian  coincides  with  86°  28'  of  longitude  west 
from  Greenwich,  starts  from  a  point  two  and  one  half  miles  west  of  the 
confiuence  of  the  Little  Blue  and  Ohio  rivers,  runs  north  to  the  north- 
ern boundary  of  Indiana,  and,  with  the  base  line  in  latitude  38°  28'  20", 
governs  the  surveys  in  Indiana  and  part  of  those  in  Illinpis. 

The  third  principal  meridian  begins  at  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio  Eiver 
and  extends  north  to  the  northern  bouTidary  of  the  State  of  Illinois, 
and  with  the  base  line  in  latitude  38°  28'  20",  governs  the  surveys  in 
the  State  east  of  the  third  principal  meridian,  with  the  exception  of 
those  projected  from  the  second  principal  meridian^  and  the  surveys  on 
the  loest^  to  tlie  Illinois  Eiver.  This  meridian  is  nearly  coincident  with 
89°  10'  15"  of  we-^t  longitude  from  Greenwich. 

The  fourth  principal  meridian  begins  at  a  point  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
Illinois  Eiver,  in  latitude  40°  00'  30"  north,  and  longitude  90°  28'  45" 
west  from  Greenwich,  and  with  the  base  line  running  west  from  the  ini- 
tial i)oint,  governs  the  surveys  in  Illinois  west  of  the  Illinois  Eiver  and 
west  of  that  part  of  the  third  principal  meridian  which  lies  north  of  the 
river. 

Tlie  fourth  principal  meridian  also  extends  north  through  Wisconsin 
and  northeastern  Minnesota,  and,  with  the  south  boundary  of  Wiscon- 
sin as  its  base  line,  governs  all  the  surveys  in  the  former  and  those  in 
the  latter  State  lying  east  of  the  Mississ  ppi  Eiver,  and  the  third  guide 
meridian  west  (of  the  fifth  principal  meridian  system),  north  of  the  river. 

The  fifth  principal  meridian  starts  from  the  old  mouth  of  the  Arkan- 
sas Eiver,  and  with  the  base  line  running  west  from  the  old  mouth  of 
the  St.  Francis  Eiver,  governs  the  surveys  in  Arkansas,  Missouri,  Iowa, 
North  Dakota;  those  in  Minnesota,  west  of  the  Mississippi  Eiver  and 
west  of  the  third  guide  meridian  north  of  the  river;  and  in  South  Dakota 
386 6  • 


82 

all  east  of  tbe  Missouri  Eiver,  and  the  surveys  on  the  west  side  of  the 
river  to  a  limiting  line  following  the  third  guide  meridian  (of  the  sixth 
principal  meridian  system),  White  River,  and  the  west  and  north  bound- 
aries of  the  Lower  Brule  Indian  Reservation.  This  meridian  is  nearly 
coincident  with  91°  03'  42"  longitude  west  from  Greenwich. 

The  sixth  principal  meridian,  which  is  approximately  the  meridian  of 
97°  23'  west  longitude  from  Greenwich,  extends  from  the  base  line  coin- 
cident with  the  north  boundary  of  Kansas  in  latitude  40°  north,  south 
through  the  State  to  its  south  boundary,  in  latitude  37°  north,  and 
north  through  Nebraska  to  the  Missouri  Elver;  and  governs  the  sur- 
veys in  Kansas  and  Nebraska;  the  surveys  in  Wyoming,  except  those 
referred  to  the  Wind  River  meridian  and  base  line,  which  intersect  in 
latitude  43°  01'  20"  north,  and  longitude  108°  48'  40"  west  from  Green- 
wich ;  the  surveys  in  Colorado,  except  those  projected  from  the  New 
Mexico  and  Ute  meridians,  the  latter  intersecting  its  base  line  in  lati- 
tude 39°  06'  40"  north  and  longitude  108°  33' 20"  west  from  Greenwich; 
and  the  surveys  in  South  Dakota  extended,  or  to  be  extended,  over  the 
tract  embracing  the  Pine  Eidge  and  Eosebud  Indian  reservations. 

In  addition  to  the  above  mentioned  numbered  principal  meridians, 
other  principal  meridians  with  local  names  have  been  established,  as 
follows : 

The  Michigan  weri^^mw,  in  longitude  84°  22'  24"  west  from  Greenwich, 
with  a  base  line  in  latitude  42°  26'  30"  north  (eight  miles  north  of 
Detroit),  governs  the  surveys  in  Michigan. 

The  Tallahassee  meridian,  in  longitude  84°  16'  42"  west  from  Green- 
wich, runs  north  and  south  from  the  initial  point  on  the  base  line  at 
Tallahassee,  in  latitude  30°  28'  north,  and  governs  the  surveys  in 
Florida. 

The  Saint  SteijJicns  meridian,  in  longitude  88°  02'  west  from  Green- 
wich, begins  at  the  initial  point  (Ellicott's  corner),  on  the  base  line,  in 
latitude  31°  north,  extends  south  to  Mobile  Bay  and  north  to  latitude 
33°  06'  20",  and  governs  the  surveys  in  the  southern  district  of  Ala- 
bama, and  in  Pearl  Eiver  district  lying  east  of  the  river  and  south  of 
the  Choctaw  base  line,  in  latitude  31°  52'  40"  north,  in  the  State  of 
Mississippi. 

The  Huntsville  meridian  begins  on  the  northern  boundary  of  Alabama, 
in  latitude  34°  59'  north,  longitude  86°  34'  45"  west  from  Greenwich, 
extends  south  to  latitude  33°  6'  20"  north,  and  governs  the  surveys  in 
the  northern  district  of  Alabama. 

The  Choctaiv  meridian  begins  on  the  Choctaw  base  line,  latitude  31° 
54'  40"  north,  longitude  90°  14'  45"  west  from  Green wicli,  runs  north 
to  the  south  boundary  of  the  Chickasaw  cession,  in  latitude  34°  19' 
40"  north,  and  governs  the  surveys  east  and  west  of  the  meridian,  and 
north  of  tlie  base  line. 

The  Chichasaw  meridian  begins  on  the  north  boundary  of  Mississippi 
in  latitude  34°  59'  north,  longitude  89°  15'  west  from  Greenwich, 
extends  south  to  latitude  33°  48'  45"  north,  and  governs  the  surveys  in 
north  Missisippi. 

The  Washington  meridian  begins  on  the  base  line  in  latitude  31° 
north,  longitude  91°  9'  15"  west  from  Greenwich,  extends  north  to  the 
Mi8sissii)pi  Eiver,  and  governs  the  surveys  in  the  southwestern  angle 
of  the  State  of  Mississip])i. 

The  Saint  Helena  meridian  begins  at  the  initial  point  of  the  Washing- 
ton meridian,  in  latitude  31°  north,  and  longitude  91°  09'  15"  west  of 
Greenwich,  extends  south  to  the  Mississippi  Eiver,  and  governs  the  sur- 


83 

veys  in  the  Greensburg  and  southeastern  districts  of  Louisiana,  east 
of  the  Mississippi  Eiver. 

The  Louisiana  meridian,  in  longitude  92^  24'  15"  west  of  Greenwich, 
extends  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  the  north  boundary  of  Louisiana, 
and,  with  the  base  line  through  the  initial  point,  conforming  to  the  par- 
allel of  31°  north  latitude,  governs  all  the  surveys  in  the  state  west  of 
the  Mississippi  Eiver. 

The  Neic  Mexico  meridian,  in  longitude  106°  53'  40"  west  from  Green- 
wich, extends  through  the  Territory,  and  with  the  base  line,  in  latitude 
34°  15'  25"  northf  governs  the  surveys  in  i^ew  Mexico,  except  those  in 
the  northwest  corner  of  the  territory,  referred  to  Navajo  meridian  and 
base  line,  which  have  their  initial  point  in  latitude  35°  45'  north,  longi- 
tude 108°  32'  45"  west  from  Greenwich. 

The  SaltLaJcemeridian,mlongitnde  111°  54'  00"  west  from  Greenwich, 
has  its  initial  point  at  the  corner  of  Temple  Block,  in  Salt  Lake  City, 
Utah,  extends  north  and  south  througli  the  Territory,  and,  with  the 
base  line,  through  the  initial,  aud  coincident  with  the  parallel  of  40°, 
46'  04"  north  latitude,  governs  the  surveys  in  the  Territory,  except  those 
referred  to  the  Uintah  meridian  and  base  line  proiected  from  an  initial 
point  in  latitude  40°  2G'  20"  north,  longitude  109°  67'  30"  west  from 
Greenwich. 

The  Boise  meridian,  longitude  116°  24'  15"  west  from  Greenwich, 
passes  through  the  initial  j>oint  established  south  29°  30'  west,  nineteen 
miles  distant  from  Boise  City,  extends  north  and  south  througli  the 
State,  and,  with  the  base  line  in  latitude  43°  46'  north,  governs  the 
surveys  in  the  State  of  Idaho. 

The  Mount  Biahlo  meridian,  California,  coincides  with  the  meridian  of 
121°  54'  48"  west  from  Greenwich,  intersects  the  base  line  on  the  sum- 
mit of  the  mountain  from  which  it  takes  its  name,  in  latitude  37°  51' 
30"  north,  and  governs  the  surveys  in  the  State  of  Nevada,  and  the 
surveys  of  all  central  and  northern  California,  except  those  belonging 
to  the  Humboldt  meridian  system. 

The  Humboldt  meridian,  longitude  124°  8'  west  from  Greenwich,  inter- 
sects the  base  line  on  the  summit  of  Mount  Pierce,  in  latitude  40°  25' 
12"  north,  aud  governs  the  surveys  in  the  northwestern  corner  of  Cali- 
fornia, lying  west  of  the  Coast  range  of  mountains,  aud  north  of  town- 
ship 5  south,  of  the  Humboldt  meridian  system. 

The  San  Bernardino  meridian,  California,  longitude  116°  bQ'  15"  west 
from  Greenwich,  intersects  the  base  line  on  Mount  San  Bernardino, 
latitude  34°  07'  10"  north,  and  governs  the  surveys  in  southern  Cali- 
fornia, lying  east  of  the  meridian,  and  that  part  of  the  surveys  situated 
icest  of  it  which  is  south  of  the  eighth  standard  parallel  south,  of  the 
Mount  Diablo  meridian  system. 

The  Willamette  meridian,  which  is  coincident  with  the  meridian  of 
122°  44'  20"  west  from  Greenwich,  extends  south  from  the  base  line,  in 
latitude  45°  31'  north,  to  the  north  boundary  of  California,  and  north 
to  the  international  boundary,  and  governs  all  the  public  surveys  in 
the  States  of  Oregon  and  Washington. 

The  Black  Hills  meridian, longitude  104°  03'  west  from  Greenwich,  with 
the  base  line  in  latitude  44°  north,  governs  the  surveys  in  the  State  of 
South  Dakota,  north  and  west  of  White  Kiver,  and  west  of  the  Mis- 
souri Eiver  (between  latitudes  45°  55'  20"  and  44°  17'  30"),  the  north 
and  west  boundaries  of  the  Lower  Brul6  Indian  Eeservalion,  and 
the  west  boundary  of  range  79  west,  of  the  fifth  principal  meridian 
system. 

The  Montana  meridian  extends  north  and  south  from   the  initial 


84 

monument  on  the  summit  of  a  limestone  hill,  eight  hundred  feet  high, 
longitude  1 11°  38'  50"  west  from  Greenwich,  and  with  the  base  line  on  the 
jiarallel  of  45°  46'  4<S"  north  latitude,  governs  the  surveys  in  the  State 
of  Montana. 

The  Gila  and  Salt  River  meridian  intersects  the  base  line  on  the 
south  side  of  Gila  River,  opposite  the  mouth  of  Salt  Eiver,  in  latitude 
33°  22'  40"  north,  longitude  112°  17'  25"  west  from  Greenwich,  and 
governs  the  surveys  in  the  Territory  of  Arizona. 

The  Indian  meridian^  in  loncitude  97°  14'  30"  west  from  Greenwich, 
extends  from  Eed  River  to  the  south  boundary  of  Kansas,  and  with 
the  base  line  in  latitude  34°  30'  north,  governs  the  surveys  in  the 
Indian  Territory,  and  in  Oklahoma  Territory  all  surveys  east  of  100° 
west  longitude  from  Greenwich. 

The  Cimarron  meridian,  in  longitude  103°  west  from  Greenwich, 
extends  from  latitude  36°  30'  to  37°  north,  and  with  the  base  line  in 
latitude  36°  30'  north,  governs  the  surveys  in  Oklahoma  Territory 
west  of  100°  west  longitude  from  Greenwich. 

DECLINATION   OF   THE   MAGrNETIC   NEEDLE, 

For  the  following  article,  with  tables,  charts,  and  their  explanation, 
relatnig  to  the  use  of  the  compass  in  surveying,  the  Commissioner  of 
the  General  Land  Office  is  indebted  to  Dr.  T.  0.  Mendenhall,  Superin- 
tendent of  the  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey.  It  was  furnished  at 
the  request  of  the  Commissioner. 

The  paper,  originally  written  in  1878  by  Assistant  C.  A.  Schott, 
chief  of  the  computing  division,  has  been  revised  and  enlarged  by 
him  in  order  to  present  the  latest  information  on  the  subject  in  posses- 
sion of  the  C.  and  G.  Survey,  June,  1893.  It  is  also  accompanied  by 
three  charts  taken  from  the  C.  and  G.  Survey  report  for  1889  and 
amended  to  date;  they  show  the  distribution  of  the  magnetic  declina- 
tion for  the  year  1890,  and  in  connection  with  the  tables,  for  any  year 
within  their  range. 

This  paper  takes  the  place  of  the  chaptei'  commencing  at  the  foot  of 
page  25  and  ending  in  the  middle  of  page  29  of  the  "  Manual  of  Instruc- 
tions to  Surveyors  General  of  the  United  States"  printed  in  1871, part 
of  which  in  the  course  of  time  had  become  obsolete.  The  present  article 
will  be  found  of  great  interest  and  value  as  an  aid  in  the  prosecution 
of  the  surveys  of  the  public  lands. 

AN  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  PRESENT  GEOaRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  AND 
OF  THE  ANNUAL  CHANGE  OF  THE  MAGNETIC  DECLINATION""  WITHIN 
THE  LIMITS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

Introductory  remarJcs. — The  magnetic  declination  at  any  place  is  the 
angle  contained  between  two  vertical  planes,  one  being  that  of  the 
astronomical  or  true  meridian  of  the  place  and  the  other  the  plane  in 
which  the  axis  of  a  freely  suspended  horizontal  magnetic  needle  lies  at 
the  time.  The  former  is  a  fixed  ])laue,  the  latter  is  variable,  as  is  shown 
by  the  regular  or  irregular,  and  the  greater  or  less  oscillations  of  a 
needle  when  delicately  suspended;  these  fluctuations  are  subject  to 
different  laws  depending  on  geographical  position.     Since  the  magnetic 

*  Commonly  known  as  the  variation  of  the  compass;  in  scientific  treatises  on  ter- 
restrial magnetism  the  term  magnetic  declination  is  always  employed,  in  order  to 
avoid  any  confusion  which  would  arise  when  treating  of  such  motions  of  the  needle 
as  the  diurnalj  aniiual,  and.  secular  variations, 


85 

declination  is  found  to  vary  witli  respect  to  place  and  time,  it  is  neces- 
sary on  the  part  of  tlie  observer  to  give  with  his  statement  of  the 
declination  the  geographical  position  or  the  latitude  and  longitude* 
of  his  station  (expressed  to  the  nearest  minute  of  arc  will  suffice  in 
general),  and  to  accompany  the  record  by  the  local  time  when  the  obser- 
vation was  made;  the  nearest  hour  (or  quarter  of  an  hour)  should  be 
stated,  also  whether  sidereal  time,  meantime,  local,  or  standard  time  is 
used. * 

The  declination  is  called  "west"  when  the  north-seeking  end  of  the 
magnet  or  needle  points  to  the  westward  of  the  true  meridian,  and  is 
called  "east"  when  the  same  end  points  to  the  eastward.  Roughly 
speaking,  the  north  end  of  a  needle  tends  approximately  towards  the 
geograjihical  north,  or,  rather  towards  a  region  which  surrounds  the 
magnetic  pole,  situated  in  the  vicinity  of  King  William  Land,  and  sup- 
posed to  be  in  about  latitude  70^°  and  longitude  100°  W.  Here  the  hori- 
zontal needle  has  lost  its  directive  force,  and  the  dip  needle  will  point 
vertically  up  and  down ;  in  other  words,  at  the  pole  the  magnetic  and 
gravitational  forces  agree  in  direction.  The  magnetic  declination  pre- 
sents great  extremes  in  value  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States; 
thus  for  the  year  1893,  we  have  at  Eastport,  Me.,  19°  W. ;  at  the  north- 
eastern end  of  Lake  Michigan,  at  the  west  end  of  Lake  Erie,  and  in 
St.  Helena  Sound,  S.  C,  0°  (needle  pointing  due  north);  at  Galveston, 
Tex.,  l^o  E.;  at  San  Diego,  Cal.,  13^°  E.;  at  Cape  Flattery,  Wash.,  23° 
E. ;  at  Sitka,  Alaska,  29°  E. ;  the  maximum  of  4'^°  E.  is  reached  at  the 
mouth  of  Firth  River,  near  where  the  meridional  boundary  line  of  141° 
strikes  the  Arctic  Ocean;  at  Bering  Strait,  the  declination  has  dimin- 
ished to  21°  E.,  and  at  the  extreme  western  point  of  our  territory,  at 
Attn  Island,  it  is  but  8J°  E.  The  general  distribution  of  the  declina- 
tion (for  the  given  epoch,  1890),  is  shown  by  the  isogonic  charts 
appended  to  this  manual,  taken  from  the  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey 
Report  for  1889,  Appendix  No.  11;  they  are  reproduced  and  amended  to 
bring  them  up  to  the  present  state  of  our  knowledge,  and  appear  here 
transferred  to  the  new  base  map  of  1893  (scale  rowm)-  Tl^e  third 
chart  referred  to  appears  for  the  first  time  in  the  nmnual,  it  represents 
the  magnetic  meridians,  i.  e.  lines  which  show  directly  the  direction  of 
the  needle,  this  being  a  tangent  to  the  curve  at  any  point  in  it.  These 
curves,  therefore,  may  be  said  to  represent  a  phJ^sical  fact,  while  the 
isogonic  curves  are  wholly  artificial,  but  better  adapted  for  practical 
application.  The  meridional  system  converges  toward  the  magnetic 
pole  without  any  special  relation  to  the  geographical  pole,  whereas  in 
the  isogonic  system  all  curves  must  pass  through  the  latter  pole  as 
well.  It  is  a  matter  of  great  imi^ortance  for  surveyors  to  recognize 
the  fact  of  the  local  deviations  from  the  general  trend  of  the  isogonic 
lines ;  these  local  irregularities  of  the  distribution  are  more  conspicu- 
ous in  regions  of  igneous  rocks,  but  they  appear  also  in  regions  of 
sedimentary  deposits,  the  intensity  of  the  disturbance  depending  on 
that  of  the  local  cause  and  its  depth  below  the  surface.  The  disturb- 
ing local  poles  or  ridges  are  in  general'  of  the  same  polarity  as  that  of 
the  north  magnetic  pole.  Disturbed  regions  may  range  from  a  fraction 
of  a  square  mile  to  hundreds  of  square  miles,  but  as  yet  little  has  been 
done  in  this  inviting  field  for  research. 

In  consequence  of  the  secular  variation  of  the  declination  the  mag- 
netic charts  require  to  be  reconstructed  from  time  to  time,  though  for 
a  few  years  from  the  date  of  an  isogonic  chart  the  declination  for  any 

*  Eeckoned  from  Green wicli  westward  to  180°.  , 


86 

position  can  readily  be  assigned  by  means  of  our  knowledge  of  the 
annual  change,  which  is  sufficiently  constant  for  a  few  years  to  produce 
no  appreciable  error.  The  secular  variation  is  by  far  the  greatest  of 
the  great  number  of  changes  in  the  direction  of  the  needle.  Thus  at 
Albany,  N.  Y.,  the  declination  changed  from  12°  W.  in  the  year  1650 
to  nearly  oi^  W,  about  the  year  1795,  and  is  now  again  about  loao  y^. 
at  'New  York  the  change  was  similar;  at  Baltimore,  Md,,  the  declination 
changed  from  nearly  6°  W.  about  1080  to  nearly  ^o  W.  in  1802,  the 
present  value  being  near  5°  W. ;  at  San  Diego,  Cal.,  the  declination 
was  about  7^°  E.  in  1710,  and  is  now  a  little  over  13°  E.;  at  Chamisso 
Island,  Kotzebue  Sound,  Alaska,  the  declination  was  33tp  E.  in  1750, 
but  is  now  only  26  Jo  E.  The  results  of  the  latest  investigation  of  this 
subject  published  by  the  Survey  are  contained  in  Appendix  No.  7,  Coast 
and  Geodetic  Survey  Report  for  1888.  What  is  known  as  the  annual 
change  of  the  declination  is  nothing  else  than  the  effect  of  the  secular 
variation  during  one  year,  and  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  the 
annual  variatio7i,wM(ih  has  but  a  small  range  and  depends  on  the  season 
of  the  year. 

The  isogonic  and  magnetic  meridian  charts. — Referring  to  the  two 
isogenic  charts  appended  to  this  article,  the  larger  comprises  the  com- 
pact area  of  the  United  States  and  the  smaller  one  the  territory  of 
Alaska.  If  for  any  selected  epoch  we  connect  by  curves  all  positions 
at  which  the  needle  was  observed  to  have  the  same  given  declination, 
we  trace  out  an  isogonic  curve  lor  tliat  value  of  declination.  On  the 
charts  they  are  laid  down  for  the  equal  difference  of  1°,  with  every  fifth 
curve  drawn  heavier  for  better  distinction,  and  they  answer  to  the  epoch 
January  1, 1890.  For  their  construction  more  than  3,200  observed  decli- 
nations (reduced  to  epoch)  were  employed,  the  latest  observation  only 
being  used  at  stations  occupied  more  than  once.  The  isogonic  curve  of 
zero  declination,  also  called  the  agonic  line,  at  which  the  needle  points 
due  north  and  south,  is  seen  to  pass  from  the  island  of  Michipicoten  to 
the  extreme  west  end  of  Lake  Erie  and  close  to  Charleston,  S.  C,  where 
it  leaves  the  coast  and  turns  toward  the  Bahama  Islands.  This  curve 
has  been  conveniently  used  as  a  representative  line  to  mark  out  the 
changes  which  in  the  course  of  time  the  magnetic  system  in  its  vicinity 
undergoes. 

On  the  Atlantic  coast  it  reached  its  highest  j^osition*  near  Cape 
Henry,  Ya.,  about  the  year  1800  and  has  since  been  moving  southward. 
All  localities  to  the  northeast  of  this  line  have  west  declination,  indi- 
cated by  a  -f  sign  to  the  index  number;  localities  to  the  westward  of 
it  and  com^jrising  the  greater  part  of  the  United  States  have  now  east 
declination,  as  marked  by  a  negative  index.  To  take  up  the  declina- 
tion for  any  given  position  on  this  chart,  we  resort  to  simple  graphical 
interpolation;  it  is  best  done  by  dropping  a  peri^endicular  (curved) 
from  the  position  to  the  nearest  isogonic  on  either  side  of  it  and  meas- 
uring the  length  of  the  shorter  one,  also  tbat  of  the  two  together:  the 
proportion  of  the  distance  with  respect  to  the  whole  difference  of  60'  is 
readily  ascertained.  The  result  answers  to  the  year  1890  (January), 
and  by  applying  the  effect  of  the  annual  change,  as  tabulated  further 
on,  the  declination  may  be  had  for  any  time  before  or  after  that  epoch. 
This  annual  change  is  at  present  manifested  by  the  apparent  move- 
ment of  the  isogonic  lines  to  the  southward  or  downward  along  the 
Atlantic  coast  and  to  the  westward  or  left  on  the  Gulf  coast  and  in  the 
interior  to  the  north  of  it;  on  the  Pacific  coast  this  movement  has 

"See  Plate  No.  25,  Appendix  No.  7,  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  Keport  for  1888. 


87 

either  ceased  or  is  very  inconspicuous  at  present.  The  charts  show 
two  shaded  bands,  one  crossing-  the  northern  part  of  Maine  where  the 
direction  of  the  needle  has  reached  a  limiting  westerly  position  and  is 
about  ready  to  reverse  its  secular  motion;  the  other  band  skirts  the 
Pacilic  coast  from  Washington  to  Point  Conception,  Cal.,  where  it 
passes  out  to  sea.  Here  the  needle  is  about  stationary  at  the  easterly 
limit  of  its  grand  secular  swing.  For  intermediate  points  this  same 
condition  was  reached  at  corresponding  times  during  the  present  cen- 
tury. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  irregularities  in  the  local  distribution  of  mag- 
netism can  only  be  brought  out  and  specially  delineated  by  a  large  addi- 
tion to  the  observations  so  far  accumulated.* 

The  degree  of  accuracy  of  the  chai'ts  depends  in  the  first  place  on 
that  of  the  original  observation,  secondly  on  that  of  the  change  in  the 
interval  between  observation  and  epoch,  and  lastly  on  the  density  of 
observations  about  the  locality  or  the  degree  of  generalization  required 
in  the  construction  of  the  curves.  The  meridional  chart  has  already 
been  sufliciently  exi)lained  and  the  additional  dip  and  intensity  curves 
shown  on  it  do  not  come  within  the  scope  of  this  paper. 

The  secular  variation  of  the  magnetic  declination. — This  variation,  as 
already  pointed  out,  is  a  matter  of  great  importance  to  the  surveyor  who 
is  frequently  called  upon  to  recover  or  re-run  old  compass  lines  or  to 
decide  between  conflicting  claims  as  to  position  of  old  boundary  lines 
originally  traced  out  by  compass  but  lost  or  obliterated  in  the  course 
of  time.  As  its  name  implies,  this  angular  motion  extends  over  so  long 
a  period  and  is  so  utterly  unknown  as  to  its  origin  that  the  recognition 
of  its  law  is  a  matter  of  much  difficulty  and  uncertainty.  To  represent 
it  a  periodic  function  is  employed;  but  from  this  it  should  not  be 
inferred  that  the  motion  is  repeated  at  stated  intervals;  on  the  contrary 
we  are  fully  aware  of  the  complexity  of  the  phenomenon  and  of  the 
necessity  of  continually  watching  year  by  year  the  changes  resulting 
from  observations  and  correcting  or  remodeling  our  analytical  rejjre- 
sentations  accordingly.  It  should  be  fully  understood  that  this  process 
is  a  wholly  tentative  one  and  that  the  mathematical  inferences  due  to 
the /brw  of  the  function  are  not  meant  thereby  to  represent  or  become 
a  physical  reality.  Thus  we  are  forced  to  reconstruct  our  secular  change 
tables  at  suitable  intervals.  The  period  found  most  in  accord  with 
observations  is  about  250  years  with  variations  of  about  50  years  longer 
or  shorter,  at  various  stations.  This  holds  only  for  the  United  States. 
The  earlier  setting  in  of  the  secular  variation  phase%  in  the  east  and 
spreading  westward  over  the  country  has  already  been  referred  to;  for 
instance  the  easternmost  po-sition  or  eastern  elongation  occurred  at 
places  in  eastern  Maine  about  the  year  1760,  this  phase  reached  the 
Hudson  Eiver  about  1790,  the  Mississippi  Kiver  about  1820,  Salt  Lake 
about  1870,  and  the  west  coast,  as  at  San  Francisco  Bay,  probably 
next  year  or  not  far  from  it.  Whether  this  phenomenon  will  be 
repeated  with  the  present  incoming  opposite  phase  in  northern  Maine 
remains  to  be  seen.  The  results  from  a  discussion  of  1,002  observations 
at  94  stations  are  given  in  the  following  table  of  decennial  values,  and 
after  1850  for  5-year  intervals.  The  average  number  of  observations 
for  each  station  is  11. 

Table  of  the  secular  variation  of  the' magnetic  declination  at  stations  in 
the  United  States,  computed  by  means  of  periodic  functions  and  based 

*  The  results  of  any  new  and  satisfactory  observation  sent  to  the  Superintendent 
of  the  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  will  be  duly  credited  in  a  subseq^uent  publication. 


88 

iilion  all  available  observations  from  the  earliest  to  the  present  time.  — 
The  table  is  subdivided  into  three  groups,  viz:  Group  I  comprises  the 
stations  located  east  of  the  Apalachian  Range,  and  the  Atlantic  coast 
from  Maine  to  Florida,  inclusive;  Group  II,  the  stations  situated 
between  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Apalachian  Range,  from  Canada 
to  the  Gulf;  Group  III  contains  the  stations  located  between  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  the  Pacific  coast,  from  California  to  Washington,  also 
those  in  Alaska.  Within  each  group  the  stations  are  arranged  in  the 
order  of  their  latitudes. 

The  tabular  vahies  are  of  various  degrees  of  accuracy,  as  is  indicated 
by  the  entry,  giving  either  whole  degrees,  or  degrees  and  tenths,  or 
degrees,  tenths,  and  hundredths — the  latter  relatively  the  most  reli- 
able. The  results,  dating  back  to  the  seventeenth  century,  are  in  many 
cases  but  approximations  more  or  less  reliable.  West  declination  is 
indicated  by  the  sign  -f  prefixed,  east  declination  by  the  sign  — j^refixed. 
All  values  for  1900  are  mere  rough  predictions  and  depend  upon  the 
precarious  supposition  of  a  continuation  of  the  law  implied  by  the 
formuhe. 

Table  B. — Secular  Variation  of  Magnetic  Declination — Eastern  Group  of  Stations. 


6 

6 

c 

6 

o 
a 

P 

o 

® 
o    . 

a 

6 
a 

O 

g 

O 

Ph 

Si     . 

o 

-a 
O 

0 

a, 

(2; 

1600 

0 

+19 
19 
19 
18.5 
18 

+  17.5 
17 
16 
15 
U.5 

+  13.7 
13.0 
-12.3 
11.9 
11.6 

+11.4 
11.4 
11.6 
12.0 
12.6 

+  13.2 
14.0 
14.8 
15.6 
16.4 

+  17.1 
17.4 
]7.79 
18.08 
18.32 

+18.53 
18.71 
18.84 

18.  92 

19.  0 
+19.0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

0 

10 

20 

30 

1 

40 

1 

1650 

1 

60 

1        ■■■       i 

70 

!                      j 

1 

80 

1                      ' 

1 

90 

1700 

+  12.1 
11.4 
10.6 
9.9 
9.3 

+8.8 
8.41 
8.18 
8.12 
8.23 

+8.  50 
8.92 
9.46 
10.10 
10.82 

+  11.56 
11.  92 
12.29 
12.64 
12.97 

+13.  29 
13.58 
13.85 
14.  08 
14.3 

+14.4 

10 

1 

20 

1 

30 

j 

40 



1750 



+8.0 

7.5 
7.21 
7.07 
7.07 

+7.26 
7.60 
8.07 
8.65 
9.31 

+10.  02 
10.37 
10.  72 
11.06 
11.39 

+11.  70 
11.99 
12.  25 
12.  48 
12.7 

+12.8 



+  7.5 
6.8 

60 

+  6.6 
6.1 
5.7 
5.0 

+  5.7 
6.1 
6.6 
7.3 

8.1 

+9.0 
9.45 
9.90 
10. 36 
10.79 

+  11.20 
11.59 
11.94 
12.  26 
12.  5 

+  12.8 

70 

^1. 

""+6."8"" 
0.5 

+6.4 
6.44 
6.71 
7.18 
7.80 

+8.55 

8.96 

9.38 

9.80 

10.  22 

+10,  64 
11.05 
11.44 
11.80 
12.1 

+  12.4 

+  7.8 
7.6 
7.5 

+7.6 
7.9 
8.3 
8.87 
9.55 

+10.  28 
10.66 

11.  03 
11.40 
11.75 

+12. 09 

12.  40 
12.69 
12.  94 
13.16 

+  13.3 

+5.9" 
6.2 

6.98 

7.97 

+8.60 
8.86 
9.16 

•9.59 
10.09 

+10.  59 
11.01 
11.  27 
11.38 
11.4 

+11.5 

6.3 

80 

5.9 

90 

+7.1 

+7.2 
7.4 
7.78 
8.29 
8.90 

+9.58 

9.93 

10.27 

10.  62 

10.96 

+  11.28 
11.58 
11.80 
12.11 
12.3 

+  12.5 

5.7 

1800 
10 
20 
30 
40 

1850 
55 
60 
65 
70 

1875 
80 
85 
90 
95 

1900 

+10.8 
11.4 
12.1 
12.9 
13.7 

+14.5 
14.9 
15.3 
15.6 
16.0 

+16.  27 
16.  54 
16.  79 
16.99 
17.15 

+  17.3 

+  5.7 
5.9 
6.3 
6.8 
7.4 

+8.1 
8.5 
8.8 
9.2 
9.6 

+  10.0 
10.3 
10.6 
10.9 
11.2 

+  11.4 

89 


Tai5LK  B. — Secular 


Variation  of  Mat/netic   Declination — Eastern  Group  of  Stations — 
Continued. 


a 

5 

1 

c 

•      in 
-  ^ 

6 

s 

o 

& 
3  . 

Vi 

o 

■-1 

2 

'^  a 

ta 

OS 

1  = 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

1600 

+  10.5 
11. 
11.5 
11.8 
12.0 

+  12.1 
12.0 
11.7 
11.3 
10.8 

+10.2 
9.5 
8.76 
8.07 
7.38 

+6.76 
6.23 
5.82 
5.55 
5.43 

10 

1 

20 

+13. 
18. 
12.8 

+  12.6 
12.3 
11.85 
11.  3 
10.6 

+9.9 
9.2 
8.55 
7.9 
7.4 

+  7.0 
6.7 
6.6 
6.0 
6.8 

30 

1 

40 

1 

1650 

60 

1 

70 

1 

80 

j 

90 

.1  .... 

1700 

+  9.8 
9.2 
8.7 
8.2 
7.82 

+7.  46 
7.  !7 
6.96 
6.86 
6.i)0 

+  10.1 
9.4 
8.7 
8.1 
7.6 

+7.1 
6.8 
6.6 
6.5 
6.65 



+9.1 
8  4 

10 

+  10.4 
9.5 
8.8 
8.4 

+  7.» 
7.0 
6.3 
6.0 
6.2 

+  9.3 
•  8.66 
7.96 
7.27 

+6.62 
6.05 
5.59 
5.27 
5.10 

+  6.8 
6.1 
5.6 
5.1 
4.8 

20 

7  8 

30 

7.3 

40 

6.8 

17r)0 

+  7.8 
7.1 
6.6 
6.2 
6.1 

+  6.4 
6.2 

60 

70 

6. 1 

80 

6.2 

90 

+3.01 

6.4 

1800 
10 

+  5.48 
5.67 

+6.3 
6.6 

+2.96 
3.10 

+  7.10 
7.46 

+6.(10 
7.29 

+7.2 
7.7 

+6.46 
6.54 

+.5. 10 
5.26 

+  4.7 
4.7 

+  6.8 
7.2 

20 

6.02 

7.2 

3.40 

7.  '..)7 

7.78 

8.25 

6.71 

5.58 

5.0 

7.7 

30 

6.49 

7.9 

3.87 

8.i;o 

8.37 

8.91 

7.29 

6.02 

5.  39 

8.34 

40 

7.07 

8.7 

4.46 

9.29 

9.01 

9.61 

8.24 

6.59 

5.95 

8.96 

1850 
55 

+7.73 
8.08 

+  9.64 
10.11 

+5.14 
5.51 

+9.09 
10.3:! 

+9.67 
10  00 

+  10.32 
10.67 

+9.18 
9.53 

+7.24 
7.58 

+6.61 
6.97 

+  9.57 
9.87 

60 

8.44 

10. 58 

5.89 

10.  ti3 

10.  33 

11.00 

9.78 

7.93 

7.35 

10.15 

65 

8.80 

11.04 

6.26 

10.  92 

10.64 

11.31 

10.00 

8.27 

7.72 

10.40 

70 

9.17 

11.48 

6.65 

11.17 

10.94 

11.61 

10.21 

8.  62 

8.10 

10.64 

1875 
80 

+0.  52 
9.87 

+-11.90 
12.  29 

+7.02 
7.38 

+  11.40 
11.. '-.g 

+  11.22 
11.47 

+  11.88 
12.12 

+10.47 
10.70 

+  8.97 
9.29 

+  8.47 
8.84 

+10.  86 
11.04 

85 

10.21 

12.7 

7.72 

11.74 

11.71 

12.  34 

11.17 

9.60 

9.19 

11.19 

90 

10.  52 

13.0 

8.05 

11.85 

11.91 

12.51 

11.56 

9.89 

9.52 

11.31 

95 

10. 82 

13.2 

8.35 

11.9 

12.08 

12.  65 

11.9 

10.16 

9.8 

11.4 

1900 

+  11.1 

+  13.5 

+8.6 

+  12.0 

+  12.2 

+  12.8 

+  12.1 

+  10.4 

+10.1 

+11.5 

90 

Table  B. — Secular  Variation  of  Magnetic  Declination — Eastern  Group  of  Stations- 
Continued. 


a 
'3- 

o 

o 

1 

p" 
o 

Id 

p 

5^ 

u 

w 

g 
o 

W 

.5" 

5'"' 

a 

3600 

o 

o 
+  8. 
8.5 
9. 

9.5 
9.6 

+9.7 
9.7 
9.7 
9.6 
9.1 

+  8.5 
7.8 
7.3 
6.8 
6.3 

+  5.6 
5.0 
4.6 
4.4 
4.4 

+4.3 
4.5 
4.61 
4.98 
5.61 

+  6.31 
6.62 
6.91 
V.16 
7.40 

+7.64 
7.90 
8.18 
8.49 
8.8 

+9.1 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

0 

o 

o 

10 

j 

20 

1 

30 

40 



1650 

60 

70 

80 

+  8.3 
8.2 

+7.9 
7.5 
7.0 
6.4 

5.7 

+4.8 
3.9 
3.1 
2.4 
2.0 

+1.8 
2.0 
2.5 
3.0 
3.7 

+4.35 
4.6 
5.0 
5.3 
5.7 

+  6.2 
6.7 
7.1 
7.6 
7.9 

+  8.0 

90 

1700 

+  8.2 
7.8 
7.4 
6.8 
6.2 

+  5.3 
4.4 
3.6 

2.8 
2.3 

+2.1 
2.16 
2.44 
2.91 
3.46 

+4.07 
4.39 
4.73 
5.08 
5.44 

+5.81 
6.20 
6.59 
7.0 
7.4 

+  7.7 

10 

20 



30 

+4.45 

40 

+6.1 

.    +r..  3 

4.5 
3.8 
3.2 

2.7 

+  2.4 
2.2 
2.3 
2.5 
2.96 

+  3.53 
3.86 
4.22 
4.59 
4.98 

+5.  36 
5.  75 
6.12 
6.49 
6.83 

+  7.2 

3.83 

1750 

+  5.8 
5.4 
5.0 
4.77 
4.67 

+4.72 
4.90 
5.21 
5.63 
6.13 

+6.69 
6.99 

7.28 
7.58 
7.87 

+  8. 15 
8.41 
8.  CO 
8.89 
9.1 

+9.3 

+3.9 
3.2 
2.5 
1.8 
1.33 

+  0.99 
0.84 
0.88 

1.  n 

1.52 

+2.07 
2.40 
2.74 
3.10 
3.48 

+3.85 
4.23 
4.60 
4.95 
5.3 

+  5.« 

+3.18 

60 

+4.5 
3.9 
3.5 
3.21 

+3.09 
3.15 
3.38 

3.77 
4.28 

+4.91 
5.25 
5.60 
5.96 
6.32 

+6.67 
7.01 
7.35 
7.65 
7.94 

H-8.2 

"— o.'i" 

+0.0 
0.3 
0.8 
1.4 
2.2 

+2.94 
3.33 
3.71 
4.08 
4.43 

+  4.75 
5.05 
5.30 
5.52 
5.7 

+  5.8 

2.45 

70 



1.64 

80 

0.82 

90 

1800 
10 
20 
30 
40 

1850 
55 
GO 
65 
70 

1875 
80 
85 
90 
95 

1900 

+2.3 

+  2.54 
2.93 
3.43 
4.02 
4.66 

+  5.32 
5.  C6 
5.98 
6.29 
6.59 

+  6.87 
7.12 

7.35 
7.55 
7.72 
+7.9 

+0. 12 

—0.35 
—0.48 
—0.28 
+0.17 
0.75 

+  1.38 
1.70 
2.02 
2.35 
2.70 

+3.06 
3.44 
3.84 
4.25 
4.65 

+5.0 

*  To  reduce  to  Sandy  Hook,  N.  J.,  siibtract  0°.  33. 


91 


Table  B. — Secular 


Variation  of  Magnetic  Declination- 
Concluded. 


-Eastern  Group  of  Stations — 


5  ^ 

1-3 

O 

6 

g 

u 

a 

p. 

C3 

a 
J2; 

a 

o 

6 

<3 

O 

•i 

IGOO 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

O 

o               o 

0 

o 

o 

10 
20 

! 

1 

■ 

' i 

1 

30 

' 

40 

1650 

[                  1 

60 
70 

t    

+  6. 
6. 
6. 

SO 

+8. 
8. 

+8.0 
7.6 
7.0 
6.4 
5.7 

+4.9 
4.2 
3.0 
3.2 
2.9 

+  2.7 
2.8 
3.0 
3.4 
4.0 

+  4.62 
4.97 
5.34 
5.70 
6.06 

+6.41 
6.76 
7.06 
7.35 
7.6 

+7.8 

...:.:::'' i 

90 

1 1 

+4.7 

1700 

+5.4 
5.0 
4.5 
3.9 
3.2 

+2.6 

+6.4 
5.8 
5.2 
4.4 
3.7 

+2.9 
2.3 
1.7 
1.2 
0.9 

+  0.8 
0.9 
1.1 
1.5 
2.00 

+  2.64 
2.99 
3.30 
3.73 
4.11 

+4.49 
4.86 
5.2 
5.6 
5.9 

+  6.2 

+4.6 
4.4 
4.0 
3.5 
2.9 

+2.3 
1.65 
1.05 
0.52 

+0.10 

—0.17 

0.28 

—0.  22 

+0.01 

0.38 

+0.88 
1.16 
1.47 
1.78 
2.10 

+  2.43 
2.75 
3.06 
3.3 
3.6 

+  3.9 

+  4.6 
4.3 
3.9 
3.4 
2.9 

+2.3 
1.8 
1.2 
0.8 
0.45 

+  0.24 
0.17 
0.25 
0.47 
0.82 

+  1.27 
1.53 
1.80 
2.08 
2.37 

+2.66 
2.94 
3.22 
3.5 
3.7 

+3.9 

+0.0 

—0.5 

1.2 

1.8 

2.5 

—3.1 
3.7 
4.1 
4.4 
4.55 

-4. 55 
4.37 
4.05 
3.59 
3.03 

—2.39 
2.06 
1.73 
1.39 
1.07 

-0.75 
0.45 

—0.17 

+0.09 
0.3 

+  0.5 

10 

20 

30 

40 

1750 

+1.6 
1.0 
0.5 

+  0.2 
—0.0 

-0.1 

—0.0 

+  0.3 

0.7 

1.19 

+1.78 
2.10 
2.42 
2.74 
3.06 

+  3.37 
3.66 
3.93 
4.18 
4.40 

+4.6 

60 

2. 0      

70 
80 
90 

1800 

1.46 
1.04 
0.76 

+  0.64 
0.68 
0.88 
].2{ 
1.70 

+  2.27 
2.58 
2.90 
3.  23 
3.  .55 

+3.87 
4.17 
4.47 
4.74 
5.0 

+5.2 

—1.6 
1.9 
2.1 

—2.11 
1.96 
1.66 
1.23 
0.70 

—0.09 

+0. 22 

0.54 

0.86 

1.17 

+1.46 
1.74 
2.01 
2.25 
2.45 

+2.6 

-5.0 
5.3 
5.6 
5.6 
5.  55 

—5.33 
5.17 
4.98 
4.76 
4.51 

-4.24 
3.96 
3.66 
3.36 
3.1 

—2.7 

10 
20 
30 
40 

1850 
55 
60 
65 
70 

1875 
80 
85 
90 
95 

1900 

'+2.'6i' 

+3.22 
3.50 
3.79 
4.08 
4.36 

+4.65 
4.93 
5.21 
5.50 
5.8 

4-6.1 

-4.7 
4.7 
4.5 
4.2 

—3.78 
3.54 
3.27 
2.98 
2.68 

-2.37 
2.06 
1.76 
1.45 
1.2 

—0.9 

92 

Tablk  C. — Secular  Variation  of  Magnetic  Declination — Middle  Group  of  Stations. 


—  a 

m  a 

•a 
o 

2 

o 
H 

Grand  Haven, 
Mich. 

V 

1 

o" 

a 
a 
0 

a 
o 
a 
.a 

M 

o 

1 

n 

o 

1650 
GO 

0 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

o 

0 



::  .. 

70 

1 

+9.9 
10.1 
10.2 

+  10.1 
9.8 
9.8 
8.6 

7.8 

+  7.0 
6.1 
5.2 
4.4 
3.76 

+3.26 
2.89 
2.74 
2.80 
3.05 

+3.52 
3.81 
4.13 
4.49 

4.88 

+  5.29 
5.71 
6.14 
6.58 
7.03 

+  7.5 

80 

i 

90 

i 

1700 

10 

1 

20 

I 

30 

t 

40 

1 

1750 

1 

00 

j 

70 

1 

80 

90 

+0.0 

—0.5 
0.9 
1.1 
1.16 
1.04 

-0.76 

0.57 

0.34 

—0.07 

-1-0.21 

-F0.52 
0.84 
1.18 
1.52 
1.9 

-1-2.2 

::::;::::::: 

+0.44 

+  0.22 
0.21 
0.41 

-0.47 

-0.55 

0.46 

-0.21 

1800 

-3.1 
3.06 

2.84 
2.49 
2.04 

—1.55 
1.22 
0.93 
0.64 
0.34 

—0.05 

+0.23 

0.49 

0.74 

0.96 

+  1.2 

10 

20 

+  2.6 
3.05 

—5.0 

—7.4 
7.2 
6.9 
6.6 
6.2 

-5.8 
5.4 
5.0 
4.5 
4.1 

—3.6 

-5.7 

30 

4-0.  8     1       5.  2 

0.79  1    fO.  20 
1.35  1       0.73 

5.84 

40 

3.72  1     '  1.32  1       5.2 

5.71 

1850 
55 
60 
65 
70 

1875 
80 
85 
90 
95 

1900 

—9.8 
9.9 
10.02 
10.08 
10.11 

—10. 10 

10.06 

9.98 

9.9 

9.7 

—9.5 

+4.  52 
4.96 
5.41 
5.87 
6.33 

+  6.79 
7.23 
7.6 
8.0 
8.4 

+  8.8 

+1.G0 
1.85 
2.17 
2.39 
2.66 

+  3.14 
3.62 
3.88 
4.12 
4.5 

+  4.-8 

—4.95 
4.74 
4.45 
4.11 
3.71 

—3.  25 
2.73 
2.15 
1.5 

-1.0 

+  2.05 
2.43 
2.84 
3.25 
3.67 

+4.  09 
4.51 
4.91 
5.30 
5.66 

+6.0 

+1.36 
1.70 
2.05 
2.40 
2.75 

+  3.10 
3.43 
3.75 
4.05 
4.3 

+4.5 

-5.33 
5.06 
4.74 
4.37 
3.96 

—3.52 
3.04 
2.55 
2.04 
1.53 

—1.0 

93 

Table  C. — Secular  Variation  of  Magnetic   Declination — Middle   Group  of  Stations- 
Continued. 


a    . 

c    ■ 
p. 

C3 

.2" 

0 

M 

CS 

5 
p 

ce_: 

_tJO  = 

ce  0 
0 

p., 
u 
9 

C3 

0 

P-l 

p-i 

d 
'0 

t.' 

? 
a 

0 

C3 

IS 

6 
3 
0 

1 

1650 

o 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

60 

70 

80 

90 

* 

1700 

10 

20 



1 

30 

1 

i 

40 

1750 

60 

1 

70 

1 

80 

46.2 

-0.2 

—0.46 

0..o2 

0.39 

—0.09 

+  0.36 

+0.94 
1.  26 
1.6U 
1.94 
2.30 

+2.  65 
2.99 
3.  32 
3.62 
3.9 

+4.2 

—0.42 
0.85 

-1.15 
1.30 
1.28 

90 



—1.73 

—1.76 
1.66 
1.43 
1.10 
0.66 

—0.16 
+0.11 

0.39 

0.67 

0.96 

+  1.25 

1.52 

1.79 

2.05 

2.3 
+2.5 

—12.6 
12.6 
12.6 
12.33 

-11.96 
11.73 
11.47 
11.19 
10.89 

—10.  56 
10.  23 
9.89 
9.56 
9.2 
—8.9 



1 

4.0 

1800 

4  1 

10 

—4.15 
3.65 
3.01 
2.25 

—1.44 

1.03 

0.62 

—0.21 

+0.18 

+  0.  55 
0.  89 
1.20 
1.48 
1.7 

+1.9 

—2.9 
2.8 
2.7 
2.33 

—1.86 
1.57 
1.27 
0.94 
0.60 

—0.26 

+  0.10 

0.45 

0.79 

1.1 

+1.4 

4  1 

20 

-6.12 
6.28 
0.25 

—6.04 
5.88 
5.67 
5.  42 
5.15 

—4.84 
^.52 
4.17 
3.81 
3.45 

—3.1 

"'-h'.h' 
5.4 

—5.0 
4.8 
4.6 
4.3 
4.0 

-3.8 
3.5 
3.2 
2.9 
2.6 

-2.3 



3.9 

30 
40 

1850 
55 
60 
65 
70 

1875 
80 
85 
90 
95 

1900 

1.11 
0.78 

—0.32 

—0.06 

+0.23 

0.54 

0.86 

+1.19 
1.52 
1.85 
2.18 
2.49 

+2.8 

'+0.18' 

+0.63 
0.96 
1.26 
1.56 

1.87 

+2.18 
2.49 
2.78 
3.06 
3.3 

+3.5 

—ih'.ii 

15.  02 

14.88 

—14. 71 
14. 52 

14.30 
14.06 
—13.8 

3.60 
3.15 

—2.61 
2.31 
2.00 
1.68 
1.36 

-1.04 
0.73 
0.43 
—0.14 
+  0.12 
+0.4 

94 

Table  C. — Secular   Variation  of  Magnetic  Declination — Middle  Group  of  Stations- 
Concluded, 


t". 

i . 

.2 

'.a 
o 

« 
a 

a 
'o 

n 
C 

6 

'3 

o 

n 
a 

H 

V 

a 

u 
o 

s 

1 

o 

ee 
m 

a 

<u 

M 
H 
a 

a 

o" 

0 
o 

e  ^ 

H 
a 

o 

1 

O 

1650 
60 

o 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 

o 

0 

o 

o 



70 

80 

90 

1700 

-2.2 
2.2  ■ 
2.4 
2.7 
3.1 

—3.7 
4.4 
5.1 
5.8 
6.5 

-7.12 
7.62 
7.96 
8.15 
8.16 

—8.  00 
7.85 
7.66 
7.44 
7.18 

—6.90 
6.59 
6.26 
5.91 
5.6 

—5.2 

10 

20 

30 

40 

......... 

1750 

60 

—4.1 

4.87 
5.61 
6.28 

—6.84 
7.25 
7.50 
7.56 
7.43 

—7.12 

6.90 
6.65 
6.36 
6.05 

-5.71 
5.34 
4.97 
4.59 
4.20 

—3.8 



-ii.'o" 

10.7 

—10. 20 
9.97 
9.74 
9.50 
9.27 

—9.03 
8.80 
8.57 
8.34 
8.1 

-7.9 

70 

I 

80 

90 

1800 

—4.9 
5.01 
4.99 

4.82 
4.51 

—4.08 
3.8S 
3.57 
3.  :i8 
2.99 

—2.69 
2.39 
2.09 
1.80 
1.53 

—1.3 

—5.8 
6.30 
6.71 
6.97 

7.07 

—6.99 
6.90 
6.  75 
6.57 
6.36 

—6.12 
5.84 
5.54 
5.23 
4.9 

-^.6 

10 

—6.5 

6.58 
6.54 
6.37 

—6.11 
5.93 
5.74 
5.53 
5.30 

—5. 1)6 
4.81 
4.55 
4.28 
4.02 

—3.8 

20 
30 
40 

1850 
55 
60 
65 
70 

1875 
80 
85 
90 
95 

1900 

"  '— s.'o' 

8.6 

-8.2 
8.0 
7.  7 
7.4 
7.1 

—6.7 
6.4 
6.0 
5.6 
5.3 

—4.9 

-  6.7 
6.9 
6.9 

—6.7 
6.5 
6.3 
6.1 

5.78 

—5.46 
5.13 
4.78 
4.40 
4.0 

—3.6 

-9.8 
10.1 
10.3 

-10.31 
10.  25 
10.16 
10.  03 
9.86 

-9.66 
9.  43 
9.17 
8.89 
8.6 

-8.3 

—8.9 
8.90 
8.84 
8.74 
8.59 

—8.40 
8.16 
7.88 
7.56 

—7.2 

—  6.9 
6.5 
6.03 

—5.47 
5.17 
4.85 
4.53 
4.21 

—3.88 
3.57 
3.26 
2.96 
2.7 

-2,4 

.95 

Table  D. — Secular  Variation  of  Magnetic  Declination — Western  Grotip  of  Stations, 


i 

0 

"3 
0 

■3 
0 

0 
0 
00 

0' 

.9 
'3 
0 

s 

2 -a 

a 

a 
a 

H 
0" 

Ph 

0 

R 

a 

CO 

CS-: 

a 

u 

B 
0 

3 

is 

02 

0 

Ms 
1 

> 

0 
0 

a 
> 

5^ 
n 

<S  (S 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1700 

10 

-7.3 
7.3 
7.45 

7.7 

—8.1 
8.5 
9.0 
9.5 

—8.2 
8.2 
8.3 
8.5 

—8.9 
9.3 

9.8 
10.4 

20 

30 

40 

1750 

60 

70 

80 

—11.4 

—12.6 

—14.2 

—15.6 

—17.1 

90 

10.1 

11.0 

11.8 

13.1 

14.7 

16.1 

17.3 

1800 

—10.7 

-11.6 

—12. 33 

-13.6 

—15. 1 

—16.8 

—17.7 

10 

11.3 

12  3 

12  86 

14.1 

15  6 

17  5 

18  2 

20 

11.8 

12.9 

13.40 

14.  54 

16.0 



18.2 

18.7 

30 

12.27 

13.43 

13.93 

15.00 

16.5 

18.9 

19.2 

40 

12  67 

13  90 

14  45 

15  42 

16  9 

19  6 

19  8 

1850 

-12.  31 

—12.  99 

—14.  30 

—14.  91 

—15.79 

—17.2 

—16.0 

—20. 17 

—20.4 

—20. 31 

55 

12.41 

13.11 

14.46 

15.13 

15.96 

17.3 

16.3 

20. 41 

20.6 

20.56 

60 

12.47 

13.21 

14.60 

15.  32 

16.10 

17.4 

16.45 

20.62 

20.8 

20.80 

65 

12.48 

13.28 

14.70 

15.  49 

16.23 

•17.5 

16.58 

20.78 

20.9 

21.02 

70 

12.45 

13.  32 

14.78 

15.65 

16.34 

17.6 

16.64 

20.91 

21.0 

21.22 

1875 

—12.38 

—13. 34 

—14.  82 

—15.  78 

—16. 44 

—17.6 

—16. 64 

—21.  00 

—21. 1 

—21.  40 

80 

12.26 

13.32 

14.84 

15.89 

16.51 

17.69 

16.58 

21.04 

21.1 

21.56 

85 

12.11 

13.28 

14.  82 

1.5.98 

16.56 

17.70 

16.45 

21.05 

21.1 

21.69 

90 

11.91 

13. 22 

14.8 

16.04 

16.  .58 

17.69 

16.3 

21.0 

21.0 

21.79 

95 

11.7 

13.12 

14.7 

16.1 

16.59 

17.7 

16.0 

20.9 

20.9 

21.9 

1900 

—11.4 

—13.0 

—14.6 

—16.1 

—16. 57 

—17.6 

—15.7 

—20.8 

—20.8 

—  21.9 

! 

1 

£ 
1 

0 

c  a 

Si 

Iliuliuk  Harbor, 
I'ualaska  Is- 
land, Alaska. 

00 

< 
ci 

11 

"H  i:  rt 
^■5.2 

00 

0 

0 

Ph 

0 

CJ 

a   . 
u  * 

0 
Ph 

a  a-^ 

0 

1700 
10 
20 
30 
40 

1750 
60 
70 
80 
90 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 

0 



—28.0 
29.0 
30.0 

—30.0 
30.0 
30.5 
30.0 
30.0 

-30.0 
29.0 
28.4 
27.6 
26.7 

i-25.7 
25.3 
24.  8 
24.4 
24.0 

-23.6 
23.2 
22.9 
22.6 

—22. 

32  0 

1 

32  5 

33  0 

33  5 

34  0 

—24.5 
25.1 
25.7 

-26.  39 

27.06 
27.68 
28.22 
28.66 

—28.  95 
29.06 
29.13 
29. 15 
29.13 

—29.  08 

29. 

29. 
—29. 

-22.2 
23.4 
24.5 

-25. 54 
26.37 
26.98 
27.  32 
27.38 

—27. 15 
26.  93 
26.65 
26.31 
25.90 

—25.  45 
24.96 
24.4 
23.9 

—23. 

—23. 
24.5 
26. 

—27.5 
29. 
30. 
31. 
31.5 

—31.7 
31.7 
31.6 
31.4 
31.0 

-30.8 
30.4 
30. 
29. 

—29. 

-22.5 
24.4 
26.2 

-27. 84 
29.28 
30.44 
31.22 
31.58 

—31.  50 
31.  30 
30.99 
30.59 
30.09 

—29. 49 
28.8 
28.1 
27.3 

—26. 

34  0 



—16.8 
17.4 

—18.1 
18.8 
19.6 
20.3 
20.9 

—21.  38 
21.  .57 
21.70 
21.79 
21.83 

—21.  83 
21.78 
21.68 
21. 54 
21.3 

—21.1 

—17.3 
17.8 

—18.3 
18.9 
19.6 
20.3 
21.0 

—21.  64 
21.90 
22. 13 
22.33 
22.50 

-22. 62 
22.70 
22.74 
22.73 
22.7 

—22.6 

—18.4 
18.9 

—19.  27 
19.  .59 
19.80 
19. 90 
19.89 

-19.76 
19.05 
19.52 
19.  37 
19.19 

—  18.99 
18.78 
18.55 
18.31 
18.1 

—17.8 

34  0 

1800 

33  5 

10 

33.0 
32  3 

20 

30 

31.5 
30  6 

40 

1850 
55 
60 
65 

70 

1875 
80 
85 
90 
95 

-21.3 
21.6 
21.8 
22.0 
22.13 

—22.  23 
22.28 
22.29 
22.25 
22.2 

-22.1 

—29.7 
29.2 
28.8 
28.4 
27.9 

-27.5 
27.2 
26.8 
26.5 
26. 

1900 

96 

The  following  table  contains  the  latitude  and  longitude  of  each  of  the 
secular  variation  stations,  together  with  the  annual  change  of  the 
declination  for  the  epochs  1890,  1895  and  1900,  as  far  as  known  at  pres- 
ent. Increasing  westerly  declination,  or  what  is  the  same,  decreasing 
easterly  declination,  has  a  +  sign  prefixed  to  its  annual  change, 
whereas  decreasing  westerly  or  increasing  easterly  declination  is  indi- 
cated by  a  —  sign. 

Table  E. — Latitude  and  Limcjitude  of  places  of  Magnetic  Ohservation,  and  Anntial  Vari- 
ation  of  Magnetic  Declination. 


Name  of  place. 


Eastern  Group. 

Eastport,  Me 

Bangor,  Me 

Burlington,  Vt 

Hanover,  N.  H 

Portland,  Me 

Rutland,  Vt 

Portsmouth,  N.  H 

Chesterfleld,  N.  H 

Newburyport,  Mass 

Williamstowu,  Mass 

Albany,  N.  Y 

Salem,  Mass 

Oxford,  N.  y 

Cambridge,  Mass 

Boston,  Mass 

Provincetown,  Mass 

Providence,  R.I 

Hartford,  Conn 

New  Haven,  Conn 

Nantucket,  Mass 

Cold  Spring  Harbor,  N.  Y 

New  Yorli.  N.  Y 

South  Betlilehcm,  Pa 

Huntingdon,  Pa 

New  Brunswick,  N.  J 

Jamesburg,  N.  J 

Harrisburir,  Pa 

Hatboro.  Pa 

Philadelphia,  Pa 

Chambersburg,  Pa 

West  Ci^ek,  N.  J 

Baltimore,  Md 

Cape  May,  N.  J 

Washington,  D.  C 

Uape  Heulopen,  Del 

Williamsburg.  Va 

Cape  Henry,  Va 

Newbern,  N.  C 

Milledgeville,  (Ja 

Charleston,  S.  C 

Savannah,  G a 

3Iiddle  group. 

Duhith,  Minn.,  and  Superior,  AVis. . 

Sault  dc  Ste.  :\rarie,  Mich , 

Pierrcpoiit  Manor,  N.  Y 

Toronto,  Cau 

Grand  Haven,  Mich 

Milwaukee,  Wis 

BiiHiilo,  N.  Y 

Dunkirk,  N.Y 

Ithaca,  N.Y 


Latitude. 


44  54. 4 
44  48  2 
44  28.  5 
43  42.  3 
43  38.8 

43  36.  .5 
43  04.  3 
42  53.5 
42  48.  9 
42  42.  8 

42  39.  2 
42  31.  0 
42  26.  5 
42  22.  9 
42  21.  5 

42  03. 1 

41  50.  2 
41  45.  9 
41  18.5 
41  17.0 

40  52 
40  42.7 
40  36.  4 
40  31 
40  29.  9 

40  21 
40  15.9 
40  12 
39  56.  9 
39  55 

39  38 
39  17.  8 
38  56.  0 
38  53.  3 
38  46.  7 

37  16.2 
36  55.  6 
35  06 
33  04.2 
32  46.  6 

32  04.  9 


46  45.  5 
40  29.9 
43  44.  5 
43  39.  4 

43  05.  2 
43  02.5 
42  52.  8 
42  29.  6 
42  26,  8 


Longi- 
tude 
west. 


66  59. 2 
68  46.  9 
73  12.0 
72  17. 1 
70  16.  6 

72  55.5 
70  42.  5 

72  24 
70  49.  2 

73  13.4 

73  45.  8 

70  52.  5 
75  40.  5 

71  07.7 

71  03.  9 

70  11.3 
7!  23.8 

72  40.4 

72  55.  7 
70  06.  0 

73  28 

74  on.  4 

75  22.  9 

78  (12 
74  26.8 

74  27 

76  52.  9 

75  07 

75  09.  0 

77  40 

74  19 

76  37. 0 

74  57.  6 

77  00. 6 

75  05.  0 

76  42.  4 

76  00.4 

77  02 
83  12 

79  55. 8 

81  05.5 


92  04. 5 
84  20. 1 
76  03.  0 
79  23.  5 

86  12.6 

87  54.  2 

78  .53.5 

79  21.3 
76  28.  9 


Annual  change  of 
decl.  for — 


+  0.8 
+2.2 
+2.8 
+3.5 
+2.6 

+4.2 
+2.9 
-r2.7 
+  2.6 
+  3.4 

+3.7 
+3.6 

+3.7 
+1.5 


+L9 
+4.4 
+  3.3 
+3.8 
+1.2 

+2.6 
+  3.8 
+4.3 
+4.1 
+2.2 

+  3.6 
+2.3 

+4.4 
+4.4 
+4.9 

+3.3 
+3.1 

+  3.4 
+  2.4 
+  4.0 

+  3.4 
+3.0 
+2.7 
+3.7 
+2.9 

+3.6 


+4.1 
+  4.6 
+  3.8 


+5.4 
+4.5 
+  3.4 
+5.3 


+  0.2 
+  1.7 
+  2.4 
+3.0 
+2.2 

+  3.8 
+2.5 
+  2.2 
+  2.2 
+3.0 

+3.4 
+  3.0 
+  3.4 
+  1.2 
+1.9 

+1.5 
+3.6 

+3.0 
+3.4 
+0.8 

+2.3 
+3.8 
+  4.0 
+  3.9 
+1.8 

+  3.3 

+  1.8 
+3.3 
+4.4 
+4.8 

+2.9 

+2.8 


+  2.0 

+  3.7 

+3.2 
+2.8 
+  2.3 
+  3.7 
+2.5 

+  3.4 


+4.1 
+4.2 
+4.4 


+5.5 
+4.2 
+  3.1 
+5.2 


97 

Table  E. — LntUxde  aud  Lomjitude  of  places  of  Magnetic  Observation,  etc. — Concluded. 


Name  of  place. 


Middle  Oroup — Continued. 

Pptroit,  Mich 

Kalamazoo,  Midi 

Ypsilanti,  Mich 

Erie,  Pa 

Chicago,  111 

Michigan  City,  Ind 

Cleveland,  Ohio 

Omaha,  Is't'b 

Beaver,  Pa 

Pittshurg,  Pa 

Denver,  Colo 

Marietta,  Ohio 

Athens,  Ohio 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 

St.  Louis,  Mo 

Nashville,  Tenu 

Florence,  Ala , 

Mobile,  Ala 

Pensacola,  Fla 

Austin,  Tex 

New  Orleans,  La 

San  Antonio,  Tex 

Gal  veston,  Tex 

Key  West,  Fla 

Western  grotip. 

El  Paso,  Tex 

San  Dieao,  Cal 

Santa  Barbara,  Cal 

Monterey,  Cal 

San  Francisco,  Cal 

Cape  Mendocino,  Cal 

Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Vancouver,  Wash 

Walla  Walla,  Wash 

Cape  Disai)pointment,  Wash 

S.'attle,  Wash 

Port  Townsend,  Wash 

Nce-ah  Bay,  Wash 

Iliuliuk  Harbor,  ITnalaska  Isl.,  Alaska  .. 
Sitka,  Alaska 

St.  Paul,  Kadiak  Isl.,  Alaska 

Port  Mulgrave,  Yakutat  Bay,  Alaska 

Port  Ktclies,  Alaska 

Port  ( 'larence,  Alaska 

Ciiandsso  Isl.,  Kotzebue  Sound,  Alaska. . . 


Latitude. 


42  20.  0 
42  17.4 
42  14 
42  07.  8 
41  50. 0 

41  43.4 
41  30.4 
41  15.7 
40  44 
40  27. 6 

39  45. 3 
39  25 
39  19 
39  06.4 
38  38.  0 

36  08.  9 
34  47. 2 
30  41.4 
30  20. 8 
30  16.4 

29  57. 2 
29  26. 8 
29  17.4 
24  33.  5 


31  45. 5 

32  42. 1 
34  24.  2 

36  36. 1 

37  47. 5 

40  26.  3 
40  46. 1 

45  37.  5 

46  04 

46  16.  7 

47  35. 9 

48  07.  0 
48  21.  8 
53  52.6 
57  02. 9 

57  48.  0 

59  33.  7 

60  20.  7 

65  16 

66  13 


Longi- 
tiide 

west. 


83  03. 0 

85  35.2 

83  38 

80  05.  4 
87  36.8 

86  54. 4 

81  41.5 
95  56.  5 
80  20 

80  00.  8 

104  59.  5 

81  28 

82  02 

84  29.  8 
90  12.  2 

86  48.  2 

87  41.  7 

88  02.  5 
87  18. 3 

97  44. 2 

90  03.  9 

98  27.  9 
94  47 
81  48.  5 


106  27. 0 

117  14.  3 
119  43 

121  53.  6 

122  27. 3 

124  24. 3 
111  53.8 
122  39.  7 

118  22 
124  02. 8 

122  20. 0 
122  44.  9 
124  38.  0 
166  31. 5 
135  19. 7 


Annual  change  of 
decl.  for — 


1890. 


+2.8 
+  6.1 
+3.1 
+3.5 
+4.3 

+3.5 
+3.0 
+  4.1 
+  3.8 
+3.2 


+2.6 
+  1.0 
+0.7 
—0.6 
-0.2 


+0.8 
+2.0 
+  0.3 
+2.9 
-2.0(?) 


ir.2  21.  3 

+6.9 

139  45.  9 

+0.0(?) 

146  37.  6 

+9.9 

166  50 

+  3.4 

161  49 

+3.5 

1895. 


+7.2 


+2.9 
+3.0 


+2.2 


+4.4 


+4.0 


+3.1 


It  will  be  observed  tliat  the  character  of  the  secular  change  is  fairly 
uniform  over  large  areas,  though  each  locality  apparently  has  or  may 
have  minor  features  not  shared  by  surrounding  stations.  It  is,  however, 
difficult  to  distinguish  with  certainty  real  from  apparent  deviations,  in 
con.sequence  of  the  imperfect  data  at  our  command.  The  following 
summary  of  the  most  probable  vjilues  for  the  annual  change  about  the 
epoch  ]<S93  has  been  made  up  from  the  preceding  tabular  values  and 
from  other  less  reliable  information,  but  for  many  States  or  special  sub- 
divisions it  can  only  be  a  rough  approximation, 
380 7 


98 


Table  F. — Approximate  average  Annual  Change  of  the  Magnetic  Declination  about  the 
epoch  lS9:i,  for  the  central  part  of  each  State,  Territory,  or  geographical  aubdivision. 

[As  before,  a  +  sign  indicates  increasing  west  declination  or  decreasing  east  declination,  a  —  sign 

indicates  the  contrary.] 


Locality. 


Alabama 

Alaska : 

Pixon  Entrance 

Sitka  Hay 

Coast  oil'  Mount  St.  Elias 

Boring  Strait 

Arizona  Territory 

Arkansas 

California: 

Southern  coast 

Coast,  central  part 

Kort  hern  coast 

Colorado 

Con  necticut 

Delaware 

District  of  Columbia 

Florida : 

Northwestern  part 

Peninsula  part 

Georgia 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Indian  Territory 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky  

Louisiana 

Maine: 

Western  part 

Eastern  part 

Maryland 

Massachusetts : 

Western  part 

E.istern  jiart 

Michigan: 

Soutliern  part 

Northern  part 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 


Annual 
change. 


+3.7 

-1     ( 

-2     ( 
+0     ( 

+  4     ( 
+2 
+  3 

+  1 
-0.5 
+  1 
+  2.8 
+  3. 
+  3. 
+  2. 


+3. 

+  3. 
+3. 
+1. 
+3. 
+3. 
+3. 
+4. 
+  3. 
+  3. 
+  3. 

+  2. 
+  1 
+  3. 

+  3. 
+2. 

+  3. 
+4 
+  3 
+  3. 


4 
4 

9 

5 
5 
5(?) 


5 
0 

5 
4 
6 
6(?) 


3 
2 

5(?) 
(?) 
(0 

5 


Locality. 


Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska : 

Western  part... 

Eastern  part 

Nevada 

New  Hampshire 

New  Jersey:  • 

Northern  part  . . 

Southern  jtart... 

New  Mexico 

New  York : 

Long  Island 

Western  part. .. 

North  Carolina 

Nortli  Dakota 

Ohio 

Oklahoma  Territory 
Oregon : 

AVestern  part — 

Eastern  part  . . . 

Pennsylvania 

llliode"  Island 

South  Carolina 

South  Dakota 

Tennessee 

Texas : 

Eastern  pail 

Central  part 

Southern  part 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

VVasliington: 

Western  part... 

Eastern  part 

West  Virginia 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


Annual 
change. 


+  4.0 
+  2     (?) 


+3  ( 
+4  ( 
+  2  ( 
+  4.0 

+  3.8 
+3.3 

+  2.7 


+3.2 
+4.0 
+  3.2 
+  3  (?) 
+3.4 
+3 

+1     (?) 
+  2     (!) 
+3.8 
4  3.  3 
+3.0 
+4     (?) 
+  3.6(?) 

+3     (?) 
+3.4 
+3     (?) 
+  2.5 
+4 
+3.0 

0     (?) 
+1     (?) 

+  3.2 
+4     (?) 
+3     (?) 


It  is  highly  desirable  to  render  the  above  list  more  i^recise  and  com- 
prehensive, but  this  can  only  be  done  by  an  increase  of  reliable  data, 
which,  to  some  extent,  should  be  proportioned  to  the  vast  areas  now, 
magnetically,  almost  a  complete  blank.  The  tabular  numbers  may  be 
used  for  a  few  years  (say  live)  without  serious  error  being  introduced. 

Tlie  diurnal  variation  of  the  declination. — Next  in  order  of  magnitude 
of  systematic  changes,  and  for  which  special  attention  is  required  when 
running  a  compass  course,  is  the  diurnal  motion  of  the  magnetic  needle. 
In  general,  about  the  time  of  snnrise,  or  soon  after  it,  the  north-seeking 
end  of  the  needle  is  found  approaching  to  or  near  its  eastermost  j)Osi- 
tion,  i.  e.,  near  or  at  its  eastern  elongation  of  the  solar  day  period.  On 
the  yearly  average  this  phase  happens,  for  instance,  at  Philadelphia, 
Pa.,  about  8  a.  m. ;  at  Key  West,  Fla.,  about  8|  a.  m.;  at  Los  Angeles, 
Cal.,  shortly  after  8  a.  m.  However,  the  time  of  occurrence  is  subject 
to  an  annual  variation,  the  eastern  elongation  being  reached  about  half 
an  hour  earlier  during  summer  and  about  half  an  hour  later  during  win- 
ter than  its  average  epoch.  The  direction  of  the  needle,  after  remain- 
ing nearly  stationary  about  this  time,  soon  begins  its  principal  daily 
motion  towards  the  west,  at  first  slowly,  but  after  about  9i  a.  m.  (juite 
rapidly,  but  slackening  again  in  speed  when  nearing  its  western  extreme 
position  known  as  the  western  elongation.  It  occurs  about  l.J''  p.  m. 
On  the  yearly  average  this  phase  is  reached  at  Philadelj)hia  about  1^*^ 


99 

p.  m.,  at  Key  West  uLout  l.V'  p.  m.,  at  Los  Angeles  about  l^'^  p.  in. 
Like  the  moriiiug  extreme  it  is  subject  to  an  annual  change,  occurring 
less  than  ^  of  an  hour  earlier  in  summer  and  the  same  amount  later  in 
winter.  After  this  second  temporary  stand,  the  needle  reverses  its 
anguhtr  motion  and  gradually  returns  to  the  position  from  which  it  had 
set  out  in  the  early  morning,  not  however  without  experiencing  diu-ing 
the  night  a  secondary  but  small  retrograde  motion. 

The  average  position  of  the  needle  during  the  daily  period  is  reached 
about  10.^^'  a.  m.,  and  within  ^  of  an  hour  of  this  epoch  at  all  places 
within  the  United  States  (Alaska  excepted),  yet  it  is  subject  to  a  dis- 
placement to  10''  a.  m.  in  summer  and  to  Hi''  a.  m.  in  winter.  The 
needle  crosses  a  second  time  the  average  magnetic  meridian  between 
7''  and  8'"  p.  m.,  but  this  time  is  less  distinctly  marked.  The  amount  of 
angular  motion  between  the  morning  and  afternoon  is  called  the  diurnal 
range.  It  amounts  to  about  8'  at  riiiladelphia,  5'  at  Key  West,  and  6'  at 
Los  Angeles,  on  the  average,  but  during  midsummer  it  rises  to  12',  8', 
and  9'  at  these  places,  respectively,  and  recedes  too',  3',  and  4',  respec- 
tively, during  nudwinter.  The  solar  diurnal  variation  is  further  sub- 
ject to  a  periodic  inequality  dei)cuding  on  the  sun-S])ot  cycle  of  about  11 
years.  The  diurnal  range  is  least  in  years  of  minimum  spots,  as  iu 
1878  and  1889,  and  is  greatest  iu  years  of  maximum  spots,  which  years 
occur  generally  aboiit  four  years  after  the  minimum  yeais,  as  in  1883  and 
near  tlie  current  year.  In  years  of  least  sun-spot  activity,  the  range  is 
about  0.8,  and  in  years  of  greatest  activity,  about  1.3,  the  average  range 
of  the  diurnal  motion  as  given  above.  It  must  not  be  supposed  that 
the  diurnal  variation  can  be  observed  regularly,  day  for  day.  It  is  at  all 
times  subject  to  more  or  less  irregularity  and  occasionally  to  an  extent 
overpowering  the  daily  range  altogether;  this  happens  particularly  in 
the  winter  season,  when  the  regular  motion  is  small,  and  in  the  months 
of  March  and  September,  i.  e.,  the  equinoctial  months,  September  pre- 
ponderating; on  the  other  hand,  greater  regularity  or  less  interruption 
from  occasional  disturbances  may  be  expected  during  the  solstitial 
mouths,  June  and  December.  In  every  month  there  are  a  few  days — 
about  half  a  dozen,  more  or  less — on  which  the  hourly  progression  of 
the  diurnal  motion  is  quite  regular;  such  days  have  been  called  "quiet 
days  "  as  representing  type  curves.  The  character  of  the  diurnal  vari- 
ation is  the  same  for  all  places  within  the  temjierate  zone,  but  changes 
as  we  approach  the  equatorial  (magnetic  dip  small)  region,  as  well  as 
upon  approaching  the  polar  (magnetic  dip  large)  region ;  thus  in  Alaska 
we  find  diurnal  ranges  of  half  a  degree  and  over,  with  the  epochs  of  the 
daily  extremes  shifted  to  earlier  hours.  For  a  satisfactory  determina- 
tion of  the  declination  it  is  recommended  to  extend  the  observations 
over  not  less  than  three  days  in  order  to  secure  data  for  the  elimination 
of  the  diurnal  motion.  It  is  best  to  observe  the  needle,  say  every  ten 
minutes,  about  the  expected  times  of  the  elongations,  so  as  to  include 
them,  and  to  adopt  the  mean  declination  obtained  for  these  two  epochs. 

The  following  table  will  be  found  useful  for  reducing  observed  declina- 
tions taken  at  any  time  of  the  day  between  6*^  a.  m.  and  6''  p.  m.  on  any 
day  of  the  year,  to  the  average  value  of  the  day  or  that  value  which 
would  have  been  obtained  had  hourly  or  continuous  observations  been 
made  throughout  the  twenty-four  hours.  The  tabular  value  answers 
approxinuitely  to  the  middle  part  of  a  sun-spot  cycle.  Considering  the 
ordinary  irregularities  in  the  diurnal  variation,  it  suffices  to  take  the 
nearest  whole  minute  of  arc  from  the  table.  These  tabular  qnantities 
are  nothing  more  than  the  deflections  at  any  hour  from  the  mean  of 
twenty-four  hours,  with  reference  to  the  seasons  of  the  year  arid  to 


100 


geographical  position  of  the  station.  Two  sets  of  figures  are  given, 
those  for  northern  places,  for  latitude  between  49'^  and  37°  about,  and 
for  southern  places,  for  latitude  between  37°  and  25°.  For  the  upper 
geographical  zone  the  observations  at  Philadelphia,  Toronto,  and  Mad- 
ison were  utilized;  for  the  lower  zone,  those  at  Key  West  and  Los 
Angeles. 

Reduction  of  the  result  of  a  declination  observed  at  any  hour  to  the 
average  or  mean  declination  of  the  day. 

The  letter  W  affixed  to  a  number  indicates  that  the  direction  of  the 
needle  at  that  time  is  to  the  west  of  its  average  position  and  by  the 
amount  given;  the  letter  E  indicates  that  the  needle  deviates  to  the 
east  of  the  average,  and  the  corrections  must  be  made  accordingly. 

Table  G. — For  finding  mean  Declination  for  the  day. 


Season,  and  position  in  latitude. 


December,  January,  February : 

North  ern  part 

Southern  ])art 

Marrh.  Ajiril,  May: 

Northern  part 

Southern  part 

June,  July,  August: 

Northern  part 

Southern  part 

September,  October,  November: 

Northern  part 

Southern  part 


Local  mean  time;  morning  hours. 


0.7E 
0. 1  W 


2.6E 
1.6E 


4.  OE 
2.4E 


1.8E 
0.9E 


I.IE 
O.IE 


3.8E 
2.8E 


5.6E 
4.0E 


2.  6E 
2.  IE 


1.9E 
l.OE 


4.4  E 
3.3E 


5.7E 
4.2E 


3.  IE 

2.6E 


9" 


2.2E 

2.0E 


3.5E 
2.6E 


4.5E 
2.9E 


2.5E 
2.  IE 


lOh 


lit 


1.5E 

2.2E 


1.2E 
I.IE 


1.7E 
0.5E 


l.OE 
0.6E 


0.1  W 
I.IE 


1.6E 
0.6  W 


1.6E 
1.6  W 


1.5E 
0.9  W 


12i> 


1.8  W 
0.5  W 


3.8  W 

1.9  W 


4.1  W 
2.  8  W 


3.3  W 
2.1  W 


Season,  and  position  in  latitude. 


December,  January,  February : 

Northern  part 

Sout hern  part 

March,  A  pril,  ]^Iay : 

Nort  lii-rn  ])art 

Southern  part 

June,  July,  Augu.st: 

Northern  part 

Southern  part 

Septemlier,  October,  November: 

Northern  part 

Southern  part 


Local  mean  time:  afternoon  hours. 


1.8  W 
0.5  W 


3.8  W 

1.9  W 


4.1  W 

2.8  W 


3.3  W 
2.1  W 


2.9  W 
1.5W 


2.&W 
1.8  W 


4.  8  W       4.  6  W 
2.  6  W      2.  8  W 


5.6  W 
3.2  W 


4.0  W 
2.3  W 


5.6  W 
3.1  W 


3.4W 
1.9  W 


3i> 

4h 

S^ 

2.1  W 
1.6  W 

1.3  W 
1.  0  W 

0.7  W 
0.4  AV 

3.8  W 
2.4  W 

2.5  W 
1.6W 

1.4  W 

0.9  AV 

4.6W 

2.4  W 

3.0  W 

1.  5  W 

1.4  W 
0.  8  AV 

2.3  W 
1.2  W 

1.2  W 
0.7  W 

0.6  W 
0.  4  \V 

0.2  W 

0.1  w 


0.7  W 
0.5  AV 


0.6  W 
0.4  W 


0.1  W 
0.2  W 


The  application  of  the  tabular  values  to  observations  as  to  magnitude 
and  sign  is  obvious. 

Magnetic  disturbances. — These  disturbances  when  of  great  amount 
and  large  extent  are  known  asmagnetic  storms  and  are  not  infrequently 
a  source  of  annoyance  to  the  surveyor;  they  may  occur  at  any  time  and 
are,  when  taken  individually,  beyond  our  power  of  prediction,  but  when 
averages  are  taken  of  many  hundreds  or  thousands,  and  discussed, 
they  are  nevertheless  found  to  be  subject  to  precise  laws.  Their  pres- 
ence is  generally  indicated  by  sudden  deflections  and  by  rapid  and 
large  fluctuations  from  the  normal  direction  of  the  needle  at  the  time, 
and  they  often  take  place  simultaneously  over  large  regions  of  the  globe, 
even  involving  both  hemispheres.  They  may  last  from  a  few  hours  to 
three  and  sometimes  more  days,  and  are  not  infrequently  accompanied 
by  auroral  displays.  These  disturbances  are  supposed  to  originate  in 
the  solar  envelope  and  are  felt  here  by  inductive  action.  The  hours 
most  frequently  subject  to  disturbances  aie  from  7  to  10  a.  m. ;  those 
Jeast  disturbed  between  2  and  6  p.  m.    They  are  more  energetic  during 


101 

the  equinoctial  months  and  less  so  during  the  solstitial  months;  the 
larger  storms  occur  predominantly  during  years  of  maximum  sun-spot 
activity.  Within  the  area  of  the  United  States,  Alaska  excepted, 
deflections  from  the  normal  for  the  time  of  day  of  ^°  are  common. 
Deflections  of  ^°  occur  occasionally,  but  those  exceeding  1°  or  2°  are 
rare;  in  the  higher  magnetic  latitudes  they  may  even  reach  the  greater 
part  of  a  quadrant. 

Minor  ckarKjes  in  the  direction  of  the  magnetic  needle. — It  suffices  to 
mentiou  here  a  few  of  the  smaller  fluctuations,  not  only  as  matter  of 
general  interest*  but  as  showing  relations  and  interdependence  of  ter- 
restrial and  cosmical  magnetisms.  Of  this  character  are  the  laws  found 
to  govern  the  direction  of  the  needle  with  respect  to  the  position  of  the 
moon.  The  principal  inequality  is  that  known  as  the  lunar-diurnal  vari- 
ation. It  exhibits  every  lunar  day  two  deflections  to  the  east  and  two 
to  the  west  of  the  normal  direction;  the  range  is  nearly  27"  at  Phila- 
delphia, 43"  at  Toronto,  and  16"  at  Los  Angeles.  There  are  also  rela- 
tions depending  on  the  moon's  phases  and  parallax.  Of  solar  inequali- 
ties we  may  mention  the  annual  inequality  of  about  1^'  (or  less)  of 
angular  range  and  the  very  remarkable  one  depending  on  the  sun's 
rotation  about  its  axis,  for  which  period  the  observations  of  the  needle 
assign  about  26  days. 

Remarlcs  on  instrumental  means  and  metliods  for  observing  the  declina- 
tion.— The  accuracy  with  which  the  declination  may  be  determined 
depends  chiefly  upon  the  instruments  at  command  and  upon  the  ability 
and  care  of  the  observer  in  using  them.  It  rests  with  him  to  select 
the  i)roper  instrument,  the  proper  method  and  time  for  observing. 
The  instruments  ordinarily  in  the  hands  of  the  surveyor  are  suflicieiitly 
described  in  books  on  sur^■eyillgor  in  catalogues  of  instrument  makers, 
but  it  may  not  be  superfluous  to  call  renewed  attention  to  the  impor- 
tance of  thedetermination  of  the  so-called  index  correction.  Fordescrip- 
tion  and  illustration  of  more  refined  magnetic  instruments  as  well  as 
for  their  adjustment  and  method  of  using  them  the  reader  may  consult 
Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  Report  for  1881,  Appendix  No.  8,  entitled, 
'*  Directions  for  measurement  of  terrestrial  magnetism".  The  method 
to  be  folloAved  will  dei)end  greatly  upon  circumstances.  Thus  the  sun 
or  the  pole  star  may  be  observed  for  azimuth ;  local  time  may  be  had 
by  the  method  of  equal  altitudes  of  the  sun,  for  which  the  latitude  of 
the  place  need  only  to  be  known  roughly.  Observations  of  the  pole 
star  for  the  true  azimuth  are  generally  preferred,  since  no  great  ])re- 
cision  in  the  local  time  is  required.  The  following  tables  and  explan- 
atory remarks  have  been  inserted  to  facilitate  the  use  of  this  method. 
It  will  serve  for  the  period  ISIK)  to  1910. 

*The  reader  may  consult  here  Appeudix  No.  9,  Coast  aud  Geodetic  Survey  Report 
for  1890. 


102 


Table  H. — Approximate  local  mean  {astronomical*)  tinicfi  of  the  Culminations  and  Elon- 
gations of  Polaris  in  the  year  1893. 

[Computed  for  latitude  +  40°  north,  and  longitude  6''  west  from  Greenwich.] 


East 

Upper 

West 

Lower 

Date. 

elonga- 

culmina- 

elonga- 

culmina- 

tion. 

tion. 

tion. 

tion. 

1893. 

ft. 

m. 

ft. 

m. 

ft. 

m. 

ft. 

m. 

Jan.     1 
15 

0 

37.2 

€ 
5 

32.0 
36.7 

12 
11 

26.8 
31.5 

18 
17 

30.0 
34.7 

'£.i 

38.0 

Peb.     1 

22 

30.8 

4 

21).  6 

10 

24.4 

16 

27.6 

15 

21 

35.  C 

3 

34.3 

9 

29.  2 

15 

32.3 

Mar.    1 

20 

40.4 

2 

39.1 

8 

33^9 

14 

37.1 

15 

19 

45.3 

1 

44.1 

7 

38.8 

13 

42.1 

Apr.     1 
15 

18 
17 

38.3 
43.3 

0 

37.0 

6 
5 

31.8 
36.8 

12 

11 

35.1 
40.1 

23- 

38.1 

May     1 

16 

40.5 

22 

35.2 

4 

34.0 

10 

37.2 

15 

15 

45.6 

21 

40.3 

3 

39. 1 

9 

42.3 

June    1 

14 

38.9 

20 

33.7 

2 

32.4 

8 

35.7 

15 

13 

44.0 

19 

38.8 

1 

37.5 

7 

40.8 

July    1 
15 

12 
11 

41.4 
46.5 

18 
17 

36.2 
41.3 

0 

34.9 

6 

5 

38.2 
43.3 

ir 

30.1 

Aug.    1 

10 

40.0 

16 

34.8 

22 

29.0 

4 

36.8 

15 

9 

45.1 

15 

:;9. 9 

21 

34.7 

3 

41.9 

Sept.    1 

8 

38.5 

14 

33.3 

20 

28.1 

2 

35.3 

15 

7 

43.6 

13 

38.4 

19 

33.2 

1 

40.  4 

Oct.      1 
15 

6 
5 

40.8 
45.8 

12 
11 

35.6 
40.6 

18 
17 

30.4 
35.4 

0 

37.6 

23 

38.7 

Nov.    1 

4 

39.0 

10 

33.8 

16 

28.6 

22 

31.8 

15 

3 

43.8 

9 

38.6 

15 

33.4 

21 

36.6 

Dec.     1 

2 

40.8 

8 

35.6 

14 

30.4 

20 

33.6 

15 

1 

45.5 

7 

40.3 

13 

35.1 

19 

38.3 

To  refer  to  any  calendar  day  other  than  the  first  and  fifteenth  of 
each  inontli,  .subtract  3.94™  for  every  day  between  it  and  tlie  precediiij": 
tabular  day,  or  add  3.94"'  for  every  day  between  it  and  the  succeeding 
tabular  day. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  for  the  tabular  year  two  eastern  elongations 
occur  on  January  10,  and  two  western  elongations  on  July  9;  there  are 
also  two  upper  culminations  on  April  10  and  two  lower  culminations 
on  October  10. 

The  lower  culmination  either  follows  or  i)recedes  the  upper  culmina- 
tion at  an  interval  of  ll''  58.0™.  Also  east  elongation  either  follows 
west  elongation  at  an  interval  of  12''  06.5'",  or  precedes  it  at  an  inter- 
val of  11"  49.6"^ 

For  dates  and  positions  other  than  those  directly  given  by  the  table, 
the  following  corrections  need  to  be  applied: 

To  refer  the  tabular  times  to  any  year  subsequent  to  the  year  1893, 
add  0.25  m.  (nearly)  for  every  additional  year.t 

To  refer  the  tabular  times,  corre(;ted  as  above,  to  any  year  in  a  quad- 
renniuin,  observe  that  for  the  first  year  after  a  leap  year  the  table  is 
correct;  for  the  second  year  after  a  leap  year  add  0.9'"  to  the  tabular 
value;  for  the  tbird  year  after  a  leap  year,  add  1.7'"  to  the  tabular 
value;  for  leap  year  before  March  1,  add  2.6"'  to  the  tabular  time,  and 
/rom  and  after  March  1  subtract  1.2'"  from  the  same. 

The  longitude  correction  will  be  0.16"'  for  each  hour  from  the  merid- 
ian of  6'',  subtractive  when  west,  additive  when  east  of  it. 

•To  refer  to  any  other  than  the  tabular  latitude  between  the  limits  of 
250  and  50°  north,  add  to  the  time  of  west  elongation  0.13'"  for  every 


*Coiiute(l  from  noon,  and  from  0  to  24  honrs. 

tTlie  annual  change  is  dimiuishing,  and  after  1900  the  annual  change,  0.2" 
be  closer. 


will 


103 

dejjree  south  of  latitude  40°,  and  subtract  from  the  time  of  west  elon- 
jiatioii  0.18"'  for  every  degree  uorth  of  40°;  reverse  these  signs  for 
corrections  to  the  times  of  east  elongation.  For  latitudes  as  liigli  as 
60°,  diminish  the  times  of  west  elongation  and  increase  the  times  of 
east  elongation  by  0:23"'  for  every  degree  north  of  latitude  40°. 

It  will  not  be  considered  out  of  place  here  to  direct  attention  to  the 
circumstance  that  the  year  1900  will  not  be  a  leap  year,  and  this  should 
bo  kept  in  view  Avhen  dealing  with  dates  from  and  after  JNIarch  1  of 
that  year.  The  twentieth  century  will  begin  after  the  expiration  of 
Deceluber  31,  1900. 

The  tabular  times  thus  deduced  may  generally  be  depended  upon  to 
have  no  greater  error  than  ±0.3™. 

Table  J. — Azimuths  of  Polaris  tvhen  at  elongation  for  any  year  between  ISOfi  and  1910, 
and  for  any  latitude  between  •Jo'^  and  72'^  north.  The  tabular  numbers  apply  more  par- 
ticularly to  the  middle  of  April  and  the  middle  of  September  for  each  year. 


Lati- 
tude. 

1890. 

1891. 

1892. 

1893. 

1894. 

1895. 

J896. 

1897. 

1898. 

1899. 

o 

• 

O    ' 

6       1 

O    1 

O     ' 

0    ' 

0     ' 

o   / 

o   / 

o   / 

25 

1  24.6 

1  24.3 

1  23.9 

1  23.6 

1  23.2 

1  22.9 

1  22.  5 

1  22.2 

1  21.8 

1  21.5 

26 

25.3 

25.0 

24.6 

24.3 

23.9 

23.6 

23.2 

22.9 

22.5 

22.  2 

27 

26.0 

25.7 

25.4 

25.1 

24.7 

24.3 

24.0 

23.6 

23.3 

22.9 

28 

26.8 

26.5 

26.2 

25.8 

25.4 

25.1 

24.7 

24.4 

24.0 

23.7 

29 

27.6 

27.3 

27.0 

26.6 

26.3 

25.9 

25.  5 

25.2 

24.8 

24.5 

30 

1  28.5 

1  28.2 

1  27.8 

1  27.5 

1  27.1 

1  26.8 

1  26.4 

1  26.0 

1  25.7 

1  25.3 

31 

29.4 

29.1 

28.8 

28.4 

28.0 

27.6 

27.3 

26.9 

26.5 

20.  2 

32 

30.4 

30.1 

29.7 

29.3 

29.0 

28.6 

28.2 

27.9 

27.5 

27.1 

33 

31.4 

31.1 

30.7 

30.3 

30.0 

29.6 

29.2 

28.8 

28.5 

28.1 

34 

32.5 

32.1 

31.8 

31.4 

31.0 

30.6 

30.2 

29.9 

29.5 

29.1 

35 

1  33.6 

1  3X2 

1  32.9 

1  32.5 

1  32.1 

1  31.7 

1  31.  3 

1  30.9 

1  30.  6 

1  30.2 

36 

34.8 

34.4 

34.0 

33.6 

33.2 

32.9 

32.5 

32.1 

31.7 

31.3 

37 

36.0 

35.6 

35.2 

34.8 

34.5 

34.1 

33.7 

33.3 

32.9 

32.  5 

38 

37.3 

36.9 

36.5 

36.1 

35.7 

35.3 

35.0 

34.0 

34.2 

33.8 

31) 

38.7 

38.3 

37.9 

37.5 

37.1 

36.7 

36.3 

35.9 

35.5 

35.1 

40 

1  40.1 

1  39.7 

1  39.3 

1  38.9 

1  38.5 

1  38.1 

1  37.7 

1  37.2 

1  36.8 

1  36.4 

41 

41.6 

41.2 

40.8 

40.4 

40.0 

39.6 

39.1 

38.7 

38.3 

37.9 

42 

43.2 

42.8 

42.4 

42.0 

41.5 

41.1 

40.7 

40.3 

39.8 

39.4 

43 

44.9 

44.4 

44.0 

43.6 

43.2 

42.7 

42. 3 

41.9 

41.4 

41.0 

44 

46.6 

46.2 

45.8 

45.3 

44.9 

44.4 

44.0 

43.6 

43.1 

42.7 

45 

1  48.5 

1  48.1 

1  47.6 

1  47.1 

1  46.7 

1  46.2 

1  45.8 

1  45.  4 

1  44.9 

1  44.  5 

46 

50.4 

50.0 

49.5 

49.0 

48.6 

48.2 

47.7 

47.2 

46.8 

46.3 

47 

52.5 

52.0 

51.5 

51.0 

50.6 

50.2 

49.7 

49.2 

48.8 

48.3 

48 

54.6 

54.2 

53.7 

53.2 

52.8 

52.3 

51.8 

51.3 

50.9 

50.4 

49 

56.9 

56.5 

56.0 

55.  5 

55.0 

54.^ 

54.1 

53.6 

53.1 

52.6 

50 

1  59.3 

1  58.8 

1  58.3 

1  57.9 

1  57.4 

1  56.9 

1  .56.4 

1  .55.9 

1  55.4 

1  54.9 

51 

2  01.9 

2  01.4 

2  00.9 

2  00.  4 

59.9 

59.4 

58.9 

.58.  4 

57.9 

57.4 

52 

04.6 

04.1 

03.6 

03.0 

2  02.5 

2  02.  0 

2  01.5 

2  01.0 

2  00.  5 

2  00.0 

53 

07.5 

07.0 

06.4 

05.9 

05.3 

04.8 

04.3 

03.8 

03. 2 

02.7 

54 

10.5 

10.0 

09.4 

08.9 

08.3 

07.8 

07.3 

06.7 

06.2 

05.6 

55 

2  13.7 

2  13.2 

2  12.  6 

2  12.1 

2  11.5 

2  11.0 

2  10.5 

2  09.  9 

2  09.4 

2  08.8 

56 

17.2 

16.6 

16.1 

15.5 

15.0 

14.4 

13.8 

13.3 

12.7 

12.2 

57 

20.9 

20.3 

19.7 

19.2 

18.6 

18.0 

17.4 

16.8 

16.3 

15.7 

58 

24.8 

24.2 

23.6 

23.0 

22.4 

21.8 

21.2 

20.6 

20.0 

10.4 

59 

29.0 

28.4 

27.8 

27.1 

26.5 

25.9 

25.3 

24.7 

24.0 

23.  4 

60 

2  33.5 

2  32.9 

2  32.2 

2  31.6 

2  30.9 

2  30.3 

2  29.7 

2  29.0 

2  28.4 

2  27.7 

61 

38.3 

37.6 

37.0 

36.3 

35.7 

35.0 

34.3 

33.7 

33.  0 

32.4 

62 

43.4 

42.7 

42.0 

41.4 

40.7 

40.0 

39.3 

38.7 

38.  0 

37.4 

63 

49.0 

48.3 

47.6 

47.0 

46.3 

45.6 

44.9 

44.2 

43.5 

42.8 

64 

55.0 

54.3 

53.6 

52.8 

52.1 

51.4 

50.7 

50.0 

49.2 

48.5 

65 

3  01.6 

3  00.8 

3  00.1 

2  59.3 

2  58.6 

2  57.8 

2  57.1 

2  56.3 

2  .55.  6 

2  54.8 

66 

08.7 

07.9 

07.1 

3  06.4 

3  05.6 

3  04.8 

3  04.0 

3  03.  2 

3  02.  5 

3  01.7 

67 

16.4 

15.6 

14.8 

14.0 

13.2 

12.4 

11.6 

10.8 

09.9 

09. 1 

68 

24.9 

24.0 

23.2 

22.  3 

21.5 

20.6 

19.8 

18.9 

18.1 

17.2 

69 

34.1 

33.2 

32.3 

31.5 

30.6 

29.7 

28.8 

27.9 

27.1 

26.2 

70 

3  44.4 

3  43.5 

3  42.6 

3  41.6 

3  40.7 

3  39.8 

3  38.9 

3  38.0 

3  37.0 

3  36.1 

71 

55.8 

54.8 

5\9 

52.9 

52.0 

51.0 

50.0 

49.0 

48.1 

47.1 

72 

4  08.4 

4  07.4 

4  06.4 

4  05.3 

4  04.3 

4  03.3 

4  02.3 

4  01.3 

4  00.2 

59.2 

104 


Table  J. 


-Jzlmnlhs  of  Polaris  lohen  at  elongation  for  any  year  between  1890  and  1910, 
and  for  any  latitude  between  25"  and  75'^  north,  etc. — Concluded. 


Lati- 
tude. 


25 
26 
27 
28 
29 

30 
31 
32 

33 
34 

35 
36 
37 
38 
39 

40 
41 
42 
43 
44 

45 
46 
47 
48 
49 

50 
51 
52 
53 
54 

55 
56 
57 
58 
59 

60 
61 
62 
63 
64 

65 

66 
67 
68 
69 

70 
71 
72 


o       / 

0         ' 

1  21.2 

1  20.8 

21.8 

21.5 

22.5 

22.2 

23.3 

23.0 

24.1 

23.8 

1  24.9 

1  24.6 

25.8 

25.5 

26.7 

26.4 

27.7 

27.3 

28.7 

28.4 

1  29.8 

1  29.4 

30.9 

30.5 

32.1 

31.7 

33.4 

33.0 

34.7 

34.3 

1  36.0 

1  35.6 

37.5 

37.1 

39.0 

38.6 

40.6 

40.2 

42.3 

41.8 

1  44.0 

1  43.6 

45.9 

45.5 

47.9 

47.4 

49.9 

49.5 

52.1 

51.7 

]  54.4 

1  54.0 

56.9 

56.4 

59.5 

59.0 

2  02.2 

2  01.7 

05.1 

04.6 

2  08.3 

2  07.8 

11.6 

11.0 

15.1 

14.5 

18.8 

18.2 

22.8 

22.2 

2  27.1 

2  26.5 

31.7 

31.1 

36.7 

36.0 

42.1 

41.4 

47.8 

47.1 

2  54.1 

2  53.4 

3  00.9 

3  00.1 

08.3 

07.5 

16.4 

15.6 

25.3 

24.4 

3  35.2 

3  34.3 

46.1 

45.1 

58.2 

57.2 

1  20.5 
21.1 
21.9 
22.6 
23.4 

1  24.2 
25.] 
2G.  0 
27.0 
28.0 

1  29.0 
30.1 
31.3 
32.6 
33.9 

1  35.2 
36.7 
38.2 
39.8 
41.4 

1  43.2 
45.0 
46.9 
49.0 
51.2 

1  53.5 
55.9 
58.5 

2  01.2 
04.1 

2  07.2 
10.5 
14.0 
17.6 
21.6 

2  25.9 
30.4 
35.4 
40.7 
46.4 

2  52.6 
59.4 

3  06.7 
14.8 
23.6 

3  33.4 
44.2 
56.2 


1  20.1 
20.8 
21.5 
22.2 
23.0 

1  23.9 
24.7 
25.6 
26.6 
27.6 

1  28.7 
29.8 
30.9 
32.2 
33.5 

1  34.8 
36.2 
37.7 
39.3 
41.0 

1  42.7 
44.6 
46.5 
48.6 
50.7 

1  53.0 
55.4 

58.0 

2  00.7 
03.5 

2  06.6 
09.9 
13.4 
17.1 
21.0 


1  19.8 
20.5 
21.2 
21.9 
'22.1 

1  23.5 
24.4 
25.3 
26.2 

27. 2 

1  28.  3 
29.4 
30.5 
31.8 
33.1 

1  34.4 
35.8 
37.3 
38.9 
40.5 

1  42.3 
44.2 
46.0 
48.1 
50.2 

1  52.5 
54.9 

57.  5 

2  00.2 
03.0 

2  06. 1 
09.4 
12.8 
16.5 
20.4 


2  25. 2  (  2  24.  6 


29.8 
34.7 
40.0 
45.7 

2  51.9 

58.6 

3  ^.9 

217 

3  32.5 
43.2 
55.2 


29.] 
34.1 
39.3 
45.0 

2  51.2 
57.9 

3  05.1 
13.1 
21.9 

3  31.6 
42.3 
54.2 


1905. 


1  19.4 
20.1 
20.8 
21.6 
22.4 

1  23.1 
24.0 
24.9 
25.9 
26.9 


1906. 


1  19.1 
19.8 
20.5 
21.3 
22.1 

1  22.8 
23.6 
24.5 
25.5 
26.5 


1  27.  9  1  27. 5 


29.0 
30.1 
31.4 
32.7 

1  34.0 

35.4 
36.9 
-38.5 
40.1 

1  41.8 
43.7 
45.6 

47.7 
49.8 

1  52.0 

54.4 
.57.  0 
59.6 

2  02.  5 

2  05.6 
08.8 
12.2 
15.9 
19.8 

2  24.0 
28.5 
33.4 
38.6 
44.3 

2  50.4 
57.1 

3  04.4 
12.3 
21.0 

3  30.6 
41.3 
53.2 


28.6 
29.7 
31.0 
32.3 

1  33.6 
35.0 
36.5 
38.1 
39.7 

1  41.4 
43.2 
45.1 

47.2 
49.3 

1  51.5 
54.0 
.56.4 
59.1 

2  02.0 

2  05.0 
08.2 
11.7 
15.3 
19.2 

2  23.4 
27.9 
32.7 
38.0 
43.6 

2  49.7 
56.3 

3  03.6 
11.5 
20.1 

3  29.7 
40.3 
52.1 


1907. 


1  18.7 
19.4 
20.1 
20.9 
21.7 

1  22.4 
23.2 
24.1 
25.1 
26.1 

1  27.1 

28.2 
29.3 
30.6 
31.8 

1  33.2 
34.6 
36.0 
37.6 
39.2 

1  40.9 
42.7 
44.6 
46.7 
48.8 

1  51.0 
53.5 
55.9 
58.6 

2  01.5 

2  04.4 
07.7 
11.1 
14.7 
18.6 

2  22.8 
27.2 
32.1 
37.3 
42.9 

2  49.0 
5.5.6 

3  02.  8 
10.7 
19.3 

3  28.8 
39.4 
51.1 


1  18.4 
19.1 
19.8 
20.5 
21.3 

1  22.1 
22.9 
23.8 
24.7 
25.7 

1  26.8 
27.9 

29.0 
30.2 
31.4 

1  32.8 
34.2 
35.6 
37.2 
38.8 

1  40.5 
42.3 
44.2 
46.3 

48.4 

1  50.  6 
53.0 
55.4 
58.1 

2  00.9 

2  03.9 
07.1 
10.5 
14.2 
18.0 

2  22.1 
26.6 
31.4 
36.6 
42. 2 

2  48.3 
54.8 

3  02.0 
09.8 
18.4 

3  27.9 
38.4 
50.1 


1909. 


1  18.1 
18.7 
19.4 
20.1 
20.9 

1  21.7 
22.5 
23.4 
24.3 
25.3 

1  26.4 
27.5 
28.6 
29.8 
31.0 

1  32.4 
33.8 
35.2 
36.8 
38.4 

1  40.1 
41.9 
43.7 
45.8 
47.9 

1  50.1 
52.5 
54.9 
57.6 

2  00.4 

2  03.4 
06.6 
10.0 
13.6 
17.4 

2  21.5 
25.9 
30.8 
35.9 
41.5 

2  47.5 
54.1 

3  01.2 
09.0 
17.0 

3  27.0 
37.5 
49.1 


1  17.7 
18.4 
19.1 
19.8 
20.5 

1  21.3 
22.2 
23.1 
24.0 
25.0 

1  26.0 
27.1 

28.2 
29.4 
30.6 

1  32.0 
33.4 
34.8 
36.3 
37.9 

1  39.6 
41.4 
43.3 
45.3 

47.4 

1  49.6 
,52.0 
54.4 
57.1 
59.9 

2  02.8 
06.0 
09.4 
13.0 
16.8 

2  20.9 
25.3 
30.1 
35.2 
40.8 

2  46.8 
53.3 

3  00.4 
08.2 
16.7 

3  26.1 
36.5 
48.1 


The  preceding  table  was  computed  with  the  mean  place  (declination) 
of  Polaris  for  each  year.  A  closer  result  will  be  had  by  applying  to 
the  tabular  results  the  following  correction,  which  depends  upon  the 
ditterence  of  the  mean  and  the  apparent  declinations  of  the  star: 

Table  K. — Correction  of  Azimuths  from  Polaris  Ohserrations  for  each  Month. 


For  middle  of- 


.1  an  nary  ... 
Feliiuary  . . 

Mai'uli 

AjH'il 

M  ay 

June 


Latitude. 

25°. 

40°. 

55°. 

70°. 

--0.  3 

—0.4 

-0.5 

—0.9 

—0.3 

—0.3 

—0.4 

—0.7 

—0.1 

—0.2 

—0.2 

—0.4 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

0.0 

+  0.2 

+0.2 

+  0.2 

+  0.4 

+  0.2 

+0.3 

+  0.4 

+  0.6 

For  middle  of- 


Latitude. 


July 

Aufjust 

Sciitember 

October 

Koveiuber 

December  ...V 


+  0.2 
+0.1 
0.0 
—0.2 
-  -0.  5 
—0.6 


+0.3 
+  0.1 
—0.1 
—0.3 
—0.6 
—0.8 


55°. 


+0.4 
+  0.2 
—0.1 
—0.4 
—0.7 
—0.9 


+0.6 
+  0.3 
—0.1 
—0.6 
—1.1 
— L5 


105 

Tbe  tabular  azimnth  thus  corrected  may  generally  be  depended  upon 
with  110  greater  error  than  ±  0'.2,  except  for  high  latitude,  where  it 
must  be  somewhat  increased. 

The  pole  star  is  now  distant  from  the  pole  of  the  equator  1°  16';  it 
will  continue  to  approach  it  for  very  nearly  two  and  a  quarter  cen- 
turies yet,  when  it  will  be  at  the  minimum  distance — somewhat  less 
than  half  a  degree. 

Among  the  simple  methods  for  tracing  out  on  the  ground  a  true  north 
and  south  line,  and  one  demanding  only  a  very  slender  instrumental 
outfit,  is  that  given  in  Lalaude's  Astronomy,  publislied  more  than  a 
century  ago;  the  method  was  used  by  Andrew  Ellicott  in  his  boundary 
survey  work  of  Pentisylvania  and  was  again  brought  to  notice  in  the 
present  century  by  Dr.  Charles  Davies.  It  consists  in  watching  for 
the  time  when  Polaris  and  a  given  bright  star  come  to  the  same  ver- 
tical, and  then  after  a  short  lapse  of  time,  given  in  a  table,  Polaris  will 
be  found  exactly  on  the  meridian,  and  hence  can  be  referred  to  the 
horizon  and  to  any  meridian  mark  placed  there. 

The  verticality  may  be  ascertained  by  a  plumb  lineor  by  the  vertical 
tliread  of  a  transit  instrument;  the  method  demands  neither  a  gradu- 
ated circle,  nor  a  chronometer,  nor  any  exact  knowledge  of  the  local 
time,  an  ordinary  watch  being  sufficient  to  measure  the  short  tabular 
interval. 

Early  in  the  present  century  the  star  Alioth  (f  Ursne  Majoris)  was 
favorably  situated  for  use  of  the  method;  however  in  1850  the  interval 
between  times  of  verticality  and  of  culmination  already  amounted  to 
17  minutes,  which  interval  now  (1893)  has  grown  to  28.-5"'  for  lower 
culmination  and  to  29.5"'  for  upper  culmination,  hence  this  star  is  no 
longer  suitable.  Z  Ursae  Majoris  or  6  Cassiopeia?  should  now  be  sub- 
stituted for  it,  both  these  stars  being  now  in  very  favorable  positions. 
C  Ursfe  Majoris  or  Mizar  is  the  middle  one  of  the  three  stars  in  the 
tail  of  the  Great  Bear  and  6  Cassiopeia?  is  at  the  bottom  of  the  first 
stroke  of  the  letter  W,as  frequently  imagined  to  unite  roughly  the  five 
brightest  stars  of  this  constellation.  At  present  the  pole  star  culmi- 
nates nearly  at  the  time  when  it  is  on  the  same  vertical  circle  with 
C  Ursfe  Majoris;  the  table  is  given  below  showing  the  interval  for  each 
star  in  the  years  1890  and  1900.  i^'\    ^ 

For  Z  Urate  Miijoria  in  I  iu()oj_'>  firn  (  annual   increase  0.35"°  / 

For   S    Cassiopeiae   in  <  iqQoiQiiii  (  annual    increase  0.33™ 

In  the  higher  latitudes  the  lower  culmination  is  preferable  to  the 
upper,  but  in  all  cases  special  attention  is  to  be  paid  to  the  correct  pro- 
jection of  the  star  to  the  horizon.  {June  1,  1893.     C.  A.  iS.) 

TO  DETERMINE  THE  TRUE  MERIDIAN  BY  OBSERVATION  ON  POLARIS  AT 
ELONGATION,  WITH  THE  ENGINEER'S  OR  SURVEYOR'S  TRANSIT. 

1.  Set  a  stone,  or  drive  a  wooden  plug,  firmly  in  the  ground,  and 
upon  the  top  thereof  make  a  small  distinct  mark. 

2.  About  thirty  minutes  before  the  time  of  the  eastern  or  western 
elongation  of  Polaris,  as  given  by  the  tables  of  elongation,  set  up  the 
transit  firmly,  with  its  vertical  axis  exactly  over  the  mark,  and  care- 
fully level  the  inst^-ument. 

3.  Illuminate  the  cross  wires  by  the  light  from  a  bull's-eye  lantern 
or  other  source,  the  rays  being  directed  into  the  object  end  of  the 


106 

telescope  by  an  assistant;  while  great  care  will  be  taken  to  see  that  the 
line  of  (iolliination  describes  a  trnly  vertical  plane. 

4.  Place  the  vertical  wire  npon  the  star,  which,  if  it  has  not  reached 
its  elongation,  will  move  to  the  right  for  eastern,  and  to  the  lett  for 
western  elongation. 

5.  While  the  star  moves  towards  its  point  of  elongation,  by  means 
of  the  tangent  screw  of  the  vernier  jilate  it  will  be  continually  covered 
by  the  vertical  wire,  until  a  point  is  reached  where  it  will  appear  to 
rejnain  on  the  wire  for  some  time,  then  leave  it  in  a  direction  contrary 
to  its  former  motion;  thus  indicating  the  point  of  elongation. 

C.  At  the  instant  the  star  appears  to  thread  the  vertical  wire,  depress 
the  telescope  to  a  horizontal  position;  five  chains  north  of  the  place  of 
observation,  set  a  stone  or  drive  a  wooden  plug,  upon  which  by  a 
strongly  illuminated  pencil  or  other  slender  object,  exactly  coincident 
with  the  vertical  wire,  mark  a  j^oint  in  the  line  of  sight  thus  deter- 
mined ;  then,  quiclcly  revolve  the  vernier  plate  180°,  repeat  the  observa- 
tion, and  as  before  mark  a  point  in  the  new  direction ;  then,  the  middle 
point  between  the  two  marks,  with  the  i^oint  under  the  instrument,  will 
define  on  the  ground  the  trace  of  the  vertical  plane  through  Polaris  at 
its  eastern  or  western  elongation,  as  the  case  may  be. 

7.  By  daylight,  lay  off  to  the  east  or  west,  as  the  case,  may  require, 
the  proper  azimuth  taken  from  the  table  on  page  104;  the  instrument 
will  then  define  the  true  merUlian*  which  may  be  i)ermanently  marked 
by  monuments  for  future  reference. 

TO    DETERlVnNE   THE   TRUE   MERIDIAN  BY   OBSERVATION  ON   POLARIS 
AT  ELONGATION,   WITH   A   PLUMB-LINE   AND   PEEP   SIGHT. 

1.  Attach  the  plumb  line  to  a  support  situated  as  far  above  the 
around  as  practicable,  such  as  the  limb  of  a  tree,  a  piece  of  board  nailed 
or  otherwise  fastened  to  a  telegraph  pole,  a  house,  barn,  or  other  build- 
ing, affording  a  clear  view  in  a  north  and  south  direction. 

Tiie  plumb  bob  may  (ionsist  of  some  weighty  material,  such  as  a  brick, 
a  piece  of  iron  or  stone,  weighing  four  to  five  pounds,  which  will  hold 
the  i)lu7nb  line  straight  and  vertical,  fully  as  well  as  one  of  turned  and 
finished  metal. 

Strongly  illuminate  the  plumb  line  just  below  its  support  by  a  lamp 
or  candle,  care  being  taken  to  obscure  the  source  of  light  from  the  view 
of  the  observer  by  an  opacpie  screen. 

2.  For  a  peep  sight,  cut  a  slot  about  one-sixteenth  of  an  inch  wide  in 
a  thin  piece  of  board,  or  nail  two  strips  of  tin,  with  straight  edges,  to 
a  square  block  of  wood,  so  arranged  that  they  will  stand  vertical  when 
the  block  is  placed  fiat  on  its  base  upon  a  smooth  horizontal  rest,  which 
will  be  ])laced  at  a  convenient  height  south  of  the  plumb  line  and  firndy 
secured  in  an  east  and  west  direction,  in  such  a  position  that,  when 
viewed  through  the  peep  sight,  Polaris  will  appear  about  a  foot  below 
the  support  of  the  phimb  line. 

The  position  may  be  practically  determined  by  trial,  the  night  pre 
ceding  that  set  for  the  observation. 

3.  About  thirty  minutes  before  the  time  of  elongation,  as  given  in  the 
tables  of  elongation,  bring  tlie  peep  sight  into  the  same  line  of  sight 
with  the  i)lumb  line  and  Polaris. 

'The  iiiajinetic  declination  maybe  obtained  from  a  true  meridian,  as  follows: 
Take  the  magnetic  bearinji;  of  the  true  meridian;  then  the  angle  expressed  by  said 
magnetic  bearing  will  be  the  observed  magnetic'  declination,  named  like  the  depar- 
ture if  the  ijearing  is  taken  from  the  south,  but  the  reverse  if  taken  from  the  north. 


107 

To  reach  elongation,  the  star  will  move  oft'  the  plumb  line  to  the  east 
for  eastern  elongation,  or  to  the  west  for  western  elongation,  tliereforo  by 
moving  the  peep  sight  in  the  proper  direction,  east  or  west,  as  the  case 
may  be,  keep  the  star  on  the  plumb  line  until  it  appears  to  remain  sta- 
tionary, thus  indicating  that  it  has  reached  its  point  of  elongation. 

The  peep  sight  will  now  be  secured  in  place  by  a  clamp  or"  weight, 
and  all  further  operations  will  be  deferred  until  the  next  morning. 

4.  By  daylight,  place  a  slender  rod  at  a  distance  of  two  or  three 
hundred  feet  from  the  peep  sight,  and  exactly  in  range  with  it  and  the 
plumb  line;  carefully  measure  this  distance. 

Take  from  the  table  on  page  103,  the  azimuth  of  Polaris  corresponding 
to  the  latitude  of  the  station  and  year  of  observation;  lindthe  natural 
tangent  of  said  azimuth  and  multiply  it  by  the  distance  from  the  peep 
sight  to  the  rod ;  the  product  will  express  the  distance  to  be  laid  oft" 
from  the  rod  exactly  at  right  angles  to  the  direction  already  determined 
(to  the  west  for  eastern  elongation  or  to  the  east  for  western  elonga- 
tion), to  a  point,  which  with  the  peep  sight,  will  define  the  direction  of 
the  true  meridian  with  sufticient  accuracy  for  the  needs  of  local  sur- 
veyors. 

TO  DETERMINE  THE  TRUE  MERIDIAN  BY  OBSERVING  THE  TRANSITS 
OF  POLARIS  AND  ANOTHER  STAR  ACROSS  THE  SAME  VERTICAL 
PLANE. 

1.  A  very  close  approximation  to  a  true  meridian  may  be  had  by 
remembering  that  Polaris  very  nearly  reaches  the  true  meridian  when 
it  is  in  the  same  vertical  plane  with  the  star  Delta  [6)  in  the  constella- 
tion Cassiopeia.  Using  the  apparatus  just  described,  place  the  "  peep 
sight"  in  Hne  with  the  plumb  line  and  Polaris,  and  move  it  to  the  ^nest 
as  Polaris  moves  east^  until  Polaris  and  Delta  appear  upon  the  plumb - 
line  together,  and  carefully  note  the  time  by  a  clock  or  watch;  then,  by 
moving  the  peep  sight,  preserve  its  alinement  with  Polaris  and  the 
plumb  line  (paying  no  further  attention  to  the  other  star) ;  at  the  expira- 
tion of  the  small  interval  of  time*  derived  from  the  table  on  page  105 
the  peep  sight  und  plumb  line  will  detine  the  true  meridian,  which  may 
be  permanently  marked  for  future  use. 

2.  This  method  is  practicable  only  when  the  star  Delta  is  below  the 
pole  during  the  night;  when  it  passes  the  meridian  above  the  pole,  it 
is  too  near  the  zenith  to  be  of  service,  in  which  case  the  star  Zeta  (T), 
the  last  star  but  one  in  the  tail  of  the  Great  Bear,  may  be  used  instead. 

Delta  {6)  Cassiopeijc  is  on  the  meridian  below  Polaris  and  the  pole, 
at  midnight  about  April  10,  and  is,  therefore,  the  proper  star  to  use  at 
that  date  and  lor  some  two  or  three  months  before  and  after. 

Six  months  later,  the  star  Zeta  (C),  in  the  tail  of  the  Great  Bear,  will 
sui>ply  its  place,  and  will  be  used  in  precisely  the  same  numner. 

Tlie  method  given  in  this  article  for  liuding  the  true  meridian  can 
not  be  used  with  advantage  on  account  of  the  haziness  of  the  atmos- 
phere near  the  horizon,  at  places  below  about  38°  north  latitude. 

The  diagram,!  drawn  to  scale,  exhibits  the  principal  stars  of  the  con- 
stellations Cassiopeia  and  Great  Bear,  with  Delta  {6)  Cassiopeia,  Zeta 

*  For  this  year  (1891),  the  "small  interval  of  time"  is  for  Delta  {8)  Cassiopeiie, 
1.4'";  for  Zi'ta  (C)  Ursin  Majoris  ((heat  Bear),  0.5"';  during  such  brief  intervals, 
probably  no  change  in  the  position  of  Polaris  would  be  observed  by  tlie  unaided  eye ; 
but,  as  these  intervals  are  increasing  at  the  rate  of  about  one-third'of  a  minute  annu- 
ally, it  was  deemed  best  to  provide  for  the  proper  ap])licatiou  of  the  time  intervals, 
in  the  method  described. 

t  See  next  page. 


108 

(C)  of  tlie  Great  Bear,  and  Polaris  on  tlie  meridian,  represented  by  tLe 
straight  line;  Polaris  being  at  lower  culmination. 

This  method  is  given  in  Lalande's  Astronomy  and  was  practiced  by 
A.  Ellicott,  in  1785,  on  the  Ohio  and  Pennsylvania  boundary. 


^vog: 


0< 


V 


'Polari 


■s\ 


■  Cassi 


y.Pole, 


—  •  /  /■' 


opeia., 


The  (liaf^rain  held  perpendicular  to  the  line  of  siolit  directed  to  the  pole,  with  the 
right  hand  wide  of  the  page  uppermost,  will  re])re.sent  the  ooiilijiuiation  of  the  cou- 
Btellations  with  I'olaris  near  eastern  elongation  at  midnight  about  July  10 — inverted, 
it  will  Nhow  Zeta  (C)  of  the  Great  Bear  and  Polaris  on  the  meridian  (the  former 
hdow  and  the  latter  ahove  the  pole)  at  midnight  about  October  10;  and  held  ^^  ith 
Ifft  l):ind  side  uppermost  the  diagram  will  indicate  relative  situations  for  midnight 
about  January  10,  with  Polaris  near  wentern  elongation.  The  arrows  indicate  the 
direction  of  aiqjareut  motitm.  Zeta  (?)  of  the  Great  Bear  (also  sometimes  called  the 
Great  Dipper),  was  called  Mizar  by  the  ancient  Arabians,  and  the  small  star  near  it 
Alcor.     Mizar  is  the  second  star  from  the  end  of  the  handle  of  the  dipper. 


109 

The  foregoing  methods  for  the  determination  of  the  true  meridian 
are  excellent  in  themselves  when  available,  as  they  answer  the  require- 
ments of  the  surveyor  and  give  results  with  all  desirable  precision. 
They  do  not  require  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the  time,  which  is  tlieir 
principal  advantage.  The  relative  motion  of  the  stars  employed,  when 
near  the  meridian  and  the  unchangeable  azimuth  of  Polaris  at  elonga- 
tion )  so  far  as  the  surveyor  is  concerned),  indicate  with  sufficient  exact- 
ness the  moment  when  the  observation  should  be  made.  Stormy 
weather,  a  hazy  atmo5?i^here,  or  the  presence  of  clouds,  may  interfere 
with  or  entirely  prevent  observation  when  the  star  is  either  at  elonga- 
tion or  on  the  meridian,  and  both  events  sometimes  occur  in  broad  day- 
light or  at  an  inconvenient  hour  of  the  night.  Under  such  circum- 
stances, a  simi^le  method' applicable  at  any  time  (Polaris  being  visible), 
may  be  acceptable,  and  can  often  be  used  by  the  surveyor  when  other 
methods  fail. 

DETERMINATION  OF  THE  AZIMUTH  OP  POLARIS  AND  TRUE  MERIDIAN 
AT  ANY  HOUR,  THE  STAR  BEING  VISIBLE,  AND  THE  CORRECT  LOCAL 
MEAN  TIME  BEING  KNOWN. 

Many  years  ago  a  table  was  published  giving  azimuths  of  Polaris  at 
stated  times  during  one  year,  but  as  it  was  arranged  for  a  kind  of  time 
with  which  surveyors  are  generally  unacquainted,  and  was  explained 
in  unfamiliar  astronomical  terms,  and  required  the  use  of  tables  and 
data  not  always  accessible,  it  met  with  little  favor  and  never  came  into 
general  use. 

In  this  article  it  is  ])roposed  to  simplify  the  work,  omit  all  technical- 
ities requiring  a  knowledge  of  astronomy,  and  present  the  method,  with 
two  new  and  compact  tables  adapted  to  common  clock  time,  with  such 
plain  directions  for  use  that  any  person  of  ordinary  intelligence  can 
understand  and  apply  them. 

As  the  surveyor  should  have  a  perfectly  clear  idea  of  what  is  meant 
by  Astronomical  Time  (used  to  simplifj^  computations),  and  the  Hour 
ji  iKjle  of  Folaris,  these  terms  will  now  be  explained. 

The  Civil  Day,  according  to  the  customs  of  society,  commeTices  at  midnight  and 
comprises  twenty-four  hours  from  one  midnight  to  the  next  following.  The  hours 
are  counted  from  0  to  12  from  midnight  to  noon,  after  which  they  are  again  reckoned 
from  0  to  12  from  noon  to  midnight.  Thus  the  day  is  divided  into  two  periods  of  12 
hours  each;  the  first  of  which  is  marked  a.  m.,  the  last  j).  m. 

The  Astronomical  Day  commences  at  noon  on  the  civil  day  of  the  parae  date.  It 
also  comprises  twenty-four  hours ;  but  they  are  reckoned  from  0  to  24,  and  from  the 
noon  of  one  day  to  that  of  the  next  following. 

The  civil  day  begins  twelve  hours  before  the  astronomical  day;  therefore  the  firs* 
period  of  the  civil  day  answers  to  the  last  part  of  the  preceding  astronomical  day, 
and  the  last  part  of  the  civil  day  corresponds  to  the  first  part  of  the  astronomical 
day.  Thus,  January  9,  2  o'clock  p.  m.,  civil  time,  is  also  January  9,  2'',  astronomical 
time;  and  January  9,  2  o'clock  a.  m.,  civil  time,  is  Januarys,  U^,  astronomical  time. 

The  rule,  then,  for  the  transformation  of  civil  time  into  astronomical 
time  is  this:  If  the  civil  time  is  marked  p.  m.,  tal-e  away  the  designation 
p.  /».,  and  the  astronomical  time  is  hadwithout  further  change;  if  the  civil 
time  is  marlied  a.  m.,  talie  one  from  the  day  and  add  twelve  to  the  hours, 
remove  the  initials  a.  m.,  and  the  result  is  the  astronomical  time  wanted. 

The  substance  of  the  above  rule  may  be  otherwise  stated,  as  follows: 
when  the  surveyor  takes  an  observation  during  p.  m.  hours,  civil  time, 
he  can  say:  the  astronomical  time  is  the  hours  and  minutes  passed  since 
the  noon  of  this  day,  and  when  observing  in  the  a.  m.  hours  he  can  say 
the  astronomical  time  is  the  hours  and  minutes  elapsed  since  the  noon 
of  yesterday  J  in  either  case  omitting  the  designation  a.  m.  or  p.  m.,  and 


110 

writing  for  the  day  of  the  month,  that  civil  date  on  which  tne  noon  falls, 
from  which  the  time  is  reckoned.  Finally,  the  astronomical  time  may  be 
called  the  hours  and  minutes  elapsed  since  the  noon  LAST  past,  the 
astronomical  DATE  being  that  of  the  civil  day  to  which  the  noon  beloiufs. 
Tims,  April  23,  4.15  p.  m.,  civil  time,  is  Ax)ril  "23,  4*^  15'",  astronomical 
time,  and  April  23,  4.15  a.  m.,  civil  time,  is  April  22,  16^  15">,  astro- 
nomical time. 

The  surveyor  should  thoroughly  master  this  transformation*  of  the 
civil  time  into  astronomical  time,  as  it  will  he  the  hrst  duty  he  will 
have  to  perform  after  observing  Polaris  out  of  the  meridian. 

Hour  Angle  of  Folaris. — In  tig.  2,  Plate  I,  tlie  full  vertical  line  rep- 
resents a  portion  of  the  meridian  passing  through  the  zenith  Z  (the 
point  directly  overhead),  and  intersecting  the  northern  horizon  at  the 
north  i^oint  N,  from  which,  for  surveying  purposes,  the  azimuths  of 
Polaris  are  reckor.ed  east  or  west.  The  meridian  is  pointed  out  by  the 
13lun)b  line  when  it  is  in  the  same  plane  with  the  eye  of  the  observer 
and  Polaris  on  the  meridian,  and  a  visual  representation  is  also  seen 
in  the  vertical  wire  of  the  transit,  when  it  bisects  the  star  on  the 
meridian. 

When  Polaris  crosses  the  meridian  it  is  said  to  culminate;  above  the 
pole  (at  S),  the  passage  is  called  the  Upper  Culmination,  in  contradis- 
tinction to  t\\Q,  JjOKcr  Culmination  (at  S'). 

In  the  diagram, — which  the  surveyor  may  better  understand  by  hold- 
ing it  up  ])erpendicul<ar  to  the  line  of  sight  when  he  looks  toward  the 
pole, — Polaris  is  supposed  to  be  on  the  meridian,  where  it  will  be  about 
noon  on  April  10th  of  each  year.  The  star  appears  to  revolve  around 
the  pole,  in  the  direction  of  the  arrows,  once  in  every  23''  5G"'.lt  of  mean 
solar  time;  it  consequently  comes  to  and  crosses  the  meridian,  or  cul- 
minates, nearly  four  minutes  earlier  each  successive  day.  The  appar- 
ent motion  of  the  star  being  uniform,  one  quarter  of  the  circle  will 
(omitting  fractions)  be  described  in  5''  59'",  one  half  in  11''  58'",  and 
three  quarters  in  IT**  57"".  For  the  positions  s,,  S2,  S3,  etc.,  the  angles 
SPsi,  81'S;.,  yPs.-„etc.,  are  called  Hour  Angles  of  Folaris  for  the  instant 
the  star  is  at  Si,  S2,  or  S3,  etc.,  and  they  are  measured  by  tne  arcs  Ssi, 
Ss2,  SS3,  etc.,  expressed  (in  these  instructions)  in  mean  solar  (common 
clock)  time,  and  are  always  counted  from  the  upper  meridian  (at  S),  to 
the  iccst,  around  the  circle  from  0''  ()"'  to  23''  50"'. 1,  and  may  have  any 
value  between  the  limits  named.  The  hour  angles,  measured  by  the 
arcs  Ssi,  Ss2,  SS3,  SS4,  Sss,  and  Ssb,  are  a])i)roximately  1''  8'",  5''  55"', 
i)u  4.,,^  1411  52..,^  ij^h  oi>",:j:  and  22''  48"'  respectively;  their  extent  is  also 
indicated,  graphically,  by  broken  fractional  circles  about  the  pole. 

Supi)ose  the  star  observed  (e.  g.)  at  the  point  83;  the  time  it  was  at 
S,  (the  time  of  upper  culmination),  taken  from  the  whole  circle,  23''  5G'".l, 
will  leave  the  arc  SS|,  vS2,  S3,  or  the  hour  angle  at  the  instant  of  observa- 
tion; similar  relations  will  obtain  when  the  star  is  observed  in  any 
other  ])osition;  therefore,  in  general: 

Subtract  the  time  of  Upper  Culmination  from  the  correct  local  mean 
time  of  observation;  the  remainder  will  be  the  Hour  Angle  of  Folaris. 

*The  change  can  always  be  made  mentally,  no  written  work  being  required. 
Table  I  might  be  easily^altered  to  give  the  times  by  the  civil  count  marked  a.  m.  and 
p.  m.,  but  sm-h  an  arrangement  would  greatly  extend  and  complicate  the  following 
rules  and  oxamplus,  and  corresjjondingly  increase  the  chances  lor  making  mistakes. 

+  A  closer  value  is  23  hours,  5(5  minutes,  4.0i>  seconds. 

tThe  hour  angles,  5''  55'"  and  18'"  01™  are  those  at  west  and  east  elongation,  respec- 
tively, in  latitude  40'-'  N. 


Ill 

The  observation  will  be  made  as  directed  on  page  105,  modified  as  fol- 
lows: there  will  be  no  waiting  for  the  star  to  reach  elongation;  the 
observation  may  be  made  at  any  instant  when  Polaris  is  visible,  the 
exact  time  being  carefully  noted. 

Table  I. 

This  table  gives,  in  "Part  I,"  the  local  mean  time  of  the  upper  cul- 
mination of  Polaris,  on  the  1st  and  15th  of  each  month,  for  the  years 
1890  to  1900,*  inclusive.  The  times  decrease,  in  each  yeai-,  to  April  10, 
when  they  become  zero;  then,  commencing  at  23''  5G"M,  the  times  again 
decrease  until  the  following  April,  and  so  on,  continuously.  The  quan- 
tity in  the  column  marked  "Difi".  for  1  day"  is  the  decrease  2>er  day 
during  the  interval  of  time  against  Avhich  it  stands,  and  answers  for  all 
the  yearn  marked  in  the  table.  For  any  intermediate  date,  the  "Dift".  for 
1  day"  will  be  nmltiplied  by  the  days  elapsed  since  the  preceding  tabu- 
lar elate,  and  the  product  siddractrd  from  the  corresponding  /me,  to 
obtain  the  required  time  of  upper  culmiiuition  for  the  date  under  con- 
sideration. The  table  answers  directly  for  90°  west  longitude.  For 
places  east  or  west  of  the  assumed  meridian,  a  small  correction, t  depend- 
ent on  the  longitude,  may  be  a])plie(l  to  the  deduced  time  of  culmina- 
tion. This  correction  may  be  taken  from  Part  III,  and,  with  sufficient 
accuracy,  for  the  longitude  Clearest  that  of  the  station.  Use  the  correc- 
tion according  to  the  dir(^ction  placed  over  it.  A  few  examples  will 
illustrate  the  use  of  the  table. 

1.  Required  the  time  of  upper  culmination  of  Polaris  for  a  station  in  longitude 
116°  west,  for  March  3,  1892. 

h.   m. 

Astron.  time,  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  March  1 2  37.8 

Red.  for  2  days  is  3'".94x2=7"'.9  (Part  II)  )  «.„,,._„„.  o  <> 

Corr.  for  116-^  long,  is 0"'.3  (Part  III)  S  ^^^^^^'^^ »-^ 

Local  mean  time  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  March  3 2  29.  6 

The  required  time  may  also  be  obtained  by  using  the  table  in  the 
opposite  direction;  by  taking  the  time  for  March  15,  and  adding  the 
reduction,  as  follows: 

h.  m. 

Astron.  time,  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  March  15 1  42.6 

Red.  forl2day8is3"'.94xl2=47"'.3,  add 47.3 

Sum 2  29.9 

Correction  for  longitude  116^  (Part  III),  subtract 0. 3 

Local  mean  time  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  March  3 2  29.  6 

In  this  case  the  two  results  are  identical.  If  the  computation  is 
made  both  ways,  the  results  will  check  each  other. 

Part  II  has  been  inserted  to  save  the  surveyor  the  little  trouble  of 
making  nmltiplications;  thus,  for  the  above  example,  look  in  Part  II, 
under  the  proper  tabular  difference,  ;}"'.94,  and  opposite  the  day  of  the 
month  in  left  hand  column  is  the  correction  7'"  .9;  also  in  Part  III  is 

*  The  surveyor  cau  extend  the  table  to  the  year  1910  by  following  directions  in 
article  on  "Magnetic  Declination."  The  values  for  the  years  following  1896  were 
thus  computed. 

t  The  correction  for  longitude-should  not  be  used  for  dates  subsequent  to  December 
31,  1896. 


112 

found  the  correction  for  IIG*^  longitude,  0n».3,  the  sum  being  8™.2.    The 
work  may  be  put  down  as  follows : 

h.    m. 

Astrou.  time,  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  March  1  (Part  I) 2  37.8 

Red.  (Part  II),  and  correction  for  long.  (Part  III),  subtract 8.2 

Local  mean  time,  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  March  3 2  29.6 

The  longitude  correction  being  sinall,  may  generally  be  omitted;  it  will 
not  be  considered  in  the  following  examples. 

Computing  from  n  preceding  date,  for  days  between  April  11  and  15 
of  any  year,  the  reduction  in  Part  II  will  be  greater  than  the  tabu- 
lated time  of  culmination,  in  which  case  23''  56™. 1  will  be  added,  to  make 
the  subtraction  possible. 

2.  Required,  for  a  station  in  long.  90°  west,  the  time  of  U.  C.  of  Polaris  for  April  14, 
1891: 

h.   m. 

Astron.  time,  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1891,  April  1  (Part  I) 0  38.4 

Add 23  56.1 

Sum 24  .34.5 

Reduction  to  April  14,  (Part  II),  subtract 51.1 

Local  mean  time,  U.  C .  of  Polaris,  April  14 23  43.4 

Working  from  a  following  date,  for  days  between  9th  and  15th  of 
April,  the  sum  will  exceed  23''  56"'.l,  and  when  this  occurs  subtract  23'* 
SOni.l  from  the  sum,  and  the  remainder  will  be  the  required  time. 

3.  Required,  for  a  station  in  long.  90°  west,  the  time  of  U.  C.  of  Polaris  for  April 
10,1892: 

h.    ID. 

Astron.  time,  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  April  15  (Part  I) 23  36.8 

Reduction  for  5  days  (Part  II),  add 19.6 

Sum 23  56.4 

Subtract 23  56.1 

Local  mean  time,  U.  C.  of  Polaris,  1892,  April  10 0    0.3 

This  example,  worked  like  the  last  one,  from  thepreceding  date  (April 
1),  will  give  precisely  the  result  above  written.  (See  example  above.) 
If  to  the  above  time  of  culmination  we  add  23''  56"'. 1,  and  then  sub- 
tract 3"\9,  we  obtain  23''  52"'.5,  the  time  of  the  second  upi)er  culmina- 
tion on  April  10,  since  botli  occur  within  24  hours  of  noon  and  con- 
sequently on  the  same  day.  The  up])er  culmination,  to  be  used  at  any 
time,  will  always  be  the  last  one  that  occurs  before  the  observation. 
In  this  instance  it  is,  of  course,  the  first  one  that  takes  place  on  the 
10th.* 

The  surveyor  should  be  careful  to  employ  Part  II,  Table  I,  correctly. 
When  the  table  is  used  in  regular  order,  the  "Eeduction"  maybe 
taken  from  Part  II  with  the  argument,!  "Day  of  the  month  "  in  left 
hand  column,  or  "  Number  of  days  elapsed"  in  right  hand  column,  as 
may  be  preferred.  In  example  2,  Part  II,  may  be  entered  in  with  the 
argument  13  days  elapsed  (from  1st  to  14th)  in  right  hand  column; 
then  the  reduction,  51'". 1,  results,  as  above  written;  but,  when  work- 
iug  from  a  following  date  (example  3),  the  day  of  the  month  in  left  hand 
column  can  not  be  used. 

Mistakes  aie  often  made  by  using  the  wrong  column  in  Part  I;  as  a 

*  The  Bccoiid  culmination  occurs  7™. 5  before  noon  of  April  11,  and  consequently 
in  broad  davlight. 
t  "Argument",  the  quantity  on  whiQh  another  c^uaqtitjr  in  9>  tal)le  depends. 


113 

matter  of  course,  the  time  should  always  be  taken  out  for  the  current 
year. 

The  foregoing  examples  embrace  all  cases  which  can  occur  ia  the  use 
of  Table  I,  and  will  be  a  sufficient  guide  for  its  application. 

Taulk  I. — Local  mean  (astronomical)  time  of  the  upper  culmination  of  Polaris,  computed 
for  longitude  6  hours  {00°)  west  of  Greenwich. 

[The  time  on  line  with  any  date  in  Part  I  is  the  hours  and  minutes  elapsed  ("measured  by  a  com- 
mon clock  or  watch)  since  the  preceding  noon.] 


Part  I. 


Date. 

1890. 

1891. 

1892. 

1893. 

1894. 

1895. 

1896. 

1897. 

Diff.  for 
1  day. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

m. 

Jan.      1 

6  32.2 

6  33.4 

6  34.6 

6  32.0 

6  33.3 

6  34.7 

6  36. 1 

6  33.0 

3.95 

15 

5  36.9 

5  38.1 

5  39.3 

5  36.  7 

5  .38.  0 

5  .39.  4 

5  40.8 

5  37.7 

3.95 

Feb.     1 

4  29.8 

4  31.0 

4  32.2 

4  29.6 

4  30.9 

4  32.3 

4  .33.  7 

4  30.6 

3.95 

15 

3  34.5 

3  35.7 

3  37.0 

3  34.3 

3  35.  7 

3  37.1 

3  38.5 

3  35.3 

3.95 

Mar.    1 

2  39.  3 

2  40.  5 

2  37.8 

2  39.1 

2  40.  4 

2  41.8 

2  39.3 

2  40.1 

3.94 

15 

1  44.2 

1  45.4 

1  42.6 

1  43.9 

1  45.  3 

1  46.7 

1  44. 1 

1  44.9 

3.94 

Apr.    1 

0  37.2 

0  38.4 

0  35.7 

0  37.0 

0  38.4 

0  39.7 

0  .37.  2 

0  38.0 

3.94 

15 

23  38.3 

23  39.  5 

23  36.8 

23  38. 1 

23  39.  4 

23  40. 8 

23  38.  3 

23  39. 1 

3.93 

May     1 

22  35.4 

22  36.  6 

22  34.  0 

22  35. 2 

22  30.  6 

22  38.0 

22  35. 5 

22  36.  2 

3.93 

15 

21  40. 5 

21  41.7 

21  39.  0 

21  40.3 

21  41.7 

21  43.0 

21  40.  6 

21  41.3 

3.92 

June    1 

20  33.  9 

20  35. 1 

20  32. 4 

20  33.  7 

20  35.  0 

20  36.4 

20  33.  9 

20  34. 7 

3.92 

15 

19  39.0 

19  40.2 

19  37.  5 

19  38.9 

19  40. 2 

19  41.6 

19  39. 1 

19  39.  9 

3.92 

July    1 

18  36.4 

18  37.  6 

18  34.9 

18  36.  2 

18  37.6 

18  38.  9 

18  36.  5 

18  37.  2 

3.92 

15 

17  41.5 

17  42.8 

17  40. 1 

17  41.4 

17  42.  7 

17  44.1 

17  41.7 

17  42. 4 

3.92 

Aup.    1 

16  35.  0 

16  36.2 

16  33.5 

16  34. 8 

16  36.  2 

16  37.  6 

16  35. 1 

16  35.8 

3.91 

15 

15  40. 1 

15  41.3 

15  38.  7 

15  40. 0 

15  41.3 

15  42.7 

15  40.3 

15  41.0 

3.92 

Sept.    1 

14  33.5 

14  34.7 

14  32.0 

14  33. 3 

14  34.7 

14  36. 1 

14  33.  7 

14  34.  3 

3.92 

15 

13  38.6 

13  39.8 

13  37. 1 

13  38. 4 

13  39.  8 

13  41.  2 

13  38.  8 

13  39.4 

3.92 

Oct.      1 

12  35.  7 

12  37.0 

12  34.3 

12  35.  6 

12  37.  0 

12  38. 4 

12  36.  0 

12  36.  6 

3.93 

15 

11  40.  7 

11  42.0 

11  39.3 

11  40.  6 

11  42.0 

11  43. 4 

11  41.0 

11  41.6 

3.93 

Nov.     1 

10  33.9 

10  35. 1 

10  32.4 

10  33.  8 

10  35. 1 

10  36.  6 

10  34. 1 

10  34.8 

3.93 

15 

9  38.8 

9  40.0 

9  37.3 

9  38.6 

9  40.0 

9  41.5 

9  39.  0 

9  39.6 

3.94 

Dec.     1 

8  35.7 

8  36.9 

8  34.3 

8  35.6 

8  37.0 

8  38.4 

8  35.9 

8  36.6 

3.94 

15 

7  40.5 

7  41.7 

7  39.1 

7  40.4 

7  41.8 

7  43.2 

7  40.7 

7  41.4 

3.94 
3.95 

Part  I— Continued. 

Part  n. 

Date. 

1898. 

1899. 

1900. 

Diff. 
for 

Reduction  of  tabular  times  to  intermediate  dates. 

Iday. 

Subtract  the  reduction 

when  computing  from  a  pre- 

h.    m. 

h.     m. 

h.     m. 

m. 

oeding, 
date. 

or  add 

it  when  working  from  a  following 

Jan.     1 

6  34.1 

6  35.2 

6  36.3 

3.95 

15 

5  38.8 

5  39.9 

5  41.0 

3.95 

Feb.     1 

4  31.7 

4  32.8 

4  33.9 

3.95 

Reduction.    Are.— "Diff.  for  1  dav." 

15 

3  36.4 
2  41.2 
1  46.0 
0  39.1 
23  40.2 

3  37.5 
2  42.3 
1  47.1 
0  40.2 
23  41.  3 

3  38.6 
2  43.4 
1  48.2 
0  41.3 
23  42. 4 

3.95 
3.94 
3.94 
3.94 
3.93 

Day  of 

the 
month. 

■^ 

No.  of 

Mar.    1 
15 

Apr.     1 

m. 
3.91. 

m. 
3.92. 

m. 
3.93. 

m. 
3.94. 

m. 
3.95. 

days 
elapsed. 

15 

May     1 

22  37.  3 

22  38.  4 

22  39.  5 

3.93 

m. 

m. 

m. 

m. 

15 

21  42.4 

21  43.  5 

21  44.6 

3.92 

2  or  16 

3.9 

3.9 

3.9 

3.9 

3.9 

1 

June    1 

20  35. 8 

20  36.  9 

20  38.  0 

3.92 

3  or  17 

7.8 

7.8 

7.9 

7.9 

7.9 

2 

15 

19  41.0 

19  42. 1 

19  43.  2 

3.92 

1     4  or  18 

11.7 

11.8 

11.8 

11.8 

11.8 

3 

July     1 

18  38.3 

18  39.  4 

18  40.  5 

3.92 

5  or  19 

1.5.6 

15.7 

15  7 

15.8 

15.8 

4 

15 

17  43.5 

17  44. 6 

17  45.7 

3.92 

6  or  20 

19.5 

19.6 

19.6 

19.7 

19.7 

5 

Aug.    1 

16  36.  9 

16  38.  0 

16  39.1 

3.91 

7  or  21 

23.5 

23.5 

23.6 

23.6 

23.7 

6 

15 

15  42. 1 

15  43.1 

15  44.3 

3.92 

8  or  22 

27.4 

27.4 

27.5 

27.6 

27.6 

7 

Sept.    1 

14  35. 4 

14  46.  5 

14  37.  6 

3.92 

9  or  23 

31.3 

31.4 

31.4 

31.5 

31.6 

8 

15 

13  40.  5 

13  41.6 

13  42.  7 

3.92 

lOor  2t 

35.2 

35.3 

35.4 

35.5 

35.5 

9 

Oct.      1 

12  37.  7 

12  38.  8 

12  39.  9 

.3.93 

11  or  2.") 

39.1 

39.2 

39.3 

39.4 

39.5 

10 

15 

11  42.7 

11  43.8 

11  44.9 

3.93 

12  or  26 

43.0 

43.1 

43.2 

43.3 

43.4 

11 

Nov.     1 

10  35.  9 

10  37.  0 

10  38.  1 

3.  93 

13  or  27 

47.0 

47.0 

47.2 

47.3 

47.4 

12 

15 

9  40.  7 

9  41.8 

9  42.9 

3.94 

14  or  28 

50.8 

51.0 

,51.1 

51.2 

51.3 

13 

Dec.     1 

8  37.7 

8  38.8 

8  39.9 

3.94 

29 

54.7 

54.9 

55.0 

55.2 

55.3 

14 

15 

7  42.5 

7  43.6 

7  44.7 

3.94 

30 

58.6 

58.8 

58.9 

59.1 

59.2 

15 

3.95 

31 

62.6 

62.7 

62.9 

63.0 

63.2 

16 

386- 


114 

Applications  of  Tables  I  and  II. 

4.  Required  the  Hour  Angle  aud  Azimuth  of  Polaris,  for  a  station  in  latitude  46°  N., 
longitude  90-  W.,  at  8"  24 <"  p.  m.,  November  1,  1891. 

h.        m. 

Astronomical  time  of  observation,  1891,  Nov.  7 8    24.0 

»                                           ~  h.       m. 

Astron.  time,  U.  C.  Polaris,  Nov.  1  (Table  1,  Part  1) ....   10    35.1 
Eednction  to  Nov.  6*  (Part  II),  subtract 1 19.7 

Astron.  time,  U.  C.  Polaris,  Nov.  6 10     1.5.4,  subtract.  .UO     15.4 

Hour  Angle  of  Polaris,  at  observation 22      8.6 

Subtract  from ^23    .56. 1 

Time  Argument  for  Table  II 1    47.5 

Azimuth  of  Polaris,  at  observation 1°  51'  E. 

Part  III. — Correction  of  the  tabular  time  for  longitude. 


LoDgitude. 

63° 

72° 

9,1° 

90° 

99° 

108° 

117° 

127° 

Add 
m. 
0.3 

Add 
m. 
0.2 

Add 
0.1 

Add 
m. 
0.0 

Subtract 
in. 
0.1 

Subtract 
m. 
0.2 

Subtract 
in. 
0.3 

Subtract 
m. 
0.4 

5.  Required  the   Hour  Angle   and  Azimuth  of  Polaris,  for  a  station  in  latitude  41° 
12'  N.,  longitude  94-  W.,  at'6''  16^"  a.  m.,  Nov."  19,  1X98. 

h.         m. 

Astronomical  time  of  observation,  1898,  Nov.  18 18     16.0 

h.        m. 
Astron.  time,  U.  C.  Polaris,  Nov.  15  (Table  I,  Part  I) . . . .     9    40.7 
Reduction  to  Nov.  19  (Part  II),  subtract 15.8 

Astron.  time,  U.  C.  Polaris,  Nov.  19 9    24.9,  subtract  ..     9    24.9 


Hour  Angle  of  Polaris,  at  observation,  and  Time  Argument  for  Table  II ||  8    51.1 

Azimuth  of  Polaris,  at  observation  (Table  II) ^  1°  11'  W. 

Table  II. 


This  table  gives,  for  various  hour  angles,  expressed  in  mean  solar 
time,  and  for  even  degrees  of  latitude  from  30  to  50  degrees,  the  Azi- 
muihx  of  Polaris  during  the  remainder  of  this  century,  computed  for 
average  values  of  the  uorth  pohir  distance  of  tlu»,  star — the  arguments 
(reference  numbeis),  being  tlie  hour  atujle  (or  23''  56'".1,  minus  the  hour 
angle,  when   the  latter  exceeds  11"'  58'"),  which  is  termed  the  Time 

*  By  reference  to  tlie  above  table,  the  surveyor  will  observe  that  the  times, 
between  Nov.  1  and  15,  are  greater  than  8''  24'";  consequently,  the  culmination  for 
one  (hiy  earlier,  Nov.  6,  will  Ije  used;  see  directions  on  page  111;  also,  last  clause  of 
exanqde  3,  page  112. 

t  From  Part  II,  Table  I,  opposite  6th  day  of  month,  aud  under  "3.94'"." 

JTo  subtract,  take  1  day  from  Nov.  7,  and  add  its  e(|uivalent,  24'',  to  8''  24'".  mnk- 
iug,  Nov.  6,  32''  24"'  (whicli  is  the  time  expressed  by  Nov.  7,  8''  24'");  then  subtract 
in  the  usual  manner. 

^  See  last  clause  of  footuote,  page  115. 

II  In  case  the  Hour  Angle  comes  out  </rea/er  than  11''  58'",  subtract  it  from  23*^  56.1'": 
see  example  4,  above. 

H  The  Hour  Angle  being  less  than  11''  58'",  the  Azimuth  is  west;  see  precepts,  top  of 
Table  II. 


115 

Arf/HDieut;*  and  the  latitude  of  the  place  of  observation.  The  table  is 
so  extended  that  azimiitlis  maybe  taken  out  by  mere  inspection  and 
all  iiiterpohition  avoide<l,  exce])t  such  as  can  be  ijerformed  mentally. 

The  hoursiit  the  '•  time  ar<iuincnts"  are  placed  in  the  columns  headed 
"  Hours,"  on  left  of  each  i)a^e.  The  minutes  of  the  time  arguments  will 
be  found  in  the  columns  nnirked  "  m.,"  under  the  years  for  which  they 
are  computed,  and  they  are  included  between  the  same  heavy  zigzag 
lines  which  inclose;  the  houis  to  which  they  belong. 

The  time  arguments  are  given  to  tlie  nearest  half  minute;  the  occur- 
rence of  a  period  after  the  minutes  of  any  one  of  them,  indicates  that 
its  value  is  0.5"'  greater  than  printed,  the  table  being  so  arranged  to 
economize  space. 

The  table  will  be  used  as  follows:  Find  the  HOURS  of  the  time  argu- 
ment in  the  left-hand  column  of  either  page;  then.,  between  the  heavy  lines 
which  inclose  the  hours,  find,  the  minutes  in  the  column  marJced  at  the 
top  with  tJie  current  year.  On  the  same  horizontal  line  with  the  MINUTES, 
the  azimuth  will  be  found  under  the  giren  latitude,  which  is  marked  at  the 
top  of  the  right-hand  half  of  each  page.  Thus,  for  18!)2,  time  argument, 0^ 
40'",  "latitude  415^;  find  0'' on  left-hand  page  and  under  1.S02J  tind  40"°, 
on  tenth  line  from  the  top,  and  on  same  line  with  the  minutes,  under 
latitude  4l{o,  is  the  azinmth  O'^  18'.  For  1S9G,  time  argument  7''  58™, 
lat.  oCP,  the  azimuth  is  1°  19',  found  on  the  9th  line  from  bottom  of 
right-hand  page. 

If  the  exact  time  argument  is  not  found  in  the  table,  the  azimuth 
should  be  proportioned  to  the  difference  between  the  given  and  tabular 
values  of  said  argument.  Thus,  if  the  time  argument  in  the  first  of 
the  above  examples  (for  1892)  was  0"  42"',  instead  of  0''  40'",  the  azi- 
muth would  be  the  mean  between  0^  18'  and  0^  20',  or  0°  19'.  In  a  sim- 
ilar manner,  if  the  latitude  is  nearer  an  odd  than  an  even  degree,  the 
mean  of  the  azimuths  for  the  next  greater  and  next  less  latitude  will 
be  nsed;  thus,  in  the  above  example  for  1890,  if  the  given  latitude  was 
37'^,  the  mean  betweeii  \'^  19'  and  1°  21',  or  1°  20',  would  be  the  corre- 
sponding azimuth.  The  table  has  been  arranged  to  give  the  azimuths 
as  exemi)lified  above,  by  simple  ins])ection.  No  written  arithmetical 
work  is  required,  all  l)eing  performed  mentally.  It  will  always  be  suf- 
ficient to  take  the  nearest  whole  degree  of  latitude  and  use  it  as  above 
directed,  except  for  a  few  values  near  the  bottom  of  either  page,  where 
the  difference  of  azinuiths,  for  2°  difference  of  latitude,  amounts  to  4 
or  .»  minutes  of  arc;  for  example,  1890,  time  argument,  7''  29'",  lat.  40° 
40',  In  this  case  the  latitude  may  be  taken  to  the  nearest  half  degree 
(4()i°);  the  corresponding  azimuth  is  1°  42'.  See  another  example  in 
Specimen  Field  Notes,  page  158. 

3.  The  attention  of  the  surveyor  is  directed  to  the  fact  that  he  should 
always  use  one  day  of  twenty-four  hours  as  the  unit  when  he  subtracts 

"  The  vertical  diameter  SS',  Plate  I,  fig.  2,  divides  the  apparent  path  of  Polaris 
into  two  equal  parts,  aud  for  the  star  at  any  point  Sr  on  the  east  side,  there  is  a  cor- 
resi>(>n(lin<j:;  ])oint  S|,  on  the  west  side  of  the  meridian,  for  which  the  azimutii  Nw,  is 
equal  to  the  azimuth  Ne.  The  arc  SsiS'sn,  taken  from  the  entire  circle  (or  23''  56'". I), 
leaves  the  an-  Ssp,  and  its  e(|ual,  Ssi,  expressed  in  time,  may  he  used  to  find,  from 
Tahlc  II,  the  azimuth  Nw,  which  is  efjual  to  Ne. 

Tiie  hour  angles  entered  in  Tahle  II  include  only  those  of  the  west  half  of  the  cir- 
cle ending  at  S',  and  when  an  hour  angle  greater  than  11''  58"'  results  from  ohserva- 
tion,  it  will  he  siibtravled  fV(im  23''  ot)'".!,  and  the  remainder  will  be  used  as  the  "time 
argniiieiit"  for  the  tahle.  The  surveyiu' should  not  confonntl  these  two  (|uantitie8. 
The  lioiir  arn/le  itself  always  decides  the  direction  of  the  azimuth  and  <lefines  the])lace 
of  the  star  with  reference  to  the  pole  aud  meridian,  as  rioted  at  top  of  Tahle  II, 
See  examples  below  Table  1,  page  114, 


116 

the  time  of  culmination  from  the  time  of  ohservation.  See  example  4, 
]);ige  114.  In  any  case  when  the  time  of  upper  culmination,  taken  from 
Table  I,  for  the  §iven  date,  would  be  numeiically  f/reatcr  than  the 
astronomical  time  of  observation,  the  former  time  will  be  taken  out  for 
a  date  one  day  earlier  than  the  date  of  observation.  The  i^urveyor  will 
decide  when  such  condition  exists  by  comparing  the  time  given  in  the 
table  with  his  astronomical  time  of  observation.  See  example  4  and 
ex])lauations  in  footnotes  below  Table  I,  page  114. 

When  an  hour  angle  comes  out  within  one  minute  of  either  0''  0™,  or 
23''  50"-. 1,  the  observation  may  be  regarded  as  having  been  taken  with 
the  star  on  the  meridian,  above  the  pole;  if  within  one  minute  of  Jl'' 
58'",  Polaris  may  be  considered  on  the  meridian  below  the  pole  at  the 
time  of  observation. 

At  elongation  Polaris  is  nearly  o^  55™  west  (or  east)  of  its  position  at 
ui)per  culmination;  consequently  if  the  hour  angle  for  any  observation 
comes  out  within  five  minutes  of  5^  55'"  or  18''  1'",  the  star  may  be 
assumed  to  be  at  elonf/ation,  west  for  the  first  and  east  for  the  second 
hour  angle,  and  itsazinmth  maybe  taken  from  a  preceding  table,  which 
gives  its  value  at  elongation,  from  1890  to  1910,*  inclusive. 

Should  the  surveyor  wish  the  time  of  Lower  Culmination,  for  use  with 
the  plumb-line  method,  described  on  page  107,  or  for  any  other  purpose, 
he  will  first  determine  the  time  of  upper  culmination  for  the  date  (Table 
I),  and  then  subtract  IP'  58'"  for  the  preceding  lower  culmination,  or  add 
IP'  58'"  for  the  lower  culmmation  following  the  derived  time  fi)r  upper 
culmination,  attending  to  the  addition  or  subtraction  of  23''  5G'".l,  as 
directed  on  page  112. 

The  time  to  be  used  when  making  observations  on  Polaris  off  the 
meridian,  should  be  as  accurate  as  can  be  obtained.  Looking  at  Table 
II,  near  the  top  of  either  page,  the  surveyor  will  observe,  that  for  a  dif- 
ference oH  four  minutes  in  the  time  argument,  there  is  a  change  of 
about  tivo  minutes  in  azimuth;  consequently,  to  obtain  the  azimuth  to 
the  nearest  whole  minute  of  arc,  the  local  mean  time,  upon  which  all 
depends,  should  be  known  within  two  minutes.  When  the  surveyor 
uses  a  solar  instrument,  he  can  readily  determine  the  time  for  himself 
during  the  afternoon  before  observing  Polaris,  or  in  the  morning  after 
observation,  and,  without  moving  the  hands  of  his  watch,  apply  the 
necessary  correction  to  his  observed  watch  time,  as  exemplified  in  Si)ec- 
imen  Field  Notes,  page  172.  When  the  surveyor  uses  standard  railroad' 
time,  he  will  correct  the  same  for  the  difference  of  longitude  between  his 
station  and  the  standard  meridian  for  which  the  time  is  given,  at  the  rate 
of  four  minutes  of  time/or  each  degree  of  the  difference  in  arc.  Thus,  if 
the  difference  of  longitude  is  0°  45',  the  equivalent  in  time  will  be  27 
minutes.  The  difference  of  longitude  may  be  taken  from  a  good  map. 
The  number  of  seconds  taken  from  the  5th  column  of  Table  X,  (opposite 
the  proper  latitude),  multiplied  by  the  number  of  ranges,  will  give  the 
correction  for  longitude  in  seconds  of  time.  The  correction  will  be 
subtracted  from  the  standard  railroad  time  of  observation,  when  the 
surveyor's  station  is  irest,  or  added  when  east  of  the  standard  meridian, 
as  the  case  may  require,  to  obtain  local  time.  It  is  immaterial  where 
the  surveyor  obtains  the  standard  time,  provided  he  gets  it  right;  a 
result  which  will  be  determined  in  the  most  satisfactory  manner,  by  a 
direct  comparison  at  telegraph  office,  personally  conducted. 

*See  table  prepared  in  office  of  U.  S.  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey;  article  on  Mag- 
netic Declination,  page  103. 


117 

Generally,  the  surveyor  will  have  only  two  or  three  simple  additions 
or  subtraotions  to  make,  and  ten  minutes  will  be  ample  time  in  which 
to  make  tlie  obscrvaticKU  and  perform  the  little  comi)utatiou  required. 

Note. — The  azimuths  entered  in  the  following  table  were  calculated 
with  the  meaTi  North  Polar  Distance  of  Polaris  (1°  16'  32'),  the  assumed 
latitudes  of  the  tabic  and  the  stated  hour  an(/lef>  for  the  year  1890.  The 
resultino-  values  lia\in,u'  been  tabulated,  thf^  process  was  reversed,  and 
with  the  mean  N.  P.  1).  of  the  star,  for  the  1st  of  July  of  each  of  the 
remaining-  ten  years  of  the  series,  the  latiiufJen  named,  and  azimuths 
already  determined,  the  corresponding  hoKr  angles  were  found.  By  this 
artifice,  the  table  (which,  if  computed  for  the  same  hour  angles  for  each 
year,  would  cover  twenty  two  pages  of  this  book),  is  here  confined  to 
two  i)ages,  and  this  without  any  sacrifice  of  precision,  and  with  the 
additional  advantage  of  presenting  all  the  azimuths  for  eleven  years^  at 
one  opening  of  the  book,  an  arrangement  which  will  be  appreciated  by 
those  surveyors  who  may  have  occasion  to  use  this  method  in  the  dis- 
charge of  their  professional  duties. 

VERIFYING  RESULTS   OF   SOLAR  WORK. 

Surveyors  general  and  their  deputies  have  sometimes  failed  to  appre- 
ciate the  requirements  of  the  Manual  on  testing  the  adjustment  of  the 
solar  compass  and  verifying  the  accuracy  of  its  work.  In  some  cases 
a  wholly  erroneous  idea  thereon  has  been  entertained,  making  it  neces- 
sary to  instruct  de])uties  that  the  adjustments  of  a  solar  compass  are 
not  proved  correct  by  its  own  meridian,  obtained  at  a  single  setting; 
but  that  its  meridian  must  be  verified  by  a  proper  Polaris  observation, 
to  render  the  field  notes  reliable. 

If  a  solar  instrument  standing  unmoved,  both  forenoon  and  after- 
noon, gives  an  unvarying  result,  it  is  presumed  to  be  accurately  set, 
and  all  its  parts  in  adjustment;  but  the  requirement  of  a  careful  test 
of  the  solar  by  stellar  observation,  will  be  rigidly  adhered  to. 

The  practice  of  permitting  field  examinations  to  l)e  made  by  exam- 
iners using  needle  compasses  only  will  be  henceforth  discontinued.  Sur- 
veyors general  should  ap])oint  for  inspectors  of  field  work  only  such  as 
are  competent  to  make  critical  examination  of  the  courses  of  surveyed 
lines. 


118 


Table  II. — Azimuths  of  Polaris 
[The  hour  augles  are  expressed  in  mean  solar  time.    Tlie  occurrence  of  a  period 


Star  akd  Azimuth. 

"SV.  of  N.  when  hour  anale  is  less  than  ll*  58". 
E.  of  N.  when  hour  angle  is  greater  that  ll""  58"". 

Time  argument,  the  star's  liour  angle  (or  23''  50'". 1 
minus  the  star's  hour  angle),  for  the  year— 


Polaris  above  the  Pole 

To  detemiine  the  true  meridian,  the  azimuth 
will  be  laid  off  to  the  east  when  the  hour 
angle  is  less  than  ll""  58'",  and  to  the  west 
w  lien  greater  than  11''  58'". 


119 


for  the  use  of  land  ititrreijors. 

after  minutes  of  an  hour  angle  indicates  that  its  value  is  0'".5  greater  than  printed.] 


Star 

AND  Azimuth.          1 

Polaris  below 

THE 

Pole. 

W.  of  N.  when  luiur  angle  is  I 
E.  of  N.  wlien  hour  angle  is  <j 

Time  argument,  the  star's  ho 
rniyius  the  star's  hour  angl 

esi  than 
•eater  th 

ur  angle 

111"  58™. 
m  111"  58". 

or  231' 56'"  1. 
year— 

To  determine  the  true  merit 
will  be  laid  off  to  the  eas 
angle  is  less   than  11''  58"', 
when  greater  than  ll""  58'". 

ian,  the  azimuth 
when  the  hour 
and  to  the  west 

i),  for  the 

s 
o 

ss 

» 

■JO 

1H 

19 

O 

CD 

55 

ao 

i 

Si 

Azimuths  for  latitude— 

o 
30 

o  1 
32  j 

o 

34 

o 

3C 

o 
38 

o 
40 

o 
42 

o 
44 

o 
46 

48 

60 

h. 
11 

m. 
54 
50 
46 
42 

m. 
54 

50 
46 
42 

7>l. 

54 
50 
46 
42 

m. 
54 
50 
46 
42 

m. 
54 
50 
46 
42 

m. 
.54 
50 
46 
42 

m. 
54 
50 
46. 
41. 

m. 
54 
50 
45. 
41. 

m. 
54 
50 
45. 
41. 

m. 
54 
5J 
46. 
41. 

in. 
54 
50 
45. 
41. 

O  1 

0  1 
3 
5 
6 

0  / 

0  1 
3 
5 
6 

o  / 

0  1 
3 
5 
6 

o  / 

0  2 

3 

5 

6 

O  ' 

0  2 
3 
5 

7 

0  2 
3 
5 

7 

0  2 
3 
5 

7 

o  / 

0  2 
4 
5 

7 

o  / 

0  2 

4 
6 

8 

0  ' 

0  2 
4 
6 

e 

o  / 

0  2 

4 

6 

8 

38 
34 
30 
2f. 
22 

38 
34 
30 
26 
22 

38 
34 
30 
26 
22 

37. 
33. 
29. 
25. 
21. 

37. 
33. 
29. 
25. 
21. 

37. 
33. 
29. 
25. 
21 

37. 
33. 
29. 
25. 
21 

37. 
33. 

2a 
21 

37. 
33. 
29 
25 
21 

37. 
33 
29 
25 
21 

37. 
33 
29 
25 
21 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

8 
9 
11 

!; 

8 

9 

11 

13 

14 

8 
10 
11 
13 
15 

8 
10 
12 
13 
15 

8 
10 
12 
14 
15 

9 
11 

12 
14 
16 

9 
11 
13 
14 
16 

9 
11 
13 
15 
17 

10 
12 
14 
15 
17 

10 
12 
14 
16 
18 

11 

18 
14 
10 
6 

18 

14 

10 

0 

2 

18 

14 

10 

6 

17. 
13. 

9. 

5. 

1. 

17. 
13. 

9. 

5. 

1. 

17. 
13. 

9. 

5. 

1 

17 
13 

.) 
1 

17 
13 

8. 

4. 

1 

17 
12. 

8. 

i: 

16. 
12. 

8. 
4. 

0. 

55. 
.50. 
45. 
40. 
35 

16. 

12. 
8 
4 

0 

55. 
50. 
45 
40 
35 

15 
17 
18 
20 
21 

23 
24 
26 
28 
30 

15 
17 
18 
20 
21 

23 
25 
27 
29 
30 

16 
17 
19 
20 
22 

24 
25 
27 
29 
31 

10 
18 
19 
21 
23 

24 
20 
28 
30 
32 

17 
18 
20 
22 
23 

25 
27 
29 
31 
33 

17 
19 
20 
22 
24 

25 

29 
31 
34 

18 
19 
21 
23 
24 

26 
28 
30 
32 
35 

18 
20 
22 
23 
25 

27 
29 
31 
33 
36 

19 

21 
22 
24 
26 

28 
30 
32 
35 
37 

19 
21 
23 
25 

27 

29 
31 
34 
36 
38 

20 
22 
25 
26 
28 

30 
32 
35 
37 
40 

10 

58 
53 
48 
43 
38. 

57. 
52. 
47. 
42. 
38 

57. 
52. 
47. 
42. 
37. 

57 
52. 
47. 
42. 
37. 

57 
52 
47 
42. 
37 

56. 
51. 
46. 
41. 
36. 

56. 
51. 
46. 
41. 
36 

56.  56. 
51  !  51 
46  46 
41  40. 
35.  35. 

33. 

28. 
23. 
18. 
13. 

33 
28 
23 
18 
13 

32. 

IT. 
12. 

32. 
27 
22 
17 
12 

32 
26. 
21. 
16. 
11. 

31. 
26 
21 
16 
11 

31 
26 
21 
15. 
10. 

30. 
25. 
20. 
15. 
10 

30. 
25 
20 
15 
9. 

30 
24. 
19. 
14. 

29. 
24. 
11) 
14 
8. 

32 
33 
35 
37 
39 

32 
34 
30 
38 
39 

33 
35 
37 
39 
40 

34 
36 
37 
39 
41 

35 
37 
39 
40 
42 

36 
38 
40 
41 
43 

37 
39 
41 
43 
45 

38 
40 
42 
44 
46 

39 
41 
43 
46 

48 

41 
43 
45 
47 
49 

42 
44 
47 
49 
51 

10 

8. 

3. 

58.' 
53. 
48. 

8 

3 

"58" 

53 

48 

7. 
2. 
'57. 
52. 
47. 

7 
2 

52 
46. 

6. 

1. 

"be" 

51 

46 

6 

5. 

5 

4.   4 

3. 

40 
42 
44 
45 

47 

41 

43 
45 
46 

48 

42 

44 
46 
47 
49 

43 
45 
47 
48 
50 

44 
46 
48 
50 
51 

45 
47 
49 
51 
53 

47 
49 
51 
53 
54 

48 
50 
52 
54 
56 

50 
52 
54 
56 

0  58 

54 
56 

0  58 

1  0 

54 
56 

0  58 

1  0 
2 

__1_;    0 

55.  1  55. 
50.  50. 
45.  ;  44. 

I  59. 
54. 
49 
44 

59 

54 

49 

'   43. 

58. 
53 
48 
43 

58 
53 
47. 
42 

43. 

38. 
33. 
28. 
23. 

43 
38 
32. 
28 
23 

42 
37 
32 
27 
22 

41. 
36. 
31. 
26. 
21. 

40. 
35. 
30. 
25. 
20. 

40.  39. 
35   34. 
30  1  29 
25  1  24 
19.  19 

39   38. 
33.  33 
28.  .  28 
23  22. 
18  17. 

37. 
32 
27 
21. 
16. 

37 
31. 
26. 
21 
15. 

49 
50 
51 
53 
55 

50 
51 
53 
54 
56 

51 
52 
54 

56 
57 

52 
53 
55 
57 
0  58 

53 
,55 

57 

0  58 

1  0 

55 
56 

0  58 

1  0 
2 

56 

0  58 

1  0 

2 
4 

0  58 

1  0 

2 

4 
5 

1  0 
2 

4 
6 
8 

2 
4 
6 
8 
10 

5 

7 
9 
11 
13 

18. 
13. 

17.  17 
12.  12 

16 
11 

15 
10 

14.  13. 
9.   8. 

12.  12 
7.   6. 

11 
5. 

10 

56 

58 

57 
0  59 

0  59 

1  0 

1  0 
2 

2 
3 

3 

5 

5 

7 

7 
9 

10 
11 

12 
14 

15 
17 

9 

8. 
3. 

7.|  7 

6 

55. 

5 

4  1  3  1  2  1  1.1  0. 

159. 
54 
49 

0  59 

1  0 
2 

1  0 
2 
3 

2 
3 
5 

3 

5 

8 
10 

9 
10 
12 

11 

12 
14 

13 
15 
17 

16 
18 
20 

19 
21 
23 

2. 

2 

59. 
54. 

58  1  58 
54  52. 

57  [  56 
52  51 

55 
49. 

5  6 

6  8 

8 

58. 

57. 

56. 

52. 
46. 

40. 
34. 
28. 

51. 

45. 
39. 
33. 
27. 

50. 
44. 
38. 
32. 
26 

49. 
43. 
37. 
31 
25 

48. 
42. 
36 
29. 
23 

47. 
41. 
35 

28. 
21. 

46. 
40 
33. 
27 
21 

45. 
39.' 

32. 
27 
19. 

44. 

38 
31. 
25 
17. 

43 

36. 
30 
23. 
17 

42. 

35. 
29 
23. 
15. 

3 
5 
7 
8 
U) 

5 
6 
8 
9 
11 

6 

8 
10 
11 
13 

1 

11 
13 
14 

10 
11 
13 
15 
16 

12 
13 
15 
17 
18 

14 
16 
17 
19 
21 

16 
18 
20 
22 
23 

19 
21 
22 
24 
26 

22 
24 
26 
28 
29 

25 
27 
29 
31 
33 

21. 

20. 

19 

18 

16 

15 

13. 

12 

10. 

9 

7. 

11 

13 

14 

16 

18 

20 

23 

25 

28 

31 

35 

14. 

13 

12 

10. 

8. 

7.|  5. 

4  1  2. 

1  1  59T 

13 

14 

16 

18 

20 

22 

25 

27 

30 

33 

37 

1^ 

7. 

6 

."i 

1 

0 

^  58 

1  48 
1  37 

56.  55  1  53  j  51. 
46.  ,  44. 1  42. '  40. 
35  I  33  1  30.  i  28. 

14 
16 
18 

16 
18 
19 

18 
19 
21 

19 
21 
23 

21 
24 
26 

24 
20 
28 

26 
28 
31 

29 
31 

33 

32 
34 
37 

35 
38 
40 

39 
42 
44 

J   58. 1  57  1  55   54 
1    1  48.  1  47  1  45   43. 

51.  ,  60 
40.  i  39 

!     38. 1  30.  i  34.  32. 

29. 

iK. 

1 

28  !  25 
16.  i  13. 

23  20.  18  15. 

10.  '  7.   4.  !  1. 

20 
.21 
23 
25 
27 
1  29 

21 
23 
25 
27 
29 
1  30 

23 
25 
27 
29 
31 
1  32 

25 
27 
29 
31 
33 
1  35 

27 
29 
32 
34 
36 
1  37 

30 
32 
34 
36 
38 
1  40 

33 
35 
3T 
39 
41 
1  43 

35 
37 
40 
42 
44 
1  47 

39 
41 

43 
46 

48 
1  50 

43 
45 

47 

50 

52 

1  55 

47 
49 
52 
54 

57 
1  59 

7   14   11   8  15 

58  i  54 

37.;  30 

50  1  45. 
22.  11 

41  ;!.->. 

(i   5m   ,5.-.  ,  51.  j  47. 

41 

i....i.... 

1  5  55 

52.  1  20  5  16. 



........ 

..  1 

:•-■•, ■--■|.... 

1 

1 

1 1 

1 

120 

SURVEYING    BASE    LINES    AND    STANDARD    PARALLELS    BY    OFFSETS 
FROM   STRAIGHT   LINES. 

[See  Plate  II,  fig.  5.] 

The  corners  on  a  Base  Line  or  Standard  Parallel  could  be  estab- 
lislied  from  chords  of  the  latitude  curve,  joining  successive  township 
corners;  from  a  tangent  to  the  true  latitude  curve  at  a  point  midway 
between  the  township  corners;  or  from  an  intermediate  straight  line 
parallel  to  the  lines  above  mentioned.  In  the  Jirst  case,  all  the  offsets 
would  be  measured  south;  in  the  second  case,  all  offsets  would  be 
measured  7iorth;  and,  in  both  cases,  the  maximum  offset,  or  greatest 
distance  of  the  latitude  curve  from  the  reference  lines,  would  be  one- 
fourth  of  the  greatest  offset  from  a  tangent  six  miles  long,  (i.  e.)  the 
offset  found  in  table  V,  opposite  the  proper  latitude,  and  in  the  column 
headed  "3  miles";  while  the  initial  hearings  of  the  three  lines,  (i.  e.) 
the  angles  K,  M,  and  L,  would  be  eq^ial  to  each  other;  similar  relations 
between  the  bearings  at  corresponding  points,  would  obtain  through  a 
rauge. 

The  method  of  establishing  corners  on  a  true  latitude  curve  by  offsets 
from  a  line  situated  between  and  .parallel  to  the  chord  and  tangent, 
which  was  devised  to  meet  a  demand  for  short  offsets,  will  now  be 
described. 

SECANT  METHOD. 

[See  Plate  II,  figs.  1,  2,  and  5.] 

This  method  consists  of  running  out  a  connected  series  of  straight 
lines,  each  .six  miles  long,  on  such  courses  that  any  one  of  the  lines 
will  intersect  the  curve  of  the  parallel  of  latitude  in  two  points,  sep- 
arated by  an  interval  of  four  miles;  and,  from  the  lines  thus  estab- 
lished, measuring  north  or  south,  as  the  case  may  be,  to  attain  other 
required  points  on  the  latitude  curve.  For  the  sake  of  brevity,  said 
straight  lines  will  be  called  secants. 


121 

Taiu.k  III. — Azimuths  of  the  Sertnif,  and  0(f'^els,  in  Feel,  to  the  Parallel. 

Argiinioiits:  latiliule  iu  left  hand  coluinu  anil  ilistanic   from  starting  point  at  top  or  bottom  of  the 

table.* 


I.ati- 

Azimuths  and  offHets  at- 

- 

Deflec- 
tion Ansile 
and  iiat. 
tan. to 
Rad.  66  ft. 

tude. 

0  miles. 

^  mile. 

1  mile.      1^  miles. 

2  miles. 

2i  miles. 

3  miles. 

• 

1                  1 
°       1                  1 
30    89°  58'. 5 
[   1.93  N. 

89°  58'. 7  1 
0.87  X. 

89°59'.0     89°  .59'. 2 
0.00     0.G7   S. 

89°  59'. 5 
1.15  S. 

89°  59'. 7 
1.44  8. 

9;)°  (E.  or  W.) 
1.64  8. 

3'  00".2 
O.GO  ins. 

31 

89°  58'. 4 
2.01  X, 

89°  58'. 6 
0.91   X. 

89°  58'. 9  !  88°59'.2 
0.00      0.70  8. 

83°  59'. 5 
1.20  S. 

89°  59'.7 
1..50  S. 

90°  (K.  or  W.) 
l.GO  S. 

3'  07".4 
0.72  ins. 

32 

89°  58'.4 
2.05)  X. 

89°  58'. 6 
0.94  X. 

89°  58'. 9     89° .59'. 2 
0.00  ,   0.73  S. 

89°  59'.5 
1.25  S. 

89°  59'. 7 
1.5U  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
1.G7  8. 

3'  15".0 
0.76  ins. 

83  !  8t)o58'.3 
1  2.17  X. 

89°  58'. 5 
0.97  X. 

1 
89°  58' .8      89°5D'.l 
0.00      0.76  S. 

89°  59'. 4 
1.30  8. 

89°59'.7 
1.62  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
1.73  8. 

3'  22".6 
0.78  ins. 

34     89°  58'. 2 
2.25  N. 

89°  58', 5 
1.01  X. 

89°  58'. 8     89°,59'.l 
0.00  1   0.79  S. 

89°  59' .4 
1.35  S. 

89°  59'. 7 
1.69  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
1.80  8. 

3'  30".4 
0.81  ins. 

36     89°  58'. 2 
1  2.33  N. 

89°  58 '.5 
1.05  X. 

89°58'.8     89°59'.l 
0.00  ,   0.82  S. 

89°  59'. 4 
1.40  S. 

89°  59'. 7 
1.75  8. 

90°  (E.or  W.) 
1.87  8. 

3'  38". 4 
0.84  ins. 

36  1  89°58'.l 
2.42  N, 

89°  .58'. 4 
1.09  X. 

89°  58'.7 
0.00 

89°  59'.0 
0.85  S. 

89°  59'. 4 
1.4G  8. 

89°  59'.7 
1.82  8. 

00°  (E.  or  W.) 
1.94  S. 

3'  46".4 
0.87  ins. 

37  !  89°58'.0 
2.51    ;\. 

89°  58'.:: 
1.18  X. 

89°58'.G 
0.00 

89°  .58'. 9 
0.S8  S. 

89°  59 '.3 
1.51  8. 

89°  59'. 7 
1.89  S. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.01  8. 

3'  55".0 
0.90  ins. 

88 

89°58'.0 
2.GI  N. 

89°  58'. 3 
1.17  X. 

89°  58 '.6 
0.00 

89°  58'. 9 
0.91  S. 

89°  59'. 3 
1.56  8. 

89°  59'. 7 
1.95  8. 

90°  (E.  or  \V.) 
2.08  S. 

4'  03". 0 
0.93  ins. 

89 

89°  57'.9 
2.70  X. 

89°  58'. 2 
1.21  X. 

89o58'.G 
0.00 

89°  58'. 9 
0.94  S. 

89°  59'.3 
1.62  8. 

89°  59'. 7 
2.02  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.16  8. 

4'  12".6 
0.97  ins. 

40     89°  57'. 8 
2.79  X. 

89°58'.l 
1.25  X. 

89°  58'. 5     89°58'.9 
0.00     0.98  S. 

89°  59'. 3 
1.68  8. 

890  59'.7 
2.10  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.24  8. 

4'  21". 6 
1.00  ins. 

41 

89°  57'.7 
2.S9  X. 

89o.58'.0 
1.30  X. 

89°  58'. 4  1  89°  58'. 8 
0.00  I    1.02  S. 

89°  59'. 2 
1.74  8. 

89°  59'. 6 
2.17  S. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.32  8. 

4'  31". 2 
1.04  ins. 

42 

89°  57'. 7 
3.00  X. 

a9°.58'.0 
1.35  X. 

89°58'.4  ■  89° 58'. 8 
O.OU      1.05  S. 

89°  59'.2 
1.80  S. 

89°  59'.6 
2.25  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.40  8. 

4'  40". 8 
1.08  ins. 

43     89°57'.r, 
3.11  N. 

89°  ,58'. 0 
1.40  X. 

89°58'.4  i  89°58'.8 
0.00      1.08  S. 

89°  59 '.2 
1.86  8. 

89°  59'. 6 
2.33  S. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.4S.  8. 

4'  50". 8 
1.12  ins. 

44  ;  89°57'.5 
j  3.22  N. 

89°  57'.9 
1.45  X. 

89°.58'..'? 
0.00 

89°  58'. 7 
1.12  S. 

89°  59'. 2 
1.93  S. 

89°  59'.6 
2.41  S. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.57  8. 

5'  01". 0 
1.16  ins. 

45 

89°  57'. 4 
3.33  X. 

89°  ,57 '.8 
1.50  X. 

89°  58'. 3 
0.00 

89°  58'.7 
I.IG  S. 

89°  59'. 1 
2.00  8. 

89°  59'.5 
2.49  S. 

90°  (E.  or  AV.) 
2.GG  8. 

5'  11". 8 
1.20  ins. 

4G 

89o57'.3 
3.44  X. 

89°  57'. 7 
1.55  X. 

89°  58'. 2 
0.00 

89°  58' .0 
1.21  S. 

89°  59'.1 
2.07  8. 

89°  59'. 5 
2.59  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.76  8. 

5'  22".8 
1.24  ins. 

47 

89°  57'. 2 
3.57  X. 

89°57'.6 
l.Gl  X. 

89°58'.l 
0.00 

89°  58'.6 
1.25  S. 

89°  59'.1 
2.14  8. 

89°59'.5 
2.67  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2. 86  8. 

5'  34".2 
1.28  ins. 

48 

89°57'.l, 
3.70  X. 

89°  .57'.5 
1.6G  X. 

89°58'.0     89°58'.5 
0.00      1.30  S. 

89o59'.0 
2.22  8. 

89°  59'. 5 

2.7H  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
2.96  8. 

5'  46".2 
1.33  ins. 

49  1  89o57'.0 
3.82  i>. 

89°  57'. 5 
1.72  X. 

89°  58'.0     89°  58'.5 
0.00      1.34  S. 

89°  59'.0 
2.30  8. 

89°  59'.5 
2.87  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
8.06  8. 

5'  58". 6 
1.38  ins. 

50     89°.-.G'.n 
.  3.9C  X. 

1 

89°  57'.4 
1.78  X. 

89°  57'. 9 
0.00 

89°  58'. 4 
1.39  S. 

89°59'.0 
2.38  8. 

89°  59'. 5 
2.97  8. 

90°  (E.  or  W.) 
3.17  8. 

6'  11".4 
1.43  ins. 

Lati- 

G miles. 

5^  miles. 

5  miles. 

4^  miles. 

4  miles. 

Similes. 

S  miles. 

Deflec- 
tion Angle 
and  nut. 
tan.  to 
Bad.  66  ft. 

tude. 

Aziumths  and 

offsets  at 

- 

*  Applications  of  Table  III. — The  true  bearing  of  the  secant  at  each  mile  and  lialf-mile  point  will  be 
eKpiessc<l  by  the  tabular  azimutii  preceded  by  the  initial  meridional  letter  N,  when  tlic  distance 
argument  is  found  at  the  top  of  the  table ;  but  when  said  argument  is  found  at  the  bottom  of  the  table, 


122 

The  direction  of  the  first  secant  will  be  determiued  at  its  initial 
point  by  observations  on  rolorls  at  elovgafion,  and  similar  observations 
will  be  made  at  inlervals  not  exceeding  18  miles;  while  observations  by 
the  method  given  on  page  107,  et  seq.,  or  on  Polaris  at  elongation  (as 
the  depnty  may  prefer),  will  be  taken  every  night  when  practicable,  to 
guard  against  mistakes,  detect  errors,  and  check  the  direction  of  the 
line. 

The  principal  advantage  of  this  method,  over  that  by  offsets  from  a 
tangent,  results  directly  from  the  proximity  of  the  secant  and  the  par- 
allel of  latitude,  and  the  consequent  reduced  length  of  the  maximum 
offsets;  thereby  limiting  the  cutting,  which  will  contain  both  secant 
and  j^jfMVfV^e/,  to  a  single  opening  less  than  four  feet  in  width ;  avoiding  the 
necessity  for  clearing  out  roads  for,  and  instrumentaUy  laying  off'  the 
long  offsets  inseparable  from  the  tangent  method ;  and  permitting  the 
noting  of  topographical  features  on  tlie  lines  actually  run,  a  conven- 
ience unattainable  by  the  tangent  method. 

In  any  given  case,  the  secant  lines  will  bear  such  relations  to  the 
latitude  curve,  that  points  on  said  secants,  at  one  and  five  miles  from 
either  end  of  any  secant,  will  be  coiucident  with  two  points  on  the 
latitude  curve  four  miles  apart ;  between  which  points  the  latitude  curve 
will  lie  south  of  the  secants  5  while  the  curve  will  lie  north  of  the  secant 
lines  on  the  first  and  sixth  miles ;  tlierefore,  each  secant  will  run  south 
of  sees.  31  and  5^,  in  every  range,  and  through  all  other  sections  on  the 
north  side  of  the  base  line  or  standard  i)arallel,  as  the  case  may  be. 
(See  figs.  1  and  2.) 

Each  secant,  the  azimuth  and  offsets  thereof,  and  the  corresponding 
part  of  the  ijarallel,  will  be  symmetrically  divided  by  the  middle 
meridian  of  each  range,  (i.  e.)  the  bearings  and  offsets  at  equal  dis- 
tances on  o])posite  sides  of  the  central  meridian  will  be  equal;  the 
bearings,  which  continually  change,  will  always  be  north  of  east  (or 
west),  on  the  first  three  miles,  and  south  of  east  (or  west),  on  the  last 
three  miles  of  each  secant.  The  changes  of  bearing  should  not  be 
understood  to  imply  a  change  of  direction  of  any  secant  with  respect 
to  its  initial  direction;  the  change  is  due  to  the  varying  inclination  of 
the  meridians  to  the  s^r«/</7i#  secant,  (i.  e.)  the  etiectof  "convergency  of 
meiidiaiis."     (See  third  column  of  Table  X,  and  Plate  II,  figs.  1, 2,  and  5.) 

Employing  the  data  provided  by  Table  III,  the  practical  application 
of  the  method  herein  outlined  will  be  conducted  in  the  field  as  follows: 

1.  Set  up  the  carefully  adjusted  transit  south  of  the  township  corner 
at  which  the  survey  will  begin,  and  at  a  distance  therefrom  to  be  inter- 
polated for  the  given  latitude,  from  the  column  headed  "0  miles."  By 
observations  on  Polaris  at  elongation,  determine  and  mark  a  true  merid- 
ian, in  accordance  with  directions  on  page  105. 

the  meridional  letter  S.  will  be  placed  before  the  azimuth;  while  the  departure  letter,  E.  or  W., 
will  be  made  to  agree  with  tlie  directiou  of  the  survey,  eaxt  or  west,  as  the  case  luay  require.  The 
bearinjis  will  be  takeu  from  the  table,  to  the /(earest  whole  minute  only,  and  entered  at  the  beginning  of 
sach  mile  recorded  in  the  field  notes.  The  direction  of  the  ott'scts  or  diatance.s  from  the  secant  north 
->r  south  to  the  base  line  or  standard  parallel,  as  the  case  may  be,  are  indicated  by  the  initial  letters, 
N.  or  S.  following  the  ott'sets. 

Example  1. — Standard  parallel  run  west,  lat.  48°  N. ;  dist.  from  initial  point  of  secant,  2  miles;  the 
aearing  is  N.  89°  59'  W.,  the  offset,  2.22  ft.  S.;  at  5i  miles  the  bearing  is  S.  89°  57'  W.,  the  oUset 
1.66  ft.  N.  In  all  latitude.sthe  bearing  of  the  secant  at  3  miles  will  be  east  or  west,  agreeing  with  the 
lirecti(m  of  the  survey.     (See  the  8tli  column  of  the  table.) 

The  offsets  may  be  interpolated  ibr  miniites  of  latitude,  by  siuijdc  proportion,  as  follows:  Multiply 
'he  difference  between  the  offnets  corresponding  to  the  whole  deijrees  of  latitude,  inimediati'ly  preceding 
md/oUowiny  tlie  yiren  latitiid  ■.  by  the  minutes,  expressed  in  decimaU  of  a  degree,  and  add  thf  product  to 
'.he  offset  corresponding  to  tlie  Usser  latitude,-  the  sum  will  be  the  offset  required. 

Examples. —  {See  Plate  1 1,  tigs.  1  and  2.)  Lat.  45°  34'. 5;  dist.,  0  miles  or  6  miles;  the  ditf.  between 
(tisctsiii  latitudes  4.5°  and  40^  is  O.ll  ft.;  34'.5  ~0°.575;  0.11  'O.STS^r^O.Oe  ft. ;  and,  3.33-F0.06=:3.39  ft.. 
Ill- (ili'sct  reijuirod.  All  ofi'sets  written  in  tigs.  1  and  2  were  thus  computed.  A  similar  method  of 
nttriwlation  may  l)e  applied  to  the  data  in  the  right-hiuul  column. 

iJj-«)rt/jJ«.3._Latitude45o  34'.5;  difl'.  of  angles,  is  U' 11"  ;  11X0..575^G".3;  and  5'll".8+6".3=5' 18", 
jearly;  also,  0.04X0.575  =  0.02  ins.;  and,  1.20-(-0.02 —  1.22  ins.     (SeeaXX).) 


123 

2.  Lay  off  tlie  azimiitli,  fonnd  iu  tlie  table  under  "0  miles,"  toward 
the  cast  (or  west),  as  the  case  may  be,  and  remeasure  the  anyle  a  suffi- 
cient number  of  times  to  secure  an  accurate  result. 

3.  Produce  the  direction  of  the  secant  thus  determined,  a  distance 
of  six  miles  in  a  straight  line,  taking?  double  back  and  fore  sights  at 
each  settinji'  of  the  instrument.  At  each  half  mile  and  mile  point, 
establish  on  the  standard  parallel  the  proj^er  quarter  section  and  sec- 
tion corners  by  ofi'sets  of  correct  length,  north  or  south,  as  indicated  in 
the  table,  by  the  initial  letters  "N."  or  "S." 

The  offsets  being  very  short,  their  direction  (perpendicnlar  to  the 
secant,  witliout  sensible  error),  may  be  determined  by  the  eye;  the 
I enf/th  of  oi't'sets  should  be  carefully  measured. 

4.  At  0  miles  on  the  secant,  turn  off'  to  the  north  the  proper  deflec- 
tion angle,  given  in  the  right-hand  column  of  the  table,  thereby  defin- 
ing the  direction  of  a  new  secant,  from  which  points  will  be  established 
on  the  ])arallel,  as  directed  in  clause  3, 

The  deputy  should  clearly  understand  from  the  foregoing  rules  and 
directions  that  the  correct  establishment  of  a  staiulard  parallel  on  a 
true  latitude  curve,  by  offsets  from  secant  lines,  will  depend  in  the 
order  of  sequence  upon  careful  attention  to  the  following  points: 

1.  Accnratc  ohservatious  on  Polaris  at  eJo)i(fa1ion,  to  determine  a  true  meridian. 

2.  Close  measurement  of  the  azimuth  angle,  to  define  the  initial  direction  of  the  secant, 

3.  Careful  prolongation  of  the  secant  in  a  straight  line, 

4.  Correct  nteasurenimt  of  the  defection  angle. 

With  ordinary  field  instruments,  usually  reading  to  single  minutes 
only,  fractional  parts  of  the  "least  count"  are  generally  estimated  by 
the  eye.  Greater  accuracy  jnny  be  attained  by  making  use  of  a  linear 
measure  to  lay  off  deflection  angles.  Table  III  supplies  the  requisite 
data;  "the  natural  tangent  of  the  angle  of  deflection  to  a  radius  of 
one  chain,"  inserted  in  the  right-hand  column,  may  be  employed  as 
follows : 

Having  taken  a  back  sight  at  the  6-mile  i)oint  on  the  secant,  at 
exactly  one  chain  in  advance  of  the  center  of  the  instrument,  place 
upon  the  ground  in  a  horizontal  position,  and  piecisely  at  right  angles 
to  the  line,  a  rule  or  scale  divided  into  decimal  parts  of  an  inch;  move 
the  scale  north  or  south  until  one  of  its  principal  lines  appears  coinci- 
dent with  the  vertical  wire;  then,  with  thetaugent  screw  of  the  vernier 
plate,  carry  the  wire  over  the  scale  toward  the  north,  the  required  dis- 
tance (i.  e.),  the  length  of  tangent*  in  the  right-hand  column.  The 
readings  of  the  vernier  will  check  the  measurement  and  guard  against 
mistakes. 

To  mark  the  direction  of  the  new  secant  thus  determined,  set  a  flag 
on  line,  and  as  far  in  advance  of  the  instrument  as  practicable.  The 
direction  will  be  verified  by  another  similar  observation,  to  be  made 
after  revolving  the  azimuth  circle  180°. 

Theoretically,  it  is  immaterial  whether  the  scale  be  placed  above  or 
below  the  level  of  the  telescope,  provided  the  horizontal  distance  from 
the  center  of  the  instrument  is  accuiately  one  chain  (t!(J  ft.);  practic- 
ally, the  most  satisfactory  result  will  be  had  on  level  ground,  suitable 
for  correct  measurement  of  the  distance. 

*  This  tangent  will  have  a  constant  value  in  any  given  latitude.  A  piece  of  white 
paper  with  two  (iue  parallel  lines  tlrawu  across  it,  exactly  the  ]>ropeiui.sL:.nce  ;ili;iit, 
pasted  on  a  thin  slip  of  wood  (such  as  a  i)iece  of  cigar  box,  3  inches  long  by  1  inch 
wide),  will  make  an  accurate  and  very  convenient  and  portable  substitute  for  a 
rule  or  scale.  .Several  copies  may  be  prepared  in  advance  to  replace  the  original  in 
ease  of  loss. 


124 

The  secant  metliod,  adapted  to  transit  instrnments  exclusively,  is 
reconniiouded  for  its  simplicity  and  accuracy,  and  the  facility  with 
which  the  line  may  be  extended  over  rough  mountainous  land  or 
through  dense  undergrowth;  in  deep  valleys  or  canyons  where  the  sun 
ci'in  not  be  observed  in  favorable  i)Ositions;  or  anywhere  during  the 
continuance  of  adverse  weather  conditions  and  under  circumstances 
when  the  use  of  solar  apparatus  would  be,  if  not  impossible,  at  least 
inconvenient  and  unreliable. 

The  true  bearing  of  a  line  joining  any  two  points  on  a  standard  par- 
allel will  be  obtained  from  Table  IV,  by  taking  it  from  the  column 
headed  with  one-half  of  the  distance  between  said  points.  Example, 
(Plate  II,  tig.  2).  ilequired  the  bearing  from  corner  of  sees.  32  and 
33,  \i.  22  E.,  to  corner  of  sees.  32  and  33  E.,  R,  21  E.  The  latitude  is 
45°  34',5,  the distaiu^e  <>  miles.  Consequently,  the  azimuth  from  the  col- 
umn marked  "3  miles"  for  the  given  latitude,  is  N.  89°  57'  20".9  W., 
the  required  true  bearing. 

The  S])ecimen  Fiekl  Notes  No.  1,  page  142,  exhibit  the  form  for  rec- 
ord of  the  survey  of  a  standard  parallel  through  two  ranges,  executed 
in  accordance  with  these  instructions,  and  the  practical  method  of  cor- 
recting the  line  when  a  small  deviation  from  the  true  latitude  curve 
has  been  detected  by  observations  on  Polaris  at  elongation. 

Plate  II,  fig.  1,  illustrates  a  theoretically  corre(;t  survey  of  a  stand- 
ard ])arallel;  exhibits  the  bearings  along  the  secant  and  lengths  of 
offsets;  and  the  deflection  angle  (at  D),  and  place  for  the  scale  or  rule 
recjuired  for  measurement  of  the  angle;  while  tig.  2  illustrates  the 
method  described  in  the  field  notes  for  correcting  the  line  when  error 
has  been  discovered.     The  topography  is  laid  down  on  Plate  III. 

TANGENT   METHOD. 

[See  Plate  II,  Fig.  3.  ] 

This  method  consists  in  haying  oft"  from  a  true  meridian,  established 
by  observations  on  Polaris  at  elongation,  an  angle  of  00°,  producing 
the  direction  thus  determined,  a  distance  of  6  miles,  in  a  straight  line, 
and  measuring  north  therefrom,  at  half  mile  intervals,  distances  of  cor- 
rect length,  taken  from  Table  Y  (interpolated  if  necessary),  for  the 
given  latitude,  to  attain  other  ])oints  on  the  latitude  curve  passing 
through  the  tangential  or  initial  point. 


125 


Table  IV. — Azivuifhs  of  the  Tangent  to  the  rarallel. 

Tlip  aziniutli  in  thp  unallest  aT\g\<*  tlio  tniisont  mnkca  with   the  true  meridian  •■uul  always  iTifiAsurerl 
from  tho  north  and  towards  the  tangential  points.] 


Lati- 
tude. 

1  mile. 

2  miles. 

8  miles. 

4  miles. 

5  miles. 

6  miles. 

Q 

o 

, 

„ 

o 

, 

„ 

o 

, 

„ 

0 

, 

„ 

o 

, 

„ 

o 

, 

„ 

80 

89 

59 

30.0 

89 

58 

59.9 

89 

58 

29.9 

89 

57 

59.9 

89 

57 

29.9 

89 

56 

59.8 

SI 

89 

59 

28.8 

89 

58 

57.5 

89 

58 

26.3 

89 

57 

55.0 

89 

57 

2:!.  8 

89 

51) 

52.  5 

32 

89 

59 

27.5 

89 

58 

55.0 

89 

58 

22.  5 

89 

57 

50.0 

89 

57 

17.5 

89 

56 

45.0 

;{:{ 

S9 

59 

26.2 

89 

58 

52.5 

89 

58 

18.7 

89 

57 

44.9 

89 

57 

11.2 

89 

56 

37.4 

;u 

89 

59 

24.9 

89 

58 

49.9 

89 

58 

14.8 

89 

57 

39.7 

89 

57 

04.6 

89 

56 

29.6 

35 

89 

u* 

23. « 

89 

58 

47.2 

89 

58 

10.8 

89 

57 

34.4 

89 

56 

58.0 

89 

56 

21.6 

30 

89 

59 

22.2 

89 

58 

44.4 

89 

58 

06.8 

89 

57 

28.9 

89 

56 

51.1 

89 

56 

13.4 

37 

89 

59 

20.  8 

89 

58 

41.6 

89 

58 

02.5 

89 

57 

23.3 

89 

56 

44.1 

89 

56 

05.0 

3S 

89 

59 

19.4 

89 

58 

38.8 

89 

57 

58.2 

89 

57 

17.5 

89 

56 

36.9 

89 

55 

56.3 

SO 

89 

59 

17.9 

89 

58 

35.8 

89 

57 

5.3.7 

89 

57 

11.6 

89 

56 

29.  6 

89 

55 

47.5 

40 

8') 

59 

16.4 

89 

58 

32.8 

89 

57 

49.2 

89 

57 

05.5 

89 

56 

21.9 

89 

55 

38.3 

41 

80 

59 

14.8 

89 

58 

29.6 

89 

57 

44.4 

89 

56 

59.3 

89 

56 

14.1 

89 

55 

28.9 

42 

89 

59 

13.2 

89 

58 

26.4 

89 

57 

39.6 

89 

56 

52.8 

89 

56 

06.0 

89 

55 

19.2 

43 

89 

59 

11.5 

89 

58 

23.1 

89 

57 

34.6 

89 

56 

46.2 

89 

55 

57.7 

89 

55 

09.3 

44 

89 

59 

09.8 

89 

58 

19.6 

89 

57 

29.5 

89 

56 

39.3 

89 

55 

49.1 

89 

54 

58.9 

45 

89 

59 

08.0 

89 

58 

16.1 

89 

57 

24.1 

89 

56 

32.1 

89 

55 

40.2 

89 

54 

48.2 

4<i 

89 

59 

06.2 

89 

58 

12.4 

89 

57 

18.6 

89 

56 

24.8 

89 

55 

31.0 

89 

54 

37.2 

47 

89 

59 

04.3 

89 

58 

08.6 

89 

57 

12.9 

89 

56 

17.1 

89 

55 

21.4 

89 

54 

25.7 

4S 

89 

59 

02.3 

89 

58 

04.0 

89 

.57 

06.9 

89 

56 

09.2 

89 

55 

11.5 

89 

54 

13.8 

4» 

89 

59 

Oil.  2 

89 

58 

00.5 

89 

57 

00.7 

89 

56 

00.9 

89 

55 

01.2 

89 

54 

01.4 

50 

89 

58 

58.1 

89 

57 

56.2 

89 

56 

54.3 

89 

55 

52.6 

89 

54 

50.5 

89 

53 

48.5 

Lati- 
tude. 

7 

miles. 

8  miles. 

9  miles. 

10  miles. 

11  miles. 

12 

miles. 

o 

o 

, 

,, 

o 

, 

„ 

o 

, 

„ 

o 

, 

„ 

0 

, 

„ 

o 

, 

„ 

30 

89 

56 

29.8 

89 

55 

59.8 

89 

55 

29.8 

89 

54 

59.7 

89 

54 

29.7 

89 

53 

59.7 

31 

89 

56 

21.3 

89 

55 

50.0 

89 

55 

18.8 

89 

54 

47.6 

89 

54 

16.3 

89 

53 

45.1 

32 

89 

56 

12.5 

89 

55 

40.0 

89 

55 

07.6 

89 

54 

35.1 

89 

54 

02.6 

89 

53 

30.1 

33 

89 

56 

03.6 

89 

55 

29.9 

89 

.54 

56.1 

89 

54 

22.3 

89 

53 

48.5 

89 

53 

14.8 

34 

89 

.55 

54.5 

89 

55 

19.4 

89 

54 

44.4 

89 

54 

09.3 

89 

53 

34.2 

89 

52 

59.1 

35 

89 

55 

45.2 

89 

55 

08.8 

89 

54 

32.3 

89 

53 

55.9 

89 

53 

19.5 

89 

52 

43.1 

3(i 

89 

55 

.35.6 

89 

.54 

57.8 

89 

.54 

20.0 

89 

53 

42.3 

89 

53 

04.5 

89 

52 

26.7 

87 

89 

55 

25.8 

89 

54 

46.6 

89 

54 

07.4 

89 

53 

28.2 

89 

52 

49.1 

89 

52 

09.9 

3S 

89 

55 

15.7 

89 

54 

35.1 

89 

53 

54.5 

89 

53 

13.9 

89 

52 

33.2 

89 

51 

52.6 

3ft 

89 

55 

05.4 

89 

54 

23.3 

89 

53 

41.2 

89 

52 

59.1 

89 

52 

17.0 

89 

51 

34.9 

40 

89 

54 

54.7 

89 

54 

11.1 

89 

53 

27.5 

89 

52 

43.8 

89 

52 

00.2 

89 

51 

16.6 

41 

89 

54 

43.7 

89 

53 

58.5 

89 

53 

13.4 

89 

52 

28.2 

89 

51 

43.0 

89 

50 

57.8 

42 

89 

54 

32.4 

89 

53 

45.6 

89 

52 

58.8 

89 

52 

12.0 

89 

51 

25.2 

89 

50 

38.4 

43 

89 

54 

20.8 

80 

53 

32.  3 

89 

52 

43.8 

89 

51 

55.4 

89 

51 

06.9 

89 

50 

18.5 

44 

89 

54 

08.7 

89 

53 

18.5 

89 

52 

28.4 

89 

51 

38.2 

89 

50 

48.0 

89 

49 

57.8 

45 

89 

53 

56.3 

89 

53 

04.3 

89 

52 

12.3 

89 

51 

20.4 

89 

.50 

28.4 

89 

49 

36.4 

40 

89 

53 

43.4 

89 

52 

49.5 

89 

51 

55.7 

89 

51 

01.9 

89 

50 

08.1 

89 

49 

14.3 

47 

89 

53 

30.0 

89 

52 

34.3 

89 

51 

38.6 

89 

50 

42.9 

89 

49 

47.2 

89 

48 

51.4 

48 

89 

53 

16.1 

89 

.52 

18.4 

89 

51 

20.7 

89 

50 

23.0 

89 

49 

25.3 

89 

48 

27.6 

4ft 

89 

53 

01.7 

89 

52 

01.9 

89 

51 

02.1 

89 

50 

02.4 

89 

49 

02.6 

89 

48 

02.8 

50 

89 

52 

46.6 

89 

51 

44.7 

89 

50 

42.8 

89 

49 

40.9 

89 

48 

39.0 

89 

47 

37.1 

The  azimutb  or  bearing  of  the  tangent  at  successive  mile  points 
will  be  taken  fiom  Table  IV  to  the  nearest  whole  minute  only,  and 
will  be  inserted  in  the  held  notes,  no  interpolation  being  required, 
except  wheu  test  sights  are  taken.  The  true  bearing  between  two  points 
on  a  standard  parallel  will  be  derived  from  Table  IV  by  taking  it  in 
the  column  head  with  one  half  of  the  distance  between  said  jjoints. 
(See  example  in  the  secant  method,  page  122.)  The  offsets  at  intervals 
of  one  mile  are  inserted  in  Table  Vj  to  obtain  the  length  of  offsets  at 


126 


the  lialf-mile  points,  take  one- fourth  of  the  offset  corresponding  to 
twice  the  distance  of  the  lialf-mile  ])<)int  from  tlie  tangential  i)oint. 

Example. — Required  the  offset  at  5^  miles,  in  latitude  450  .34'. 5.  The 
otfsetatll  miles  (interpolated  for  the  given  latitude)  is  82.10 ft.,  which 
divided  by  4  gives  20.54  ft.,  the  offset  required.  Tables  IV,  V,  and  VI, 
are  extended  to  12  miles,  in  order  to  ])rovide  necessary  data;  but  the 
tangent  will  be  limited  to  six  miles,  as  indicated  by  the  full  lines  of 
fig.  3. 

Tliis  method  is  suitable  for  running  standard  parallels  and  lati- 
tudinal townshi])  lines  in  a  level  open  country,  where  no  intersections 
with  topographical  features  will  be  required;  but,  in  all  cases  the 
secant  method  will  bo  found  most  convenient. 

The  specimen  held  notes  No.  1,  ]>age  150,  exhibit  the  form  of  record 
of  the  survey  of  a  Standard  raraliel  through  one  range,  executed  by 
the  tangent  method,  which  notes,  considere<l  in  connection  with  Plate 
II,  fig.  3,  will  fully  explain  the  process  here  outlined. 

Table  V. — Offsets,  in  feet,  from  Tangent  to  Parallel. 


Lati- 
tude. 

1  mile. 

2  miles. 

3  miles. 

4  miles. 

5  miles. 

6  miles. 

0 

.SO 
31 
»2 

Feet. 
0.39 

0.  40 
0.42 

Feet. 
1.54 
1.60 
1.67 

Feet. 
3.47 
3.61 
3.76 

Feet. 
6.17 
6.42 
6.67 

Feet. 
9.64 
10.03 
10.  42 

Feet. 

13.88 
14.44 
15.02 

3:! 
34 
So 

0.43 
0.45 
0.47 

1.73 

1.80 
1.87 

3.90 
4.  05 
4.20 

6.93 
7.20 

7.47 

10.82 
11.25 
11.08 

15.60 
16.20 
16.81 

30 
37 

0.48 
0.  .50 
0,52 

1.94 
2.01 
2.08 

4.36 
4.52 
4.69 

7.75 
8.04 
8.33 

12.11 
12. 157 
13.  02 

17.44 
18.09 
18.75 

41 

0.54 
0.  56 
0.58 

2.16 
2!  32 

4.86 
5.03 
5.21 

8.63 
8.95 
9.27 

13.49 

13.  98 

14.  48 

19.43 
20.11 
20.85 

4'.? 

4;; 
44 

0.  00 
0.  02 
0.  04 

2.40 

2.48 
2.57 

5.40 
5.  59 
5.79 

9.59 

9.93 

10.29 

14.99 
15.  52 
16.07 

21.59 
22.35 
23.14 

4.% 
4I> 
47 

0.  07 
0.  09 
0.71 

2.  C6 
2.76 
2.85 

5.99 
6.20 
6.42 

10.65 
11.02 
11.41 

16.64 
17.  21 
17.  83 

23.96 
24.80 
25.68 

48- 

4!» 

30 

0.74 
0.76 
0.79 

2.95 
3.06 
3.17 

6.65 
6.88 
7.13 

11.82 
12.24 
12.68 

18.47 
19. 12 
19.80 

26. 59 
27.54 
28.52 

Lnti- 
tude. 

7  miles. 

8  miles. 

9  miles. 

10  miles. 

11  miles. 

12  miles. 

0 

30 
31 
3"' 

Feet. 
\  S.  89 
19.06 
20.  44 

Feet. 
24.  67 
25.08 
26.09 

Feet. 
31.23 
32. 49 
33.78 

Feet. 
38.  55 
40. 12 
41.71 

Feet. 
40.  65 
48.54 
50.47 

Feet. 

55. 52 
57. 77 
60.06 

33 
34 
3. J 

21.23 
22.  05 
22.  89 

27.74 
28.  SO 
2'J.  89 

35.10 
36.45 
37.83 

43.34 
45.  00 
46.71 

52.  44 
54.45 
56.62 

62.41 
64.  80 
67.  26 

3«i 
37 
3^* 

23.  74 

24.  62 

25.  52 

31.01 
32.16 
33.  33 

39. 25 
40.  70 
42.19 

48.45 
50.  24 
52.08 

58.  63 
60.79 
63.  02 

69.  77 
72.35 
75.00 

35) 
40 
41 

26.  44 

27.  40 
28. 37 

34.  54 
3.5.  78 
37.  0() 

43. 71 
45.  29 
40.  90 

53.97 
55.  91 
57.91 

65.  ;!0 
67.  05 

70.  07 

77.71 
80.  51 
83.  39 

42 

4.; 

44 

29.  38 

30.  42 
31.. 50 

38.  38 

39.  74 
41.14 

48.  .57 
50.29 
52.  07 

59.  97 
62.  09 
64.28 

72.  50 
75. 13 

77.78 

86.  35 
89.  41 
92.57 

45 
4(( 
47 

32.  61 

33.  76 

34.  95 

42.  59 
44.10 
45.  05 

53. 91 

.55.81 
57.78 

00.  55 
<i8.  90 
71.34 

80.  53 
83.  37 
80.32 

95.  84 
99.  22 
102.  72 

48 
49 
60 

36.  19 
37.48 
38.82 

47.  27 
4S.  95 
50.70 

59.  83 
61.96 
04. 17 

73.86 
76.49 
79.22 

89.37 
92.  55 
95.86 

106.  36 
110.15 
114.  08 

127 

Tablk  Vr.  —  Off.tcts,  ill  Clioins,  from  Tangent  to  Parallel. 


Lati- 
tude. 

1  mile. 

2  miles. 

Smiles. 

4  miles. 

5  miles. 

6  miles. 

80 
81 
32 

Chains. 
0.  006 
0. 006 
0.006 

Chaina. 
0.  023 
0.024 
0.025 

Chain  i. 

0.  053 
0.(1.''),'. 
0.  057 

Chainn. 

e.09 
0. 10 
0.10 

Chains. 

0. 14 
0.15 
0.16 

Chains. 

0.21 
0.22 
0.  23 

»3 
»4 
So 

0.007 
0.  007 
0.  007 

0.  026 

0.027 

■  0.028 

0.  059 
0.  001 
0.  (J(i4 

0. 10 
0.11 
0.11 

0.  1 0 
0.17 
0.  18 

0. 24 
0.  25 
0.  25 

86 
87 
88 

0.  007 
0.  (108 
0.  008 

0.029 
0.  031 
0.032 

0.  OGfi 
0.  (I(J8 
0.071 

0.12 
0.12 
0.13 

0.18 
0.19 
0.20 

0.26 
0.27 
0.28 

80 
40 
41 

0.008 
0.  (108 
0.  009 

0.033 
0.  034 
0.035 

0.  074 
0.  070 
0.  079 

0. 13 
0.  13 
0.14 

0.20 
0.21 
0.22 

0.  29 
0.  30 
0.32 

42 
48 
44 

0.  009 
0.009 
0.010 

0.036 
0.  038 
0.  039 

0.  0f!2 
0.  0S5 
0. 1)88 

0.14 
0.15 
0.16 

0.23 
0.24 
0.24 

0.33 
0.34 
0.35 

45 
40 
47 

0.  010 
0.  (110 

0.  oil 

0.010 
0.  042 
0.044 

0.091 
0.094 
0.097 

0.16 
0.17 
0.17 

0.25 
0.26 
0.27 

0.36 
0.37 
0.39 

48 
49 
.50 

0.011 
0.012 
0.012 

0.045 
0.046 
0.048 

0.101 
0.104 
0.108 

0.18 
0. 19 
0.19 

0.28 
0.29 
0.30 

0.  40 
0.42 
0.43 

Lati- 
tilde. 

7  miles. 

8  miles. 

9  miles. 

10  miles. 

11  miles. 

12  miles. 

o 

so 

81 
82 

Chains. 

0,  29 
0.  30 
0.31 

Chains. 

0.37 
0.39 
0.40 

Chains. 

0.47 
0.49 
0.51 

Chains. 

(1.58 
0.  CO 
0.(i3 

Chains. 

0.71 
0.74 
0.76 

Chains. 

0.  84 
0.88 
0.91 

S3 
84 
3.5 

0.32 
0.33 
0.  35 

0.42 
0.43 
0.45 

0.  53 
0.55 
0.57 

0.  65 
0.68 
0.70 

0.79 
0.82 
0.86 

0.95 
0.08 
1.02 

86 
87 

88 

0.36 
0.37 
0.38 

0.47 
0.48 
0.50 

0.  59 
0.61 
0.64 

0.73 
0.75 

0.78 

0.89 
0.91 
0.95 

1.06 
1.10 
1.14 

3» 
40 
41 

0.40 
0.41 
0.43 

0. 52 
0.54 
0.56 

0.66 
0.68 
0.70 

0.81 
0.84 
0.87 

0.99 
1.02 
1.06 

1.18 
1.22 
1.26 

42 
48 
44 

0.44 
0.46 
0.48 

0.58 
0.60 
0.62 

0.73 
0.  75 
0.79 

0.90 
0.  93 
0.97 

1.09 
1.14 
1.J8 

1.31 
1.35 
1.40 

4.5 

'ir. 
4/ 

0.49 
0.51 
0.53 

0.64 
0.66 
0.68 

0.81 
0.84 
0.87 

1.00 
1.04 

1.07 

1.22 
1.26 
1.31 

1.45 
1..50 
1.56 

48 

i!) 
.50 

0.55 
0.57 
0.59 

0.71 
0.74 
0.77 

0.91 
0.93 
0.97 

1.12 
1.16 
1.20 

1.35 
1.40 
1.45 

1.61 
1.67 
1.73 

SURVEY    OF    TOWNSHIP    EXTERIORS  BY    THE    SECANT    OR    TANGENT 

METHODS. 


Wlicn  township  Hues  are  survoyed  by  citlicr  of  these  methods,  three 
lines  should  be  taken  into  €^ccou]lt,  as  loliows: 

First :  The  directing  or  reference  line,  wliich  will  be  the  secant  or  tan 
gent,  as  the  case  may  be. 

iSecond  :  Tlie  line  of  teinj^orury  cornem  set  by  proper  oft'sets;  which 
will  be  the  random  line. 


128 

Thinl :  The  true  line  or  random  line  corrected  for  the  falling  in  the 
usual  manner,  upon  which  the  corners  will  be  established. 

By  setting  the  temporary  corners,  including,  as  a  matter  of  course, 
that  of  the  objective  township  corner,  all  complications  incidental  to 
the  combined  falling  and  offset  from  the  secant  or  tangent,  will  be 
eliminated. 

Table  VII. — Correction  of  Randoms — Links  and  Minutes  of  Arc. 


VII  A. — Correction,  to  nearest  whole  min- 
ute, for  redncing  random  to  true  hear- 
ings.    Distance,  80  chains. 


VII  B. — Showing  departure  in  running 
SO.OO  chs.  at  any  coarse  from  I  to  GO  min- 
utes (or  difference  in  latitude  for  90° 
minus  angle.) 


Falling. 

Correc- 
tion. 

Falling. 

Correc- 
tion. 

Lin  Is. 

Min  u  tes. 

Links. 

Minutes. 

1 

0- 

31 

13 

2 

1 

32 

14 

3 

1 

33 

14 

4 

2 

34 

15 

5 

2 

35 

15 

6 

3 

36 

15 

7 

3 

37 

16 

8 

3 

38 

16 

9 

4 

39 

17 

10 

4 

40 

17 

11 

5 

41 

18 

12 

5 

42 

18 

13 

6 

43 

18 

14 

6 

44 

19 

15 

6 

45 

19 

Ifi 

7 

46 

20 

17 

7 

47 

20 

18 

8 

48 

21 

19 

8 

49 

21 

20 

9 

50 

21 

21 

9 

51 

22 

22 

9 

52 

22 

23 

10 

53 

23 

24 

10 

54 

23 

25 

11 

55 

24 

26 

11 

56 

24 

27 

12 

57 

24 

28 

12 

58 

25 

29 

12 

59 

25 

30 

13 

GO 

26 

Angle. 

Depart- 
ure. 

Angle. 

Depart- 
ure. 

Minutes. 

Links. 

Minutes. 

Links. 

1 

2i 

31 

724 

2 

H 

32 

m 

3 

7 

33 

77 

4 

94 

34 

794 

5 

llf 

35 

81| 

6 

14 

36 

84 

7 

164 

37 

864 

8 

18J 

38 

88| 

9 

21 

39 

91 

10 

234 

40 

934 

11 

25| 

41 

95| 

12 

28 

42 

98 

13 

304 

43 

1004 

14 

m 

44 

102f 

15 

35 

45 

105 

16 

374 

46 

1074 

17 

391 

47 

1091 

18 

42 

48 

112 

19 

444 

49 

1H4 

20 

461 

50 

116f 

21 

49 

51 

119 

22 

514 

52 

1214 

23 

53f 

53 

123f 

24 

56 

54 

126 

25 

584 

55 

1284 

26 

601 

56 

130S- 

27 

63 

57 

133 

28 

654 

58 

1354 

29 

67f 

59 

137j 

30 

70 

60 

140 

I' 
1 

Table  VII  A.  will  be  used  to  determine  the  return  from  the  random 
course,  by  the  following  inles,  the  meridinns  being  regarded  asj;«rfl//e/. 

1. — If  the  random  line  is  run  east  or  west,  subtract  the  falling  [in  min- 
utes of  arcj  from  00°,  reverse  the  departure  letter  of  the  random,  and 
name  the  meridional  letter  'N.  or  S.,  like  the  falling. 

2. — When  the  random  course  is  nearly  east  and  west,  take  the  sum 
of  the  random  course  and  falling  [in  minutes  of  arc],  if  they  are  of  the 
same  name — that  is,  both  north  or  both  south — but  their  difference 


129 

when  of  different  names;  in  either  case  changing  the  meridional  and 
departure  letters  of  the  random  line.  [This  is  easily  remembered  by- 
bearing  in  mind  the  initial  letters  of  Sum  and  Same,  and  Ditlerence 
and  Different]. 

3. — In  any  case  when  the  sum  exceeds  90°,  the  return  course  is 
found  by  subtracting  said  sum  from  180°,  and  retaining  the  meridional 
letter  of  the  random  course  unchanged.  If  the  sum  is  exactly  90°,  the 
return  course  is  evidently  west  [or  east]  to  the  starting  point. 

4. — Through  the  north  tier  of  sections.  If  the  random  line  intersects 
at  the  objective  corner,  the  return  course  will  be  the  random  course 
reversed.  When  the  random  fiills  east  or  west  of  the  objective  corner, 
reverse  its  bearing;  then  take  the  sum  of  the  rcrerse^?  random  bearing 
and  the  falling  [in  minutes  of  arc],  if  they  are  of  the  same  name — tliat  is, 
both  east  or  both  west — but  their  difference  when  of  different  names; 
in  either  case  making  the  departure  letter,  E.  or  W.,  agree  with  that  of 
the  greater  value.  Should  the  difference  come  out  zero,  the  return 
course  will  be  sow^/i.     [This  rule  may  be  memorized  as  suggested  in  2.] 

Table  VII  b,  which  is  merely  a  fragment  of  a  traverse  table,  may 
be  consulted  to  determine  the  difference  of  latitude  and  the  departures 
of  the  township  lines  tabulated  on  page  128,  and  in  other  similar  cases 
when  bearings  and  distances  are  within  prescribed  limits.    (Seepage  59.) 

The  departure  for  one  mile  (80.00  chs.)  will  be  multiplied  by  the 
length  of  the  course  expressed  in  miles,  to  obtain  the  departure  of  a 
meridional  township  line;  while,  practically,  the  difference  of  latitude 
will  be  equal  to  the  length  of  the  line. 

To  determine  the  difference  of  latitude  between  the  ends  of  latitudinal 
township  boundaries,  subtract  the  bearing  from  90°,  and  with  the 
remainder  as  an  argument  for  the  table,  take  out  the  difference  of  lati- 
tude from  the  column  headed  '■'•Departure''^ ;  the  departure  will  be  equal 
to  the  length  of  the  line.    (See  Boundaries,  etc.,  page  177.) 

Tabled  VIII  and  IX. 

These  tables,  which  require  no  special  description,  are  useful  for 
converting  linear  into  angular,  and  angular  into  linear  measures,  as 
well  as  for  determining  the  convergencies  and  divergencies  of  the 
meridians,  on  the  spheroidal  surface  of  the  earth.  As  the  tabular  values 
are  given  in  chaiyis,  the  tables  will  be  found  convenient  for  the  sur- 
veyor's use.  The  following  rules  and  examples  will  illustrate  their 
application : 

1.  Given  the  latitudes  of  any  two  places  on  the  same  meridian^  to  find 
the  distance  between  them. 

Rule. — Find  from  Table  VIII  the  length  of  a  degree  of  the  meridian 
at  each  latitude,  and  take  half  their  sum  for  the  mean  length  of  a 
degree.  Then  say,  as  60  minutes  is  to  the  difference  of  latitude,  so  is 
the  mean  length  of  a  degree  to  the  distance  required. 

The  latitude  of  the  north  boundary  of  Wyoming  is  45°  N".,  and  that 
of  the  1st  Standard  Parallel  South,  Montana,  45°  20'  4".08;  what  is 
the  meridional  distance  between  them  ? 

chains,    chains. 
As  60' :  26'  4".08 ::  5524.02 :  2400,  the  distance  required. 

2.  Given  the  distance  between  any  two  places  on  the  same  meriaian,  and 
the  latitude  of  one  of  them,  to  find  the  difference  of  latitude. 

EuLE. — Find  from  Table  VII  [  the  length  of  a  degree  of  the  meridian 
in  the  given  latitude,  and  also  in  that  differing  from  it,  by  the  merid- 
380 9 


^      130 

ional  distance,  convej:ted  into  arc  at  the  rate  of  52  seconds  per  mile,  and 
take  lialf  tlieir  sum  for  the  mean  length  of  a  degree.  Then  say,  as  the 
mean  length  of  a  degree  is  to  the  meridional  distance,  so  is  60  minutes 
to  the  difference  of  latitude  required. 

Tlie  latitude  of  the  north  boundary  of  Wyoming  is  45°  N. ;  what  is 
the  latitude  of  the  1st  Standard  Parallel  South,  Montana,  the  merid- 
ional distance  beiug  30  miles'? 

chains,      chains. 
As  5524.02  :  2400  ;:  6  J'  :  26'  4".08,  the  difference  of  latitude  required. 

3.  Given  the  longitudes  of  any  two  places^  on  the  same  paraUeJ.)  in  a 
given  latitude,  to  find  the  distance  heticeen  them. 

Rule. — Find  from  Table  IX  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude  in 
the  given  latitude;  and  say,  as  CO  minutes  is  to  the  difference  of  longi- 
tude, so  is  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude  to  the  distance  required. 

The  longitude  of  the  Willamette  Meridian  is  122°  41',  and  that  of  east 
boundary  of  range  G  east,  121°  59'  31";  what  is  the  distance  between 
them,  on  the  Base  Line,  in  latitude  45°  30'? 

chains.      chains. 
As  60'  :  44'29"  :  :  3884.81  :  2880,  the  distance  required. 

4.  Given  the  distance  between  any  two  places  on  the  same  parallel,  in  a 
given  latitude,  to  find  their  difference  of  longitude. 

EuLE. — Find  from  Table  IX  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude 
in  the  given  latitude;  and  say,  as  the  length  of  the  degree  of  longitude 
is  to  the  given  distance,  so  is  60  minutes  to  the  difference  of  longitude. 

The  longitude  of  the  Willamette  Meridian  is  122°  44';  what  is  the 
difference  of  longitude  to  east  boundary  of  range  6  east,  the  distance 
on  the  Base  Line,  in  latitude  45°  30',  being  36  miles'? 

chains,     cliaius. 
As  3884.81  :  2880  : :  60'  :  44'  29",  the  difference  of  longitude  required. 

.  5.  Given  the  distance  between  two  meridians,  on  any  parallel,  in  a  given 
latitude,  to  find  the  convergency  of  the  meridians  for  any  distance  north  of 
that  parallel. 

Rule. — Find  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude,  at  each  latitude, 
by  the  foregoing  rules;  and  say,  as  the  greater  of  the  two  lengths  is  to 
their  difference,  so  is  the  given  distance  to  the  convergency  required. 

The  distance  between  the  Principal  Meridian  and  first  range  line 
west,  in  latitude  42°  39'  07",  is  6  miles;  what  is  the  convergency  of  the 
two  range  lines  at  the  Base  Line,  the  meridional  distance  being  24 
miles  ? 

chains,    chains,   chains,  chains. 
As  4075.76  :  22.80  : :  480  :  2.69,  the  convergency  required. 

6.  Given  the  distance  between  two  meridians,  on  any  parallel  in  a  given 
latitude,  to  find  the  divergency  of  the  meridians  for  any  distance  south  of 
that  parallel. 

Rule. — Find  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude,  at  each  latitude, 
by  the  foregoing  rules;  and  say,  as  the  less  of  the  two  lengths  is  to 
their  difference,  so  is  the  given  distance  to  the  divergency  required. 

The  distance  between  the  Principal  Meridian  and  first  range  line 
on  the  Base  Line  in  latitude  43°,  is  5  miles  77.31  chains;  what  is  the 
divergency  of  the  two  range  lines  at  the  parallel  42°  39'  07",  the  meridi- 
onal distance  being  24  miles? 

Chains.     Ciiains.     Cliains.    Chains. 

As  4052.96  :  22,80  : :  477.31  :  2.69,  the  divergency  required. 


131 

Table  VIII. — Length  of  a  Degree  of  Latitude. 


a 

29° 

30° 

310 

32° 

83° 

34° 

35° 

36° 

87° 

88° 

1 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

, 

0 

5509.  ]  5 

551)9.  97 

5510.82 

5511.67 

5512.55 

5513. 44 

5514.  34 

5515.  25 

5516. 18 

5517. 11 

0 

1 

09.16 

09.  99 

10.  83 

11.69 

12.50 

13. 45 

14.35 

15.27 

16.19 

17. 13 

1 

2 

09.17 

10.00 

10.84 

11.70 

12.  58 

13. 47 

14.37 

15.28 

16.21 

17.14 

2 

3 

09.19 

10.01 

10.86 

11.72 

12.  59 

13.48 

14.38 

15.30 

16.22 

17.16 

3 

4 

09.  20 

10.03 

10.87 

11.73 

12.61 

13.50 

14.40 

15.  31 

16.  24 

17.17 

4 

5 

09.21 

10.04 

10.89 

11.75 

12.62 

13.51 

14.42 

15.  33 

10.25 

17.19 

5 

6 

09.23 

10.06 

10.90 

11.76 

12.  64 

13.53 

14.43 

15.34 

16.  27 

17.20 

6 

7 

09. 24 

10.07 

10.91 

11.78 

12.  65 

13.54 

14.45 

15.36 

16.28 

17.22 

7 

8 

09.  25 

10.08 

10.  93 

11.79 

12.  07 

13.56 

14.46 

15.38 

16.30 

17.23 

8 

9 

09.  27 

10.10 

10.  94 

11.81 

12.68 

13.57 

14.48 

15.  :i9 

16.32 

17.25 

9 

10 

09.  28 

10.11 

10.96 

11.82 

12.70 

13.59 

14.49 

15.41 

16.33 

17.27 

10 

11 

09.30 

10.13 

10.97 

11.  83 

12.71 

13.60 

14.51 

15.42 

16.35 

17.28 

11 

12 

09.31 

10.14 

10.99 

11.85 

12.73 

13.62 

14.  .52 

15.44 

16.36 

17.30 

12 

13 

09.32 

10.15 

11.00 

11.86 

12.74 

13.63 

14.54 

15.  45 

16.38 

17.31 

13 

14 

09.34 

10.17 

11.01 

11.88 

12.76 

13.65 

14.55 

15.47 

16.  39 

17.33 

14 

15 

00.35 

-10.18 

11.03 

11.  89 

12.77 

13.06 

14.57 

15.48 

16.41 

17.34 

15 

Ifi 

09.36 

10.19 

11.04 

11.91 

12.79 

13.08 

14.58 

15.50 

16.42 

17. 36 

16 

17 

09.38 

10.21 

11.06 

11.  92 

12.80 

13.69 

14.00 

15.51 

16.44 

17.38 

17 

18 

09.39 

10.22 

11.07 

11.  94 

12.81 

13.71 

14.61 

15. 53 

16.46 

17.39 

18 

19 

09.41 

10.24 

11.09 

11.05 

12.83 

13.72 

14.63 

15.54 

16.47 

17.41 

19 

20 

09.42 

10.25 

11.10 

11.96 

12.84 

13.74 

14.64 

15.  56 

16.49 

17.42 

20 

21 

09.43 

10.26 

11.11 

11.  98 

12. 86 

13.75 

14.66 

15.57 

16.50 

17.44 

21 

22 

09.45 

10.28 

11.13 

11.99 

12.87 

18.77 

14.67 

15.59 

16.52 

17.45 

22 

23 

09.46 

10.29 

11.14 

12.01 

12.89 

13.78 

14.69 

15.61 

16.53 

17.47 

23 

24 

09.47 

10.31 

11.16 

12.02 

12.90 

13.80 

14.70 

15.62 

16.55 

17.49 

24 

25 

09.49 

10.32 

11.17 

12.04 

12.92 

13.81 

14.  72 

15.64 

16.56 

17.50 

25 

26 

09.50 

10.33 

11.19 

12.05 

12.93 

13. 83 

14.  73 

15.  05 

10.58 

17.52 

26 

27 

09.51 

10.35 

11.20 

12.07 

12.95 

13.84 

14.75 

15.67 

16.60 

17.53 

27 

28 

09. 53 

10.36 

11.21 

12.08 

12.96 

13.86 

14.76 

15.68 

16.61 

17.55 

28 

29 

09.54 

10.38 

11.23 

12.10 

12.98 

13.87 

14.78 

15.70 

16.63 

17.50 

29 

30 

09.56 

10.39 

11.24 

12.11 

12.99 

13.89 

14.79 

15.71 

16.64 

17.58 

30 

31 

09.57 

10.41 

11.20 

12.12 

13.01 

13.90 

14.81 

15.73 

16.66 

17.60 

31 

33 

09.58 

10.42 

11.27 

12.14 

13. 02 

13.92 

14.82 

15.74 

16.67 

17.61 

32 

33 

09.60 

10.44 

11.  29 

12. 15 

13.04 

13. 93 

14.84 

15.70 

16.69 

17.63 

38 

34 

09.61 

10.45 

11.30 

12.17 

13.05 

13.95 

14.86 

15.77 

16.70 

17.64 

34 

85 

09.63 

10.46 

11.31 

12.18 

13.07 

13.96 

14.87 

15.79 

16.72 

17.66 

36 

36 

09.64 

10.48 

11.33 

12.20 

13.08 

13. 98 

14.89 

15.81 

16.74 

17.67 

36 

87 

09.  65 

10.49 

11.34 

12.21 

13.10 

13.99 

14.90 

15.  82 

16.75 

17.69 

37 

88 

09.67 

10.50 

11.36 

12.22 

13.11 

14.01 

14.92 

15.84 

16.77 

17.71 

38 

39 

09.68 

10.52 

11.37 

12.24 

13.13 

14.02 

14.93 

15.85 

16.78 

17.72 

39 

40 

09.69 

10.53 

11.39 

12.26 

13.14 

14.04 

14.95 

15.87 

16.80 

17.74 

40 

41 

00.71 

10.55 

11.40 

12.27 

13.16 

14.  05 

14.96 

15.88 

16.81 

17. 75 

41 

42 

09.72 

10.56 

11.42 

12.  29 

13. 17 

14.07 

14.98 

15.90 

16.83 

17.77 

42 

43 

09.74 

10.57 

11.43 

12.30 

13.18 

14.08 

14.99 

15.91 

16.84 

17.78 

43 

44 

09.75 

10.59 

11.44 

12.  31 

13.20 

14.10 

15.01 

15.93 

16.86 

17.80 

4jl 

46 

09.76 

10.60 

11. 4C 

12.33 

13.21 

14.11 

15.02 

15.94 

16.88 

17.82 

46 

46 

09.78 

10.62 

11.47 

12.34 

13.23 

14. 13 

15.04 

15.96 

16.89 

17.83 

46 

47 

09.79 

10.  63 

11.49 

12.36 

13.24 

14.14 

15.05 

15.98 

16.91 

17.85 

47 

48 

09.80 

10.65 

11.50 

12.  37 

13.  26 

14.16 

15.07 

15.99 

16. 92 

17.86 

48 

49 

09.82 

10.66 

11.52 

12.39 

13.27 

14.17 

15.08 

16.01 

16.94 

17.88 

49 

60 

09.83 

10.67 

11.53 

12.40 

13.29 

14.19 

15.10 

16.02 

16.95 

17.89 

50 

61 

09.85 

10.69 

11.54 

12.42 

13.30 

14.20 

15.11 

16.04 

16.97 

17.91 

51 

52 

09.86 

10.70 

11.56 

12.43 

13.32 

14.22 

15.13 

16.05 

16.98 

17.93 

52 

63 

09.87 

10.72 

11.57 

12.45 

13.  33 

14.23 

15.15 

16.07 

17.00 

17.94 

53 

54 

09.89 

10.73 

11.59 

12.46 

13.35 

14.25 

15.16 

16.08 

17.02 

17.96 

54 

55 

09.90 

10.74 

11.60 

12.48 

13.36 

14.26 

15.18 

16.10 

17.03 

17.97 

55 

56 

09.92 

10.76 

11.62 

12.49 

13.  38 

14.28 

15.19 

16.11 

17.05 

17.99 

56 

57 

09.93 

10.77 

11.63 

12.51 

13.39 

14.29 

15.21 

16.13 

17.06 

18.00 

57 

58 

09.94 

10.79 

11.65 

12. 52 

13.41 

14.31 

15.22 

16.15 

17.08 

18.02 

58 

59 

09.96 

10.80 

11.66 

12.53 

13.42 

14.32 

15.24 

16.16 

17.09 

18.04 

59 

00 

5509. 97 

5510.82 

5511.  67 

5512.55 

5513.  44 

5514. 34 

5515. 25 

5516. 18 

5517. 11 

5518.  05 

60 

132 


Table  VIII. — Length  of  a  Degree  of  Latitude — Concluded. 


39° 

40° 

410 

42° 

43° 

44° 

45° 

46° 

47° 

48° 

C3 

1-^ 

, 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains.      ' 

0 

5518.05 

5519.00 

5519.90 

5520. 92 

5521.  88 

5522.  85 

5523.81 

5524.  78 

5525. 75 

5526. 72      0 

1 

18.07 

19.02 

19.97 

20.  93 

21.90 

22.86 

23.  83 

24.80 

25.  77 

20.73 

1 

2 

18.08 

19.03 

10.  99 

20. 95 

21.91 

22.  88 

23.85 

24.82 

25.78 

26.  75 

2 

8 

18.10 

19.05 

2').  00 

20.96 

21.93 

22.89 

23.86 

24.83 

25.80 

26.76 

3 

4 

18.11 

19.06 

20.02 

20.98 

21.  94 

22. 91 

23. 88 

24.85 

25.82 

26.78 

4  , 

5 

18.13 

19.08 

20.  (14 

21.00 

21.96 

22.93 

23.90 

24.86 

25. 83 

26.80 

pj 

6 

18.15 

19.10 

20.05 

21.01 

21.98 

22.94 

23. 91 

24.88 

25. 85 

2(i.  81 

6 

7 

18.  IG 

19.11 

20.07 

21. 03 

21.99 

22.  96 

23.  93 

24.90 

25.86 

26.  S.3 

7 

8 

18.18 

19.13 

20.08 

21.04 

22.  01 

22. 98 

23.94 

24.91 

25. 88 

26.84 

8 

0 

18.19 

19.14 

20. 10 

21.06 

22.02 

22.99 

23.96 

24.93 

25.90 

26.86 

9 

10 

18.21 

19.16 

20.12 

21.08 

22.04 

23.01 

23.98 

24.  94 

25.91 

26.88 

10 

11 

18.22 

19.18 

20.13 

21.09 

22.  06 

23.02 

23.  99 

24.96 

25.93 

26.89     11 

12 

18.  24 

19.19 

20.15 

21.11 

22.  07 

23.04 

24.01 

24.98 

25.94 

26.91     12 

13 

18.26 

19.21 

20.16 

21.12 

22.09 

23.06 

24.02 

24.99 

25.96 

26.92     13 

14 

18.27 

19.22 

20.18 

21.14 

22.11 

23.07 

24.04 

25.01 

25.98 

26.94 

14 

15 

18.29 

19.24 

20.20 

21.16 

22.12 

23.09 

24.06 

25.03 

25.-99 

26.96 

15 

IC 

18.30 

19. 25 

20.21 

21.17 

22.14 

23. 10 

24.07 

25.04 

26.01 

26.97 

16 

17 

IS.  32 

19.27 

20.23 

21.19 

22. 15 

23. 12 

24.09 

25.  06 

26.02 

26.  99     17  1 

IS 

18.34 

19.29 

20.24 

21.20 

22.17 

23.14 

24.11 

25.07 

26.04 

27.00 

18 

19 

18.35 

19.30 

20.26 

21.22 

22.  J  9 

23.15 

24.12 

25. 09 

26.06 

27.02 

19 

20 

18.37 

19.32 

20.28 

21.24 

22.20 

23.17 

24.14 

25.11 

26.  07 

27. 04     20 

21 

18.38 

19.33 

20.29 

21.25 

22.  22 

23.19 

24.15 

25.12 

20.09 

27.05  1  21 

22 

18.40 

19.35 

20.31 

21.27 

22.23 

23.20 

24.17 

25.  14 

26.10 

27. 07     22 

2:> 

18.41 

19.  37 

20.32 

21.29 

22.  25 

23.22 

22.19 

25.15 

26.12 

27.  09  I  23 

24 

18.43 

19.38 

20.34 

21.30 

22!  27 

23. 23 

24.20 

25.17 

26.14 

27. 10  J  24 

2o 

18.45 

19.40 

20.36 

21.32 

22.28 

23.25- 

24.22 

25.19 

26.15 

27. 12  1  25 

26 

18.46 

19.41 

20.37 

21.33 

22.30 

23.27 

24. 23 

25.20 

26.17 

27. 13     26 

27 

18.48 

19.43 

20  39 

21.35 

22.31 

23.28 

24.25 

25.22 

26.19 

27. 15  j  27 

28 

18.49 

19.45 

20.40 

21.36 

22.33 

23.  30 

24.27 

25.23 

26.  20 

27.17  1  28 

29 

18.51 

19.46 

20.42 

21.38 

22.35 

23.31 

24.28 

25.25 

26.  22 

27.18 

29 

SO 

18.53 

19.48 

20.44 

21.40 

22.36 

23.33 

24.30 

25. 27 

26.23 

27.20 

30 

31 

18.54 

19.49 

20.45 

21.41 

22.38 

23.35 

24.32 

25.28 

26.25 

27.21 

31 

32 

18.56 

19.51 

20.  47 

21. 43 

22.40 

23.  36 

24.33 

25.30 

26.27 

27.  23 

32 

33 

18.57 

19.53 

20.48 

21.45 

22.41 

23.38 

24.35 

25.32 

26.28 

27.  25 

38 

34 

18.59 

19.54 

20.50 

21.46 

22.43 

23.40 

24.30 

25.33 

26.30 

27. 26  '  34 

35 

18.60 

19.56 

20.52 

21.48 

22. 44 

23. 41 

24.38 

25. 35 

26.31 

27. 28     35 

36 

18.62 

19.57 

20.53 

21.49 

22.46 

23.  43 

24.40 

25.36 

26. 33 

27.  29  1  36 

37 

18.64 

19.59 

20.  55 

21.  51 

22.48 

23.44 

24.41 

25.38 

26.35 

27.31  I  37 

38 

18.65 

19.60 

20.56 

21.53 

22.49 

23.46 

24.43 

25.40 

26.36 

27.  33  !  88 

39 

18.67 

19.62 

20.58 

21. 54 

22.51 

23.48 

24.44 

25.41 

26.38 

27.34 

39 

40 

18.68 

19.  64 

20.60 

21.56 

22.52 

23.49 

24.46 

25.43 

26.39 

27.36 

40 

41 

18.  7C 

19.  65 

20.61 

21.57 

22.54 

23.51 

24.48 

25.44 

26.41 

27.37 

41 

42 

18.  72 

19.67 

20. 63 

21.59 

22.56 

23.52 

24.49 

25.46 

26.  43 

27.  39 

42 

43 

18.  T.i 

19.68 

20.64 

21.61 

22. 57 

23.54 

24.51 

25.48 

26.44 

27.41 

43 

44 

18.75 

19.  70 

20. 66 

21.62 

22.59 

23.56 

24.52 

25.49 

26.46 

27.42 

44 

45 

18.76 

19.72 

20.68 

21.64 

22.60 

23.57 

24.54 

25.  51 

20.47 

27.44 

46 

4« 

18.78 

19.73 

20.69 

21.65 

22.62 

23.59 

24.56 

25.  52 

20.49 

27.45 

46 

47 

18.79 

19.75 

20.71 

21.07 

22.64 

23.60 

24.57 

25.  54 

26.51 

27.47 

47 

4.S 

18.81 

19.76 

20.72 

21.69 

22.65 

23.62 

24.59 

25.56 

26. 52 

27.49 

48 

49 

18.  83 

19.78 

20.74 

21.70 

22.  67 

23.64 

24.61 

25.57 

26.54 

27.  50 

49 

50 

18.84 

19.80 

20.76 

21.72 

22.69 

23.65 

24.62 

25.59 

26.56 

27.52 

50 

51 

18.86 

19.81 

20.77 

21.74 

22.70 

23.67 

24.64 

25.61 

26.57 

27.53 

51 

62 

18.87 

19.83 

20. 79 

21.75 

22.  72 

23.  69 

24.  65 

25.62 

26.  59 

27.55 

52 

53 

18.89 

19.84 

20.80 

21.77 

22.73 

23. 70 

24.67 

25.64 

26.60 

27. 57 

53 

54 

18.91 

19.86 

20. 82 

21.78 

22.75 

23.72 

24.69 

25.65 

26.62 

27.58 

54 

55 

18.92 

19.88 

20.84 

21.80 

22.77 

23.73 

24.70 

25.  67 

26.64 

27.60 

55 

56 

18.94 

19.89 

20. 85 

21.82 

22.78 

23.75 

24.72 

25.69 

26.65 

27.  61 

56 

57 

18.  95 

19.  91 

20.87 

21.83 

22.80 

23.77 

24.73 

25.70 

26.67 

27.  63 

57 

58 

18.  97 

19.92 

20.88 

21.85 

22. 81 

23.78 

•24.75 

25.72 

26.68 

27.65 

58 

59 

18.98 

19.94 

20.90 

21.86 

22.83 

23.80 

24.77 

25.73 

26.  70 

27.  66 

59 

60 

5519.  00 

1  5519.96 

1 

5520. 92 

5521.  88 

5522.  85 

5523. 81 

5524.  78 

5525.  75 

5526.  72 

5527. 68 

69 

- 

133 

Taulk  IX. — Length  of  a  JJcynv  of  Longitude. 


i 

29° 

30° 

81° 

82° 

33° 

34° 

35° 

36° 

87° 

38° 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

, 

0 

4K4a. 17 

4795.  82 

4747.  01 

4696.  75 

4645.  06 

4591.96 

4537. 45 

4481.56 

4424.  29 

4365. 68 

0 

1 

4'J  40 

95.02 

40.19 

95.90 

44.19 

91.06 

36.53 

80.61 

23.33 

64.69 

1 

2 

41.02 

94.22 

45.36 

95.05 

43.32 

90.16 

35.61 

79.67 

22.36 

63.70 

2 

3 

40.84 

93. 42 

44. 53 

94.20 

42. 44 

89.  26 

34.69 

78.73 

21.40 

62.72 

8 

4 

40.  Ot) 

92.61 

43.71 

93.35 

41.57 

88.37 

33.77 

77.78 

20.43 

61.73 

4 

6 

39.28 

91.81 

42.88 

92.50 

40.69 

87.47 

32.84 

76.84 

19.46 

60.74 

6 

6 

38.50 

91.01 

42.05 

91.65 

39.82 

86.57 

31.92 

75.89 

18.49 

59.75 

6 

7 

37.  72 

90.20 

41.22 

90.80 

38.94 

85.67 

31.00 

74.95 

17.53 

58.76 

7 

8 

30. 94 

89.40 

40.39 

89.94 

38.06 

84.77 

30.08 

74.00 

16.56 

57.77 

8 

9 

36.16 

88.59 

39.56 

89.09 

37.19 

83.87 

29.15 

73.05 

15.59 

56.77 

9 

10 

35.38 

87.79 

38.73 

88.24 

36.31 

82.97 

28.23 

72.11 

14.62 

55.78 

10 

11 

34.60 

86.98 

37.90 

87.38 

35.43 

82.07 

27.30 

71.16 

13.65 

54.79  i  11 

12 

33.82 

86.18 

37.07 

86.53 

34.55 

81.17 

26.38 

70.21 

12.68 

53. 80  i  12 

13 

33.04 

85.37 

36.24 

85.67 

33.68 

80.26 

25.46 

69.26 

11.71 

52.81 

13 

14 

32.26 

m.56 

35.41 

84.82 

32.80 

79.36 

24.53 

68.32 

10.74 

51.81 

14 

15 

31.47 

83.76 

34.58 

83.96 

31.92 

78.46 

23.60 

67.37 

09.77 

50.82 

15 

16 

30.69 

82.95 

33.75 

83.11 

31.04 

77.56 

22.68 

66.42 

08.80 

49.83 

16 

17 

29.91 

82.14 

32.92 

82.25 

30.16 

70.65 

21.75 

65.47 

07.82 

48.83 

17 

18 

29.12 

81.  33 

32.08 

81.40 

29.28 

75.75 

20.83 

64.52 

06.85 

47.84 

18 

19 

28.34 

80.62 

31.25 

80.54 

28.40 

74.85 

19.90 

63.57 

05.88 

46.84 

19 

20 

27. 55 

79.71 

30.42 

79.68 

27. 52 

73.94 

18.97 

62.62 

04.91 

45.85 

20 

21 

26. 77 

78.90 

29.58 

78.82 

26.64 

73.04 

18.04 

61.67 

03.93 

44.85     21 

22 

25.98 

78.09 

28.75 

77.97 

25.75 

72.13 

17.11 

60.72 

02.96 

43. 85     22 

28 

25.20 

77.28 

27. 92 

77.11 

24.87 

71.23 

16.19 

59.77 

01.98 

42. 86     28 

24 

24.41 

76.47 

27.08 

76.25 

23.99 

70.32 

15.26 

58.81 

01.01 

41. 86     24 

25 

23.62 

75.  66 

26.25 

75.39 

23.11 

69.  41 

14.33 

57.86 

4400.  04 

40.86 

25 

26 

22.83 

74.85 

25.41 

74.53 

22.  22 

68.51 

13.40 

56.91 

4399. 06 

39.87 

26 

27 

22.  05 

74.04 

24.57 

73.07 

21.34 

67.00 

12.47 

55.96 

98.08 

38.87 

27 

28 

21.26 

73.  22 

23.74 

72.81 

20.45 

66.  C9 

11.54 

55.00 

97.11 

37.87 

28 

29 

20.47 

72.41 

22.90 

71.95 

19.57 

65.78 

10.61 

54.05 

96.13 

36.87 

29 

80 

19.68 

71.60 

22.06 

71.09 

18.69 

64.88 

09.67 

53.09 

95.16 

35.87 

30 

81 

18.89 

70.78 

21.22 

70.  22 

17.80 

63.  97 

08.74 

52.14 

94.18 

34.87 

31 

82 

18.10 

69.97 

20.39 

69.36 

16.91 

63.06 

07.81 

51.19 

93.20 

33.87 

32 

33 

17.31 

69.16 

19.55 

68.50 

16.03 

62.15 

06.88 

50.23 

92.22 

32.87 

33 

84 

16.52 

68.34 

18.71 

67.64 

15.14 

61.  24 

05.94 

49.27 

91.25 

31.87 

34 

35 

15.73 

67.53 

17.87 

66.77 

14.26 

60.33 

05.01 

48.32 

90.27 

30. 87  1  85 

36 

14.94 

66.71 

17.03 

65.  91 

13.  37 

59.42 

04.08 

47.36 

89.29 

29. 87     36 

37 

14.15 

65.89 

16.19 

65.05 

12.48 

58.51 

03. 14 

46.41 

88.31 

28.87     37 

38 

13.35 

65.08 

15.35 

64.18 

11.  59 

57.60 

02.21 

45.45 

87.33 

27.87 

38 

39 

12.56 

64.26 

14.51 

63.32 

10.70 

50.68 

01.28 

44.49 

86.35 

26.87 

39 

40 

n.77 

63.44 

13.67 

62.45 

09.81 

55.77 

4500.  34 

43.53 

85.37 

25.86 

40 

41 

10.98 

62.52 

12.82 

61.59 

08.93 

54.86 

4499. 40 

42.57 

84.39 

24.86 

41 

42 

30.18 

61.81 

11.98 

60.72 

08.04 

53. 95 

98.47 

41.62 

83.41 

23.80 

42 

43 

09.39 

60.99 

11.14 

59.85 

07.15 

53.03 

97.53 

40.66 

82.42 

22.85 

43 

44 

08.59 

60.17 

10.30 

58.99 

06.26 

52.12 

90.59 

39.70 

81.44 

21.85 

44 

45 

07.80 

59.35 

09.45 

58.12 

05.36 

51.21 

95.66 

38.74 

80.46 

20.85 

45 

46 

07.00 

58.  ,53 

08.61 

57.25 

04.47 

50.29 

94.72 

37.78 

79.48 

19.84 

46 

47 

06.21 

57.71 

07.76 

56.38 

03.58 

49.38 

93.78 

36.82 

78.49 

18.84 

47 

48 

05.41 

56.89 

06.92 

55.51 

02.69 

48.46 

■     92. 84 

35.86 

77.51 

17.83 

48 

49 

04.61 

56.07 

06.07 

54.65 

01.80 

47.55 

91.91 

34.89 

76.53 

16.82 

49 

60 

03.82 

55.25 

05.23 

53.78 

00.90 

46.63 

90.97 

33.93 

75.54 

15.82 

50 

51 

03. 02 

54.43 

04.38 

52.91 

4600. 01 

45.71 

90.03 

32.97 

74.56 

14.81 

51 

52 

02.22 

53.60 

03.54 

52.04 

4599. 12 

44.80 

89.09 

32.01 

73.57 

13.80 

52 

53 

01.42 

52.78 

02.69 

51.17 

98.22 

43.88 

88.15 

81.04 

72.59 

12-80 

53 

54 

4800.  62 

51.96 

01.84 

50.30 

97.33 

42.96 

87.21 

30.08 

71.60 

11.79 

54 

55 

4799. 82 

51.13 

01.00 

49.42 

96.44 

42.04 

86.27 

29.12 

70.62 

10.78 

55 

56 

99.02 

50.31 

4700. 15 

48.55 

95. 54 

41.13 

85.32 

28.15 

69.63 

09.77 

56 

57 

98.  22 

49.49 

4699.30 

47.68 

94.64 

40.21 

84.38 

27. 19 

68.04 

08.70 

57 

58 

97.42 

48.66 

98.45 

46.81 

93.75 

39.29 

83.44 

26.22 

67.66 

07.75 

58 

59 

96.62 

47.84 

97.60 

45.94 

92.85 

38.37 

82.50 

25.26 

66.  67 

06.74 

59 

60 

4795. 82 

4747. 01 

4696. 75 

4645.  00 

4591.96 

4537. 45 

4481. 56 

4424.29 

4365.  68 

4305.  73 

60 

134 


Table  IX. — Length  of  a  Degree  of  Longitude — Concluded. 


i 

89° 

40° 

41° 

42° 

43° 

44° 

45° 

46° 

47° 

48° 

vA 

1 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

Chains. 

, 

0 

4305. 73 

4244. 47 

4181.  91 

4118.  06 

4052.  96 

3986.  62 

3919. 05 

3850.  28 

3780. 33 

3709.  22 

0 

1 

Oi.72 

43.44 

80.85 

16.99 

51.87 

85.50 

17.91 

49. 12 

79.15 

08.03 

1 

2 

03.71 

42.41 

79.80 

15.91 

50.77 

84.38 

16.78 

47.97 

77.98 

06.83 

2 

3 

02.70 

41.37 

78.75 

14.84 

'     49. 07 

83.  27 

15.  64 

46.81 

76.80 

05.63 

3 

4 

01.69 

40.34 

77.69 

13.76 

48.58 

82.15 

14.50 

45.65 

75.63 

04.44 

4 

6 

4300. 68 

39.31 

76.64 

12.69 

47.48 

81.03 

13.36 

44.50 

74.45 

03.24 

6 

G 

4299. 67 

38.27 

75.58 

11.61 

46.38 

,79. 91 

12.23 

43.34 

73.27 

02.05 

6 

7 

98.65 

37.24 

74.  52 

10.53 

45.28 

78.79 

11.09 

42.18 

72.00 

3700.  85 

7 

g 

97.64 

36. 20 

73.47 

09.46 

44.19 

77.68 

09.95 

41.02 

70.92 

3699.  65 

8 

9 

96.63 

35.17 

72.41 

08.38 

43.09 

76.56 

08.81 

39.86 

69.74 

98.46 

9 

10 

95.61 

34.13 

71.36 

07.30 

41.99 

75.44 

07.67 

38.70 

68.56 

97.26 

10 

11 

94.60 

33.10 

70.30 

06.22 

40.89 

74.32 

06.53 

37.54 

67.38 

96.06 

11 

12 

93.59 

32.06 

69.24 

05.14 

39. 79 

73.20 

05.39 

36.38 

66.20 

94.86 

12 

13 

92.57 

31.02 

68.18 

04.07 

38.69 

72.08 

04.25 

35.22 

65.02 

93.66 

13 

14 

91.56 

29.99 

67.12 

02.99 

37.59 

70.98 

03.11 

34.06 

63.84 

92.46 

14 

15 

90.54 

28.95 

66.07 

01.91 

36.49 

69.84 

01.97 

32.90 

62.66 

91.26 

15 

16 

89.52 

27.91 

65.01 

4100. 83 

35.39 

68.72 

3900.  83 

31.74 

61.48 

90.06 

16 

17 

88.51 

16.87 

63.95 

4099.  75 

34.29 

67.59 

3890.  69 

30.58 

60.30 

88.86 

17 

18 

87.49 

25.84 

62. 89 

98.67 

33.19 

66.47 

98.54 

29.42 

59.12 

87.66 

18 

19 

86.48 

24.80 

61.83 

97.58 

32.09 

65.35 

97.40 

28.26 

57.94 

86.46 

19 

20 

85.46 

23.76 

60.77 

96.50 

30.98 

64.23 

96.26 

27.09 

56.76 

85.26 

20 

21 

84.44 

22.72 

59.71 

95.42 

29. 88 

63.11 

95.12 

25.93 

55.57 

84.06 

21 

22 

83.  42 

21.68 

58.05 

94.34 

28.78 

61.98 

93.97 

24.77 

54.39 

82.86 

22 

23 

82.40 

20.64 

57.58 

93. 26 

27.67 

60.86 

92.83 

23.60 

53.21 

81.66 

23 

24 

81.39 

19.60 

56.52 

92.17 

26.57 

59.73 

91.68 

22.44 

52.02 

80.46 

24 

25 

80.37 

18.56 

55.46 

91.09 

25.47 

58.61 

90.54 

21.28 

50.84 

79.25 

25 

26 

79.35 

17.52 

54.40 

90. 01 

24.36 

57.49 

89.40 

20.11 

49.66 

78.05 

26 

27 

78.33 

16.48 

53.44 

88.92 

23.26 

56.36 

88.25 

18.95 

48.47 

76.85 

27 

28 

77.31 

15.43 

52.27 

87.84 

22.15 

55.24 

87.11 

17.78 

47.29 

75.64 

28 

29 

76.29 

14.39 

51.21 

86.75 

21.05 

54. 11 

85.96 

16.62 

46.10 

74.44 

29 

30 

75.27 

13.35 

50.14 

85.67 

19.94 

52.98 

84.81 

15.45 

44.92 

73.24 

30 

31 

74.24 

12.31 

49.08 

84.58 

18.84 

51.86 

83.67 

14.29 

43.73 

72.03 

31 

32 

73.22 

11.26 

48.02 

83.50 

17.73 

50.73 

82.52 

13. 12 

42.55 

70.83 

82 

33 

72.20 

10.22 

46.95 

82.41 

16.62 

49.60 

81.37 

11.95 

41.30 

69.62 

33 

34 

71.18 

09.18 

45.89 

81.33 

15.52 

48.48 

80.23 

10.79 

40.18 

68.42 

34 

35 

70. 10 

08.13 

44.82 

80.24 

14.41 

47.35 

79.08 

09.62 

38.99 

67.21 

35 

86 

69.13 

07.09 

43.75 

79.15 

13.  30 

46.22 

77.93 

08.45 

37.80 

66.01 

36 

37 

68.11 

06.04 

42.09 

78. 07 

12.19 

45.09 

76.78 

07.28 

36.62 

64.80 

37 

38 

67.09 

05.00 

41.62 

76.98 

11.09 

43.96 

75.63 

06.11 

35.43 

63.59 

38 

89 

66.06 

03.95 

40.55 

75.89 

09.98 

42.83 

74.48 

04.95 

34.24 

62.39 

39 

40 

65.04 

02.90 

39.49 

74.80 

08.87 

41.71 

73.34 

03.78 

33.05 

61.18 

40 

41 

64.01 

01.86 

38.  42 

73.71 

07.76 

40.58 

72.19 

02.61 

31.86 

59.97 

41 

42 

62.99 

4200.  81 

37.35 

72.62 

06.65 

39.45 

71.04 

01.44 

30.67 

58.76 

42 

43 

61.96 

4199.  76 

36.28 

71.53 

05.54 

38.32 

•  69.  89 

3800.  27 

29.48 

57.56 

43 

44 

60.93 

98.72 

35.21 

70.44 

04.43 

37.18 

68.74 

3799. 10 

28.30 

56.35 

44 

45 

59.91 

97.67 

34.14 

69.35 

03.32 

36.05 

67.58 

97.93 

27.11 

55.14 

45 

46 

58.88 

96.62 

33.08 

68.26 

02.21 

34.92 

66.43 

96.76 

25. 92 

53.93 

46 

47 

57.85 

95.57 

32.01 

67.17 

4001. 10 

33.79 

65.28 

95.59 

■    24.73 

52. 72 

47 

48 

56.83 

94.52 

30.93 

66.08 

3999.  98 

32.66 

64.13 

94.41 

23.  53 

51.51 

48 

49 

55.80 

93.47 

29.86 

64.99 

98.87 

31.53 

62.98 

93.24 

22.34 

50.30 

49 

50 

54.77 

92.42 

28.79 

63.90 

97.76 

30.39 

61.82 

92.07 

21.15 

49.09 

60 

51 

53.74 

91.37 

27.72 

62.81 

96.05 

29.26 

60.67 

90.90 

19.96 

47.88 

51 

52 

52.71 

90.32 

26.65 

61.71 

95.53 

28.13 

59.52 

89.72 

18.77 

46.67 

62 

68 

51.68 

89.27 

25.58 

60.62 

94.42 

26.99 

58.36 

88.55 

17.58 

45.46 

53 

54 

50.66 

88.22 

24.51 

59.53 

93.31 

25.86 

67.21 

87.38 

16.38 

44.25 

54 

66 

49.63 

87.17 

23.43 

58.43 

92.19 

24.73 

56.06 

86.20 

15.19 

43.03 

65 

56 

48.59 

86.12 

22.36 

57.34 

91.08 

23.59 

54.90 

85.03 

14.00 

41.82 

56 

57 

47.56 

85.07 

21.29 

56.25 

89.96 

22.46 

53.75 

83.86 

12.80 

40.61 

57 

58 

46.53 

84.02 

20.21 

•55.15 

88.85 

21.32 

52.59 

82.68 

11.61 

39.40 

68 

59 

45.50 

82.96 

19.14 

54.06 

87.73 

20.19 

51.44 

81.51 

10.41 

38.18 

59 

60 

4244.47 

1 

4181.91 

4118.  06 

4052. 96 

3986. 62 

3919.  05 

j  3850.28 

3780.33 

3709. 22 

3636. 97 

60 

135 


Table  X.- 


-Converf/ency  of  Meridians  six  miles  long  and  six  miles  apart,  and  olher  rele- 
vant data. 


Convergency. 

Difference  of  longi- 
tude per  range. 

Longi- 
tude. 

Difference  of  lati- 
tude for— 

Lat- 
itude. 

On  the 
paralleL 

Angle. 

In  arc. 

In  time. 

Arc  of  1". 

1  mile  in 
arc. 

1  Tp.  in 
arc. 

0 

Links. 

/     // 

/     // 

Seconds. 

Chains. 

30 

4L9 

3    0 

6    0.36 

24.  02 

1.332 

'I 

31 

43.  G 

3    7 

6    4.02 

21.27 

1.319 

32 

45.4 

3  15 

6    7.93 

24.53 

1.305 

i-  0'.  871 

5'.  225 

33 

47.2 

3  23 

6  12.  00 

24.80 

1.290 

34 

49.1 

3  30 

6  16.  31 

25.09 

1.275 

35 

50.9 

3  38 

6  20. 95 

25.40 

1.260 

1 

3G 

52.7 

3  46 

6  25.  60 

25.71 

1.245 

37 

54.7 

3  55 

6  30.  59 

26.04 

1. 229 

1-  0'.  870 

5'.  221 

38 

56.8 

4    4 

6  35.  81 

26.39 

1.213 

39 

58.8 

4  13 

6  41.  34 

26.76 

1.196 

40 

60.9 

4  22 

6  47. 13 

27.14 

1.179 

] 

41 

63.1 

4  31 

6  53. 22 

27.55 

1.162 

1                      1          o. 

42 

65.4 

4  41 

6  59.  62 

27.97 

1.144 

j-0'.869     1  5'.  217 

43 

67.7 

4  51 

7    6.27 

28.42 

L126 

44 

70.1 

5    1 

7  13.44 

28.90 

L107 

45 

72.6 

5  12 

7  20. 93 

29.39 

1.089 

-1 

40 

75.2 

5  23 

7  28.  81 

29.92 

1.070 

47 

77.8 

5  34 

7  37. 10 

30.47 

1.050 

0'.869 

5'.  212 

48 

80.6 

5  46 

7  45.  79 

31.05 

1.030 

49 

83.5 

•5  59 

7  55. 12 

31.67 

1.010 

50 

86.5 

6  12 

8    4.90 

32.33 

0.990 

0'.  868 

5'.  209 

Conven/ency  of  meridians. — The  second  column  of  Table  X  eoiitaiiis 
the  convergency  of  two  meridians  six  miles  long  and  six  miles  apart, 
measured  on  a  parallel  of  latitude. 

When  the  parallel  of  latitude  passing  through  the  south  ends  of  such 
meridians,  and  forming  the  south  boundary  of  the  townsliip  of  which 
the  meridians  form  the  meridional  boundaries,  is  coincident  with  a  tab- 
ular latitude  given  in  the  Jirst  column,  the  required  convergency  will 
be  obtained  directly  Irom  the  second  column  (Plate  YI,  fig.  5) ;  while 
for  other  than  the  tabular  latitudes,  it  will  be  obtained  by  simple  pro- 
portion (fig.  6). 

The  third  column  contains  the  angle  of  convergency.  (abc,  figs.  5 
andG.) 

For  the  jnirpose  of  computing  convergency  n-iiJrin  the  boundaries  of 
a  regular  township,  said  boundaries  may  be  regarded  as  straight  lines 
and  the  township  a  plain  figure,  generally  a  trapezoid;  the  convergency 
of  any  rectangular  part  thereof,  bounded  by  meridional  and  latitudinal 
section  lines,  will  be  determined,  as  follows: 

Multiply  the  convergency  for  the  township,  determined  as  above  directed, 
by  the  length*  of  the  tract  divided  by  6,  and  the  product  by  the  width* 
of  the  tract  divided  by  6;  the  resulting  product  will  be  the  converg- 
ency required.     (See  Plate  VI,  fig.  5.) 

To  obtain  the  convergency  of  the  meridional  boundaries  of  any  tract 
bounded  by  section  lines,  or  other  lines  of  legal  subdivision,  within  a 
township,  proceed  as  follows:  Divide  the  tract  into  the  least  possible 
number  of  rectangular  parts  and  compute  the  convergency  for  each 
tract;  then,  take  the  sum  of  the  convergencies  thus  determined.  (See 
example,  Plate  YI,  fig.  7.) 

The  convergency  of  two  meridians  of  equal  length,  in  the  same  lati- 
tude, is  proportional  to  their  distance  apart;  (e.  g.)  the  convergency 


'  All  dimeasions  in  miles  and.  decimals  of  a  mile. 


136 

of  two  meridians  6  miles  long,  separated  by  5  ranges,  latitude  3S°,  is 
56.8  lksx5=li.84  cliains. 

Convergencies  of  meridians  in  the  same  latitude,  aud  not  exceeding 
24  miles  in  length,  may  be  computed  by  an  approximate  proportion, 
which  combines  the  advantages  of  convenience  with  an  accuracy  suf- 
ficient for  the  ordinary  wants  of  the  land  surveyor;  the  proportion  is 
this: 

The  cosines  of  the  latitudes  are  to  each  other  as  the  lengths  of  the  inter- 
cepted 'parallels. 

Kesume  example  5,  page  130;  we  have: 

cos  42°  39'  07":  cos  43°::  480.00  chs.:  477.31  chs.,  which  proportion 
may  be  worked  with  natural  cosines,  or  more  expeditiously  by  loga- 
rithms, as  follows: 

a.  c.  log  cos  42°  39'  07"  0. 133427 

log  cos  43c  9. 864127 

log  480. 00  2. 681241 

log  477.30  2.678795 

The  difference 2.  70  ilis.  is  t!ie  coavergency  required. 

The  couvcrgeucy  division  of  Table  X  having  been  sufficiently 
explained,  application  of  the  remaining  columns  may  be  inferred  from 
their  titles. 

OFFSETS   AND    TRIANGULATIONS. 

Offsets  from  and  to  standard  parallels,  guide  meridians,  township 
or  section  lines,  will  always  be  run  north,  south,  east,  or  west,  as  the 
case  may  be,  while  the  offset  line  will  be  run  parallel  to  the  random  or 
true  line.,  as  prevailing  conditions  may  require.  Examples  may  be 
found  in  Specimen  Field  Notes  No.  5,  pages  188,  192  and  198  and  on 
Plate  IV. 

Triangulations  may  be  executed  with  either  right-angled  or  oblique 
angled  triangles,  as  may  be  found  most  convenient;  but  all  triangles 
will  be  icell  conditioned  (i.  e.,  right-angled)  triangles,  and  should  have 
the  angle  opposite  the  required  side  less  than  45°;  in  other  words,  the 
base  should  be  longer  than  the  side  to  be  determined. 

The  angles  of  oblique  angled  triangles  shall  in  no  case  be  greater 
than  120°  or  less  than  30°.  All  the  angles  of  a  triangle  will  be  meas- 
ured when  the  angular  points  are  accessible.  It  will  avoid  several 
sources  of  possible  error  to  take  the  readings  of  the  courses  to  the  two 
ends  of  the  base  from  the  opposite  angle,  both  at  a  single  setting  of  the 
instrument.  This  may  readily  be  done  by  leaving  the  base  properly 
flagged  for  observation ;  or  by  having  the  base  laid  off  on  the  objective 
side  of  the  obstacle,  and  angles  taken  both  before  and  after  crossing. 

Computation  of  particular  cases  in  the  field  notes,  inserted  here,  as 
examples.    See  pages  188  and  192. 

log  tan  40°  55'  9.  9379 

log  20.00  0.  3010 


log  17. 34  0.  2389 

a.  c.  log  sin  48°  15'  0. 1272 

log  sin  64°  47'  9.  9565 

log  15.  00  1.1701 

log  18.19  1.2598 


137 

Paffe  211.  By  traverse  table.  Fiom  tlio  sontli  end  of  the  base,  let  fall 
a  perpendicular  to  the  required  distant^e,  dividing  it  into  two  parts, 
thus  forming-  two  right-angled  triangles;  call  the  perpendicular  a 
meridian;  and,  from  the  base  as  a  course  (N".  30^  31)'  E.,  3G.00  chs.),  deter- 
mine the  corresponding  diff.  lat.  and  departure,  the  latter  being  the 
length  of  the  east  part  of  the  required  distance;  then,  with  the  latitude 
just  determined  and  bearing  to  flag,  find  the  corresponding  departure 
or  west  i)art  of  the  required,  distance.  The  work  may  be  arranged  as 
follows : 


Dcsi  "lint  ion. 


Base 

Perpendicular 

From  S.  end  of  base  to  flag 


I  DifflT- 

Bearings.    ]  Distance.'   ence  of 
i  latitude. 


K".  30°  30'  E. 

North 

N.  37°  30'  W. 


31.02 

(?)* 

(?)* 


(30, 
i    0. 


Departures. 


18.27  (E.part). 


^oiooi^^-P*'^*)- 


31.02  I  23.80  (W.part). 


*  Tlio.se  distances  are  not  required.    The  departures  will  be  found  with  the  arguments  "bearin" 
and  "diff.  lat." 


Then,  18.27  4-23.cS^=42.07  chs.,  the  required  distance. 
Same  example  by  logarithms  : 


a,  c.  log  sin  52°  30'        0. 1005 
log  si'j  68^  9.  9672 

log  36.00  1.5563 

log  42.07  1.  02 10 

Four-place  logarithms  are  quite  sufficient  if  the  tables  are  correct. 


SFEOIMEN    FIELD   NOTES. 

No.  1. 

TITLE   PAGE. 
[See  Plate  II.] 


FIELD   NOTES 


or   THE   SURVEY   OF  THE 


THIRD  STANDARD  PARALLEL  NORTH 


THROUGH 


Ranges  Nos.  21,  22,  23,  and  24  East 


PRINCIPAL  BASE  AND  MERIDIAN 


STATE  OF  MONTANA, 

AS  SURVEYED  BT 

mCFIARD    ROODS, 

U.  S.  DEPUTY  SURVEYOR, 

UNDER  HIS  CONTRACT  No.  97, 
DATED  JULY  10,  1890. 


Survey  commenced  August  33,  1890. 
Survey  completed  August  39,  1890. 


139 


140 


[Second  page.] 

NAMES  AND  DUTIES  OF  ASSISTANTS. 

Peter  Long Chainman, 

John  Short Cliainman. 

Eli  Marker Chainman. 

William  Tally Cliainman. 

Lewis  Link Cliainman. 

Henry  Clay Miumdman. 

William  Stone Monndman. 

George  Sharp Axman. 

Adam  Dull ...Axman. 

James  Banner Flagman. 


INDEX. 
T.  13  N.,  R.  21  E. 


L31      I     32     I     33     I      34     I      35     j     36 
142-J-'143  '-1— 143— L— 144 — ■ — 145—*— 145^ 

old  Standard  Parallel  N. 

T.  13  N.,  R.  22  E. 
I        31      I      32     I     33     I     34      i     35     i      36 


•14G—:— 147— 5—148 148— !— 149— S— 149 

3rd  Standard.  Parallel  N. 

T.  13  N.,  R,  23  E. 
31      i     32      1      33      I      34      I      35      I     36 


■150-"=— 151 — • — 151—^—152—: — 152 — = — 153" 

3id  Standard  Parallel  N. 

T.  13  N.,  R.  24  E. 
31      I     32      I     33      I     34      I     35      I      36 


•164  — ^  155  15(>-— — 156 — • — 157 — ' — 167- 

3rd  Standard  Parallel  N. 


141 

[Third  Page.] 

PEELTMINARY  OATHS  OF  ASSISTANTS. 

VTo,  Peter  Long,  John  Short,  Eli  Marker,  and  William  Tally,  do  solemnly  swear 
that  we  will  well  and  faithfully  execute  the  duties  of  chainmen;  that  we  will  level 
the  chain  upon  even  and  uneven  ground,  and  plumb  the  tally  pins,  either  by  stick- 
ing or  dropping  the  same';  that  we  will  report  the  true  distances  to  all  notable 
objects,  and  the  true  lengths  of  all  lines  that  we  assist  in  measuring,  to  the  best  of 
our  skill  and  ability,  and  in  accordance  with  instructions  given  us,  in  the  survey  of 
the  Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Ranges  Nos.  21,  22,  23,  and  24  East,  of  the 
PriuciiJal  15aso  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montaua. 

Petkr  Long,  Chaivmun. 

John  Short,  Cha'niinan. 

Eli  Markkk,  Chain  man. 

William  Tally,  Chainman. 

Subscribed  aud  sworn  to  before  me  tliis  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal.]  William  Martin, 

Noiarif  Fublic. 

We,  Henry  Clay  and  William  Stone,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and 
truly  perform  the  duties  of  moundmeu,  in  the  ostablishmeut  of  corners,  according 
to  the  instructions  given  us,  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  abilitv,  in  thesurvev  i>{  the 
Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Ranges  Nos.  21,  22,  23,  and  24  East,  of  the 
Principal  Base  aud  Meridian,  iu  the  State  of  Montana. 

Henry  Clay,  Moiindmaii. 

William  Stone,  Mound  man. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal.]  William  Martix, 

Xolary  riihlic. 

We,  George  Sharp  and  Adam  Dull,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  truly 
perform  the  duties  of  axmen,  iu  the  establishment  of  corners  and  other  duties, 
according  to  instructions  given  us,  and  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  in  llio 
survey  of  the  Third  Standard  Pai-allel  North,  through  Ranges  Nos.  21,  22,  23,  and  24 
East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

George  Sharp,  Jxman. 
Adam  Dull,  Axnian. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal.]       .  "  William  Martin, 

Xotary  I'ublic. 

I,  James  Banner,  do  solemnly  swear  that  I  will  well  and  truly  perform  tlic  duties 
of  flagman,  according  to  instructions  given  me,  to  the  best  of  my  skill  and  ability, 
in  the  survey  of  the  Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Ranges  Nos.  21,  22,  23, 
and  24  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  aud  Meridian,  iu  the  State  of  Montana. 

James  Banner,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal.]  "  William  Martin, 

Xotary  Fuhlic, 

I,  Lewis  Link,  do  solemnly  swear  tbat  I  will  well  and  faithfully  execute  the  duties 
of  chainman;  that  I  will  level  the  chain  upon  even  and  uneven  ground,  and  ])lumb 
the  tally  pins,  either  by  sticking  or  dropping  the  same;  that  I  w^ll  report  the  true 
distances  to  all  notable  objects,  and  the  true  length  of  all  lines  that  I  assist  in  meas- 
uring, to  the  best  of  my  skill  and  ability,  and  in  accordance  with  instructions  given 
me,  in  the  survey  of  the  Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Ranges  Nos.  23  and 
24  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  IMeridiau,  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Lewis  Link,  Chainman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  twenty-seventh  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal.]  Richard  Roods, 

U.  S.  Deputy  Purveyor, 


142 


Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  21  East. 


Cliains. 


28.10 


'10. 00 


54.10 
71.55 


80.00 


Survey  commenced  August  22, 1890,  and  executed  with  a  W.  &L.  E.  Gurley 
light  mountain  transit,  Xo,  — ;  the  horizontal  limb  having  two  double 
verniers  placed  opposite  to  each  other  and  reading  to  30"  of  arc. 

The  instrument  was  examined,  tested  on  the  true  meridian  at  Helena, 
found  correct,  and  was  approved  by  the  surveyor  general  for  Montana, 
August  1, 1890. 

I  begin  at  the  standard  corner  of  townships  13  north,  ranges  20  and  21 
east,  which  is  a  sandstone,  8x7x5  ins.  above  ground,  tirmlj'  set,  and 
marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 

At  a  point  3.39  ft.*  south  of  said  standard  corner,  in  latitude  45°  34'. 5 
N.,  longitude  107^  54'  W.,t  at  9''.  19.7'". p.m.,  by  my  watch,  which  is  2 
minutes  fast  of  local  mean  time,  I  observe  Polaris  at  eastern  thDu/ation, 
in  accordance  with  instructions  t  in  the  M.inual,  and  marlc  the  line 
thiis  determined,  by  a  tack  driven  in  a  wooden  plug  set  in  the  ground, 
live  chains  north  of  my  station. 

August  22,  1890. 

August  23,  1890:  At  6  a.  m.,  I  lay  oft'  the  azimuth  of  Polaris,  l-^  49. tj,  to 
the  tveat,  and  mark  the  true  meridian' thus  determined,  by  cutting  a 
mark  on  a  stone  lirmly  set  in  the  ground,  west  of  the  point  established 
last  night;  the  magnetic  bearing  of  said  true  meridian  is  N.  18°  13'  W., 
whicli  reduced  by  the  table  on  page  100  of  the  Manual,  gives  the  mean 
maonelio  dedinalioii,  18°  09'  east. 

At  this  station  (i.  e„  the  point  3.39  ft.  S.  of  tlie  standard  cor,),  I  turn  off 
from  the  true  meridian,  an  angle^  of  89°  57'  20". 9  toward  the  east,  and 
run 

N.  89°  57'  E.  on  the  secant,  S.  of  sec.  31. 

Over  gently  rolling  prairie. 

Indian  trail,  bears  N.  28°  E.  and  S.  28°  W. 

Dift'ereuce  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainnien, 
is  4  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.02  chs. 
By  2nd  set,  39.98  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 

N.  1.53  ft.  from  the  secant. 

Set  a  limestone,  20  X  8  X  5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  J  sec. 
cor.,  marked  S.  C.  J  on  N.  face;  dig  pits  18  X  18  X  12  ins.,  E.  and  W. 
of  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 
high,  N.  of  cor. 

Snmuel  Somer's  house  bears  N.  65°  E. 

Leave  prairie,  enter  Somer's  field,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Leave  field,  enter  prairie,  bears  N.  and  S. ;  field  extends  N.  to  Somer's 
house,  and  S.  about  15  chs. 

Difference  between  measurements!!  of  80.00  chs.  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  6  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.97  chs. 
By  2nd  set,  80.03  clis. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 

Set  a  limestone,  24x9x6  ins.,  18  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 
sees  31  and  32,11  marked  S.  C.  on  N.,  with  5  grooves  on  E.  and  1  groove 
on  W.  faces;  dig  pits  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  E.  and 
W.,  3  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft. 
base,  2  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Samuel  Somer's  house  bears  N.  38°  W. 

Land,  gently  rolling  prairie. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate. 

No  timber. 


*Tiiti'r|ii>lat<'(l  by  siuii>lo  proportion,  for  tlid  given  liiHtudo,  from  the  second  column  of  Table  III, 
pa;;»)  121. 

tThe  latitude  and  longitude  will  be  given  by  the  surveyor  geuer<il,  in  his  special  written  instruc- 
tions. 

*See  directions  for  making  the  observation,  page  105. 

§  This  angle  is  interpolated  by  simple  proportion,  for  the  given  latitude,  from  the  column  headed  "3 
miles"  in  Table  TV.  But  hereafter  the  exact  angle  required  will  be  changed  to  the  nearest  angle 
that  can  be  set  off  or  read  on  the  instrument  used. 

H  The  measurements  are  counted  from  the  beginning  of  the  mile;  40.00  chs.  are  measured  from  the 
last  i  sec.  cor.;  see  "  Base  Line,"  par.  6,  page  51. 

TI  At  this  point,  the  secant  intersects  the  standard  parallel.    See  Plate  II,  figs.  1  and  2. 


143 

*       Third  Standard  Parallel  N'orth,  through  Range  21  East — ContiTiued. 


Cliains. 

3.20 
12.40 
17.50 

19.40 


40.00 


54.00 
74.00 


80.00 


8.10 


40.00 


76.30 


80.00 


N.  89°  58'  E.  on  the  secant,  through  sec.  32. 

Over  gently  rolling  prairie. 

Eoail  from  Lake  City  to  Ashland,  bears  N.  30°  W.  and  S.  30°  E. 

Leave  prairie,  hciirs  N.  25^  W.  and  S.  25^^  E.:  begin  descent. 

Pine  Creek,  50  Iks.  wide,  40  ft.  below  prairie,  course  S.  20°  E. ;  clear 

water  5  ft.  deep;  rapid  current,  gravelly  bottom;  bank  10  ft.  high. 
Top  of  bluff  bank  25  ft.  high,  be^irs  N.  20°  W.  and  S.  20'^  E. ;  enter  heavy 

pine  timber  and  begin  steep  ascent,  over  stony  ground,  sloping  N.  W. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  40.  OOchs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  24  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.88  chs. 

By  2ud  set,  40.12  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  1.19  ft.  from  the  secant, 

Set  a  granite  stone,  14x8x6  Ins.,  9  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  J  sec. 
cor.,  uijuked  S.  C.  J  on  N.  face;  from  which 

A  pine  16  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  37^'^  E.,  48  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

S.  C.  i  S.  B.  T. 
A  pine,  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  42°  W.,  51  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
S.  C.  iS.  B.  T. 
Leave  heavy  timber,  bears  N.  aud  S. 

Top  of  high  granite  ridge,  320  ft.  above  Pine  Creek,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  22  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.11  chs. 

By  2ud  set,  79.89  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  2.04  ft.  from  the  secant, 

Set  a  granite  stone,  20x8x4  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  Standard  Cor. 

of  sees.  32  and  33,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.,  with  4  grooves  on  E.  and  2 

grooves  on  W.  faces;  aud  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high, 

N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

Note. — I  erect  a  signal  at  this  corner  for  a  test  sight  from  one  of  the  high 

points  visible  to  the  east. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  stony ;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  pine  and  fir. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  60.60  chs. 

August  22,  18C0. 


Note. — The   sky  was   overcast   during   the  entire   night, 
visible. 


Polaris  not 


August  23,  1890. 

N.  89°  59'  E.  on  the  secant,  through  sec.  33. 
Over  stony  ground  on  top  of  ridge. 
Begin  descent  over  rocky  ground,  sloping  S.  E. 

Diifercuce  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sots  of  chainmen, 
is  18  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  ])oint 
By  1st  set,  39.91  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.09  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  2.55  ft.  from  secant. 

Set  a  granite  stone,  19x8x7  ins.,  14  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  J 
sec.  cor.,  marked  S.  C.  i  on  N.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft. 
base,  lir  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
This  cor.  is  40  it.  l)elow  top  of  ridge. 
Enter  scattering,  stunted  cedars,  bearing  N.  and  S. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  16  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.08  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.92  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  2.72  l^t.  from  the  secaut, 

Set  a  granite  stone,  19x8x6  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  sees.  33  and  34,  marked  S.  C.  on  N.,  with  3  grooves  on  E.  and  W. 
faces;  from  which 

A  cedar,  6  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  22i°  E.,  32  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  13  N.,  R.  21  E.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 
A  cedar,  8  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  41J°  W.,  45  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  K.  21  E.,  S.  33,  B.  T. 


144 

Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  ihrouyh  Range  21  77^(,9f —Continued. 


Chains. 


16.10 
20.  00 
20.68 


26.50 


40.00 


40.  40 


80.00 


:irs  N.  E.  and  S. 
and  S.  W. 


W. 


This  cor.  is  100  ft.  below  top  of  ridge. 
Land,  nioniitaiuous. 
Soil,  rocky;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  scattering-  cedars. 
]\[onntainous  land,  80.00  chs. 


East,  on  the  secant,  through  sec.  34. 
Descend  eastern  slope  through  scattering  cedars. 
Begin  very  steep  descent  to  I'lack  Eiver  Cauou,  li 
Foot  of  descent,  300  ft.  below  last  cor.,  bears  N.  1 
To  right  Ijauk  of  Black  River,  course  S.  28'='  W. 
S.  2.64  ft.*  from  the  secant. 

Set  a  granite  stone,  19x8x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander  cor. 
on  S.  bdy.  sec.  34,  marked 
S.  C.  on  N.,  and 

M.  C.  on  p].  faces;  dig  a  pit,  3  ft.  sq.,  8  ft.  W.,  of  stone;  and  raise 
a  nionnd  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  feet  high,  W.  of  cor. 
To  find  the  distance  across  the  river,  I  set  a  iiag  on  the  secant  line,  on  cast 
bank;  then  measure  a  base,  N.  6.20  chs.,  to  a  point  from  \Yliicli  the 
dag  bears  S.  43^  10'  E. ;  which  gives  for  the  distance,  tan.  43-  10'  X  base, 
or  0  938x6.20  chs.=5.82  chs. 
To  left  bank  of  Black  River,  course  S.  W.    Banks,  12  ft.  high;  rapid  cur- 
rent over  stonv  bottom;  clear  water,  about  5  ft.  dee]): 
S.  2.64  ft."  from'tbe  secant, 

Set  a  granite  stone,  17x9x7  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander  cor. 
on  S.  bdy.  sec.  34,  marked 
S.  C.  on  N.,  and 

M.  C.  on  W.  faces;  dig  a  pit,  3  ft.  sq.,  8  ft.  E.  of  stone;  and  raise 
a  mound  of  eai'th,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  E.  of  cor. 
Thence,  up  steep  ascent  through  scattering  cedars. 
Difference  between  the  measurements  of  40.00  chs 
chainmen,  is  20  Ike. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.90  chs. 
By  2nd  set,  40.10  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  2.55  ft.  trom  the  secant: 

A  cedar,  7  ins.  diam.,  for  standard  J  sec.  cor.,  I  mark  S.  C,  i  S.  on  N. 
side;  from  which 

A  cedar,  4  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  31°  E.,  20  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

S.C,  iS.,B.T. 
A  cedar,  6  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  64|:°  "W.,  18  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
S.C,  iS.,  B.T. 
Thence  up  side  of  ridge,  .sloping  S.  W. 
Leave  scattering  cedars,  bearing  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 

Difi'erence  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  18  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  80.09  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.90  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  2.04  ft.  from  the  secant. 

Sot  a  granite  stone,  21x8x5  ins.,  16  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  sees.  34  and  35,  marked  S.  C.  on  N.,  with  2  grooves  on  E.  and  4  grooves 
on  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  li  ft.  high,  N.  of 
cor.     Pits  imi)racticable. 
This  cor.  is  on  top  of  a  ridge,  about  300  ft.  above  Black  River. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  ro(  ky ;  Itli  rate. 
Timber,  scattering  cedars. 
Mountainous  land,  80.00  chs. 

August  23,  1890. 


l)y  the  two  sots  of 


Xoii:. — Coiitiiinous  rain  since  afternoon  of  August  23;  observatious  ou 
Polaris  not  possible. 
August  25,  1890,  7  a.  m. 
S.  89^^  59'  E.  ou  the  .secant,  through  sec.  35. 


*  These  distances  may  be  found  by  taking  the  meaii  of  tk^  otfaots  j^t  the  preceding  sec,  and.  JqUqw- 
ing  i  sec.  cor. 


145 


Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  21  East — Continued. 


Chaius. 


40.00 


50.10 

56.40 
56.58 
68.40 
68.50 
73.50 


80.00 


12.70 
28.  .SO 
38.50 


40.00 


52.20 
68.10 


80.00 


Descend  over  rough,  stony  ground  sloping  S. 

Differeuco  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  14  Iks. ;  position  of  niiildle  point 
liy  Ist  set,  40.07  clis. 

By  2nd  set,  39.93  cbs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.1.19  ft.  from  the  secant, 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  ^ 

sec.  cor.,  marked  S.  CJon  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  \V. 

of  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3J  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high, 

N.  of  cor. 
This  cor.  is  about  280  ft.  below  top  of  ridge. 
Descend  abruptly,  90  ft. 
Bottom  of  ravine,  10  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  20°  W. ;  water  iu  holes;  thence, 

steep  ascent  over  ground  sloping  W. 
Enter  pine  timber,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 

A  pine,  16  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E.  and  W.  sides. 
Leave  pine  timber,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 
Alexander  Selkirk's  house,  bears  S.,  8.40  chs.  dist. 
Road,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Ditference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  16  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.92  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  80.08  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
*  Set  a  limestone,  20x8x6  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 

sees.  35  and  36,  marked  S.  C.  on  N.,  with  1  groove  on  E.  and  5  grooves  on 

W.  faces;  dig  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  E.and  Vs., 

3  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2 

ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     This  cor.  is  about  60  ft.  above  ravine. 
Laud,  mountainous. 
Soil,  stony  ;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  pine. 
Mountainous  land,  80.00  chs. 


S.  89'-^  58'  E.  on  the  secant,  S.  of  sec.  36. 
Ascend  over  ground  sloping  W. 
Enter  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Top  of  ridge,  80  ft.  above  last  cor.,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Leave  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Difterence  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen 
is  14  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  40.07  chs. 

By  2ud  set,  39.93  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  1..53  ft.  from  the  secant. 

Set  a  limestone,  16x7x5  ins.,  11  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  I  sec. 

cor.,  marked  S.  C.  i  on  N.  iwG,\  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of 

stone,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high, 

N.  of  cor. 

Road,  bears  N.  70°  E.  and  S.  60°  W. 

Creek,  20  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  50°  W. ;  ascend  over  ground  sloping  W., 

about  90  ft. 
Dilierence  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  18  Iks.;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.91  chs. 

By  second  set,  80.09  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  3.39  ft.  from  the  secant. 

Set  a  granite  stone,  20x7x6  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  Tps.  13  N.,  Rs.  21  and  22  E.,  marked  t 
S.  C,  13  N.  on  N., 
22  E.  onE.,  and 

21  E.  on  W.  faces;  with  6  grooves  on  N.  E.,  and  W.  faces;  dig 
pits,  30x24x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line,  E.  and  W.,  4  ft. ;  and 
N.  of  stone,  8  ft.  dist.:  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base, 
2i  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Land,  mountainous. 


*  The  secant  intersects  the  standard  p.arallel  1  mile  from  end  of  secant,  and  at  the  point  for  the  cor- 
or  of  sees.  3.5  and  36.     See  Plate  II,  fi^a.  1  and  2. 


tSee  '  Staxdakd  Townshu?  Corners,"  page  23. 

386 10 


146 
Third  Standard  Parallel  NortJt,  throngh  Range  21  East — Conclnded. 


Cliaius.    Soil,  stony;  Srd  and  4th  rate. 
'J'iiubcr,  oak. 
I  Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  laud,  80.00  chs. 


August  25,  1890, 


Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  22  East. 


chains.    At  the  last  point  determined  on  the  secant,  "which  is  6  miles  from  the  start- 
ini>;  point  and  3.39  ft.  south  of  the  corner  of  Tps.  13  N.,  Ks.  21  and  22 
E.,  1  detiect  an  angle  *  of  5'  to  the  north  and  run 
N.  89^  57'  E.,  on  the  secant,  S.  of  sec.  31. 
Up  steep  ascent,  over  stony  ground  sloping  west. 
3G.  10      To  edge  of  mesii,  60  ft.  above  Tp.  cor.,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Ditfcrence  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  14  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  40.07  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.93  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
40.  00      N.  1.53ft.  from  the  secant;  the  point  for  standard  i  sec.  cor.  falls  on  roct 
in  place,  6  X  3  X  2  ft.  above  ground,  ou  which 
Cut  a  cross  (x)  at  the  exact  corner  point,  for  standard  ^  sec.  oor.,  marked 
S.  C.  i,  on  N.  side  of  cross;  and  raise   a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1| 
ft.  higb,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
August  26,  1890:   At  this  standard  ^  sec.  cor.,  I  observe  Polaris at5'^  9™ 
a.  m.,  by  my  watch,  wliirh  is  2'"  47^  fast  of  local  mean  time,  and  mark 
the  direction  thus  determined,  by  a  tack  driven  in  a  picket  tirjuly  set, 
5  chains  north  of  the  cor. 

h.     in. 

Astrou.  time  bv  watch,  Aug.  25 17    9.0 

Watch  fast  . . .' 2. 8 

Astrou,  1.  m.  t.  of  obs.  Aug.  25 17    G.  2 

h.        m. 

U.  C,  Polaris,  August  25 15    40, 1 

Red.  to  Aug.  25 39.  2 

U.C.Polaris.  Aug. 25 15      0.9  15    0.9 

Hour  angle  of  Polaris  and  time  arguuicnt 2     5.3 

Azimuth  of  Polaris,  at  obs tO^  57'.5  W, 

(Note. — The  true  meridian  could  be  defined  by  laying  off  the  azimuth  to 
theeas^  but  this  is  unnecessary;  the  bearing  of  the  signal  will  be 
found  as  follows:) 

1  measure  the  angle  between  the  direction  thus  determined,  and  the  sig- 
nal established  at  the  standard  cor.  of  sees.  32  and  33,  as  follows; 
o  " 

1.  S8  59  45 

2.  89  00  .30 

3.  89  00  30 


Mean,  89  00  15 
Add  the  azimuth 0  57  30  W. 


The  olserved  bearing  is  N,  89  57  45.0  W. 
The  true  bearing  t  is N.  89  58  00.7  W, 

The  difference, 0  00  15.7,  is  the  deviation  of  the  standard, 

xoiilh  of  the  true  latitude  curve.  As  the  did'crence  is  jtrobably  less  than 
the  errors  of  obscrvatitm,  J  continue  the  secant  as  marked  ou  the 
ground. 

Over  level  mesa. 


*  Intcrijolatcd  by  simple  proportion  from  right  hand  column  of  Table  III,  page  121.  See  directions 
i'ollowiiiji  the  tabic. 

tIiitorip>l;iti'(l  by  .<<iniplc  proi)ortioii  from  Table  IV,  for  the  given  latiludo,  and  for  2^  miles  (i.  c.) 
for  o)ie/ia4/of  the  distance  to  signal. 


147 

Third  Standard  Parallel  N'orth,  through  Range  22  East — Continued. 


Chains. 


80.00 


18.00 
32.20 


40.00 


40.40 
52.50 

64.50 

75.00 


80.00 


Difference  between  mcasnrpnients  of  80.00  cbs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainnien, 

is  6  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.97  clis. 

By  2nd  set,  80.03  chs;  the  mean  of  which  is 
*  Set  a  sandstone,  15x7x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  j^Toiind,  for  standard  cor. 

of  sees.  31  and  32,  marked  S.  C.,  on  N. ;  with  live  grooves  on  E.  and  1 

groove  on  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  l^ft.  high, 

N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Land,  monntainous  and  mesa. 
Soil,  stony;  4th  rate.    No  timber. 
Mountainous  land,  36.10  chs. 


N.  89°  58'  E.  on  the  secant,  through  sec.  32. 

Over  level  mesa. 

Road,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Edge  of  mesa,  bears  N.  W.  and  S. ;    descend  abruptly  50  ft.     Difference 

between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainnien,  is  14 

Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.07  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.93  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  1.19  ft.  from  the  secant,  falls  on  a  boulder,  8x6x3  ft.  above  ground, 

on  which 
I  cut  a  cross  (x)  at  the  exact  corner  point,  for  standard  J  sec.  cor., 

marked  S.  C.  jon  N.  side  of  cross;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft. 

base,  1|  ft.  high,  \.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Enter  scattering  Cottonwood  timber,  bearsX.W.  andS.  E. ;  descend8Uft.  to 
Left  bank  of  Cow  Creek,  20  Iks.  wide,  course  N.  W. ;   banks,  10  ft.  high; 

water,  pure  and  cold,  2  ft.  deep;  swift  current  over  rock  bottom. 
Leave  scattering  cottonwood  timber,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. ;  begin  steep 

ascent  over  stony  ground,  sloping  S.  W. 
Top  of  granite  ridge  230  ft.  above  Cow  Creek,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chaLumen 

is  16  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  7il.92  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  80.08  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  2.04  ft.  from  the  secant, 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15X8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 

of  sees.  32  and  33,  marked  S.  C.,onN. ;    with  4  grooves  on  E.  and  2 

grooves  on  W.  faces ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high, 

N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Land,  mountainous  and  level. 
Soil,  stony;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  scattering  cottonwood. 
Mountainous  land,  47.80  chains.  August  26,  1890. 


At  the  corner  last  described  (i.  e.)  the  standard  cor.  of  sees.  32  and  33, 1 
observe  Polaris  at  eastern  elongation,  August  26,  at  9'^  5"'  p.  m.  by  my 
watch,  which  is  3  minutes  fast  of  local  mean  time;  and  mark  the  direc- 
tion thus  determined  by  a  tack  driven  in  a  wooden  plug  set  firmly  in 
the  ground,  five  chains  north  of  mv  station. 

August  27,  1890:  At  6  a.  m.,  I  lay  off  the  azimuth  of  Polaris,  1°  50'  to 
the,  west;  and  mark  the  True  Meridian  thus  determined  by  a  cro.ss  on 
a  stone  firmly  set  in  the  ground,  west  of  the  point  marked  last  night. 
I  measure  the  angle  between  the  true  meridian  and  the  signal  erected 
at  the  standard  cor.  of  sees.  32  and  33,  Tp.  13  N.,  R.  21  E.,  as  follows: 

o      '        " 

1.  89  57  00 

2.  89  56  30 

3.  89  57  00 


Mean,  89  56  50  therefore 


The  observed  bearing  isN.  89  56  50  W. 

The  true  bearing  is       N.  89  57  20.9  W. ;  andthe difference,  0' 31" (closely), 


'  At  tiiis  point,  the  secant  intersects  the  standard;  see  Plate  H,  figs.  1  and  2. 


148 
Third  Standard  Parallel  Worth,  through  Range  22  East — Continued. 


Chains. 


8.40 
26.00 


36.10 


40.00 


80.00 


40.00 


is  the  deviation  of  the  standard  parallel  south  of  the  trne  latitude 
curve;  therefore,  this  corner  is  4.80  ft.  south  of  its  true  place  on  the 
parallel  of  latitude  passing  through  the  signal. 

I  will  correct  the  line  east  of  this  corner  and  return  to  the  true  latitude 
curve,  at  the  corner  of  Tps.  13  N.,  Ks.  22  and  23  E.  The  nat.  tan.  of  the 
angle  subtended  by  4.80  feet  at  a  distance  of  4  miles,  will  be  4.80  ft. 
divided  by  4  miles  (expressed  in  feet)  and  the  angle  itself  will  beO'  47"; 
Avhich  added  to  the  deviation  of  the  secant,  0'  31",  determined  by  obser- 
vation, gives  1'  18  '  for  the  total  deflection  of  the  secant  to  make  the 
curve  of  the  parallel  attain  the  Tp.  cor.* 

The  new  reference  line  thus  determined,  will  be  called  the  correction  secant. 
The  hcarine/s  of  said  "  correction  secant  "  at  successive  mile  points,  will 
be  those  of  Table  III,  corrected  by  the  total  deflection  (1'  18") ;  while 
the  offsets  will  remain  unchanged.  The  corrected  bearings  will  be  as 
follows : 

At  corner  of  sees.  32  &  33. ;  sees.  33  &  34. ;  sees.  34  &  35. ;  sees.  35  &  36. 

Corrected  bearings:  N.  89°  58'  E. ;  N.  89°  59'  E. ;  East;  S.  89^  59'  E. 


N.  89°  58'  E.  on  the  secant,  through  sec.  33. 

Over  rough  barren  ground. 

Begin  steep  descent,  over  stony  ground,  sloping  N.  E. 

Foot  of  descent,  about  250  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 
Spring  of  pure  water,  2  ft.  deep,  bears  S.,  4  chs.  dist. :  thence,  over  roll- 
ing laud. 

Spring  branch,  2  Iks.  wide,  course  N.  E. ;  sinks  iu  the  ground  within  20 
chs. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  senS  of  chaiumen 
is  12  Iks;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.94  chs. 
By  2nd  set,  40.06  chs.  ;  the  mean  of  which  is 

S.  2.55  ft.  from  the  secant, 

Set  a  granite  stone,  15x8x8  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  ^ 
sec.  cor.,  marked  S.  C.  i  on  N.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2 
ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  8  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.04  chs. 
By  2nd  set,  79.96  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 

S.  2.72  ft.  from  the  secant, 

Set  a  granite  stone,  21x8x4  ins.,  16  ins.,  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  sees.  33  and  34,  marked  S.  C,  on  N. ;  with  3  grooves  on  E.  and 
W.  faces;  dig  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line.  E.  and  W., 
3  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft. 
base,  2  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Land,  mountainous,  and  rolling. 

Soil,  stony ;  4th  rate. 

No  timber. 

Mountainous  land,  27.00  chs. 


N.  89°  59'  E.,  on  the  secant,  through  sec.  ol. 

Over  gently  rolling  land. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  6  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.97  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.03  chs. ;  tlie  moan  of  which  is 
S.  2.55  ft.  from  the  secant, 
Set  a  sandstone,  19x7x5  ins.,  15  ins.  iu  the  ground,  for  standard  J  sec. 

cor.,  marked  S.  C.  i  on  X.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W. 

of  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3|  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 

high,  X.  of  cor. 


*Tliis  method  for  rorrectiiic  a  atanrt.ird  parallel  may  be  employed  when  the  deviation  does  not 
cxofcd  lino  minute  of  arc;  Imt,  if  grcator  error  is  disrovered,  the  coruerB  already  set  will  be  corrected 
as  far  back  on  the  line  aa  the  stated  limit  of  deviation  (1'),  is  exceeded. 


149 
Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  throitfjh  Range  22  Bast — Coutiuned. 


Chniiis. 


80.00 


8.10 


40.00 


80.00 


40.00 


80.00 


Difference  betweeu  measurements  of  80.00  cbs.,  by  two  sets  of  cliaiumen, 

is  10  llss. ;  position  of  middle  point 
iiy  Iht  set,  i^O.O,')  chs. 

Bv  2ikI  set,  79.95  clis. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  2.04  ft.  irom  the  secant, 
Set  a  sandstone,  24x7x5  ins.,  18  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 

sees.  34  and  35,  marked  S.  C,  on  >s\  ;  with  2  groo\es  on  E.  and  4  grooves 

on  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of 

cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Land,  gently  rolling. 
Soil,  stony ;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


East,  on  tlic  secant,  through  sec.  35. 

Over  rolling,  stony  ground. 

Creek  10  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  20  ft.  deep,  course  N.  E. 

Ditierence  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  8  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.96  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.04  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
S.  1.19  ft.  from  the  secant, 
Set  a  sandstone.  15xHx5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  st.'^ndard  \  sec. 

cor.,  maiked  S.  G.\,  onX.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base, 

\\  ft.  liigb,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Dlfterence  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs,,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  6  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point  is 
By  1st  set,  80.03  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.97  cha. ;  the  mean  of  which  is : 
Set  a  sandstone,  16x8x6  ins.,  11  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 

sees.  35  and  36,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.,  with  1  groove  on  E.  and  5  grooves 

on  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of 

cor.    Pits  impracticable. 
Land,  gently  rolling. 
Soil,  stony ;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89«  59'  E.  on  the  secant,  S.  of  sec.  36. 
Over  gently  rolling  land. 

Difference  of  measurenu'nts  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen,  is  10 
Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.95  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.05  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  1.53  ft.  from  the  secant, 

Set  a  sandstone,  17x8x4  ins.,  11  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  \  sec. 
cor.  marked  S.  C.J,  on  X.  face;  dig  pits,  18x8x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of 
stone,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N. 
of  cor. 
Difference  of  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen,  is  6 
Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.03  chs. 

Bv  2nd  set,  79.97  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  3.39  it.  from  the  secant. 

Set  a  sandstone,  20x8x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 
Tps.  13  N.,  Ks.  22  and  23  E.,  marked 
S.  C,  13  N.  on  N., 
23  E.  on  E.,  and 

22  E.  on  W.  faces;  with  6  grooves  on  N.,  E.,  and  W.  faces;  dig  pits 
30x24x12  ins.,   crosswise  on  each  line,  E.  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and  N. 
of  stone,  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft  base,  2i  ft. 
high,  N.  of  cor. 
Land,  gently  rolling. 
Soil,  stony;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 

Note. — This  day  I  discharge  John  Short,  chainman,  to  whom  I  adminis- 
ter the  proper  linal  oath.     I  employ  Lewis  Link  to  perform  the  duties  of 


160 
Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  22  East — Concluded. 


Chains. 


ohaintnan,  and  ad  minister  to  him  the  required  j)reZijni«a/y  oath.  Noperson 
authorized  to  administer  oaths,  other  than  myself,  is  available  without 
great  delay  and  exj)euse.     (See  pages  64  and  65.) 

Richard  Roods, 

U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 

August  27,  1890. 


[These  specimen  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  the  third  standard  parallel  north  will 
be  continued  through  range  23  east,  to  illustrate  the  method  by  offsets  from  a  tan- 
gent to  the  latitude  curve  at  a  township  corner;  see  "Tangent  Method,"  page  124, 
and  Plate  II,  fig.  3.] 

Third,  Standard  Parallel  Iforth,  through  Range  23  East. 


Chains. 


40.00 


50.00 
68.44 


80.00 


Survey  commenced  August  27,  1890,  and  executed  with  a  W.  and  L.  E, 
Gurley  light  mountain  transit,  No. — ,  the  horizontal  limb  being  pro- 
vided with  two  opposite  verniers  reading  to  30"  of  arc. 
At  the  standard  corner  of  townships  13  north,  ranges  22  and  23  east,  in 
latitude  45^  34'. 5  N.,  longitude  107°  39'  W.,  at  9''.  00'".  p.  m.  by  my 
watch,  wiiicli  is  2™.  fast  of  local  mean  time,  I  observe  Polaris  at  east- 
ern elongation,  in  accordance  with  iTistructions  in  the  Manual,*  and 
mark  the  line  thus  determined,  by  a  tacit  driven  in  a  wooden  plug  set 
in  the  ground  five  chains  north  of  my  station. 
August  28,  1890:  At  6  a.  m.,  I  turn  off  tlie  azimuth  of  Polaris,  1°  50'  to 
the  west,  and  mark  the  true  meridian  thus  determined  by  cutting 
a  mark  on  a  stone  firmly  set  in  the  ground,  west  of  the  mark  estab- 
lished last  night;  the  magfHefic  bearing  of  said  true  meridian  isX.  18^ 
08'  W.,  which  reduced  by  the  table  on  page  100  of  the  manual,  gives 
the  mean  maynctic  declinailon  IS'-'  04'  castA 
I  lay  oif  from  the  true  meridian,  an  angle  of  90°,  from  north  to  east,  and 

run 
East  on  the  tangent,  S.  t  of  sec.  31. 
Over  level  prairie. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  4  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  40.02  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.98  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
^\N.  0.17  ft.  from  the  tangent, 

.^et  a  sandstone,  15x9x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in   the   ground,   for   standard  i 
sec.  cor.,  marked  S.  C.  J,  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and 
W.  of  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3i  ft.  base,  1}  it. 
high,  N.  of  cor. 
Leave  prairie,  enter  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. 
An  oak,  29  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E.  and  W.  sides. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  8  Iks. ;  jiosition  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  f9.96  chs. 

Bv  2nd  set,  80.04  clis. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  0.68  ft.  from  the  tangent. 

An  oak,  32  ins.  diam.,  for  standard  cor.  of  sees.  31  and  32. 1  mark 
S.C.,T.13N.,  E.23E.  onN., 
8.  .32  on  E.,  and 
S.  31  on  W.  sides;  with  5  notches  on  E.  and  1  notch  on  W.  sides; 

from  which 
An  oak,  28  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.31Jo  E.,  18  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13 

N.,  K.23E.,  S.32,  B.T. 
An  oak,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  74^°  W.,  24  Iks.  dist,,  marked  T.  13 
N.,  R.  23  E.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 


*  Seepage  105. 

tSce  t'ootnotc,  pagelOS. 

'  'I'lio  tangent  leaves  the  parallel  as  soon  as  started,  and  will  ahvavs  lie  smith  of  the  .sec.  bdv.,  not  on 
It.    See  Plato  III.  fig.  3. 

§  I'lic  form  givin  above  will  alu'.iy.s  be  employed  for  stating  the  diat.  between  the  tan.  and  the  oor.; 
the  word  "  otiset "  will  not  bo  used  for  such  purpose.    See  pa^e  124. 


151 

Th^rd  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  23  East — Continued. 


Chain8. 


14.73 


40.00 


64.00 
74.50 


80.00 


7.10 
18.30 


40.  00 


75.80 
76.  00 
79.00 


80.00 


Land,  level. 

Soil,  gravt'lly  loam;  3rd  rate. 

Timber,  oak,  with  some  beech  and  whlto  ash. 

Heavily  timbered  land,  30.00  chs. 


S.  89°  59'  E.  on  the  tangent,  S.  of  sec.  32. 
Over  level  oroniid,  throngh  heavy  oak  timber. 

An  oak,  14  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches,  on  E.  and  W.  sides. 
Ditference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  tvvo  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  6  Iks. ;  jiosition  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  40.03  chs. 

By  2(1  set,  39.97  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  1.53  it.*  from  the  tangent. 

Set  an  oak  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  in.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  J 
sec.  cor.,  marked 

S.  C,  ^  S.  on  N.  face. ;  from  which 

An  oak,  17  ins.  dia.,  bears  N.  21tL0  e.,  37  Iks.  dist.,  marked  S.  C.  J 

S.,  B.  T. 
A  wiiite  ash,  16  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  69^^  W.,  41  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
S.  C.  irS.,  B.  T. 
Leave  heavy  oak  timber,  enter  prairie  land,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 
Spring  of  pure  water,  3  ft.  deep,  bears  N.  7  clis.  dist. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sots  of  chainmen, 
is  8  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.96  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  80.04  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  2.72  it.  from  the  tangent, 

Set  a  sandstone,  19x6x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 
sees.  32  and  33,  marked  S.  C.  on  N. ;  with  4  grooves  on  E.  and  2  grooves 
on  W.  faces;  dig  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  lino,  E.  and 
W.,  3  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4 
ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Land,  level  and  gently  rolling. 
Soil,  sandy  loam;  2nd  rate. 
Timber,  oak,  with  some  ash  and  beech. 
Heavily  timbered  land,  56.00  chs. 


S.  89°  58'  E.  on  the  tangent,  S.  of  sec.  33. 

Over  broken,  stony  ground. 

S])riug  branch,  pure  water,  3  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  E. 

Clear  Creek,  12  Iks.  wide,  course  N.  E. 

Diiference  between  measurenumts  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainm«n, 

is  12  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.06  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.94  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  4.24  ft.  from  the  tangent, 
Set  a  sandstone,  17x7x5  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  j  sec. 

cor.,  marked  S.  C.  I,  on  N.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base, 

l^ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Clear  Creek,  15  Iks.  wide,  1  ft.  deep,  course  S.  E, 
Begin  very  steep  ascent,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 
To])  of  ridge,  70  ft.  above  Clear  Creek,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  18  Iks.;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.91  chs. 

By  2ud  set,  80.09  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  6.11  ft.  from  the  tangent, 
Set  a  granite  stone,  20x6x6  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 

sees.  33  and  34,  marked  S.  C.  on  N.,  with  three  grooves  on  E.  and  W. 

faces ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  8tone^2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits 

impracticable. 


*T:iljleV.  Inlat.  45°  ?  '.5,  offset  at  3  mUcs,  is  5.99  +  [(U.20  -  5.99)  xOo.575]  —  6.11  ft.;  and  "^- 
ft.,  the  required  offset  a    IJ  miles  from  the  tangential  point.    See  rules,  and  table,  page  126. 


:1.53 


162 
Third  Standard  Parallel  Korth,  through  Range  23  East — Contiinied. 


Chains, 


5.50 
5.80 


34.00 


40.00 


75.10 
77.70 

79.10 


80.00 


Laud,  broken  and  Lilly. 

Soil,  gravelly ;  3rd  and  4tli  rate. 


No  timber. 


11.21 


S.  89^  57'  E.  on  the  tangent,  S.  of  see.  34. 
Descend  east  side  of  ridge,  over  rocky  ground. 
Foot  of  descent  bears  N.  and  S. ;  thence,  over  rolling  ground. 
Rock  Creek,  20  Iks.  wide;  rapid  current  over  stony  bottom;  clear  water, 
2  ft.  deep;  banks,  4  ft.  high;  course  S.     This  creek  is  the  outlet  of  Cat- 
fish Lake,  4  chs.  N. 
East  end  of  Catfish  Lake,  bears  N.,  10  chs.  dist. 

Difterence  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  20  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.10  chs. 

Bv  2nd  set,  39.90  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  8.32  ft.  from  the  tangent, 

Set  a  saudscoue,  15x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  I  sec. 
cor.,  marked  S.  C.  I  on  N.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base, 
1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Begin  descent  from  upland  to  bottom  land,  bears  N.  and  S.  E. 
Foot  of  descent,  20ft.  below  upland,  bears  N.  and  S.  E. ;  enter  cottonwood 

timber. 
A  cottonwood,*  15  ins.  in  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E. 

and  W.  sides. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  12  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  79.94  chs. 

By  2ud  set,  80. OG  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  10.86  ft.  from  the  tangent, 

A  cottonwood,  18  ins.  diam.,  for  Standard  Cor.  of  Sees.  34  and  35, 1  mark 
S.  C,  T.  13  N.,  R.  23E.onN., 
S.  35  on  E.,  and 
S.  34  on  W.  sides;  from  which 
A  cottonwood,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  75pE.,  72  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  13  N.,  R.  23  E.,  S.  35,  B.  T. 
A  cottonwood,  12  ins.  diaiu.,  bears  N.  12|°  W.,  14  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  R.  23  E.,  S.  34,  B.  T. 
Land,  rolling  and  level. 
Soil,  stony  and  alluvial;  3rd  and  1st  rate. 
Timber,  cottonwood,  with  some  sycamore. 


S.  89°  56°'  E.  on  the  tangent,  S.  of  sec.  35. 
Throu'jh  cottonwood  timber. 

At  11.  40  chs.t  intersect  right  bank  of  Turtle  River,  course  S.  E.     At  this 
point,  the  distance  between  the  tangent  and  standard,  is  11.65  feet,  or 
18  Iks.,  nearly;  the  bank  of  the  stream  bears  about  N.  47^*^  W.;  there- 
fore, N.  47^°  W.,  26  Iks.,  determiues  the  point  for  the  meander  cor.  at 
On  the  standard  parallel,  where  I 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander 
cor.  on  S.  bdy.  sec.  35,  marked 
S.  C,  T.  13  N.  on  N., 

M.  C. ;  on  E.  and  , 

R.  23  E.,  S.  35  on  W.  faces;  from  which 
A  sycauKU-e,  34  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  81}^'  W.,  22  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

S".  C,  M.  C,  T.  13  N.,  R.  23  E.,  S.  35.  B.  T. 
A  cottonwood,  15  ins.  diam.,  bears  X.  .54^°  \V.,  34  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
S.  C,  M.  C,  T.  13  N.,  R.  23  E.,  S.  .35.  H.  T. 
Turtle  River  is  a  turbid  stream,  witli  muddy  banks  3  to  5  ft.  high ;  water, 
4  to  10  ft.  deep ;  sluggish  current,  over  mud  bottom.     To  determine  the 
distance  across  the  river,  I  set  a  flag  on  line,t  on  the  left  bank;  then 
measure  a  base  line,  S.  0"  04'  W.,  6.00  chs.,  to  a  point,  from  which 


'  This  tree  is  Huiijioaed  to  staTul  on  tlie  standard  parallel;  which  is  nearly  11  ft.  K.  of  the  tangent. 
fJri-iit  care  will  be  taken  to  note  toiiojjraiihy  on  the  true  line. 

1  .See  Plate  II,  fig.  4.  In  actual  juartice' the  diasrani  will  ho  placed  in  the  field  notes;  for  these 
siiccimen  notes  it  i.'t  more  convenient  to  place  the  diagram  on  a  plate. 

{  On  the  tangent  Line,  as  a  matter  of  course. 


153 
Third  Standard  Parallel  Xorth,  llinmnh  Ihoige  23  Eafst — Continued. 


Chains, 


15.77 


40.00 


51.30 
70.00 


80.00 


40.00 


42.00 
71.50 


tLe  flag  bears  N.  37-  31'  E.  Tlierefore,  tan.  37°  30' X  base,  or  0.767X 
6. 00— J.flO  cLs.,  tbedistaucc  across;  which,  added  to  11.40  chs.,  makes 
16.00  chs.,  mea.sured  on  the  tangent,  to  left  bank  of  river.  At  the 
point  thns  detcriuined,  the  distance  l)etweeu  the  tangent  and  standard, 
is  11.97  ft.  or  18  Iks.  nearly;  iho.  bank  bears  about  N.  52^'  W. ;  there- 
fore, N.  'yJ"--  W.,  29  Iks.,  determines  the  point  for  the  meander  cor.  at 
On  the  standard  parallel,  where  I 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander 
cor.  on  S.  bdv.  sec.  35,  marked 
S.  C.,T.  13  N.  onN., 
XI.  C.  on  W.,  and 

K.  23  E.,  S.  35 ;  on  E.  faces,  from  which 
A  Cottonwood,  19  ins.  diam.,  bears  X.  40°  E.,  36  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

S.  C,  M.  C,  T.  13  N.,  R.  23  E.,  8.  3.5,  B.  T. 
A  sycamore,  34  ins.  diam.,  1)ears  N.  5ii='  W..  28  Iks,  dist.,  marked 
S."^  C,  M.  C,  T.  13  N.,  K.  23  C,  S.  35.  B.  T. 
Enter  heavy  sycamore  and  cottonwood  timber. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen 
is  6  Iks, ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.03  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.97  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  13.75  ft.  from  the  tangent, 

!Sct  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
i  sec.  cor.  marked,  S.  C,  i  S.,  on  N.  face;  from  wliich 

A  sycamore,  28  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  14^^  E.,  27  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

S.C.,iS.,B.T. 
A  cottonwood,  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  74^°  W.,  42  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
S.C.,iS.,  B.T. 
Sycamore  Creek,  10  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  10°  W. 
Leave  heavy  sycamore  and  cottonwood  timber;  enter  meadow  laud,  bears 

N.  10^  E.  and  S.  10"-  W. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  4  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.98  chs. 
'   By  2d  set,  80.02  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  16.97  ft.  from  the  tangent, 

Sot  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.,  in  the  ground,  for  standard 
cor.  of  sees.  35  and  36.  marked 
S.  C.,T.13N.,  R.23E.  on  N. 
S.36  onE.,  and 

S.  35  on  W.  faces;  with  1  groove  on  E.  and  5  grooves  on  W.  faces; 
dig  pits,  24x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.,  3  ft.,  and  N.  of  post,  7  ft. 
dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 
Soil,  alluvial;  Ist  rate. 
Timber,  sycamore  and  cottonwood. 
Heavily  timbered  land,  52.23  chs. 


S.  89°  56'  E.  on  the  tan-cut,  S.  of  sec.  3u. 
Over  meadow  land. 

Difference  between  the  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  the  two  sets  of 
chainmen,  is  4  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.02  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.98  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
N.  20.54  ft.  from  the  tangent. 

Set  a  sand.stone,  19x7x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  i-sec. 
cor.  marked  S.  C.  i  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of 
stone,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3h  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high, 
N.  of  cor. 
Leave  meadow  land,  bears  N.  10'^  E.  and  S. ;  begin  ascent  of  ridge. 
Top  of  granite  ridge  300  ft.  above  meadow,  bears  N.  and  8. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen 
is  22  Iks. ;  iiosition  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.80  chs. 
By  2nd  set,  80.11  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 


154 

Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  23  East — Concluded. 


Chains. 
80.00 


N.  24.44  ft.  from  the  tangent, 

Set  a  granite  stone,  22x7x5  ins.,  17  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  Tp.  13  N.,  Ks.  23  and  24  E.,  marked  S.  C,  on  N. ;  with  6  grooves  on 
N.,  E.,  and  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 
highj  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 

August  28, 1890. 


For  the  Y>urpose  of  illustration,  these  specimen  field  notes  of  the  aiirvey  of  the 
third  standard  parallel  north,  will  be  continued  through  range  24  east ;  assuming  that 
the  sur\ey  has  been  executed  with  a  solar  compass  or  a  transit  trith  solar  attachment. 

Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  24  East. 


Chains, 


20.40 


Survey  commenced  August  28,  1890,  and  executed  with  a  light  mountain 

transit  with  solar  attachment,  No.  ,  made  by  W.  &  L.  E.  Gurlcy. 

The  horizontal  limb  is  provided  with  two  opposite  verniers,  reading 
to  30"  of  arc,  which  is  also  the  least  count  of  the  verniers  of  the  lati- 
tude and  declination  arcs. 

I  begin  at  the  Standard  Corner  of  Townships  13  North,  Banges  23  and  24 
East,  which  I  estabUshed  August  28,  1890.*  Latitude  45°  34'.5  N., 
longitude  107°  31'  W. 

In  order  to  test  the  solar  apparatus,  by  comparing  the  results  of  observa- 
tions on  the  sun,  made  during  a.  m.  and  p.  m.  hours,  with  a  true  merid- 
ian, determined  by  observations  on  Polaris,  I  proceed  as  follows : 

At  4^  2'"  p.  m.,  local  mean  time,  I  set  off  45°  34'. 5  on  the  latitude  arc;  9° 
30'. 5  N.,  on  the  declination  arc;  and  mark  the  true  meridian  thus  deter- 
mined with  the  solar,  by  a  cross  on  a  stone  firmly  set  in  the  ground,  5 
chs.  N.  of  the  instrument. 

At  8*^  56""  1  p.  m.,  by  my  watch,  which  is  2'"  fast  of  local  mean  time,  I 
observe  Polaris  at  eastern  elongation,  in  accordance  with  instructions  in 
tlie  Manual,  and  mark  the  line  thus  determined,  by  a  tack  driven  in  a 
wooden  plug  set  in  the  ground,  5  chains  north  of  my  station. 

August  28,  1890. 


August  29 :  At  6  a.  m.,  I  lay  off  the  azimuth  of  Polaris,  1°  49'. 5,  to  the  irest 
and  mark  the  true  mkridian  thus  determined,  liy  cutting  a  small 
groove  in  the  stone  set  last  evening,  on  which  the  true  meridian  falls 
0.2  ins.  ivest  of  the  mark  determined  by  the  solar. 

At  8''  a.  m.,  I  set  off  45°  34'.  5,  on  the  lat.  arc;  9°  16'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc, 
and  mark  the  true  meridian  determined  with  the  solar,  by  a  cross  on 
the  stone  already  set  5  chs.  N.  of  my  station;  this  mark  falls  0.3  ins. 
tvest  of  the  true  meridian  established  by  the  Polaris  observation. 

The  solar  apparatus,  by  p.  m.  and  a.  m.  observations,  dolines  positions  for 
true  meridians,  about  0'  11"*  east,  and  0'  1(3"*  ^ve^t  of  the  meridi;in 
established  by  the  I'olaris  observation;  therefore,  I  conclude  that  the 
adjustments  of  the  instrument  are  satisfactory. 

Tlio  magnetic  bearing  of  the  true  meridian,  at  8''  a.  m.,  is  N.  18°  10'  W. ;  the 
angle  thus  detorniined,  reduced  by  the  table,  page  100,  gives  the  mean 
mag.  decl.  18°  04'  east. 

From  the  standard  cor.  above  described,  I  run 
l^ast,  on  S.  bdy.  sec.  31. 

Over  stony  ground. 

Begin  descent  from  ridge,  bears  N.  and  S. 


*  Wliou  the  cornoT  at  -wliich  the  survey  liegius,  shall  have  lipen  established  niulpr  a  prior  rontiaet, 
the  words  "which  I  estahlished  August  28,  1890,"  will  be  omitted:  and  in  descriliiug  the  corner,  the 
deputy  will  write  (e.  g.),  "which  is  a  .sand.stonc,  5X7 >  5  ins.  above  ground,  lirinly  set,  and  marked  and 
witnessed  as  described  by  the  survc\or  ^icneral;"  in  all  ca.ses  luaUin;;  the  df.scription  agree  with  the 
facts.  The  latitude  and  longitude,  to  the  nearest  wliole  minute,  will  be  8U])plied  by  the  surveyor 
general  in  hi.s  special  written  instructions  and  will  he  marked  on  the  accompanying  diagram,  at  the 
point  where  the  survey  will  begin;  and,  I'rom  the  data  thus  provided,  the  dei)uty  will  determine  the 
geographical  position  of  other  points,  by  api)licatiou  of  the  rules  following  Table  X,  page  135. 

t  These  angles  are  too  small  to  measure  witli  ordinary  field  instruments;  but,  when  the  mark  is  5  chs. 
dist.,  as  in  this  case,  the  angles  may  be  ubtaiued,  iu  seco7idt  of  arc,  by  dividing  the  falliii;;a,  0.2  and 0.3 
ios.,  by  0.019. 


155 
TJiird  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  24  East — Continued. 


Chains. 


40.00 


46.00 

56.00 
71.26 


80.00 


3.80 
20.50 


40.00 


40.  r>o 
56.  00 
59.  50 
68.50 

72.00 


80. 00 


Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  cbainmen, 
is  20  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.90  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.10  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  granite  stone,  20x7x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  gi'ound,  for  standard  J  sec. 
cor.,  marlced  S.  C.  i,  on  N.  lace;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base, 
1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Foot  of  descent,  320  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  bears  N.  and  S. ;  thence  over 

level  land. 
Eluter  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  and  S.  16°  E. 

A  jiine,  22  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E.  and  W.  sides. 
Diffei-ence  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
Is  18  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.09  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.91  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Bet  a  granite  stone,  22x8x6  Ins.,  17  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  sees.  31  and  32,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.,  with  5  grooves  on  E.  and  1  groove 
on  W.  faces ;  from  which 

A  pine,  26  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  22°  E.,  15  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  13N.,  E.24E.,  S.  32,  B.  T. 
A  pine,  30  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  67°  W.,  21  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.13N.,  R.24E.,  S.31,  B.  T. 
Land,  mountainous  and  level. 
Soil,  stony  and  loam ;  2nd  and  4th  rate. 
Timber,  pine  and  some  ash. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  70.00  chs. 


East,  on  S.  bdy.  sec.  32. 
Through  heavy  pine  timber. 
Creek,  7  Iks.  wide  in  ravine,  9  ft.  deep ;  course  S. 
Creek,  10  Iks.  wide  in  ravine,  12  ft.  deep ;  course  S.  21°  E. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  6  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  40.03  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.97  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
A  pine,  19  ins.  diam.,  for  standard  f  sec.  cor.,  1  mark 
S.  C,  i  S.  on  N.  side ;  from  which 
A  pine,  22  ins,  diam.,  bears  N.  41°  E.,  24  Iks.  disfc.,  marked 

S.  C.,iS.,  B.T. 
An  a.sh,  18  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  47°  W.,  31  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
S.C.,iS.,  B.T. 
Leave  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. ;  begin  steep  ascent. 
Top  of  bare  granite  ridge,  200  ft.  high,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Begin  descent  of  E.  slope. 
Creek,  10  Iks.  wide;   in  ravine  20  ft.  deep,  230  ft.  below  top  of  ridge; 

course  S. 
Enter  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. ;  thence  over  level  land. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  8  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  79.  96  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  80.04  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  granite  stone,  24x8x4  ins.,  18  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  sees.  32  and  33,  marked  S.  C.  on  N.,  with  4  grooves  on  E.  and  2  grooves 
on  W.  faces;  from  which 

A  pine,  18  in.  diam.,  bears  N.  62^°  E.,  26  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.13N.,R.24E.,  S.33.,B.T. 
A  inne,  28  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  26i°  W.,  31  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.13N.,K.24E.,  S.32B.T. 
L.ind,  level  and  mountainous. 
Soil,  loam  and  rock;  Ist  and  4tih  rate. 
Timber,  pine. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  80.00  chs. 


156 
Third  Standard  Parallel  N'orth,  tltroaijlt  Eaufjs  21  East — ContiniietT. 


4.  20 
io.OO 
22.  30 


10.  00 


44.  00 
51.00 
55.  00 

70. 50 


80.  0. 


9.32 

10.00 
13.  80 
25.  90 
36.  00 


37.00 


38. 40 

40.00 

42.  -J) 
42.  50 
75.  L'O 


East,  on  S.  bdy.  sec.  33. 

Through  heavy  piue  timher,  over  level  land, 
Indian  trail,  bears  N.  18^  W.  and  S.  18-'  E. 
Leave  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  15*^  W.  and  S. 
Indian  trail,  bears  N.  31°  E.  and  S.  31^  W. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  40. (  0  clis.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  8  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  jioint 
By  1st  set,  39.96  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.04  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15  X  8  X  6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  i 
sec.  cor.,  marked  S.  C.  ^  on  N.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft. 
base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Leave  level  lautl,  begin  ascent  of  stonv  ridge,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Indian  trail,  bears  N.  22  \V.  and  S.  22  E. 
Top  of  ridge,  130  ft.  high,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Begin  descent  of  E.  slope. 

^•"oot  of  descent,  enter  heavy  oak  timber  on  level  land,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  18  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.09  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.91  chs. ;  the  moan  of  which  is 
An  oak,  20  ins.  diam.,  for  standard  cor.  of  sees.  33  and  34,  I  mark 
S.  C,  T.13N.,  R.24E.onN., 
S.  34  on  E.,  and 
S.  33  on  AV.  sides ;  from  which 
•      An  oak,  25  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  71°  E.,  22  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.    13 
N.,  E.24E.,  S.34,  B.T. 
An  oak,  27  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  18^°  \V.,26  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.   13 
N.,R.24E.,S.33.  B.T. 
Land,  level  and  mountainous. 
Soil,  stony  and  gravelly  loam;  2nd  and  3rd  rate. 
Timber,  pine  and  oak. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  56.00  chs. 


August  29,  1890:  1  set  off  9°  12'. 5  on  the  decl.  arc;  and,  at  12''  00'"  44»  by 
my  watch,  which  is  3'"  fast  of  local  mean  time,  observe  the  sun  on  the 
meridian,  and  obtain  on  the  lat.  arc  the  reading  45°  35',  which  is  the 
lat.,  nearly. 
East,  on  S.  bdy.  sec.  34. 
Through  heavy  oak  timber. 

An  oak,  28  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E  and  W.  sides. 
Leave  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  N.  and  8. 
Creek,  6  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  13  ft.  deep,  course  S. 

Enter  dense  aspen  thicket,  extends  N.  about  14  chs.  and  S.  about  10  chs. 
Leave  dense  aspen  thicket, "l)ears  M.  22^  E.  and  S.  22°  W. 
At  38.40  chs.,  right  bank  of  shallow  stream 

Difference  l)etween  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  14  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.93  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.07  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which,  40.00  chs.,  falls  in  stream 
with  quicksand  bottom;  therefore,   I  perpetuate  the  corner  on 
solid  ground,  as  follows: 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15x9x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  witness  cor.  to 
standard  }  sec.  cor.,  markcil  W.  C,  5.  C.  J,  on  N.  face;  from  wliich 

An  aspen,  4  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  88^°  W.,  102  Iks.  dist.,  marked  W. 

C,  S.  C.iS.,  B.T. 
An  asjjcn,  3  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  55°  W.,  110  Iks.  dist.,  marked  W.  C. 
S.  C.  i  S.,  B.  T. 
Right  bank  of  shallow  stream;  bank  1  ft.  high;  clear  water,  2  to  6  ins. 

deep;  gentle  current,  over  quicksand  bottom;  course S.  17°  W. 
Point  for  ^  sec.  cor  falls  in  stream. 

Leave  shallow  stream;  bank,  2  ft.  high,  bears  S.  17°  W. 
Leave  level  land,  begin  ascent  of  ridge,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Top  of  ridge,  250  ft.  high,  bears  N.  and  8. 


157 
Third  Standard  Paridlcl  Xorth,  ^li rough  Banr/e  34  East — Continued. 


Chains, 


80.00 


2.50 
36.00 
36.50 


40.00 


45.30 
49.90 
59.50 


80.00 


4.80 
10.00 
16. 50 
20.00 

26.00 


40.00 


41. 50 


Difterence  between  measurements  of  80.00  cks.,  by  two  sets  of  chainnien, 

is  20  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.90  chs. 

By  2ud  set,  80.10  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Setagrauite  stone,  16x8x6  ins.,  11  ins.  in  the  j^round,  for  standard  cor.  of 

sees.  34  and  35,  marked  S.  C.  on  N.,  with  2  grooves  on  E.  and  4  grooves 

on  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ffc.  high,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of 

cor.    Pits  impracticable. 
At  this  cor.  I  erect  a  signal  for  a  test  sight  from  some  point  to  the  east. 
Land,  mountainous  and  level. 
Soil,  stony  and  sandy ;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
Timber,  oak,  pine,  and  young  as])en. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  laud,  or  laud  covered  with  dense  uuder- 

growth,  47.60  chs. 


East,  on  S.  bdy.  sec.  35. 

Over  stony  ground. 

Begin  descent. 

Foot  of  descent,  280  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  bears N.  1.5°  E.  and  S.  lo'^  W. 

Creek,  12  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  40  ft.  deep,  course  N.    15'^  E. ;  begin  steep 

ascent. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chaiumen, 

is  18  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.09  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.91  chs;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Falls  on  a  boulder,  7x6x4  ft.  above  ground: 
I  cut   a  cross  (X)  at  the   exact   cor.  jjoint  for   standard  J  sec.  cor.,  mark 

S.  C,  i,  on  the  N.  side;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 

high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Top  of  ridge,  160  ft.  above  ravine,  bears  N.  15"  E.  and  S.  15°  W. 
Begiu  desceut  of  E.  slope. 
Foot  of  descent,  140  below  top  of  ridge,  bears  N.  15°  E.  and  S.  15°  W. ; 

thence  over  level  ground. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chaiumen, 

is  16  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.92  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  80.08  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Seta  granite  stone,  15x7x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  >iandard  cor. 

of  sees.  35  and  36,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.,  with  1  groove  on  t.  and  5  grooves 

on  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of 

cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Land,  mouutainous  and  level. 
Soil  stony;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 
Mountainous  land,  59.50  chs. 


East,  on  S.  bdy.  sec.  36. 

Ascend  over  rough,  stony  ground. 

Top  of  ridge,  50  ft.  high,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Begin  descent  of  E.  slope. 

Enter  dense  aspen  thicket,  extends  N.  and  S.,  about  15  chs. 

Foot  of  descent,  about  .50  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  bears  N.  and  S. ;  thence 

over  level  laud. 
Leave  dense  aspen  thicket,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chaiumen, 

is  14  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  40.07  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.93  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Deposit  a  marked  stone,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  J  sec.  cor. ; 

dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  cor.,  4  It.  dist. ;    and  raise  a 

mound  of  earth,  3}  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 
In  E.  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12   ins.  in  the  ground, 

marked  ^  S.  ou  N.  face. 
Enter  dense  willow  and  cottonwood  undergrowth,  extends  N.,  12,  and  S., 

8  chs. 


158 
TJiird  Standard  Parallel  North,  through  Range  21  East — Concluded. 


Chairis, 

56.00 
61.00 
72.00 
78.10 


80.00 


Leave  dense  undergrowth,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Enter  dense  cottonwood  brush,  extends  N.  and  S.,  9  to  14  chs. 

Leave  dense  cottonwood  brush,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Creek,  8  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  20  ft.  deep,  course  N.  35"^  E. ;  ascend. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  12  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.94  chs. 
By  2nd  set,  80.06  clis. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 

Set  a  granite  stone,  20x6x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor. 
of  Tps.  13  N.,  Rs.  24  and  25  E.,  marked  S.  C,  on  N.,  with  6  grooves  on 
N.,  E.,  and  W.  faces;  dig  pits,  30x24x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line, 
E.  and  ^Y.,  4  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of 
earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

This  cor.  is  about  40  ft.  above  bottom  of  ravine. 

I^and,  mountainous  and  level. 

Soil,  stony  aud  sandy  loam ;  2nd  and  4th  rates. 

Timber,  small  as])ens;  cottonwood  and  willoAv  undergrowth. 

Mountainous  land,  or  land  covered  with  dense  undergrowth,  51.50  chs. 

August  29, 1890:  I  set  up  the  instrument  at  the  last  described  Tp.  cor.  and 
immediately  after  sunset,  at  6'^  39™  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  direct  the  telescope  to 
the  signal  established  at  the  cor.  of  sees.  34  aud  35,  and  note  the  read- 
ings of  the  horizontal  limb^  as  follows- 


Vernier  A,      3    47    30 
Vernier  B,      3    47    00 


Mean,  3    47    15 

At  7''  13"'  p.  m.,  I  unclamp  the  vernier  plate,  observe  Polaris  in  accord- 
ance with  instructions  in  the  manual,  and  mark  the  direction  thus  deter- 
mined by  a  tack  driven  in  a  wooden  plug  firmly  set  in  tbe  ground,  5 
chs.  north  of  the  corner.  The  readings  of  the  horizontal  limb  at  the 
instant  of  observation  are  as  follows: 

o  '         /' 

Vernier  A,  92    07    40 
Vernier  B,  92    07    30 

Mean,  92    07    35 

Ist  mean,      3    47    15 

Angle,      88    20    20 

h.    m. 

Astron.  1.  m.  t.  of  obs.,  Aug.  29 7    13.0 

h.        m. 

U.  C.  Polaris,  Aug.  15 , 15    40.1 

Red.  to  Aug.  28 51.0 

U.  C.  Polaris,  Aug.  28 14    49.1  14    49.1 

Uonr  angle  of  Polaris  at  oljs 16    23.  9 

Subtract  from 23    56. 1 

Time  argument  for  Table  III 7    32.2 

Azimuth  of  Polaris  at  obs 1°  39'   00"  E. 

Add  above  angle 88    20    20 

'i'he  obsej-ved  bearing  of  signal  is N.  89    59    20  W. 

The  true  bearing  is N.  89    59    07  W. 

The  difference 0    00    13         is  the  de- 

viation of  the  last  tAvo  miles  of  the  standard  parallel,  north  of 
east;  which,  being  less  than  the  probable  errors  of  observation, 
I  deem  the  standard  parallel  satisfactorily  established. 

August  29,  1890. 


159 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 

Through  rani^cs  21  and  22  tliis  line  runs  across  low  mountain  ridcjes  and  streams 
having  a  northeasterly  trend,  while  low  level  prairies  are  traversed  through  ranges 
22  and  23,  and  low-timbered  ridges  with  a  northerly  trend  in  range  24. 

The  land  south  of  the  line  is  of  a  mountainous  and  broken  character,  well  watered 
and  containing  large  groves  of  pine,  oak,  and  hr  timher  of  a  fair  quality,  while  that 
to  the  north  consists  of  rolling  prairie  and  meadow  land,  which  should  he  subdivided. 

lllCHARD    lv001>S, 

U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 


FINAL  OATHS  OF  DEPUTY  SURVEYORS  AND  THEIR  ASSISTANTS. 

LIST   OF  NAMES. 

A  list  of  the  names  of  the  individuals  employed  by  Richard  Roods,  U.  S.  deputy 
surveyor,  to  assist  in  running,  measuring,  and  marking  the  lines  and  comers 
described  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  the  Third  Standard  Parallel 
North,  through  Ranges  Nos.  21,  22,  2,3,  and  24  East  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian 
in  the  State  of  Montana,  showing  the  re.spective  capacities  in  which  they  acted. 

Peter  Long Chainman. 

.John  Short Chainman. 

Eli  Marker Chainman, 

William  Tally Chainman. 

Lewis  Link Chainman. 

Henry  Clay Moundman. 

WiLLiAJsi  Stone Mountkuan. 

George  Shakp Axman, 

Adam  Dull Axman. 

James  Banner Flagman. 

*     FINAL  oaths  of    ASSISTANTS. 

I  hereby  certify  that  I  assisted  Richard  Roods,  United  States  deputy  surveyor,  in 
surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through 
Ranges  Nos,  21  and  22  East  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Mon- 
tana, which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  as  having  been  surveyed  by 
him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has  been  in  all  respects,  to  the 
best  of  our  knowledge  and  belief,  well  and  faithfully  surveyed,  and  the  corner 
monuments  estal)lished  according  to  the  instructions  furnished  by  the  United  States 
surveyor  general  for  Montana, 

John  Short,  Chainman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  27th  day  of  August,  1890. 

Richard  Roods, 

U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 

"We  hereby  certify  that  we  assisted  Richard  Roods,  United  States  deputy  surveyor, 
in  surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  through 
Ranges  Nos.  21,  22,  23,  and  24  East  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian  in  the  State  of 
Montana,  which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  as  having  been  surveyed 
by  him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has  been  in  all  respects,  to  the 
best  of  our  knowledge  and  belief,  well  and  faithfully  surveyed,  and  the  corner  mon- 
uments established  afcordiug  to  the  instructions  furnished  by  the  United  States 
surveyor  general  for  Montana, 

Peter  Long,  Chainman. 

Eli  Marker,  Chainman. 

William  Tally,  Chainman. 

Henry  Clay,  Moundman. 

William  Stone,  Moundman. 

George  Sharp,  Axman. 

Adam  Dull,  Axman. 

James  Banner,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  first  day  of  September,  1890. 

[seal.]  William  Martin,  Notary  Public. 


160 

I  hereby  certify  that  I  assisted  Richard  Roods,  United  States  deputy  surTeyor,  in 
surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  Third  Standard  Parallel  North,  throuoh 
Ranges  Nos.  23  and  24  East  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Mon- 
tana, which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing  field  notes,  as  having  been  surveyed  by 
him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has  been  in  all  respects,  to  the 
best  of  our  knowledge  and  belief,  well  and  faithfully  surveyed,  and  the  corner 
monuments  estal)lisbed  according  to  the  instructions  furnished  by  the  United  States 
surveyor  general  lor  Montana. 

Lewis  Link.  Chainman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me,  this  first  day  of  September,  1890. 

[SEAL.]  William  Martin, 

Notary  Fublic. 

FINAL   OATH   OF   UNITED   STATES  DEPUTY  SURVEYOR. 

I,  Richard  Roods,  United  States  deputy  surveyor,  do  solemnly  swear  that  in  pur- 
suance of  a  contract  received  from  A B ,  United  States  surveyor  general  for  Mon- 
tana, bearing  date  of  the  tenth  day  of  July,  1889,  I  have  well,  faithfully,  and  truly, 
in  my  own  ])roper  person,  and  in  strict  conformity  with  the  instructions  furnished 
by  the  United  States  surveyor  general  for  Montana,  the  Manual  of  Surveying 
Instructions,  and  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  surveyed  all  those  parts  or  portions 
of  the  Third  Standard  Parallel  North  through  Ranges  Nos.  21, 22,  23  and  24  East  of  the 
Principal  Base  and  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana,  which  are  represented  in  the 
foregoing  field  notes  as  having  been  surveyed  by  me  and  under  my  direction  ;  and  I 
do  further  solemnly  swear  that  all  the  corners  of  said  surveys  have  been  established 
and  perpetuated  in  strict  accordance  with  the  Manual  of  Surveying  Instructions 
and  the  special  instructions  of  the  United  States  surveyor  general  for  Montana,  and 
in  the  specific  manner  described  in  the  field  notes,  and  that  the  foregoing  are  the 
orir/iiial  field  notes  of  such  survey:  and  should  any  fraud  be  detected  I  will  suffer  the 
penalty  of  perjury  under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  Congress  approved  August  8, 1846. 

RiciiAKi)  Roods, 

U.  S.  Depnty  Surveyor. 

Subscribed  by  said  Richard  Roods  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  first  day  of  Septem- 
ber, 1890. 

[SEAL.]  A B , 

U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Montana. 


Sn?E01]MEIvr    FIELD    jSTOTES. 

No.  2. 

TITLE    PAGE. 

(Sec  Plate  III.) 


FIELD   NOTES 


OF   TIIK    SURVEY   OV    THK 


SIXTH  GUIDE  MERIDIAi^  EAST 


TowiiF^hips  No.  18   North 
Det\veon  Rarii2,es  Nos.  i3-4  and  25  East 


rUINOIPAL   BASE   AND  MERIDIAN 


ST.VTE   OE  IVIOIS^TA^NA., 

AS   SURVKYICI)   HY 

Pt  I  (J  H  A  R  I )    ROODS, 

U.  S.  DEPUTY  SUIIVEYOK, 

UNDKR  1[I8  CONTRACT  No.  <)7, 
DATED  JULY  10,  IH'JO. 


Siirvci/  commenced  Aiu/ust  :.'9,  1S00. 

tSurvei/  completed  August  30^  1890. 
38G 11    -  ■  ^g^ 


1G2 

[Second  Pnge.] 

If  AMES  AND  DUTIES  OF  ASSISTANTS, 

Peter  Long Chainmau . 

John  Shout Cliainman. 

Eli  MAitKEU Cliainman. 

William  Tally Cliainman. 

Henry  Clay Monndmau. 

William  S tonic Monndmau. 

George  Sharp Axnian. 

Adam  Dull Axiaan. 

James  Bannei: Flagman. 


INDEX. 


1     167 


12     166       7 


13     166      18     S 


T.  13  N. 
K.  24  E. 



T.  13  N 
K.  2o  ^ 

24    le 

i5      19     ^ 

25     165      .30 


f 


36     164      31 

I 


3ril  .StauUurd  Parallel  JJ. 


163 


[Third  Page,] 


PRELIMINARY  OATHS  OF  ASSISTANTS. 

We,  Peter  Long,  John  Short,  Eli  Marker,  and  William  Tally,  do  solemnly  swear 
that  we  will  well  and  faithfully  execute  the  duties  of  chaiumeu;  that  we  will  level 
the  chain  upon  even  and  uneven  ground,  and  plumb  the  tally  pins,  either  by  stick- 
ing or  dropping  the  same;  that  we  will  report  the  true  distances  to  all  notable 
objects,  and  the  true  lengt'.hs  of  all  lines  that  we  assist  in  measuring,  to  the  best  of 
our  skill  and  ability,  and  in  accordance  with  instructions  given  us,  in  the  survey  of 
the  Sixth  Guide  Meridian  East,  through  Townships  No.  13  North,  between  Ranges 
24  and  25  East  of  the  Principal  Base  aud  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Peter  Long,  Chainman. 

John  Short,  Chainman. 

Eli  Marker,  Chainman. 

William  Tally,  Chainman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal.]  Willlam  Martln, 

Notary  Public. 

We,  Henry  Clay  and  William  Stone,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and 
truly  perform  the  duties  of  monndmen,  in  the  establishment  of  corners,  according 
to  the  instructions  given  us,  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  in  the  survey  of 
the  Sixth  Guide  Meridian  East,  through  Townships  No.  13  North,  between  Ranges 
24  and  25  East  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Henry  Clay,  Moundman. 
William  Stone,  Moundman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal.]  William  Martin, 

Notary  PuMic. 

We,  George  Sharp  and  Adam  Dull,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  truly 
perform  the  duties  of  axmeu,  in  the  establishment  of  corners  and  other  duties, 
according  to  the  instructions  given  us,  and  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  in 
the  survey  of  the  Sixth  Guide  Meridian  East,  through  Townships  No.  13  North, 
between  Ranges  24  and 25  East  of  the  Principal  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

George  Sharp,  Axman. 
Adam  Dull,  Axman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal,]  Williaai  Martin, 

Notary  Public. 

I,  James  Banner,  do  solemnly  swear  that  I  will  well  and  truly  perform  the  duties 
of  flagman,  according  to  instructions  given  me,  to  the  best  of  luy  skill  and  ability, 
in  the  survey  of  the  Sixth  Guide  Meridian  East,  through  Townships  No.  13  North, 
between  Ranges  24  aud  25  East  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of 
Montana. 

James  Banner,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1890. 
[seal,]  William  Martin, 

Notary  Public. 


164 
Cth  Guide  Meridian  Uast,  through  Tps.  13  N.,  lietween  Rs.  24  and  25  E. 


Cbaius, 


2.60 

7.50 

17.40 

19.00 

22.00 


40.00 


42.60 
47.00 
53.00 
55.20 
55.  40 
60.  00 
64.00 


80.00 


Survey  commenced  August  29,  1890,  and  executed  with  a  W.  &  L.  E.  Gur- 
ley  light  mountain  trausit,  No. — ,  the  horizontal  liinb  being  provided 
Avitli  two  opposite  vevuiers  reading  to  30"  of  arc. 

I  begin  at  the  Standard  Corner  of  Township  13  North,  Ranges  24  and  25 
East,  which  I  established  August  29, 1890.*  Latitude  45^  34'.5  N.,  lon- 
gitude 107°  24'  W. 

At  this  corner,  at  8''  51'"  p.  ra.,  by  my  watch,  which  is  3™  49^  fast  of  local 
mean  time,  I  observe  Polaris  at  eastern  elongation  in  accordance  with 
instructions  in  the  manuai,t  aud  mark  the  point  in  the  line  thus  deter- 
ujined  by  a  tack  driven  in  a  wooden  plug  set  in  the  ground,  5.00  chs. 
north  of  mv  station. 

August  29,  1890. 


August  30 :  At  6''  30"'  a.  m.,  I  lay  off  the  azimuth  of  Polaris,  1"^  49'.5  to  the 
vest,  and  mark  the  True  Meridiax  thus  determined  by  a  cross  on  a 
stone  tirmly  set  in  the  ground,  west  of  the  point  established  last  night. 
The  magnetic  bearing  \  of  the  true  meridian  is  N.  18^  05'  W.,  which  reduced 
bv  the  table  on  page  100  of  the  Manual  gives  the  mean  mag.  decl.  18° 
02'  E. 
From  the  standard  cor.  I  ran 
Nortli,  bet.  Sees.  31  and  36. 
Descend  over  ground  sloj)ing  N.  W. 

Creek  10  Iks.  wide  in  ravine,  45  ft.  below  the  Tp.  cor.,  course  N.  32^^  W. 
To  edge  of  table  land,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. ;  thence  over  level  laud. 
Bluff  bank,  bears  N.  58"  W.  and  S.  58-  E. ;  descend  abruptly  40  ft. 
Bottom  of  ravine,  course  S.  58°  E. ;  ascend  50  feet  to 

Edge  of  table  land,  bears  S.  58^^  E.  and  N.  .58'-  W. ;  thence  over  level  land. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  18  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  40.09  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  39.91  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a   limestone,  16x7x5  ins.,  11   ins.  in  the  ground,  for  \    sec.   cor., 
marked  \  on  W.  face,   and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1-V  ft. 
high,  W.  of  cor. 
Stream,  6  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  15  ft.  deep,  course  N.  60^^  W. 
Enter  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  E.  and  AV. 

An  oak,  30  ius.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E.  and  W.  sides. 
Creek,  20  Iks.  wide,  1  ft.  deep,  course  N.  83°  W. 
Right  bank  of  creek,  begin  very  steep  rocky  ascent. 
Toji  of  ridge,  250  ft.  above  creek,  bears  N.  80'^  W.  and  S.  80^^  E. 
Begin  descent.  * 

Difference  bet.  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  chainmen,  is  22  Iks.; 
position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  79.89  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  80.11  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
The  point  for  sec.  cor.,  150  ft.  below  ton  of  ridge,  falls  on  a  flat  rock  in 

place,  10  ft.  E.  aud  W.  by  6  ft.  N.  and  s',  on  which  1 
Cut  a  cross  (  x)  at  the  exact  cor.  point,  for  cor.  of  sees.  25,  30,  31,  and  36, 
marked  with  5  grooves  on  N  and  1  groove  on  S.  sides;  from  which 

An  oak,  10  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  22^  E.,  54  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13 

N.,  R.  25E.,  S.  30,  B.  T. 
A  dogwood.  5  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  64^'^  E.,  40  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T. 

13N.,  K.  25E.,  S.  31,  B.  T. 
An  ash,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  51^^  W.,  37  links  dist.,  marked  T.  13 

N.,  R.  34E.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 
An  oak,  9  ins.  in  <liara..  bears  X.  34°  W.,  42  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T. 
13  N.,  R.  24  E.,  S.  25,  B.  T. 
LaTid,  level  and  mountainous. 
Soil,  gi'avel  and  rock;  4tb  rate. 
Timl>er,  oak. 
Mountainous  or  heavily-timbered  land,  33.00  chs. 


*  See  footnote,   page]  54. 


tSec  pitge  105. 


J  See  footnote,  page  106. 


165 
CAh  Guide  Meridian  East,  through  Tps.  13  iV.,  etc. — Coutiuued. 


Chains. 
2.00 


3.50 

8.50 

13. 00 

17.10 

20.90 


40.00 


80.00 


35.00 


40.00 


40.30 
44.00 

48.50 
55.00 
61.70 


80.00 


North,  bet.  sees.  25  aud  30. 
Descend  through  heavy  oak  timber. 

Precijjitous  descent  of  60  ft.,  down  whicli  I  can  not  chiiin;  set  a  Haj;  on 
line  at  foot  of  precij)ice;    measure  a  base  east  4  chs.  to  a  point,  I'rom 
whicli  the  Hag  bears  N.  68^~  W. ;  which  yives  for  the  distance  (by  trav- 
erse table)  1.50  chs.,  which,  added  to  2.00  chs.,  makes 
To  foot  of  precipice,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  thence,  descend. 
Leave  heavy  oak  timbei',  bears  E.  and  \V. 
Ik'fiin  abrupt  descent. 
To  creek,  10  Iks.  wide,  pure  Avater,  course  N.  70°  W. ;  240  ft.  below  top  of 

ridge.     Ascend  20  ft.  to 
Edue  of  level  plain,  bears  N.  80  W.  and  S.  80=  E. 

Uill'eieuce  bet.  measurcnients  of  40.00   chs..  hy  two  sets  of  chainmen,  is 
20  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.90  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.10  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  foresee,  cor.,  marked  I  S.,  on  W.  face;    dig  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Dilf.  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen,  is  6 
Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.03  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79,97  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.^  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  fur  cor.  of  sees.  19,  24,  25,  and  30,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  S.  19  on  N.  E. 
R.25E.,S.30onS.  E. 
S.  25  on  S.  W.,  and 

R.  24  E.,  S.  24  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  4  notches  on  i^.  and  2  notches 
on  S.  edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.,  5^  ft.  dist. ;  aud 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  mountainous  and  level. 
Soil,  stony  and  sandy;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  oak. 
Mountainous  or  heavily-timbered  land,  20.90  chs. 


North,  bet.  sees.  19  and  24. 
Over  descending  ground. 
Ravine,  20  ft.  wide.  8  ft.  deep,  course  E. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  6  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  .set,  39.97  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.03  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  cedar  po.st,  3  ft.  long.  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.,  marked  iS.,  on  W.face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins., 
N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^- 
ft.  high,  \Y.  of  cor. 
Enter  willow  brush,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Leave  willow  brush,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  Ford's  Creek,  22  Iks.  wide ;  banks, 

3  ft.  high;  pure  water,  gentle  current;  course  E. 
Ford's  Creek,  24  Iks.  wide,  course  W. 
Ford's  Creek,  26  Iks.  wide,  course  N.  70°  E, 
Ravine,  15  ft.  wide,  6  ft.  deep,  course  E. 

Difference  between  nieasurenients  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  .sets  of  chainmen, 
is  12  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.06  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.94  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Deposit  a  quart  of  charcoal,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  13, 18, 
19,  and  24;   dig  ])its,  18x18x12  ins.,  m  each  sec,  4  ft.  dist.;  and  raise 
a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  S.  E.  pit  drive  a  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 

marked 
T.  13N.,S.  ISonN.E., 
R.  25  E.,  S.  19on  S.  E., 
S.  24  on  S.  W.,  and 
E.  24  E.,  S.  13  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  3  notches  on  N.  and  S.  edges. 


166 


6th  Guide  Meridian  East,  through  Tps.  13  N'.,  etc. — Continued. 


Chains. 


29.00 
34.10 
35.20 
3.7. 50 


40.00 


47.00 
56.50 
63.00 


80.00 


2.00 
7.50 

37.00 


40.00 


71.00 
74.00 
79.  50 


80.00 


Land,  nearly  all  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam  and  clay;  1st  and  4th  rate. 

No  timber. 


North,  bet.  sees.  13  and  18. 

Over  nearly  leyel  plain ;  gradually  ascend. 

Begin  ascent  to  ridge,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Top  of  ridge,  60  ft.  above  plain,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Begin  descent  from  ridge. 

Foot  of  descent;  branch,   10  Iks.  wide  in  ravine   5  ft.  deep;  course  E. 

ascend. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  16  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  39.92  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.08  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  :J  sec.  cor., 

marked  i  on  W.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  li  ft. 

high,  W.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Begin  ascent  of  rijlge,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Top  of  ridge,  400  ft.  above  plain,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Begin  descent. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.  00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 

is  22  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  80.11  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.89  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15x8x6  Ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees. 

7, 12, 13,  and  18,  marked  with  2  notches  on  N.  and  4  notches  on  S.  edges; 

and  raise  a   mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  14^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.      Pits 

impracticable. 
This  cor.  stands  on  a  bench,  about  350  ft.  below  top  of  ridge. 
Laud,  level  and  mountainous. 
Soil,  sandy  loam  and  rocky ;  2nd  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 
Mountainous  land,  11.50  chs. 


North,  bet.  sees.  7  and  12. 

Over  level  land. 

Begin  ascent,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Top  of  low  ridge,  20  ft.  above  sec.  cor.,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  thence,  descend 

gradually. 
Branch,  6  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine,  10  ft.  deep,  course  E. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  12  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.  94  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.  06  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  a  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.,  marked  i  S.  on  W.  face;  dig  pits.  18x18x12 ins., 
N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^^ 
ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Thence  over  plain  gradually  ascending. 
Begin  descent  to  creek,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Foot  of  descent;  creek,  12  Iks.  wide,  course  E.     Ascend. 
To  top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  level  jilaiu,  bears  E.  and  N.  75°  W. 
Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  14  Iks. ;  jiosition  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  80.07  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  79.93  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  11  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  (or  cor.  of  sees.  7, 12, 13,  and  18,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  S.OonN.E., 
K.25E.,S.7onS.E., 
S.  12onS.  W.,and 

K.  24  E.,  S.  1  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  1  notch  on  N.  and  5  notches  on 
S.  edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5^  ft.  dist.;  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  It.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 


167 
6th  Ouide  Meridian  Uast,  through  Tps.  13  iV.,  etc. — Concluded. 


Chains, 


18.00 


40.00 


61.00 


80.00 


Land,  nearly  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  2nd  rate. 

No  timber. 


North,  bet.  sees.  1  and  6. 
Over  level  land. 

Branch  4  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  6  ft.  deep,  course  E. 

Diflerence  between  measurements  of  40.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  cbainmen, 
is  6  Iks. ;  position  of  middle  point 
By  1st  set,  39.97  chs. 

By  2nd  set,  40.03  chs;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Deposit   a  marked   stone,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  dig  pits, 
18x18x12  ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
3i  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 
In  S.  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

i  S.  on  W.  face. 
Creek,  12  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  23°  E. 

Difference  between  measurements  of  80.00  chs.,  by  two  sets  of  chainmen, 
is  4  Iks. ;  })08ition  of  middle  point 
By  Ist  set,  80.02  chs. 

By  2ud  set,  79.98  chs. ;  the  mean  of  which  is 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  cor.  of  Tps.  13  and  14  N.,  Rs.  24  and  25  E.,  marked 
T.  14N.,S.31  ouN.  E., 
R.25E.,S.6  onS.E., 
T.  13  N.,  S.  1  on  S.  W.,  and 

R.  24  E.,  S.  36  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  6  notches  on  each  edge;  dig 
pits,  N.,  E.,  and  W.,  4  ft.  and   S.  of  post,  8  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  Ist  rate. 
No  timber. 

August  30,  1890. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


Townships  13  N.,  Ranges  24  and  25  East,  are  generally  rolling  table-lands,  produc- 
ing an  abundant  growth  of  grass,  and  there  is  some  good  land  along  Ford's  Creek 
and  its  tributaries.  About  two  miles  east  of  the  corner  of  Tps.  13  and  14  N.,  Rs.  24 
and  25  E.,  is  a  lake  some  two  and  half  miles  long  by  two  miles  wide,  lying  in  Tps. 
13  and  14  N.,  R.  25  E. 

Richard  Roods, 

U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 
August  30,  1890. 


168 


FINAL  OATHS  OF  DETUTY  SURVEYORS  AND  THEIR  ASSISTANTS. 

LIST   OF   NAMES. 

A  list  of  the  names  of  the  iudividuals  employed  by  Richard  Roods,  U.  S.  deputy 
surveyor,  to  assist  in  running,  measuring,  aud  marking  the  lines  and  corners 
described  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  the  Sixth  Guide  Meridian  J]ast, 
through  Townships  13  North,  between  Ranges  24  and  25  East,  of  the  Principal  Base 
and  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana,  showiug  the  respective  capacities  in  which 
they  acted. 

Petkr  Long Chainman. 

JuuN  Shout Chainman. 

Eli  Marker Chainman. 

William  Tally Chainman, 

Hexrv  Clay Moundman. 

William  Stoxe Moundman. 

George  Sharp Axman-. 

Adam  Dull Axman. 

.James  Banner Flagman. 

FINAL    oaths    of    assistants. 

We  hereby  certify  that  we  assisted  Richard  Roods,  U.  S.  deputy  surveyor,  in 
surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  Sixth  Guide  Meridian  East,  through 
Townships  13  North,  between  Ranges  24  and  25  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and 
Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana,  which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing  field  notes 
as  having  been  surveyed  by  him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has 
been  in  all  respects,  to  the  best  of  our  knowledge  aud  belief,  well  and  faithfully 
surveyed,  aud  the  corner  monuments  established  according  to  the  instructions  fur- 
nished by  the  United  States  surveyor  general  for  Montana. 

Peter  Long,  Chainman. 

.John  Short,  Chainman. 

Eli  Marker,  Chainman. 

William  Tally,  Chainman. 

P^;nry  Clay,  Moundman. 

William  Stone,  Moundman. 
'  George  Sharp,  Axman. 

Adasi  Dull,  Axman. 

James  Banner,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  first  day  of  Se})teniber,  1890. 

[seal.]  William  Martin,  Notary  Puhlie. 

FINAL   oath    of    united    STATES    DEPUTY    SURA  EYOR. 

I,  Richard  Roods,  United  States  deputy  surveyor,  do  solemnly  swear  that  in  pur- 
suance of  a  contract  received  from  A B ,  United  States  surveyor  general  foi 

Montana,  bearing  date  of  the  tenth  day  of  July,  1890,  I  have  well,  faithfully,  and 
truly,  in  my  own  proper  person,  and  iu  strict  conformity  with  the  iustrnctious  fur- 
nished by  the  United  States  surveyor  gener.il  for  Montana,  the  Manual  of  Surveying 
Instructions,  and  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  surveyed  all  those  parts  or  portions 
of  the  Sixth  Guide  Meridian  East,  through  Townships  13  North,  between  Ranges  24 
and  25  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana,  which  are 
represented  in  the  loregoing  held  notes  as  having  btien  surveyed  by  me  and  under  my 
direction  ;  and  I  do  further  solemnly  swear  that  all  the  corners  of  said  surveys  have 
been  established  and  i)erpetuated  in  strict  accordance  with  the  Manual  of  Surveying 
Instructions,  and  the  s])ecial  instructions  of  the  United  States  stirveyor  general  for 
Montana,  and  in  the  specific  manner  described  in  the  field  notes,  and  that  the  fore- 
going are  the  original  Held  notes  of  such  survey;  aud  should  any  fraud  be  detected  I 
will  suffer  the  penaltv  of  ])erj  ury  under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  Congress  approved 
August  8,  1846. 

Richard  Roods, 
U.  S.   Depulg  Survegor. 

Subscrilicd  by  said  Richard  Roods  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  first  day  of  Sep- 
tember, 1890. 

[seal.]  a B , 

U.  S.  Surveyor -ijleneral  for  Montana, 


SPECIINIEN  FIELD   NOTES. 

No.  3. 

TITLE    PAQE. 
[See  Plate  III.] 


FIELD   NOTES 


OF   THK    SURVEY   OK   THE 


EAST  AND  NORTH  BOUNDARIES 


Township  No.  13  North,  Range  No.  21  P^ast 


PRINCIPAL  RASE  AND  MERIDIAN 


STATE    OF   MONTANA, 

AS   SUKVEYED   BY 

II I  C  H  A  R  D    ROODS, 

U.  S.  DEPUTY  SUKVEYOli, 

UNDER  HIS  CONTRACT  No.  97, 
DATED  JULY  10,  18^0. 


Survey  commenced  September  8,  1800. 
Survey  completed  September  13,  is'jo. 


1G9 


170 


[Second  Page.] 

KAMES  AND  DUTIES  OF  ASSISTANTS. 

Petek  Long Chaiumau. 

John  Shout Chainmau. 

Henky  Clay Moundman. 

William  Stone Moimdmaii. 

Geokge  Sharp Axman. 

Al>am  Dull Axman. 

James  Banner Flagman. 


INDEX. 

31 

32 

33 

34 

175 -— 

—  175  — 

-  —  175  — 

176^ 

6 

5 

4 

3 

35 


36 


175 176 176 176  ^| 


174   6 

I 


T.13N.,  K.21E. 


12   174   7 


13   174   18 


24   174   19 


25   173   30 


36   172   31 


Srd  Standard  Pai'l  N. 


171 

[Third  page.] 

PEELIMINARY  OATHS  OF  ASSISTANTS. 

We,  Peter  Long  and  John  Short,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  faith- 
full^'  execute  the  duties  of  chaiinuen;  that  we  will  level  the  chain  upon  even  and 
uneven  ground,  and  plumb  the  tally  pins,  either  by  sticking  or  dropping  the  same; 
that  we  will  report  the  true  distances  to  all  notable  objects  and  the  true  lengths  of 
all  lines  that  we  assist  in  measuring,  to  the  best  of  onr  skill  and  ability,  and  in 
accordance  with  instructions  given  us,  in  tlie  survey  of  the  East  and  North  bound- 
aries of  Township  No.  13  North,  Range  No.  21  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Merid- 
ian, in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Peter  Long,  Chainman. 

John  Short,  Chainman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  September,  1890. 
[seal.]  William  Martin, 

Notary  Fublic. 

We,  Henry  Clay  and  William  Stone,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and 
truly  perform  the  duties  of  moundmen  in  the  establishment  of  corners,  according  to 
the  instructions  given  us,  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  in  the  survey  of  the 
East  and  North  Boundaries  of  Township  No.  13  North,  Range  No.  21  East,  of  the 
Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Henry  Clay,  Moundman. 
AViLLiAM  Stone,  Moundman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  September,  1890. 
[seal.]  '  William  Martin, 

Notary  Public. 

We,  George  Sharp  and  Adam  Dull,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  truly 
perform  the  duties  of  axmen,  in  the  establishment  of  cornei's  and  other  duties, 
according  to  instructions  given  us,  and  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  in  the 
survey  of  the  East  and  North  Boundaries  of  Township  No.  13  North,  Range  No.  21 
East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

George  Sharp,  Jxman. 

Adam  Dull,  Axman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  September,  1890. 
>    [SEAL.]  William  Martin, 

Notary  Public. 

I,  James  Banner,  do  solemnly  swear  that  I  will  well  and  trulj'  perform  the  duties 
of  flagman,  according  to  instructions  given  me,  to  the  best  of  my  skill  and  ability, 
in  the  survey  of  the  East  and  North  Boundaries  of  Township  No.  13  North,  Range 
No.  21  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

James  Banner,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  September,  1890. 
[SEAL.]  William  Martin, 

Notary  Public. 


172 

East  boundary  of  T.  13  N.,  R.  21  E. 


Chains, 


7.00 

10.00 
19.00 
24.  .-)0 
31.00 

34.  00 

39.  50 

40.  00 


43.00 

"19.  .-.0 
50.  00 


Survey  commenced  September  8,  1890,  and  executed  \A'itli  a  Young  &,  Sons 
light  mountain  transit,  No. — ,  with  solar  attachment.  The  horizontal 
limb  is  jirovided  -with  two  double  verniers  placed  opposite  to  each 
other,  reading  to  single  minutes  of  arc,  which  is  also  the  least  count  of 
the  verniers  of  the  latitude  and  declination  arcs. 

The  instrument  was  examined,  tested  on  the  true  meridian  at  Helena, 
found  correct,  and  \a" as  approved  by  the  surveyor  general  for  Montana, 
September  1,  1890. 

I  examine  the  adjustments  of  the  transit,  and  correct  the  level  and  colli- 
matiou  errors ;  then,  to  test  the  solar  ai>paratus  by  comparing  its  indica- 
tions, resulting  from  solar  observations  made  during  a.m.  and  p.  m. 
hours,  with  a  true  meridian  determined  by  observations  on  Polaris,  I 
proceed  as  follows : 

September  8 :  At  the  standard  corner  of  Tps.  13  N.,  Es.  21  and  22  E.,  lati- 
tude 4.5°  34'.5  N.,  longitude  107°  46'  W.,  at  4'>  57"'  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off 
45^  35'  on  the  lai.  arc ;  5"^  29'  N.  on  the  decl.  arc  (these  settings  being  the 
nearest  practicable  to  the  true  minutes  and  fractions  thereof  required) ; 
determine  with  the  solar  a  true  meridian;  and  mark  a  jioint  thereof  on 
a  stone  set  firmly  in  the  ground,  5.00  chs.  N.  of  the  cor. 

At  S^  15'". 5  p.  m.,  by  my  watch,  which  is  4'"  23^  fast  of  1.  m.  t.,  I  observe 
Polaris  at  eastern  elongation,  in  accordance  with  Manual  of  Instruc- 
tions,* and  mark  a  point  on  the  line  thus  determined  on  a  plug  driven 
in  the  ground,  5.00  chs.  N.  of  my  station. 

September  8,  1890. 


September  9 :  XtQ>^  30™  a.  m..  1.  m.  t.,  I  lay  off  the  azimuth  of  Polaris,  1° 
49'. 6,  to  the  west  and  mark  the  True  Meridian  thus  determined,  by  cut- 
ting a  small  groove  in  the  stone  set  September  8,  on  which  the  true 
meridian  falls  0.25  ins.  west  of  the  mark  determined  by  the  solar. 

At  6''  .58"'  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off  45'^  35'  on  the  lat.  arc;  5'^  15'  N.,  on 
the  decl.  arc;  and  mark  a  point  in  the  true  meridian  determined  with 
the  solar,  by  a  cross  on  the  stone  already  set  5.00  chs.  N.  of  my  station  ; 
this  murk  falls  0.3  ins.  west  of  the  true  7neridian  established  hy  the  Polaris 
observation. 

The  solar  apparatus,  by  p.  m.  and  a.  m.  observations,  defines  positions  for 
true  meridians,  respectively  about  0'  13"  east  and  0'  16"  west  of  the  true 
meridian  established  by  the  Polaris  observations;  therefore,  I  conclude 
the  adjustments  of  the  instrument  are  satisfactory. 

The  magnetic  bearing  of  the  true  meridian,!  at  7  a.  m.,  is  N.  18°  10'  W. ; 
the  angle  thus  determined,  reduced  by  the  table,  page  100,  gives  the 
mean  mag.  decl.  18°  07'  E. 

I  begin  at  the  standard  corner  of  Tps.  13  N.,  Rs.  21  and  22  E.,  which  I 

established  August  25,  1890. 
"Thence  I  run 
North,  bet.  sees.  31  and  36. 

Descend  abruptly  over  stony  ground,  sloping  N.  W. 
Creek,  80  ft.  below  Tp.  cor.,  15  Iks.  wide,  cleai'  water,  course  S.  75"^  W. ; 

ascend. 
Road,  bears  N.  60^  E.  and  S.  60°  W. 
Top  of  ridge,  200  ft.  above  creek,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Begin  descent. 
Foot  of  descent,  1,50  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  bears  P2.  and  W.      Branch  2 

Iks.  wide,  clear  water,  course  E.     Thence  over  level   laud. 
Begin  deacent. 
Foot  of  descent,  30  ft.  below  bench,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  thence  over  level 

land. 
Set  a  sandstone,   15x8x6  ins.,   10  ins.  in   the   ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor., 

marked  \  on  \V.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  stone,  3  ft. 

dist. ;  and  rais<!  a  mound  of  earth,  3i  ft.  base,  lA  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Creek  10  Iks.  wide,  ]iure  water,  8  ins.  (fcep,  course  E.     Begin  ascent. 
Top  of  ridge,  bears  N.  70-  E.  and  X.  80^  W'.,  50  ft.  above  creek. 
Begin  descent. 


*  See  page  105. 


tSee  footnotes,  pages  106  and  142. 


East  houndarii  of  T.  13  K.,  B.  21  ^.—Continued. 


I  Chains. 
54.00 

62.50 

73.  00 

74.  79 
80.00 


9.00 
20.40 
27.50 
39.50 
40.00 


75.  00 
80.00 


6.00 
17.00 
22.00 
36.50 
40. 00 


47.50 
(54. 00 


Branch  6  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  3  chs.  wide,  30  ft.  deep,  course  E. ;  thence, 

over  level  land. 
Creek  12  Iks.  wide,  1  ft.  deep,  pure  water,  course  S.  60°  E. 
Enter  cedar  tiniljer,  bears  E.  and  W. 

A  cedar,  10  ins.  diaui.,  on  line,  I  mark  Avitli  2  notches  on  N.  and  S.  sides. 
A  cedar,  8  ins.  diani.,  for  cor.  of  sees.  25,  30,  31,  and  36,  I  mark 
T.  13N.,  S.30onN.  E., 
R.22E.,  S.31onS.E., 
S.  36  on  S.  W.,  and 
R.  21  E.,  S.  25  on  N.  W.  sides ;  with  5  notches  on  N.  and  1  notch  on 

S.  sides;  from  which 
A  cedar,  7  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  301°  E.,  20  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13  N., 

E.22  E.,  8.30,  ii.  T. 
A  cedar,  6  ins.  diam.,  bears  8.63^'^  E.,  18  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13 

N.,  R.  22  E.,  S.31,B.T. 
A  cedar,  9  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  23^^  W.,  21  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13 

N.,  R.  21  E.,  S.  36,  B.  T. 
A  cedar,  8  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  64*°  W.,  19  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13 
N.,  R.  21  E.,  8.  25,  B.  T. 
Laud,  mountainous  and  level. 
Soil,  stony  and  loam;  2ud  and  4th  rate. 
Timber,  cedar. 
Mountainous  land,  54.00  chs. 


North,  bet.  sees.  25  and  30. 
Over  level  laud,  through  cedar  timber. 

Creek  13  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  1  ft.  deep,  gentle  current,  course  8.  80"  E. 
Creek  15  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  2  ft.  deep,  gentle  current,  course  S.  70°  E. 
Leave  cedar  timber,  begin  ascent,  bears  8.70"  E.  and  N.  70°  W. 
Top  of  ascent  of  40  it.,  enter  level  plain,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  chan-ed  stake,  24  ins,  in  the 
ground,  for  J  sec.  cor.,  marked :J^  S.  onW.  face;  dig  pits,  18x17x12  ins., 
N.  and  8.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base, 
1|  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
September  9:  At  this  ^  sec.  cor.  I  set  oft'  5"  9'  N.,  on  the  deck  arc;   and 
at  ll'>  57'". 1 1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian;  the  resulting  lat. 
is  45°  36.0'  which  is  about  0.2'  greater  than  the  proper  lat. 
Creek  12 Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  1  ft.  deep,  gentle  current,  course  S.  80° E. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  tt.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in 
the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  19,  24,  25,  and  30;  marked 
T.  13  K.,  8.  19  on  N.  E., 
R.  22  E.,  8.  30  on  8.  E., 
S.  25  on  S.  W.,  and 

R.  21  E.,  8.  24  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  4  notches  on  N.  and  2  notches 
on  S.  edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.  5^  ft.  dist. ; 
and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  2nd  rate. 
Timber,  cedar. 


North,  bet.  sees.  19  and  24. 

Over  level  land. 

Branch  4  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  70°  E. ;  ascend. 

Top  of  ridge,  40  ft.  high,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Begin  descent. 

Foot  of  descent,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  thence  over  level  land. 

Set  a  sandstone,  15x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor., 
marked  J  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  and  8.  of  stone,  3 
ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3tV  ft.  base,  \h  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Creek  15  Iks.  wide,  jjure  water,  low  banks,  course  N.  70°  W. 

Creek  16  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  low  banks,  course  8.  65  E. 


174 

East  houndary  of  T.  13  N.,  R.  21  _£/.— Concluded. 


I  Chains. 
80.00 


Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  13,  18,  19,  and  24,  marked 
T.  13  N.,  S.  18  on  N.  E., 
R.20E.,S.  19on  S.  E., 
S.  24  on  S.  W.,  and 

R.  21,  S.  13  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  3  notches  on  N.  and  S.   edges; 
dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5^  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam ;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 

September  9,  1890. 


40.00 


80.00 


40.00 


.55. 00 

80.00 


September  10:  At  7''  56.8"'  a.  m.,  I  set  oft"  4.'5^'  37'  on  the  lat.  arc;  4° 
47'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the  solar, 
at  the  cor.  of  sees.  13,  18,  19,  and  24. 

Thence  I  run 

North,  bet.  sees.  13  and  18. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq. 
ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.,  marked  \ 


with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
S.  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 


ms.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
base,  li  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Set  a  limestone,  20x8x4  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  7,  12, 
13,  and  18,  marked  with  2  notches  on  N.  and  4  notches  on  S.  edges ;  dig- 
pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5|  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of 
earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  Ist  rate. 

No  timber. 


North,  bet.  sees.  7  and  12. 

Over  level  land. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal.  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  i  sec  cor.  marked  i  S.,   on  W.  face;  dig  i»its,  18x18x12 

ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base, 

li  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Creek,  8  Iks.  wide,  in  ravine  1  ch.  wide,  20  ft.  deep,  course  N.  60"  E. 
Set  a  limestone,  19x8x6  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  1,  6,  7, 

and  12,  marked  with  1  notch  on  N.  and 5  notches  on  S.  edges;  dig  pits, 

18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5^  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 

4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 
September  10:  At  this  cor.  I  set  oft" 4°  44'  N.  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  at  11'' 

56'". 8  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian  ;  the  resulting  lat.  is45'^ 

39',  which  is  about  O'.l  more  than  the  proper  lat. 


32.  50 
40.00 

80.00 


North,  bet.  sees.  1  and  6. 

Creek,  15  Iks.  wide,  impure  water,  sluggisli   current,  low  muddy  banks, 

course  E. 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  \  sec.  cor.,  marked  i  S.,  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,   N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 

base,  1^  ft.  higli,  W.  of  cor. 
Set  a  limestone;,  b5x8x7  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  Tps.  13  and 

14  N.,  Ks.  21  and  22  E.,  marked  with  6  notches  on  each  edge;  dig  pits, 

24X24x12  ins.,  on  each  line,  N.,  E.,  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and  S.  of  stone,  8  ft. 

dist.,  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  5  ft.  base,  2+  it.  high,  S.  of  cor. 

September  10,  1890. 


175 
North  boundary  of  T.  13  N.,  R.  31  E. 


Chains 


39.25 


79.  25 


40.00 


47.00 
80.00 


7.00 
40.00 


55.  00 
57.13 
68.00 


September  11:  At  71  56.4"'  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t..  I  set  off  45°  40'  on  the  lat.  arc; 
4*-"  25'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the 
sohxr,  at  the  cor.  of  Tps.  13  and  14  N.,  Es.  21  and  22  E. 

Thence  I  run 

West  on  a  random  line,  along  the  N.  hdy.  of  Tp.  13  N.,  E.  21  E.,  setting 
temp.  J  sec.  and  sec.  cors.  at  intervals  of  40.00  chs. ;  and,  at  479.25 
chs.,  intersect  the  5th  Guide  Meridian,  42  Iks.  N.  of  the  cor.  of  Tjis.  13 
and  14  N.,  Es.  20  and  21  E.,  which  is  a  limestone,  5x8x6  ins.  above 
ground,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
The  falling  answers  to  a  correction  of  0^  03',  or  7  Iks.  S.  per  mile, 
counting  from  the  N.  E.  cor.  of  the  Tp. ;  therefore  I  run 

N.  890"57'E.,  bet.  sees.  6  and  31. 

Over  level  land. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in 
the  ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.,  marked  ^  S.,  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18xl8x 
12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
3*  ft.  base,  1+  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Set  a  limestone,  20x8x4  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  5, 
6,  31,  and  32,  marked  with  5  notches  on  E.  and  1  notch  on  W.  edges; 
dig  pits  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5M't.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound 
of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  it.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Laud,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate. 

No  timber. 

September  11,  1890. 


September   12:    At —•'—"'  a.  m.,  1.  m.  r.,  I  set  off  45°  40'    on    the    lat. 
arc;  4°  02' N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;   and  determine   a  true  meridian  with 
the  solar,  at  the  cor.  of  sees.  5,  6,  31,  and  32. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  57'  E.,  bet.  sees.  5  and  32. 
Set  a  juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in 
the  ground,  for  |  sec.  cor.,  marked  f  S.,  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mou'jd  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
base,  H  ft-  liiglii  N.  of  cor. 
Creek  15  Iks.  wide,  good  water,  sluggish  current,  course  S.  E. 
Deposit  a  quart  of  charcoal,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  4,  5,  32, 
and  33;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  4  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 
In  S.  E.  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

T.  14  N.,  S.  33  on  N.  E., 
R.21E.,  S.4  on  S.  E., 
T.13N.,S.5  ouS.  W.,  and 

S.  32  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  4  notches  on  E.  and  2  notches  on  W. 
edges. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam ;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 

September  12:  At  this  cor.,  I  set  off  4°  .53'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and,  at 
11''  5'".1,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian;  the  resulting  lat.  is 
45°  40',  which  is  about  0'.3  greater  than  the  proper  lat. 

September  12,  1890. 


N.  89°  57'  E.,  bet.  sees.  4  and  33. 

Branch,  4  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  35*^  W. 

Set  a  limestone,  15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor. 
marked  i  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.j^E.  and  W.,  of  stone,  3 
ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  34^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Enter  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. 

An  oak,  38  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E,  and  W.  sides. 

Branch,  3  Iks.  wide,  course  N.  30^^  E. 


176 


North  boundary  of  T.  13  iV".,  B.  21  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
80.00 


28.00 
40.00 


63.  00 

80.  00 


30.  00 
10.00 

80.00 


An  oak,  14  ins.  diam.,  for  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  33,  and  34,  I  mark 
T.  14  N.,  S.  34  N.  E., 
R.  21  E.,  S.  3  on  S.  E., 
T.  13  N.,  S.  4  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.33  ouN.W.  sides;  -with 3uotclies on E.  andW.  sides;  fromwhicli 
An  oak,  12  ins  diam.,  bears  N.  13^-^  E.,  21  Iks.  dist..  marked  T.  14 

N.,  R.  21E.,S.  34B.  T. 
An  oak,  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  78i°  E.,  25  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13 

N.,  R.21  E.,  S.  3,  B.  T. 
An  ash,  10  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  63F  W.,  34  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  13 

N.,  R.  21  E.,  S.  4,  B.  T. 
A  dogwood,  7  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  26°  W.,  32  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  14 
N.,  R.21  E.,  S.33,  B.T. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  Ist  rate. 
Timber,  oak. 
Heavily  timbered  land,  25.00  chs. 


September  13 :  At  — ''  — '",  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off  45"^'  40'  on  the  lat.  arc ;  — «  — ' 

N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the  solar,  at 

the  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  33,  and  34. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  57'  E.,  bet.  sees.  3  and  34. 

Over  level  land,  through  heavy  oak  timber. 

Branch,  4  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  10^  E. 

An   oak,    18   ins.  diam.,  for   J   sec.  cor..  I  mark  \  S.,  on  X.  side  ;  from 

which 

An  oak,  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  42°  E.,  27  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  14  N., 

R.21E.,S.34,  B.T. 
An  ash,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  48^°  E.,  25  Iks  dist.,  marked  T.  13  N., 
R.21  E.,S.3,  B.T. 
Leave  heavy  oak  tinil)er,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Set  a  limestone,  22x8x7  ins.,  17  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees. 2,  3, 

34,  and  35,  marked  with  2  notches  on  E.  and  4  notches  on  VV.  edges ;  dig 

pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5+  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  ot 

earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  higli,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  Ist  rate. 
Timber,  oak. 
Heavily  timbered  land,  63.00  chs. 


N.  89°  .57'  E.,  bet.  sees.  2  and  :!5. 

Over  level  land. 

South  fork  of  Sirring  Creek,  22  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  gentle  current,  low 

V)anks,  course  N.  38°  E. 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  in.  S(|.,  with   marked   stone,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  :|-  S.  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins., 

E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,   3^  ft.  base, 

1-i  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Set  a  limestone,  15x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  tht;  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  1,2, 

35,  and  3<>,  marked  with  1  nolch  on  E.  and  5  notches  on   W.  edges;  dig 

pits.  18X18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.    5A    ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of 

earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  \V.  of  cor." 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;   1st  rate. 
No  timber. 
Se])tember  13:  At  this  cor.,  I  set  oH- 

— '"  I.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian  ; 

which  is  about  0.7  less  than  the  jiroper  lat. 


X.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  at  — '■ 
the  resulting  lat.  is  45'-' 39', 


N.  89°  .57'  E.,  bet.  sees.  1  and  3(i. 
Over  level  land. 
40.00      Set  a  limestone,   18x18x12  ins.,  12  ins.'in   the  ground,  for  j  sec.  cor., 


177 


North  boundary  of  T.  13  N.,  R.  21  R— Concluded. 


Chains. 

marked  i  on  N.  face ;  <lig  pits,  18x18x12  ius.,  E.  ami  W.  of  stone,  3  ft. 

dist. ;  iuid  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  '61  ft.  base,  14^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

58.00 

Branch  4  Iks.  wide,  course  N.  30^  E. 

70.00 

Same  branch,  ti  Jks.  wide,  course  S. 

80.00 

The  cor.  of  Tps.  13  and  14  N.,  Ks.  21  and  22E. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate. 

No  timber. 

September  13,  1890. 

Boundaries  of  T.  13  N.,  R.  21  E. 
Latitudes,  departiires,  and  closing  errors. 


Line  designated. 

Trne  bearing. 

Distance. 

Latitudes. 

DepJirtures. 

N. 

S. 

E. 

W. 

3rd  Standard  Parallel  N    

"West 

Chg. 

Ghs. 

dig. 

Ghs. 

Ghs. 

480.  00 

North 1      480.  (W 

N.  890  57'E.j      479.25 
South 480.00 

480. 00 
0.42 

"...::::: 

N  bdy  T  i:!  X.,i;.  21  E 

'"Im'.bo 

479.  25 

K  hdy  T  13N.,E.  21E 



0.74 

Totals                

480.  42 
480.  00 

480.  00 

479. 99 

4^0.  00 
479.  99 

Error  in 

dep 

0.42 

0.01 

*  The  convorgency  will  always  be  entered  in  the  column  containing  the  departure  of  the  north 
bo\indarv. 

This  township  is  rough  and  mountainous  in  the  southern  part,  rolling  in  the  inte- 
rior, and  nearly  level  in  the  north  and  east,  while  prairie  land  is  found  in  the  vicinity 
ot  the  southwest  corner.  The  towuship  is  well  watered,  and  well  timbered  in  the 
interior;  and  the  soil  along  the  south  fork  of  Spring  Creek  and  its  tributaries  is 
very  fertile.     The  township  should  be  subdivideil. 

KiCHARi)  Roods, 

U.  iS.  DepuUj  Suvveijor. 
September  13,  1890. 

FINAL  OATHS  OF  DEPUTY  SURVEYORS  AND  THEIR  ASSISTANTS. 

LIST    OF    NAMES. 

A  list  of  the  names  of  the  individuals  employed  by  Ricduird  Roods,  U.  S.  deputy 
surveyor,  to  assist  in  running,  measuring,  and  marking  the  lines  and  corners  de- 
scribed in  the  foregoing  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  the  east  and  north  boundaries 
of  Township  No.  13  North,  Range  No.  21  East,  of  the  Priucipal  Base  and  Meridian, 
in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Petki;  Long , Chaiumau. 

.John  Shout Chainman. 

Henry  Clay Moundman. 

William  Stone Moundman. 

George  Sharp Axman. 

Adam  Duli Axman. 

James  Banner Flagman. 

final  oaths  of  assistants. 

We  hereby  certify  that  we  assisted  Richard  Roods,  United  States  deputy  surveyor, 
in  surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  east  and  north  boundaries  of  Town- 
ehip  No."  13  North,  Range  No,  21  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  MevidiaR,  in  the 

386^^ — 12 


178 

state  of  Montana,  which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  as  having  been 
surveyed  by  him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has  been  in  all 
respects,  to  the  best  of  our  knowledge  and  belief,  well  and  faithfully  surveyed, 
and  the  corner  monuments  established  according  to  the  instructions  furnished  by  the 
United  States  surveyor  general  for  Montana. 

Peter  Long,  Chainman. 

John  Short,  Chaivman. 

Henry  Clay,  Momidmnn. 

William  Stone,  Moundman. 

George  Sharp,  Axman. 

Adam  Dull,  Axman. 

James  Banner,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  fifteenth  day  of  September,  1890. 
[SKAL.]  William  Martin,  Notary  Public. 

final  oath  of  united  states  deputy  surveyor. 

I,  Richard  Roods,  United  States  deputy  surveyor,  do  solemnly  swear  that  in  pur- 

Buance  of  a  contract  received  from  A B ,  United  States  surveyor  general  for 

Montana,  bearing  date  of  the  tenth  day  of  July,  1890,  I  have  well,  faithfully,  and 
truly,  in  my  own  proper  person,  and  in  strict  conformity  with  the  instructions  fur- 
nished by  the  United  States  surveyor  general  for  Montana,  the  Manual  of  Survey- 
ing Instructions,  and  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  surveyed  all  those  parts  or 
portions  of  the  east  and  north  boundaries  of  Township  No.  13  North,  Range  No.  21 
East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana,  which  are  repre- 
sented in  the  foregoing  field  notes*  as  having  been  surveyed  by  me  and  under  my 
direction;  and  I  do  further  solemnly  swear  that  all  the  corners  of  said  surveys  have 
been  established  and  perpetuated  in  strict  accordance  with  the  Manual  of  Surveying 
Instructions,  and  the  special  instructions  of  the  United  States  surveyor  general  for 
Montana,  and  in  the  specific  manner  described  in  the  field  notes,  and  that  the  fore- 

foing  are  the  original  field  notes  of  such  survey;  and  should  any  fraud  be  detected 
will  suffer  the  penalty  of  perjury  under  the  provisions  of  an   act  of  Congress 
approved  August  8,  1846. 

Richard  Roods, 

U.  iS.  Deputii  Surveyor. 
Subscribed  by  said  Richard  Roods  and  SAvorn  to  before  me  this  fifteenth  day  of 
September,  1890. 

fSEAL.]  A B , 

U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Montana. 


179 

Specimen  Field  Notes. — Xo.  4. 
Resurvey  of  the  E.  hdy.  of  T.  25  X.,  R.  2  TF".,  Willamette  Meridian. 


Chains. 


18.00 
40.00 


52.74 

.57. 00 
72.00 
80.00 


(Note. — Field  notes  of  retracements  and  resurveys  will  be  incorporated 
with  the  field  notes  of  the  subdivisions  to  which  they  are  directly 
related,  and  will  he  covered  by  the  iirelirainary  and  final  oaths  of  said 
siibdivisional  tick!  notes.   (See  page  71.) 

In  case  the  deputy  does  not  know  from  recent  observations  that  his  in- 
strument is  in  adjustment,  he  will  make  the  observations  prescribed' 
at  the  beginning  of  specimen  lield  notes  No.  2,  or  No.  .5,  as  the  charac- 
ter of  the  instrument  employed  may  require. 

A  transit  with  solar  attachment  is  the  instrument  employed  for  this 
resurvey.) 


Preliminary  to  commencing  the  subdivision  of  this  township,  I  run 
north  on  a  blank  line,  on  the  east  boundary  of  sec.  36;  at  40.00  chs. 
I  find  the  i  sec.  cor.,  N.  80^  E.,  30  Iks.  dist.,  and  at  80.00  chs.,  the  cor. 
of  sees.  25,  30,  31  and  36,  east,  58»  Iks.  Jist. ;  therefore,  I  continue  my 
line  north,  find  no  part  of  the  E.  bdy.  in  alinement,  and  that  many  of 
the  corners  are  nearly  obliterated.  At  5  miles  79.83  chs.,  intersect  E. 
and  W.  line,  42  Iks.  e!  of  the  cor.  of  Tps.  25  and  36  N.,  Es.  1  and  2  W., 
and  as  these  towushi]>s  have  not  been  subdivided,  I  resurvey  the  range 
line  between  them,  as  follows: 

The  old  standard  cor.  of  Tps.  25  N.,  Es.  1  and  2  W.,  is  a  post  greatly 
decayed,  and  the  marks  are  nearly  obliterated.  I  destroy  all  traces  of 
the  old  corner  and  reestablish  it  at  the  same  point,  as  follows : 

Set  a  sandstone,  18x8x5  ins.,  12  ius.  in  the  ground,  for  standard  cor.  of 
Tps.  25  N.,  Es.  1  and  2  W.  marked  8.  C,  on  N.  face,  with  6  grooves  on 
N.,  E.,and  W.  faces;  dig  pits,  30x24x12  ins.,  crosswise  on  each  line, 
E.  and  W.,  4  ft.,  and  N.  of  stone,  8  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
5  ft.  base,  2^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  Q°  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  31  and  36. 

Through  timber.     Ascend. 

Top  of  ridge,  about  40  ft.  high,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Set  a  sandstone,  20x8x4  ins.  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for:J^  sec.  cor.  marked 
J  on  W.  lace;  from  which 

A  pine  20  ins.  diara.,  bears  N.  20°  E.,  24  Iks.  dist.  marked  J  S.  B.  T. 
An  oak,  16  ins.  diajn.,  bears  N.  68^'=  W.,27  Iks.  dist.,  marked  i  S.  B.  T. 

From  this  point,  the  old  i  sec.  cor.,  which  is  a  decayed  stake,  with  marks 
almost  obliterated,  Dears  N.  80-  E.,  33  Iks.  dist.  I  destroy  this  stake 
and  the  marks  on  the  stump  of  a  beech  tree,  described  as  a  bearing  tree 
in  the  field  notes  of  the  original  survey.  No  trace  can  be  found  of  a 
poplar,  described  as  a  bearing  tree. 

An  oak,  14  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E.  and  W.  sides. 
Descend. 

Foot  of  ridge,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  enter  rich  level  land. 

Leave  timber,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 

Set  a  cedar  x>ost,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  corner  of  sees.  25,  30,  31.  and  36,  marked 
T.25N.,  S.30onN.E., 
E.  1  W.,  S.  31  on  S.  E., 
S.36on  S.  W.,  and 

E.  2  W.,  S.  25  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  5  notches  on  N.  and  1  notch  on 
S.  edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.  in  each  sec,  5^  It.  dist.;  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high.  W.  of  cor. 

From  this  cor.  the  old  cor.,  a  decayed  post,  bears  E.  65  Iks.  I  destroy  all 
traces  of  the  old  cor. 

Land,  rolling  and  level. 

Soil,  N.  and  S.  parts,  rich  loam ;  1st  rate ;  middle  part,  sandy ;  2ud  rate. 

Timber,  pine  and  oak. 


180 
Resurvey  of  the  E.  hdij.  of  T.  25  y.,  R.  2  W.,  efc— Continued. 


Chains. 
40.00 

80.00 


40.00 


50.  00 
80.00 


16.50 
40.00 


80.00 


17.50 


N.  Qo  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  25  and  30. 

Over  level  land. 

Set  a  locust  post.  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  chai'coal,  24  ins.  in 

the  ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.  marked  \  8.,  on  W.  face;  dig   pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  ]>ost,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 

base,  11  ft,  high,  W.  of  cor. 
All  indications  of  the  old  cor.  have  disappeared. 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15x8x7  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  19, 

24,  25  and   .30,  marked  with  4  notches  on  N.  and  2  notches  on  S.  edges; 

dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.,5i    ft.  dist.;    and  raise    a  mound 

of  earth,  4  ffc.  base,  2  ft  high,  W.  of  cor^ 
From  this  point,  the  old  sec.  cor.,  a  post,  bears  N.   50"^  E.,  41  Iks.  dist, 

I  destroy  the  cor. 
Land,  level  prairie. 
Soil,  rich  loam ;  1st  rate. 
No  tim1)er. 


N.  0°  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  19  and  24. 

Over  level  prairie. 

Set  an  oak  post,  3  ft.  long,  3»ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  ^  S.  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18  X  18  X  12 
ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3+  ft. 
base,  \\  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

From  this  point,  the  old  J  sec.  cor.,  a  decayed  post,  bears  N.  51^^  E.,  47 
Iks.  dist.     I  destroy  this  post,  and  marks  on  old  bearing  trees. 

Elk  Creek,  130  Iks.  wide,  shallow  at  this  point,  good  water,  gentle  cur- 
rent, course  N.  W. 

Set  a  limestone,  18  X  8  X  5  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  13, 
18,  19  and  21,  nuirked  with  3  notches  on  N.  and  S.  edges;  dig  pits, 
18  X  18  X  12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5i  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  ^\ .  of  cor.' 

After  diligent  search  no  signs  of  the  old  cor.  can  be  found. 

Land,  level  jiraiiie. 

Soil,  rich  loam ;  1st  rate. 

No  timber. 


N.  0°  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  13  and  18. 

Over  prairie  land. 

Coon  Creek,  (50  Iks.  wide,  2  ft.  deep,  good  water,  course  W. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  clinrconl,  24  ins.  in 

the  ground,  for  I  sec.  cor.  marked |-  S.  on  ^Y.  face;   dig  pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise   a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 

base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
I   can  find  no   traces   of  old   cor.  post,  bnt  find  slight  traces  of  pits  N. 

8ti'^  E.  46  Iks.  dist.,  which  I  destroy. 
Set  a  limestone,  22x8x4  ins.,   17  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees,  7, 

12,  13  and  18,  marked  with  2  notches  on  N.  and  4  notches  on  S.  edges; 

dig  i)its,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5.V  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound 

of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  fr.  Iiigh,  W.  of  cor. 
The  old  cor.  which  w.as  a  post,  has  disappeared,  bnt  indistinct  remains 

of  the  pits,  nearly  in  their  proper  places,  still  remain.     The  new  pits 

sufficiently  obliterate  the  old  ones. 
Land,  gently  rolling  i)rairie. 
Soil,  rich  loam;  Ist  rate. 
No  timber. 

April  12,  1892:  I  set  otf  9    6'  N.,  ou  the  dee],  arc;  and  at  12''  0.3™  p.  m., 
1.  m.  t..  observe  the  siin  on  the  meridian  ;  the  resulting  lat.,  is  47°  .35'  N. 


N.  Oo  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  7  and  12. 
Over  prairie  land. 

Maple  Creek,  10  Iks.  wide,  1  ft.  deep,  good  water,  gentle  current,  course 
S.  W. 


181 
Resurvey  of  the  E.  hdy.  of  T.  25  i\^.,  R.  2  TF.,  etc. — Contiuued. 


Chains. 
40.00 


80.00 


10.40 
22.00 
40.00 


46.00 
79.83 


10.  00 
79.  61 


Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  \  sec.  cor.,  marked  ^  S.  ou  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.,  N.  and  8.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  iiud  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
b;ise,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Set  a  limestone,  20x8x5  ins.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the  ground, 
for  cor.  of  sees.  1,  6,  7,  and  12,  marked  with  1  notch  on  >J.  and  5 
notches  on  S.  edges;  dig  jnts,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5^  ft  dist.; 
and  raise  a  mound  of  eiirth,  4  ft.  buse,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

The  old  cor.  which  was  a  post,  has  been  entirely  destroyed  by  fire,  no 
signs  of  pits. 

Land,  level  prairie. 

Soil,  rich  loam;  1st  rate. 

No  timber. 


April  12,  1892:     At  4  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off  47°  36'   on    the   lat.  arc; 
— °  — ',  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian,  at  the  cor.  of 
sees.  1,  6,  7,  and  12. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  0"  3' W.,  bet.  sees.  1  and  6. 
Over  prairie  land. 

A  spring  branch,  3  Iks.  wide,  good  water,  course  S.  70°  W. 
Spring  of  pure  Avater,  3  ft.  diam.,  2  ft.  deep,  bears  E.,  6.00  chs.  dist. 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ius.  sij.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in 
the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  i  S.,  on  W.  face. ;  dig  pits,  18xl8x 
12  ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^ 
ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
After  diligent  search  no  old  ^  sec.  cor.  can  be  found. 
Snuill  branch,  3  Iks.  wide,  sluggish  current,  course  N.  W.     Enter  timber, 

bears  X.  W.  and  S.  E. 
The  old  cor.  of  Tps.  25  and  26  N.,  Rs.  1  and  2  W.,  which  is  an  oak  post, 
burned   off  at  the   surface  of  the  ground.      I  reestablish  the  cor.  at 
the  same  point,  as  follows:  Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with 
charred  stake  and  the  old  post,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  Tps. 
25  and  26  N.,  Rs.  1  and  2  W.  marked 
T.26N.,  S.31onN.E., 
R.  1  \V.,  S.  6  on  S.  E., 
T.  25  N.,  S.  1  ou  S.  W.,  and 
R.  2  W.,  S.  36  on  N.W.  faces;  with  6  notches  on  each  edge;  from 

which 
A  cherry,  6  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.40^°  E.,  14  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  26 

N.,  R.'l  W..  S.  31,  B.T. 
A  white  oak,  5  ius.  diam.,  bears  S.  51^°  E.,  24  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T. 

25  N.,  R.  1  W.,  S.6,  B.T. 
A  hickory,  8  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  37i" 

25  N.,  R.2W.,  S.  1,  B.T. 
A  chestnut,  6  ius.  diam.,  bears  N.  521"^ 

26  N.,  R.2W.,  S.36,  B'.T. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  rich  loam,  1st  rate. 

Timber,  oak,  hickory,  and  chestnut. 

April  12,  1892. 


W.,  30  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T. 
'  W.,  13  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T. 


The  field  notes  of  the  subdivision  of  this  township  read  in  iiart  as  fol- 
lows : 

*■  ^  -^  TV  iv'  *  # 

"N.  89°  57'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  7  and  18. 
Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Tlie  cor.  of  sees.  7, 12, 13,  and  18  can  not  be  found. 

I  find  the  ^  sec.  cor.  bet.  sefs.  13  and  18,  which  is  a  locust  post,  1  ft.  high, 
3  ins.  sq.,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by  the  surveyor  geuer«,l. 
Thence  I  run 
North,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  13  and  18. 


182 
Eesurvey  of  the  E.  hdij.  of  T.  25  X.,  R.  2  W.^  etc. — Concluded. 


Chains. 
40.  00 


rO.  95 


38.  00 
3y.  07A 


Set  temp.  sec.  cor.  At  tliis  point  I  again  make  careful  search  for  the 
sec.  cor.,  Avhich  is  described  by  the  surveyor  general,  as  a  post,  with 
pits  and  mound  of  earth  W.  of  cor.,  but  am  unable  to  find  any  traces 
of  post,  pits,  or  mound.  Thence,  bet.  sees.  7  and  12. 
Intersect  E.  and  W.  line,  5  Iks.  E.  of  the  ;^  sec.  cor.  bet.  sees.  7  and  12, 
which  is  a  sandstone,  .5x10x4  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and  wit- 
nessed as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

S.  0^  2'  E.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  7  and  12. 
Over  rolling  land. 

Fence,  bears  E.  and  W.,  enter  plowed  ground. 
Reestablish  the  cor.  as  follows: 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq..  with  marked  stone,  24   ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  7,  12,  13,  and  20,  marked 

T.25N.S.  7  on  N.  E..  •   * 

E.2\V.  S.  18  on  S.  E., 
S.  13  on  S.  W.,  and 

E.  3  W.,  S.  12  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  2  notches  on  N.  and  4  notches 
on  S.  edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5^  ft.  diet.; 
and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  it.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

April  18,  1892." 


SI^EOIJNlEISr    FIELD    NOTES. 

No.  5. 

TITLE    PAGE. 

(See  Plate  IV.) 


FIELD   NOTES 


OF   THE   SURVEY   OF   THE 


SUBDIVISION  AND  MEANDER  LINES 


Township  No.  15  Nokth,  Kange  No.  20  East, 


PRINCIPAL    BASE    AND    MERIDIAN 


STATE     OF    MONTANA, 

AS    SURVEYED    BY 

ROBERT    ACRES, 

U.  S.  DEPUTY  SUKVEYOK, 

UNDER    HIS    CONTRACT,    No.    207, 
DATED  MARCH  22,  1893. 


Survey  commenced  Align st  4,  1893. 
Survey  completed  August  19,  1893. 


18S 


184 


[Secoud  page.] 

FAMES  AND  DUTIES  OF  ASSISTANTS. 

Peter  Long Cliaiiimau. 

John  Shokt Chainman. 

Cyrus  Clay Moundman. 

Henry  Rock Moundman. 

George  Sharp Axuian. 

Adam  Dull Axniau. 

James  Banner Flagman. 

Edward  Ensign Flagman. 


211. 


l'0!> 


INDEX. 
Township  15  north.     E.  20  east. 


6         211  5         205  4        200  3        15»C  2        102  1 


!10_ 


204 


200  . 


196_ 


191. 


7        210  8         204  !>         199         10        195        11        190        lU 

_109_ 


.?08_ 


-204. 


.195. 


190. 


18       209        17        204        16        198        15        194        14        190        13 


.208_ 


208_ 


.2o:j 


.198. 


194. 


19        207        20        203        21        198        22        194        23        189        24 


.207 


197 


.193_ 


.189. 


30     207      29     202      28     197      27      i9:{      20      iss      25 


.•oo_ 


.2or._ 


_201„ 
•202 

31     205      32     201      33      190      34     192      35     i87      30 
201 


.192 J 187 


liii^;.«  212  to  215. 

piijfi'    215. 

l)a;;t-.s  215  to  217. 

, l>agc.s  217  to  218. 

I'IrB    -1*^- 

Note.— When  practicable,  the  ilia^iiiin  will  >iho\v  iiu-ander  liues  with  the  page  refereuces  writtei) 
npoii  them. 


Mciiiidcrs  of  Yillow  stone  Iti 
Mi-aiidi'is  of  LaUc,  in  sec.  oH  . 

MeandiT.s  of  Lin  s  Lalie 

Mcanilers  of  Ivy  I.slaiul 

Meanders  of  Dianinnd  liock. 


185 

[Third  Page.] 

PRELIMINARY  0ATH8  OF  ASSISTANTS. 

We,  Peter  Long  aud  John  Sliort,  do  soh>ninly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  faith- 
fully execute  the  duties  of  chainmeu;  that  we  will  level  the  chain  over  even  and 
uneven  ground,  and  plumb  the  tally  pins  eitlier  by  sticking  or  (Iroi)ping  the  same; 
that  we  will  report  the  true  distances  to  all  notable  objects,  and  the  true  lengths  of 
all  lines  that  we  assist  in  measuring,  to  the  best  of  our  skill  aiul  ability,  and  in 
accordance  with  instructions  given  us  iu  the  survey  of  the  subdivision  aud  meander 
lines  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of  Range  No.  20  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and 
Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Peter  Long,  Chainman. 

Jonx  Short,  Chainman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1893. 
[seal.]  Hexrv  Doolittle, 

Notary  Pahlic. 

We,  Cyrus  Clay  and  Henry  Rock,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  truly 
perform  the  duties  of  moundmen,  in  the  establishment  of  corners,  according  to  the 
instructions  given  us,  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  iu  the  survey  of  the  sub- 
division ami  meander  lines  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of  Range  No.  20  East,  of  the 
Principal  Base  and  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

Cyrus  Clay,  Moundman. 

Hexry  Rock,  Moundman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1893. 
[.SEAL.]  Henry  Doolittle, 

.Notary  I'uhlic. 

We,  George  Sharp  and  Adam  Dull,  do  solemnly  swear  that  we  will  well  and  truly 
perform  the  duties  of  axmen  in  the  establishment  of  corners  and  other  duties, 
according  to  instructions  given  to  us,  and  to  the  best  of  our  skill  and  ability,  in  the 
survey  of  the  subdivision  and  meander  lines  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of  Range 
No.  20  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  aud  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

George  Sharp,  Axman. 
Adam  Dull,  Axman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1893. 
[seal.]  Henry  Doolittle, 

♦     Notary  PuhJic. 

I,  James  Banner,  do  solemnly  swear  that  I  will  well  and  truly  perforin  the  duties 
of  flagman  according  to  instructions  given  me,  to  the  best  of  my  skill  and  ability, 
in  the  survey  of  the  subdivision  and  meander  lines  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of 
Range  No.  2()  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  aud  Meridian  in  the  State  of  Montana. 

James  Bannp:r,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  second  day  of  August,  1893. 
[seal.]  Henry  Doolittle, 

Notary  Fublic. 

I,  Edward  Ensign,  do  solemnly  swear  that  I  will  well  and  truly  perform  the  duties 
of  flagman  according  to  instructions  given  me,  to  the  best  of  my  skill  and  ability, 
in  the  survey  of  the  subdivision  and  meander  lines  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of 
Range  No.  20  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian  iu  the  State  of  Montana. 

Edward  Ensign,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  eleventh  day  of  August,  1893. 

Robert  Acres, 
U.  S.  De])uty  Surveyor. 


186 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  B.  20  E. 


Chains. 


Survey  commenced  August  4.  1893,  aud  executed  with  a  Young  &  Sons 
light  mountain  transit,  No. — ,  with  solar  attachment.  The  horizontal 
limb  is  provided  with  two  double  verniers  placed  opposite  to  each  other, 
reading  to  single  minutes  of  arc,  which  is  also  the  least  count  of  the 
verniers  of  the  latitude  and  declination  arcs. 

The  instrument  was  examined,  tested  on  the  true  meridian  at  Helena, 
found  correct,  and  was  approved  by  the  surveyor  general  for  Montana, 
August  1,  1893. 

I  exaniiue  the  adjustments  of  the  transit,  and  correct  the  level  and  col- 
limation  errors ;*"  then,  to  test  the  solar  apparatus,  by  comparing  its 
indications,  resnltiug  from  solar  observations  made  during  a.  m.  and 
p.  m.  hours,  with  a  true  meridian  determined  by  observations  on  Po- 
laris, I  proceed  as  follows : 

At  the  cor.  of  Tps.  U  and  15  N.,  Rs.  20  and  21  E. ;  latitude  45°  45'  N.,  lon- 
gitude 107*^  54'  W. ;  I  set  off  45°  45'  N.,  on  the  lat.  arc;  17°  1'  N.,  on 
the  decl.  arc;  and,  at  4'^  6'"  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  determine  with  the  solar 
a  true  meridian  and  mark  a  j)oiut  thereof,  on  a  stone  firmly  set  in  the 
ground,  5  chs.  N.  of  the  cor. 

At  10''  24'"  3  p.  m.  by  my  watch,  which  is  S'"  43'  slow  of  1.  m.  t.,  I  observe 
Polaris  at  eastern  elongation,  in  accordance  with  Manual  of  Instructions,! 
ami  mark  a  point  in  the  line  thus  determined,  on  a  plug  driven  in  the 
ground,  5  chs.  N.  of  my  station. 

August  4,  1893. 


August  5:  At  6  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  lay  oft"  the  azimuth  of  Polaris,  1°  48',  to 
the  west,  and  mark  the  true  mekidian  thus  determined,  by  cutting  a 
small  groove  in  the  stone  set  August  4,  on  which  the  frue  meridian  falls 
0.4  ins.  east  of  the  mark  determined  by  the  solar. 

At  8''  6"'  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off"  45°  45',  on  the  lat.  arc;  16°  50'  N.,  on 
the  decl.  arc;  and  mark  a  point  in  the  true  meridian  determined  with 
the  solar,  by  a  cross  on  the  stone  already  set  5  chs.  N.  of  my  station; 
this  mark  falls  0.3  ins.  east  of  the  true  meridian  established  by  the  Polaris 
observation.! 

The  solar  apparatus,  by  p.  m.  and  a.  m.  observations,  defines  positions 
for  true  meridians,  respectively  about  0'21"  west^  and  0'16"  east^  of 
the  meridian  established  by  the  Polaris  observations;  therefore,  I  con- 
clude that  the  adjustments  of  the  instrument  are  satisfactory. 

The  magnetic  bearing  ||  of  the  true  meridian,  at  8''  30™  a.  m.,  is  N.  18°  15' 
W. ;  the  angle  thus  determined,  reduced  by  the  table,  page  100,  gives 
the  mean  mag.  decl.  1S°  10'  E. 


From  the  Tp.  cor.  already  described,  I  run 

North,  on  the  5th  Guide  Meridian  and  E.  bdy.  of  sec.  36;  and,  at  40.01 
chs.,  intersect  the  i  sec.  cor.;  and,  at  79.98  chs.,  fall  1  Ik.  W.  of  the 
cor.  of  sees.  25,  30,  31  and  36;  therefore,  the  line  bears  north. 

From  the  Tp.  cor.  I  run  N.  89°  57'  W.,  on  the  S.  bdy.  of  sec.  36;  at  39.99 
chs.,  fall  Oi  Ik.  N.  of  the  i  sec.  cor. ;  and  at  80.01  chs.  fall  1  Ik.  S.  of 
the  cor.  of  sees.  1,  2,  35,  and  :  6,  on  S.  bdv.  of  the  Tp. ;  consequently, 
the  S.  bdy.  of  the  sec.  36  bears  N.  89°  57'  W. 

Therefore,  the  bearings  are  as  stated  by  the  surveyor  general,  and  my 
chaining  practically  agrees  with  the  field  notes  of  the  original  survey. 


*The  instrument  will  not  necessarily  be  m  adjustment  at  tbe  liosinninpofthe  survey  becaute  it  was 
Jound  correct  wlien  approved  b/i  ttic  .surveyor  general.  Tlio  dopiily  sboulil  dearly  understand  that  he 
is  required  to  know  that  his  instruinont  is  in  adjustment  when  he  commencei  work  and  at  all  other 
timex  when  he  employs  said  instrument  to  determine  directions  aud  run  lines,  from  proper  observa- 
tions personally  conducted. 

I  See  page  105. 

♦The  observations  here  recorded  have  a  twofold  object;  first,  to  determine  a  trMem«ridtan;  second, 
to  test  the  solar  apparatus  thereon.  When  a  transit  is  employed,  true  meridians,  determined  by  Polaris 
observations,  will  be  regarded  as  reference,  or  directing  lines  of  the  survey;  and  from  them  all  other 
directions  and  bearings  will  be  initiated  by  angular  measurements  on  the  horizontal  limb  of  the  instru- 
ment. 

-     §.To  determine  these  small  angles  in  seconds  of  arc,  divide  the  fallings,  expressed  in  inches,  by 
0.019.     (See  footnote,  page  l.i4.) 

II  When  this  viagrietic  bearing  shall  have  been  taken,  the  deputy  will  have  no  further  use  for  the 
magnetic  needle  on  this  survey,  and  it  might  be  removed  from  the  compass  box,  and  left  in  camp, 
-without  affecting  the  aabdivision  of  the  township  in  any  manner. 


187 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  JSf.,  B.  20  E. — Coutinued. 


Chains. 


4.50 
20.00 

29.30 
30.00 
39. 50 


40,00 
40.50 


50.  50 
51.50 

57. 50 

72.50 
80.00 


40.00 
79.96 


13.00 
18.60 

20.50 


I  commence  at  the  cor.  of  sees.  1,  2,  35,  and  36,  on  the  S.  hdy.  of  the  Tp., 
which  is  a  sandstone,  6x8x5  ins.    above   ground,    tirmly   set,    aud 
marlied  aud  witnessed  as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  0°  01'  W.,  bet.  Sees.  35  and  36. 
Over  level  bottom  land. 
Wire  fence,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Enter  scattering  cottonwood  timber,  bears  E.  and  W.     F.  G.  Alexander's 

house  bears  N.28^  W. 
Leave  scattering  cottonwoods,  bearing  E.  and  W. ;  enter  road,  bears  N. 
S.  E.  cor.  of  F.  G.  Alexander's  field ;  thence,  ah)ng  west  side  of  road. 
To  crossroads,  bears  E.  to  Mound  City;  N.  to  Lake  City.     F.  G.  Alexan- 
der's house  bears  S.  40°  W.     The  J  sec.  cor.  point  will  fall  in  road; 
therefore 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  witness  cor.  to  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  W.  C.  i  S.,  on  W.  face; 
dig  pits,   18x18x12  ins.   N.  and  S.  oi"  post,  3  ft.   dist.;  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
The  point  for  ^  see.  cor.  falls  in  road. 

Deposit  a  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor. 
The  S.  E.  cor.  of  Tat.  (Jurran's  field  bears  W.,  5  Iks.  dist. 
Set  a  limestone,  15x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  witness  cor.  to 
J  sec.  cor.,  marked  W.  C.  \  S.  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.  N. 
and  S.  of  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^^  ft.  base,  1^ 
ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Thence  along  E.  side  of  field. 

N.  E.  cor.  of  Pat.  Curran's  field,  bears  W.,  4  Iks.  dist. 
Leave  road;  which  turns  to  N.  70'"  W.,  leads  to  ferry  on   Yellowstone 

River;  thence  to  Lake  City. 
Enter  dense  cottonwood  and  willow  undergrowth,  bears  N.  54  E.  aud  S. 

54  W. 
Leave  undergrowth,  enter  scattering  timber,  bears  N.  60"^  E.  and  S.  60-^  W. 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  loug,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees. 
25,  26,  35  and  36.  marked 
T.  15N.,  S.25onN.  E., 
R.20E.,S.  36on  S.E., 
S.  35  on  S.W.,  and 

S.  26  on  N.W.  faces;  with  1  notch  on  S.  and  E.  faces;  from  which 
An  ash,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  22°  E.,  26  Iks.  dist,,  marked  T.  15 

N.,R.20E.,S.25,  B.T. 
A  sycamore,  23  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  71J°  E.,  37  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T, 

15N.,R.20E.,  S..36,  B.T. 
A  walnut,  17  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  64^  W.,  41  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T. 

15N.,R.20E.,  S.35,  B.T, 
A  cottonwood,   13  ins.  diam.,    bears   N.   21^='    W.,    36  Iks.    dist., 
marked  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  E.,  S.  26,  B.  T. 
Last  20.00  chs.  of  this  mile  subject  to  overtlow,  2  to  4  ft.  deep. 
Land,  level  bottom. 
Soil,  alluvial ;  Ist  rate. 
Timber,  scattering  cottonwood,  sycamore,  ash,  aud  walnut;  undergrowth, 

cottonwood  and  willow. 
Dense  undergrowth,  15.00  chs. 


S.  89°  57'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  25  and  36. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  K.  bdy.  of  Tp.  3  Iks.  N.  of  cor.  of  sees.  25,  30,  31,  and  36,  which  is 

a  sandstone,  5x8x5  ins.  above   ground,  marked    aud   witnessed   as 

described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  1  run 

N.  89°  56'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  25  and  36. 
Over  level  bottom  land,  through  scattering  timber. 
Leave  scattering  timber,  bears  N.  aud  S. 
Cherry  Creek,  12  Iks.  wide;  clear  water,  1  ft.  deep;  gentle  current,  sandy 

bottom;  course  N. 
Enter  heavy  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. 


188 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
32.50 
39.  98 


46.  50 
76.00 
79.96 


25.36 


26.00 

32.12 
40.00 


49.46 


52.60 
53.  60 

55.70 
62.80 
80.00 


Leave  heavy  timber,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 

Deposit   a  quart   of  charcoal,  12  ins.  in   the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor. ;    dig 

■pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise   a  nionnd 

of  earth,  3^-  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  over  deposit.     In  P2.  pit  drive  a  cedar 

stalie,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  tlie  ground,  marked  ^  S.  on  N. 

face. 

Enter  heavy  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Leave  heavy,  enter  scattering  timber,  bears  N.  25^  E.  and  S.  25"^  W. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  25,  26,  3.5,  and  36. 

Land  nearly  level;  mostly  subject  to  overflow  2  to  5  ft.  deep, 

Beavily  timbered  land,  41.50  chs. 


N.  0    1'  W.,  bet.  sees.  25  and  26. 

Over  level  Ijottom  laud,  through  scattering  timber. 
Kight  bank  of  Yellowstone  River. 

Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sf^.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander 
cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  25  and  26,  marked 
M.  C.  on  N., 
T.  15  N.  on  S., 
R.  20  E.,  S.  25  on  E.,  and 
S.  26  on  W.  faces;  from  which 
A  Cottonwood,  12  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  18^*^  E.,  16  Iks.  dist.,  marked 

T.  15  N.,  R.  20  E.,  kS.  25,  M.  C.  B.  T. 
A  sycamore,  31  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  74^^  W.,  25  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  15  N.,  R.  20  £.,  8.  26,  M.  C.  B.  T. 
Enter  shallow  channel,  1  to  2  ft.  deep. 
Across  shallow  channel,  64  Iks.  wide,  to  sand  bar  parallel  to  river  bank; 

thence  on  sand  bar. 
To  right  bank  of  main  channel,  course  E.;  point  for  triangulation. 
Point  for  ^  sec.  cor.  falls  in  river. 

To  determine  the  dist.  across,  I  set  a  flag  on  line,  on  left  bank ;  then 
measure  a  base,  N.  89^  59'  E.,  20.00  chs.  to  a  point,  from  wliich  tbe 
flag  bears  N.  49^  06'  W. ;  from  the  flag  the  E.  end  of  base  bears  S.  49" 
6'  E.;  therefore,  the  dist.  is  tan.  40^  55'xbase,  or  0.867x20.00  =  17.34 
chs.;*  making  the  whole  distance  from  meander  cor.,  0.64+6.12+ 
17.34  =  24.10  chs.,  Avhich  added  to  25.36,  makes 
To  left  bank  of  Yellowstone  River;  bank,  12  ft.  high. 

Deposit    a    marked    stone,    12  ins.  in  the  ground  for  meander  cor.  of 
fracl.  sees.  25  and  26,  dig    a  pit,  36x36x12  ins.,  5  ft.  N.  of  cor.  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 
In  the  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sex.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground, 
marked 

M.  C.  on  S., 
T.  15  N.  on  N.. 
R.  20  E.,  8.  26  on  W.,  and 
8.  25  on  E.  faces. 
■Thence  over  level  bottom  land.     Some  small  cottonwoods,  none  within 

limits  suitable  for  bearing  trees. 
Leave  bottom,  begin  ascent,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Top  of  ascent  and   edge  of  sandy  plain,  40  ft.   above  river,  bears  E, 

and  W. 
Wire  fence,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Telegraph  line,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  23,  24,  25.  and  26,  marked 
T.  15  N.,  S.  24  on  N.  E., 
R.  20  E.,  S.  25  on  S.  E., 
S.  26  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  23  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  2  notches  on  S.  and  1  notch  on  E.  edges; 
dig  ])it8,  18x18x12    ins.  in  each  sec.   5*  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Laud,  level. 

"  See  pane  130. 


189 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  N'.,  R.  20  iJ.— Continued. 


40.00 
79.98 


20.00 
39.99 


58.00 
79.98 


21.00 
40.00 


73.  50 

78.  00 
80.00 


Soil,  alluvial  and  .sandy;  1st  and  2nd  rate. 

Timber,  cottonwood  and  sycamore. 

Augnst  5:   At  this  cor.' I  set  off  16*^  47'  \.,  on  the  dec!,  arc;  and,  at  0" 

()'"  p.  ni.,  1.  ni.  t.,  observe  the  snn  on  the  meridian  ;  the  resulting  lat.  is 

4.0-  47'. 0  or  about  0'.3  greater  than  the  prosier  lat. 


S.  89"^  56'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  24  and  25. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 
Intersect  K.  bdy.  of  Tp.  3  Iks.N.  of  cor.  of  sees.  19,  24,  25,  and  30,  which 

is  a  sandstone,  5x9x4  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and  witnessed  as 

described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

X.  89^^  ,55'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  24  and  25. 
Over  level  land. 

Fletcher's  Station  bears  S.  64°  W. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sfj.,  with  marked   stone,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  \  S.  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,  E.  and  W.  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3i  ft.  base,  14^ 
ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Fletcher's  Station  bears  S.  7°  E. 

Short  Creek,  3  Iks.  Avide,  alkali  water,  8  ins.  deep,  course  S.  20°  E. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  23,  24,  25,  and  26. 
Land,  level. 
Soil,  sandy;  3rd  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  0^  1'  W.,  bet.  sees.  23  and  24. 

Over  level  laud. 

Enter  alkali  tiat,  bears  N.  70  W.  and  S.  70  E. 

Set  a  sandstone,   16x8x16   ins.,  11  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor., 

marked  \  on   W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  stone,  3 

ft.  dist.,  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  'il  ft.  base,  li  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Alkali  flat  extends  about  65.00  chs.  E.  and  35.00  chs.'W. 
Leave  alkali  flat,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Alkali  creek  (dry),  course  E. 
Set  a  sandstone,  20x7x5  ins.,  15    ins.  in  the  ground,  for    cor.  of  sees. 

13,  14,  23  and  24,  marked  with  3  notches  on  S.  and  1  notch  on  E.  edges ; 

dig  pits,  18x18x12  Ins.,  in  each  sec,  5A  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound 

of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  VV.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sand.N'  and  alkali;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89°  .55'  E.,  on  a  random  line,  bet.  sees.  13  and  24. 
Over  leve]<hmd. 
iO.  00     Set  temp.  \  sec.  cor. 

80.01     Intersect  E.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  at  the  cor.  of  sees.  13,  18,  19.  and  24,  which 
is  a  locust  post  1  it.  above  ground,  4  ins.  sq.,  marked  and  witnessed  as 
described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  .55'  W..  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  13  and  24, 
Over  sandy  alkali  land. 
40.00^    Set  a  .juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,   with  marked    stone,  24    ins. 
in   the   ground,    for  ^   sec.    cor.    marked   ^   S.,  on  N.  face;    dig  pits, 
18x18x12  ins.,   E.   and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of 
earth,  3il-  ft.  base,  U  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
80.  01     The  eor.  of  sees.  13,  14,  23,  and  24. 

Alkali  creek  (now  dry),  runs  eastward  about  4.00  chs.  south  of  this  line. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  alkali  sand;  4tli  rate. 

No  timber. 


190 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  B.  20  ^.—Continued. 


Chains. 
40.00 


58.00 
80.00 


40.00 
80.03 


31.49 


67.07 


76.00 
80.03 


11.00 
36.  60 


N.  0"  1'  W.,  bet.  sees.  13  and  14. 

Over  level  land. 

Set  an  oak  post  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  qnart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in  the 

oronnd,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  J  S.  on  W.  face;   dig  pits  18x18x12  ins. 

N.  and  S.  of  jiost,  3  ft.  dist.,  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^ 

ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Thence  gradually  ascending. 

Begin  steep  ascent,  sloping  S.  W. ;  broken,  stony  ground. 
Set  a  limestone,  20x8x6  ins.,  1.5  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  11, 

12,  13,  and  14,  marked  with  4  notches  on  S.,  and  1  notch  on  E.  edges; 

and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  VV.  of  cor.     Pita 

impracticable. 
This  cor.  is  about  150  ft.  above  last  J  sec.  cor. 
Laud,  level  and  mountainous. 
Soil,  sandy  and  rocky;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 
Mountainous  land,  22.00  chs. 


S.  89-^  55'  E.,  on  a  random  line,  bet.  sees.  12  and  13. 

Point  for  ^  sec.  cor.  falls  in  Kancho  San  Bias. 

Intersect  E.  bdy.  of  Tp.  7  Iks.  N.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  7,   12,  13,  and  18, 

which  is  a  sandstone  5x6x6  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and  witnessed 

as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence,  I  run 

N.  89^'  52'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  12  and  13. 
Over  level  land. 
Intersect  E.  bdy.  of  Rancho  San  Bias,  at  a  point,  from  which  the  5  mile 

post  on  the  rancho  bdy.  bears  S.  33"^  E.  7.00  chs.  dist. 
Set  a  limestoue,  15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor.  of 

fracl.  sees.  12  and  13,  marked  C.  Con  E.  and  S.  B.,  on  W.  faces;  dig 

pits,  crosswise   on   each   line,    30x24x12   ins.,  N.  33^^  W.,  3   ft.,    and 

24  X 18  X 12  ins.,  E.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft. 

base,  2  ft.  high,  E.  of  cor. 
Thence,  across  the  raucho  on  a  blank  Uiie. 
Intersect  W.  bdy.  of  Rancho  San  Bias  at  a  point,  from  which  the  3^  mile 

post  on  the  rancho  bdy.,  bears  N.  19A^^  W.,  12.20  chs.  dist. 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15x7x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  closing  cor.  of 

fracT.  sees.  12  and  13,  marked  S.  B.  on  E.,  with  4  grooves  on  S.  and  C. 

C.  on  W.  faces;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of 

cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
This  cor.  is  on  a  granite  ridge  220  ft.  above   closing  cor.  on  E.  bdy.  of 

the  rancho.     Thence,  over  rough  stony  ground. 
Begin  descent  of  rockv  slope,  bears  N.  and  S. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  11, 12, 13,  and  14. 
This  cor.  is  40  ft.  below  top  of  ridge. 
Land,  level  aud  mountainous. 
Soil,  sandy  loam  and  stony ;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 

Across  Rancho  San  Bias,  35. .58  chs.  of  blank  line. 
Mountainous  land,  12.96  chs. 


August  5:  At  4''  .35"' p.   m..  1.  in.  t.,  I  set   off    45^^  49'   on   the  lat.  arc; 

16^  45'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with   the 

solar,  at  the  corner  of  sees.  11,  12, 13,  and  14. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  0^  1'  W.,  l)et.  sees.  11  and  12. 
Ascend  over  rough  stony  ground  sloping  W. 
Top  of  .ascent,  bears  about  N.  .50^  W.,  and  S.  .50°  E. 
Thence  over  level  lan<l. 
Intersect  W.  bdy.  of  Rancho  San  Bias  at  a  point    from  which  the  N.  W. 

cor,  of  the  rancho  bears  N,  19^^^  W.,  7.40  chs,  dist, 


191 

iSuMi vision  of  T.  15  X.,  R.  20  JE^.— Continued. 


Chains, 


40.00 
44.32 


59.50 
80.00 


40.00 
80.04 


7.00 
9.00 
11.50 
13.60 
16.  50 
18.07 
40.02 


43.00 
51.  50 
.59.  .50 
72.  00 
80.  04 


Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  closing  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  11  and  12,  marked 
S.  B.  onE.. 

C.  C.  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  E.  on  S.,  and 

S.  11  on  W.  faces ;  dig  pits,  crosswise  on  each  line,  30x24x12  ins.. 
N.  mc  W.,  3  ft.,  and  24x18x12  ins.,  S.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist. ;  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  S.  of  cor. 
Thence,  across  the  rancho  on  a  blank  line. 
The  point  for  i  sec.  cor.  falls  in  the  rancho. 
Intersect  N.  bdy.  of  Rancho  San  Bias  at  a  point   from  which  the  X.  W. 

cor.  of  the  rancho  bears  S.  73^  W.,  2.58  chs.  dist. 
Set  a  juniper  post  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  a  (juart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in 
the  ground,  for  closing  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  11  and  12,  marked 
C.  C,  T.  15N.,  R.  20E.  onN., 
S.  B.  on  S.,  and 

S.   11  on  W.  faces;    dig  pits,  crosswise  on  each  line,  30x24x12 
ins.,  S.  73°  W.,  3  ft.,  and  24x18x12  ins.,  X.  of  stone,  7  ft.  dist., 
and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft  high,  X.  of  cor. 
Leave  rancho,  enter  public  land;  thence,  over  rolling  ground. 
Branch,  6  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  E. 

Deposit  a  marked  stone,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  1,  2,  11, 
and  12,   dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,    in  each  sec,  4  ft.  dist.  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit.     In  S.  E.  pit,  drive 
a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  marked 
T.  15  X.,  S.  1  on  X.E., 
R.  20  E.,  S.  12  on  S.  E., 
S.  11  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  2  on  X.  W.  faces;  with  5  notches  oij  S.  and  1  notch  on  E.  edges. 
Land,  mountainous  and  level. 
Soil  stony,  clay,  and  loam;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
Xo  timber. 

Across  Rancho  San  Bias,  7.72  chs.  of  blank  line. 
Mountainous  land,  11.00  chs. 


S.  89°  52'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  1  and  12. 

Set  temp,  i  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  E.  bdy.  of  Tp. ;  7  Iks.  X.  of  cor.  of  sees.  1,  6,  7,  and  12  which  is  a 

juniper  post,  1  ft.  high,  4  ins.  sq.,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described 

by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  49'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  1  and  12. 
Over  rolling  land. 

Enter  oak  timber,  bears  X.  20°  E.  and  S.  20°  W. 
Begin  ascent  of  ridge,  bears  X.  27°  E.  and  S.  27°  W.    « 
Top  of  ridge,  .50  ft.  high,  bears  X.  27°  E.  and  S.  27°  W. 
Begin  descent,  bears  X.  30°  E.  and  S.  30°  W. 
Foot  of  descent,  bears  X.  33°  E.  and  S.  33°  W. 

An  oak,  12  ins.  diam.,  on  line,  I  mark  with  2  notches  on  E.  and  W.  sides. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the  groniul,  for  ^  sec.  cor., 

marked  i  S.  on  X.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ms.,  E.  aud  W.  of  post,  3 

ft.  dist. ;  aud  raise  a  mouud  of  earth,  S\  ft.  base,  H  ft.  high,  X.  of  cor. 
Ravine,  2.00  chs.  wide,  18  ft.  deep,  course  S.  20°  W. 
Ravine,  3.00  chs.  wide,  22  ft.  deep,  course  S.  30°  W. 
Ravine,  3.50  chs.  Avide,  25  ft.  deep,  course  S.  20°  E. 
Leave  oak  timber,  bears  X.  and  S. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  1,  2,  11,  aud  12. 
Land,  rolling. 
Soil,  sandy  loam ;  3d  rate. 
Timber,  oak. 


192 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  K,  R.  20  ^.—Continued. 


N.  0°  1'  W.,  on  a  ranclora  line  bet.  sees.  1  and  2. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  bdy.  ofTp.  at  cor.  of  sees.  1,  '1,  35,  and  36,  which  is  a  lime- 
stone,6x6x5  ins.,  above  ground,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by 
the  surveyor  general. 

Thence  I  run 

S.  0^'  1'  E.  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  1  and  2. 

Over  rolling  hind. 

Eavine,  3.50  chs.  wide,  30  ft.  deep,  course  N.  70'^^  E. 

Deposit  a  marked  stone,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor. ;  dig  pits, 
18x18x12  ins.  X.  and  S.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of 
earth,  3j:  ft.  base,  14^  ft.  high,  over  deposit. 

In  8.  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground 
marked  ^  S.  on  W.  face. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  1,  2, 11,  and  12. 

Land,  rolling. 

Soil,  clay  and  loam ;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 

No  timber. 

Aug.  5,  1893. 


Chains. 
40.00 
79.77 


30. 50 
39.77 


79.77 


40.00 


42.00 
46.00 
50.  .50 

80.00 


40.00 
48. 13 


From  the  cor.  of  sees.  2,  3,  34,  aiid  35,  on  S.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.,  which  is  a  locust 
post,  4  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  high,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by  the 
surveyor  general,  I  run 
N.  Oc  2'  "W.,  bet.  sees.,  34  and  35. 
Over  local  bottom  land. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.  marked  ^  S.,   on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,   3^  ft. 

base,  1|  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Begin  ascent  of  sand  hills,  bears  N.  70°  E.  and  S.  70°  W. 

Top  of  sand  ridge,  35  ft.  high,  bears  N.  65°  E.  and  S.  65°  W.,  begin  descent. 

Foot  of  descent,  bears  N.  70°  E.  and  S.  70°  W. ;  thence,  over  sandy  plain, 

gently  ascending. 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,   24  ins.  in 
the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sec.  26,  27,  34  and  35,  marked 
T.  15  N.,  S.  26  on  N.  E., 
R.  20E.,S.  25  on  S.  E., 
S.  34  on  S.W.,  and 

S.  27  on  N.  W.   fixces;  with  1  notch  on  S.  and  2  notches  on  E. 
edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each    sec.,  5^  ft.  dist.,  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  alluvial  and  sandy;  1st  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber^ 


66.32 
80.06 


S.  89°  57'  E..  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  26  and  35. 

Set  temp,  f  sec.  cor. 

To  left  bank  of  Yellowstone  River,  set  temp,  meander  cor. 

To  determine  the  dist.  across*,  I  set  a  flag  on  line  on  right  bank  of  the 
river;  then  measure  a  base  line  S.  22°  58'  E.  15.00  chs.  to  a  point,  whence 
the  flag  bears  N.  41°  47'  E.  From  the  flag  the  S.  end  of  the  base 
bears  S.  41°  47'  W. ;  therefore  the  angles  taken  in  order  of  measure- 
ment arc  respectively  66°  59',  64°  48',  and  48°  16' ;  their  sum  being 
180  03',  or  3'  too  great.  1  diminish  each  angle  by  one-third  of  the 
excess  and  compute  the  distance  across  the  river,  as  follows: 
«•"  64°  47'  ^  ,^^^^^  ^^  0,905X  L5_j^  J,  ^j^^^  .  ^^^^^ 


.      ,„,,., -,  --        :18.19ch8t, 

sin  48°  15' 
48.1.3+18.19  makes 
To  right  baniv  of  river;  set  temp,  meander  cor. 
Intersect  N.  ami  S.  line,  3  Iks.  S.  of  cor.  of  sees.  25,  26,  35,  and  36;  thence 

I  run 
N.  89°  58'  \V.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  26  and  35. 


*  Tlio  tiiaiigiilation  will  always  be  made  on  the  rcmdqm  litif  when  a  random  line  is  run.    See  page  61 ; 

and  Plate  II,  flg.  4.  f  ■  • 

t  Spe  page  136, 


193 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  -E7.— Continued. 


Chains, 
13.74 


31.93 


37.50 
40.03 


80.06 


4.50 
40.00 


44.20 
48.  50 

57.50 
80.00 


Over  level  bottom  laud,  through  scattering  timber. 
To  right  bank  of  Yellowstone  l^iver. 

Set  a  limestone,  19x7x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander  cor.  of 
fracl.  sees.  26  and  35,  marked  M.  C.  on  W.  face,  with  1  groove  on  S. 
face;  from  which 

A  sycamore,  19  ins.  diam..  bears  N.  49^°  E.,  26  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T. 

15  X.,  K.  20  E.,  S.  26,  M.  C.  B.  T. 
A  Cottonwood,  13  ins.  diam..  bears  8.38^°  E.,  21  Iks.  dist.,  marked 
T.  15  N.,  R.  20  E.,  S.  35,  M.  C.  B.  T. 
To  left  bank  of  Yellowstone  Eiver. 

A  sycamore,  13  ins.  diam.,  for  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  26  and  35, 1  mark 
M.  C  on  E., 
T.15N.  onW., 
E.20E.,  S.  35  on  S.,  and 

S.26  on  N.  sides;  dig    a  pit,  36x36x12  ins.,  8  ft.  W.  of  tree,  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Leave  scattering  timber,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.  marked  f  S.,  on  N.  face;   dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins., 
E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise   a  mound  of  earth,  3J  ft.  base, 
U  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  26,  27,  34,  and  35. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  alluvial  and  sandy;  1st  and  3rd  rate. 
Timber,  sycamore  and  cottonwood. 


N.  0°  2'  W.,  bet.  sees.  26  and  27. 
Over  nearly  level  land. 

Road  from  Mound  City  to  Lake  City,  bears  N.  65°  W,  and  S.  60"^  E. 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  -with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  fori  sec.  cor.  marked  ^  S.  on  W.   face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3|  ft. 
base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Telegraph  line,  bears  N.  70^  E.  and  S.  70°  W. 
Spring  branch,  2  Iks.  wide,  course  S.E. ;  flows  from  a  spring  of  pure 

water,  3  ft.  diam.,  2  ft.  detq),  which  bears  N.  63^  W.,  4.00  chs.  dist. 
Road  from  Mound  City  to  Lake  City,  bears  N.  60^  E.  and  S.  60"  W. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  22,  23,  26,  and  27,  marked 
T.15N.,  S.23  onX.E., 
R.  20  E.,  S.26  on  S.E. , 
S.27  onS.W.,  and 

S.22  on  N.W.  faces;  with  2  notches  on  S.  and  E.  edges;  dig  pits, 
18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.,  5^  ft.  dist.;  and   raise    a  mound  of 
earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft,  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  and  2nd  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89°  58'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  23  and  26. 
40.  00     Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

80. 01     Intersect  N.  and  S.  line,  5  Iks.  N.  of  cor.  of  sees.  23,  24,  25,  and  26. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  56'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  23  and  26. 
Over  level  land. 
40.  00^     Deposit  a  quart  of  charcoal,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J   sec.  cor.;  dig 
pits,  18x18x12  ms.,  E.  and  W.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist. ;  and   raise  a  mound 
of  earth,  34^  ft.  base,  lir  ft.  high,  over  deposit.     In  E.  pit  drive  a  cedar 
stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  marked  i  S.,  on  N. 
face. 
53.  00       Road  from  Mound  City  to  Lake  City,  bears  N,  50°  E.  and  S.  50°  W. ; 

wire  fence  bears  S.  53°  E. 
80.  01       The  cor.  of  sees.  22,  23,  26,  and  27. 

386 13 


194 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  B..  20  ^.—Continued. 


Cliiiins. 


37.50 
40.00 


55.00 
80.00 


40.00 
79.84 


13.00 
20.00 
39.  92 


79.84 


9.150 

13.00 
18.00 
21.70 
23.50 
27.00 
31.50 
34.50 
40.00 


44.00 
80.00 


Land,  level. 
Soil,  sandy  loam ; 
No  timber. 


1st  and  2nd  rate. 


N.  0°  2'  W.,  bet.  sees.  22  and  23. 

Over  nearly  level  land. 

Old  Military  Koad,  bears  N.65-^  W.  and  8.65°  E. 

Set  a  limestone,   15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.   in   the  gronnd,  for  J  sec.  cor., 

niarked   ^  on  W.  face;   and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 

high,  W.  of  cor.    Pits  imjiracticable. 
Begin  ascent  of  steej)  slope,  over  stony  ground. 
Top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  table  laud,  90  ft.  above  ^  sec.  cor.,  bears  E. 

and  W. ;  thence,  over  hard  mesa. 
Set  a  limestone,  16x9x4  ins.,  11  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  14, 

15,  22,  and  23,  marked  Avith  3  notches  on  S.  and  2  notches  on  E.  edges; 

and  raise   a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,    1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.    Pits 

inijiracticable. 
Land,  level,  except  ascent  of  mesa. 
Soil,  sandy  loam  on  first  half  mile,  remainder  gravelly  and  stouy ;  2d  and 

4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89°  56'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  14  and  23. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line,  7  Iks.  N.  of  cor.  of  sees.  13,  14,  23,  and  24. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  53'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  14  and  23. 

Over  level  land. 

Begin  steep  rocky  ascent  to  mesa,  bears  N.  and  S.. 

Top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  mesa,  80  ft.  above  sec.  cor.,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Set  a  sandstone,  14x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  foresee,  cor.  marked 

J  on  N.  face ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  N.  of 

cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  14,  15,  22,  and  23. 
Land,  nearly  all  level. 
Soil,  hard  and  gravelly;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  0°  2'  W.,  bet.  sees.  14  and  15. 

Over  level  mesa. 

Edge  of  mesa,  bears  N.  80°  E.  and  S.  80°  W.;  begin  steep  descent  over 

rocky  ground. 
Foot  of  descent,  60  ft.  below  mesa;  enter  cedar  tim])er,  bears  E.  and  \V. 
Leave  cedar  timber,  bears  E.  and  W.;  begin  ascent. 
Top  of  round  bntte,  50  ft.  high;  thence,  over  level  ground. 
I'egin  descent. 

Foot  of  descent,  enter  cedar  timber,  bears  E.  andW. 
Leave  cedar  timber,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Wood  road,  bears  N.  65°  E.  and  S.  65°  W. 
Deposit  a  quart  of  charcoal,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.;  dig 

pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound 

of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  over  deposit.     In  S.  pit  drive  a  cedar 

stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  marked  J  S.  on  W. 

face. 
Begin  steep  rocky  ascent. 
Top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  mesa,  75  ft.    above  last  i  sec.  cor.,  bears  N. 

70°  W.  and  S.  70°  E. 
Thence  over  hard  mesa,  gradually  ascending. 
Set  a  limestone,  15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  10, 

11,  14,  and  15,  marked  with  4  notches  on  S.  and  2  notches  on  E.  edges; 

and  raise    a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.     Pits 

im))racticable. 
Land,  level  and  broken. 


195 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  E.  20  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 


40.00 
80.00 


7.50 

9.60 
14.50 

16.00 
19.50 

40.04 
80.08 


28.00 
30.50 
40.00 


42.00 

43.50 
48.50 

53.00 
60.00 

80.00 


Soil,  hard  aud  gravelly;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 

August  7:  At  this  cor.  I  set  off  16°  14'  N.  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  at  0''  6'" 
p.  in.,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian;  theresulting  lat.  is  45° 

48'. 


S.  89^  53'  E.,  on  a  random  lino  bet.  sees.  11  and  14. 

Set  temp.  J  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  aud  S.  line,  10  Iks.  N.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  11, 12, 13  and  14. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  49'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  11  and  14. 

Descend  rajjidly  over  stony  ground  and  boulders. 

To  bench,  110  ft.    below  sec.  cor. ;    thence,    over  level    bench,  bears  N. 

and  S. 
Begiii.  steep  descent  to  canon,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Foot  of  descent,  140   ft.  below  sec.  cor. ;  dry  bed  of  stream  in  canon,  15 

Iks.  wide,  water  in  holes,  course  S. 
Begin  precipitous  ascent  to  mesa. 
Top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  mesa,  190  ft.  above  bottom  of  canon,  bears  N. 

and  S. ;  tlience,  over  hard,  level  ground. 
Set  a  limestone,  15x8x6  ins.,   10   ins.  in  the    ground,  for  I  sec.  cor., 

marked  ^  S.  on  N.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 

high,  N.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  10, 11, 14,  and  15. 
Land,  mountainous  and  level. 
Soil,  boulders  and  hard  gravel;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 
Mountainous  land,  19.50  chs. 


N.  0°  2'  W.,  bet.  sees.  10  and  11. 
Over  gradually  ascending  ground. 
Ravine,  18  ft.  deep,  course  S.  30°  E. 
Begin  ascent  over  stony  ground,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Set  a  granite   stone,  16x6x6  ins.,  11  ins.  in  the   ground,   fox  ^  sec.  cor. 
marked  ^  on  W.  face ;  and  raise  a  mound    of    stone,  2  ft.  base,  1|  ft. 
high,  W.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
This  i  sec.  cor.  stands  on  S.  slope  of  ridge,  .50  ft.  above  the  sec.  cor. 
Top  of  sharn  rocky  ridge,  20  ft.  above  the  ^  sec.  cor,,  bears  N.  75°  E.  and 

S.  75°  W. " 
Begin  descent. 
Foot  of  descent,   25  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  bears  E.   and  W. ;  thence, 

ascend  along  S.  E.  slope  of.spur. 
Enter  hea\'y  oak  and  pine  timber,  bears  E.  and  W. 
A  point,  200  ft.  above  J  sec.  cor. ;  thence,  descend   into  ravine,  50  ft. 

deep,  course  S.  35°  E. ;  ascend  very  steep  slope  to 
A  pine,  27  ins.  diani.,  for  cor.  of  sees.  2,  3,  10  and  11,  I  mark 
T.  15  N.,  S.  12  on  N.  E., 
R.  20  E.,  S.  11  on  S.  E., 
S.  10  on  S.  W.,  and 
S.  3  on  N.  W.  sides;  with  5  notches  on  S.  and  2   notches   on  E. 

sides;  from  which 
An  oak,  12  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  22°  E.,  17  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15 

N.,  R.  20  E.,  S.  2,  B.  T. 
A  pine,  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  6.54°  E.,  21  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15 

N.,  R.  20E.,  S.  11,  B.  T. 
A  pine,  15  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  41|°  W.,  27  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15 

N.,  R.  20  E.,  S.  10,  B.  T. 
An  oak^  14  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  48i°  W.,  23  Iks.  dist.,  marked   T. 
15  N.,  R.  20  E.,  S.  3,  B.  T. 
This   cor.  stands  on  a  S.  E.  spur  of  the  Little  Snowy  Mountains,  560  ft. 

above  cor. 'of  sees.  10,  11,  14,  and  15. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  stony;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  oak  and  pine. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  59.50  chs. 


196 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  B.  20  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
40.00 
80.17 


19.00 
19.  90 
26.00 
40.  08i 


57.00 
61.00 


71.00 
80.17 


40.00 
80. 15 


5.00 
30.00 

40.15 


45.  00 
54.00 

80.15 


2.00 
40.00 


S.  89°  49'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  2  and  11. 

Set  temp,  f  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  8.  line,  23  llis.  S.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  1,  2,  11,  and  12. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89"^  59'  W..  on  a  true  lino  bet.  sees.  2  and  11. 

Over  rolling  land. 

Enter  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  N.  10°  E.  and  S.  10°  W. 

Branch,  4  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  60^  E. 

Begin  ascent  of  mountain  spur,  bears  about  S.20°  W. 

Top  of  spur,  80  ft.  above  sec.  cor. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  \  sec.  cor., 

marked  ^  S.  on  N.  face;  from  which 

An  oak,  11  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  54^°  E.,  24  Iks.  dist.,  marked  \  S. 

B.  T. 
A  pine,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  36p  E.,  18  Iks.  dist.,  marked  \  S. 
B.  T. 
Thence  along  south  side  of  spur. 

Leave  heavy  oak  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. ;  descend  abruptly. 
Bottom  of  ravine,  40  ft.  deep,  course  S.  60°  E. ;  ascend  very  steep  rocky 

slope. 
Pinter  heavv  pine  timber,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 
The  cor.  of 'sees.  2,  3,  10,  and  11. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  rocky ;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  oak  and  pine. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  61.00  chs. 


N.  0°  2'  W.,  on  a  random  line,  bet.  sees.  2  and  3. 

Set  temp.  \  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  5  Iks.  W.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  2,  3,  34,  and  35, 

which  is  a  granite  stone,  5x8x5  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and  wit- 
nessed as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
August  7:  At  5'>  60'"  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  oft"  16°  11'  N.,  on  the  deck  arc; 

45°  50',  on  the  lat.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridinn  with  the  solar, 

at  the  cor.  of  sees  2,  3,  '^\,  and  35. 
Thence  I  run 

South,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  2  and  3. 
Over  rolling  ground  on  the  summit  of  .the  southern  end  of  the  Little  Snowy 

Mountains,  1,200  ft.  high. 
Begin  descent  of  eastern  slope  of  mountain. 
Head  of  ravine,  200  ft.  below  sec.  cor.,   course  S.  60°  E.;  thence,   over 

broken  ground. 
Set  a  lava  stone,  17x8x5  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  \  sec.  cor.  marked 

\  on  W.  face ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  W.  of 

cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Enter  heavy  pine  timber;  bears  E.  and  W. ;  descend  rapidly. 
Head  of  ravine,  170ft.  below  J^sec.  cor.,  course  S.  E.j  thence  ascend  over 

rough  stony  ridges.- 
The  cor.  of  sees.  2,  3, 10,  and  11. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  rocky;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  pine  and  oak. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  80.15  chs. 

August  7,  1893. 


From  the  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  33  and  34,  on  S.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.,  which  is  a 
cedar  post,  4  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  high,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described 
by  the  surveyor  general,  I  run 

N,  0°  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  33  and  34. 

Over  level  land. 

Creek,  14  Iks.  wide,  good  water,  coiirse  S.  05°  E. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long.  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  \  sec.  cor.  marked  \  S.  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins., 
N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist.,  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^ 
ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 


197 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  JV.,  R.  20  E. — Coutinued. 


Chains. 
45.  50 
(10.  00 
80.  00 


40.00 

79.87 


39.  93A 


79.87 


1.70 
3.30 
37.40 
3;).  00' 
32.  00 
40.  00 


80.00 


40.00 
79.89 


39.  94^ 


79.89 


Branch,  8  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  course  N.  60°  E. ;  enter  meadow  laud. 
Leave  uicadow  land,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Deposit  a  quart  of  charcoal,  12  ins.  in  the  j^round,  for  cor.  of  sees.  27,  28, 
33,  and34;   dijj,' pits,  18xl8xl2ius.,  in  each  sec,  4  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  over  deposit.     In  S.  E.  pit  drive  a 
cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  marked 
T.  15  N.,  S.  27  on  N.E., 
E.20E.,  S.34  onS.E., 
S.33  on  S.W.,  and 

S.  28  on  N.  W.  faces;  witli  1  notch  on  S.  aiul  3  notches  on  E.  edges. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  ricl^ loam;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89'^  57'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  27  and  34. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  lino,  3  Iks.  S.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  26,  27,  34,  and  35. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  58'  W.,  on  a  random  lino  bet.  sees.  27  and  34. 

Over  level  land. 

Set  a  limestone,  20x7x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  I  sec.  cor.,  marked 

I  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3  ft.  dist.; 

and  raise  a  mouud  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  14  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  27,  28,  33  and  34. 
Laud,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  0"  3'  \V.,  bet.  sees.  27  and  28. 
Over  level  land. 

I5ranch,  7  Iks.  wide,  good  water,  course  S.  W. 
Same  branch,  7  Iks.  wide,  course  E. 
Telegraph  line,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Road  from  ]\Iound  City  to  Lake  City,  bears  N.  73°  W.  and  S.  73°  E. 
Head  from  Monud  City  to  Lake  City,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  scj.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  \  sec.  cor.,  marked  I  S.  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.. 
N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mouud  of  earth,  3.V  ft.  base, 
H  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Set  an  oak  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  21,  22,  27  and  28,  marked 
T.  15  N.,  S.  22  on  N.  E., 
E.  20  E.,  S.  27  on  S.  E., 
S.28on  S.  W.,  and 

S.21  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  2  notches  on  S.  and  3  notches  on  E. 
edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5i^  ft.  dist.;    and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89°  58'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  22  and  27. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line,  2  Iks.  S.  of  cor.  of  sees.  22,  23,  26  and  27. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  59'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  22  and  27. 

Over  level  land. 

Set  a  limestone,  15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor., 
marked  ^  on  N.  face;  dig  i>its,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3 
ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mouud  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  21,  22,  27,  and  28. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate. 

No  timber. 


198 

Suhdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  E. — ContinuecT. 


Chains. 
13.90 


40.00 


53.60 


79.40 


80. 00 


40.00 
79.97 


11.50 
16.00 
17.  50 
39.  98  i 


79.97 


0.60 


N.  0°  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  21  and  22. 
Over  level  laud. 

To  the  margin  of  an  impassable  swamp,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  witness  point,  marked  W.  P.,  on  W.  face;    dig  pits,  18x 
18x12  ins.,  N.  aud  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  higli,  W.  of  cor. 
To  pass  the  swamp  I  offset  as  follows: 
East,  18.00  chs. 
N.0O3'  W.,  26.10  chs. 

West,  5.00  chs.  to  a  point  on  margin  of  swamp  *  13.00  chs.  E.  of 
The  point  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  in  swamp. 
N.  0-'  3'  W.,  19.00  chs. 

West,  13.00  chs.  to  a  point  on  line  bet.  sees.  21^nd22;  thence,  S. 
0°  3'  E.,  5.40  chs.,  to 
North  side  of  impassable  swamp,  on  line. 

Set  a. juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  witness  cor.  to  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  W.  C,  J  S.,  on  W.  face; 

dig  pits,   18x18x12  ins.,  N.  and   S.  of  post,  3  ft.   dist.;    and  raise  a 

mound  of  earth,  3.1  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Thence,  N.  0"  3'  W.,  26.40  chs.,  to  the  point  for  sec.  cor.,  which  falls  in 

Old  Military  Road,  bears  N.  55^  W,  and  S.  55-  E.     Therefore  at 
Set  a  juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq  ,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  witness  cor.  to  cor.  of  sees.  15, 16,  21  and  22,  marked 
W.  C.,T.15N.,S.  15onN.  E., 
R.20E.,S.22onS.  E., 
S.  21on  S.  W.,and 

S.  16  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  3  notches  on  S.  and  E.  edges;  dig 

pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  E.,  S.  E.,  S.  W.,  and  N.  W.  of  cor.,  5^  ft. 

dist. ;  aud  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W. 

of  cor. 

Deposit  a  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  15, 16, 

21  aud  22, 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  rich  loam ;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89"-  59'  E.,  ou  a  random  Hue  bet.  sees.  15  and  22. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  lino  12  Iks,  N.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  14,  15,  22  aud  23, 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89^  54'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  15  and  22. 

Over  hard  level  mesa. 

To  edge  of  mesa,  liears  N.  aud  S. ;  begin  descent  over  stcuiy  ground. 

Foot  of  descent,  60  ft.  below  mesa,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Wood  road,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Set  a  limestone,  15x8x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  I  sec.  cor.  marked 

^  on  N.  face;  dig  iiits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and   W.  of  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ; 

and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  l.J  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  15, 16,  21  and  22. 
Jjand,  level;  except  (h^sccnt  from  mesa. 
Soil,  loam  and  stony;  2ud  aud  Ith  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  0'  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  15  and  16, 

Over  level  land. 

Deposit  a  marked  stone,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  witness  cor.  to  cor. 
of  sees.  1.5,16,21  and  22;  dig  ints,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  E.,  S.  E.,  S.  W., 
and  N.  W.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist. ;  aud  raise  a  mouml  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2 


•A  Witncsi  Corner  to  t\ie  \  »cv.  cor.  would  be  e.stablished  at  this  point,  in  case  no  witness  corner 
could  be  plated  on  line  within  20.00  ch.s.  of  tlie  i  sec.  cor. 


199 

Snbdivision  of  T.  15  ¥.,  R.  20  J5.— Continued. 


Chains. 


40.00 


45.00 
46.00 

80.00 


40.00 
79.95 


23.00 
28.00  I 
39.  97* 


79.  9.5 


4.50 
22.00 
39.00 
40.  00 


60.00 
72.00 
80.00 


ft.  high,  over  deposit.     In  S.  E.  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2 

ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  marked 
W.  C.,T.  15  N.,  S.  ISonN.E. 
R.  20  E.,  S.  22onS.  E., 
S.21  on  S.W.,    and 

S.  16  on  N.  W.  faces;  with  3  notches  on  S.  and  E.  edges. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for^  sec.  cor.  marked  \  S.,  on  W.  face;    dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins., 

N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  '6\  ft.  base,  1^ 

ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
William  Wells'  house,  bears  A^.,  6.00  chs.  dist. 
East  end  of  a  clear  water  pond,  bears  W.  about  11.00  chs.;    its  shores 

extend  N.  and  W. 
k%t  a  limestone,  18x18x12  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  9, 

10, 15  and  16,  marked  with  4  notches  on  S.  and  3  notches  on  E.  edges; 

dig   pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.,  5^  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound 

of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

8oil.  loam ;  1st  and  2nd  rate. 
No  timber. 
August  10:   At  this  cor.,  I  set  oif  1.5°  22'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;   and,  at 

0''  5'"  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian ;  the  resulting  lat. 

is  45°  48',   which  is  about  0.5  less  than  the  proper  lat. 


S.  89°  54'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  10  and  15. 

Set  temp.  \  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  X.  and  S.  line  12  Iks.  S.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  10,  11,  14  and  15. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  59'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  10  and  15. 

Over  hard  level  mesa. 

Begin  descent  from  mesa,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Foot  of  descent  from  mesa,  bears  N.  W.  and  S.  E. 

Set  a  limestone,  15x8x8  ins.,   10  ins.  in   the  ground,  for  \  sec.   cor., 

marked  \  on  N.  face;    dig  ])its,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3  ft. 

dist. ;  and   raise    a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  9,  10,  15  and  16. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  loam  and  hard  clay  and  gravel ;  1st  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.°  3'  W.,  bet.  sees.  9  and  10. 
Over  gently  rolling  land. 

Enter  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  55°  E.  and  N.  80°  AV. 
Begin  ascent  of  spur,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 
Leave  heavy  timber,  bears  N.  W.  aud  N.  25°  E. 
Top  of  ridge,  60  ft.  above  sec.  cor.,  descends  towards  the  S.  W. 
Set  a  granite  stone,  15x8x7  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  i- sec.  cor., 
marked   \  on  W.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  \\  ft. 
high,  W.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Thence,  along  W.  slope  of  spur,  over  ravines  aud  rough  stony  ground. 
Enter  heavy  pine  timber. 

Ravine,  40  ft.  deep,  course  W. ;  thence  np  steep  ascent. 
A  pine,  12  ins.  diara.,  for  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  9  aud  10,  I  mark 

T.  15  N.,  S.  3onN.  E., 

R.  20E.,  S.  lOonS.  E., 

S.  9  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  4  on    N.   W.  sides;  with  5  notches  on  S.  and  3  notches  on  E. 
sides;    dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5^  ft.  dist.;  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth  around  tree. 
This  cor.  stands  about  300  ft.  above  the  general  level  of  tlie  surrounding 

country. 
Land,  rolling  and  mountainous. 
Soil,  gra\  elly  loam  and  rocky;  3rd  and  4tli  rate. 
Timber,  ])ine,  with  some  oak. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  58  00  chains. 


200 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  JSF.,  R.  20  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
40.00 
80.23 


4.00 
15.00 
18.00 
23.00 
40.  Hi 


52.00 

60.50 
80.23 


40.00 
80.19 


7.00 
18.00 
27.00 
36.00 
37.50 
40.19 


47.00 
51.00 
58.00 

63.00 
65.00 
67.50 

74.00 
80.19 


S.  89"^  59'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  3  and  10. 

Set  temp,  i  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line  at  the  cor.  of  sees.  2,  3, 10,  and  11. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  59'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  3  and  10. 

Ascend  over  rough  ground,  through  heavy  timber. 

Leave  heavy  timber,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 

A  point  about  600  ft.  above  base  of  mountain  ;  descend. 

Enter  scattering  timber,  be.ars  N.  and  S.  W. 

Leave  scattering  timber,  bears  N.  E.  and  S.  W. 

Seta  granite  stone,  15x8x5  inii^lO  ins.  in  the  ground  for  i  sec.  cor. 

marked   J  on  N.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2^  ft.  base,  1^  ft. 

high,  N.  of  cor. 
Ravine,  40  ft.  below  ^  sec.  cor.,  course  S.  60"^  W. ;  thence  ascend  over 

spur. 
Enter  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  and  S. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  9,  and  10. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  stony;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  pine. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  80.23  chs.. 


N.  0°  3'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  3  and  4. 

Set  temp,  i  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  bdy.  of  the  Tj).  2  Iks.  E.  of  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  33,  and  34,  which 

is  a  granite  stone,  6x8x4  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and  witnessed  as 

described  by  the  siirveyor  general. 
August  10:    At  5"  5'"  p.  in.,  1.  m.  t.,  1  set  ofl"  45°  50'  on  the  lat.  arc;  15° 

19'  N.,on  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the  solar, 

at  the  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  33,  and  34. 
Thence  I  run 

S.  0^  4'  E.,  t)n  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  3  and  4. 
Ascend  spur  extending  west. 

Top  of  spur,  20  ft.  above  sec.  cor.,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  descend. 
Ravine,  20  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  course  N.  85°  W. ;  ascend  spur. 
Top  of  spur,  25  ft.  above  ravine,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  descend. 
Ravine,  30  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  course  N.  75°  W. ;  ascend. 
Enter  heavy  pine  timber. 

An  oak,  9  ins.  diam.,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  I  mark  i  S.,  on  W,  side;  from  which 

A  pine,  8  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  14°  E.,  20  Iks.  dist.,  marked  i  S.  B.  T. 

An  oak,  10  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  75^°  W.,  19  Iks.  dist.,  marked  i  S. 

B.T. 

Top  of  spur,  65  ft.  above  ravine,  bears  N.  70°  W.  and  S.  70°  E. ;  descend. 

Leave  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  70°  AV.  and  S.  70°  E. 

Foot  of  descent,  20  ft.  below  top  of  ridge,  bears  N.  85°  W.  and  S.  85°  E. ; 

ascend. 
Enter  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  N.  W.  and  E. 

To])  of  ridge,  150  ft.  above  foot  of  spur,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  descend. 
Leave  heavy  pine  timber,  bears  jS'.  60°  W.  and  S.  60°  E;  thence    over 

broken,  stony  ground. 
Begin  ascent. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  9  and  10. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  stony;  4th  rate. 
Timber,  pine  witli  .some  oak. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  80.19  chs. 

August  10,  1893. 


This  nth  day  of  August,  1893,  I  discharge  .James  Banner  and  employ 
Edward  Ensign,  to  perform  thcdutiesof  llagman.  NooHicerauthorized 
to  aduiiuister  oaths,  other  than  myself,  being  available,  without  great 
inconvenience,  delay,  and  expense,  I  administer  the  required  prelim- 
inary and  iinal  oaths. 

RoBEUT  Acres, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 


201 

Suhdivision  of  T.  15  X.,  E.  20  -E/.— Continued. 


Chains. 


17.80 
20.42 


40.00 


59.  50 
«0.00 


40.00 
79.90 


3.00 


Note. — Clear  Lake,  a  body  of  deep  water,  more  than  25  acres  in  extent, 
not  drainable  oi-  likely  to  dry  up,  situated  about  the  middle  of  sec.  33, 
I  prepare  to  meander,  as  follows: 
The  sky  is  overcast  and  solar  observations  are  impossible. 
I  tiud  the  I  sec.  cor.  on  S.  bdy.  of  sec.  33,  whicli  is  a  limestone  5x8x5  ins., 
above  ground,  marked  and    witnessed  as  described    by    the  surveyor 
general,  on  liut^  with  the  section  corners  wliich  are  visible  from  said  J 
sec.  cor. ;  tlierefore,  from  a  sight  on  the  S.  W.  cor.  of  sec.  33, 1  turn  olf 
an  angle  of  89-  .53'  to  the  north,  and  run 
N.  0^  3'  W.,  bet.  the  E.  and  W.  halves  of  sec.  33. 
Over  level  hnid. 

Enter  scattering  timber,  bears  E.  and  W. 
To  bank  of  Clear  Lake. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  special 
meander  cor.  of  fracl.  E.  and  \V.  halves  of  sec.  33,  marked 
S.M.C.  onN., 
T.  15N.  on  S., 
E.20E.,S.33onE.,  and 
S.  23  ou  W.  faces;  from  which 
A  maple,  8  ins.  diam.,  bears  8.  21|o  E.,  15  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15 

N.,  K.  20  E.,  S.  33,  S.  M.  C.  B.  T. 
An  ash,  12  ius.  diam.,  bears  S.  72J^  W.,  21  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15 
N.,  R.  20  E.  S.,  33,  S.  M.  C.  B.  T. 
Land,  level. 

f-'oil,  rich  loam;  1st  rate. 
Timber,  oak,  nsli,  and  majile. 
NoTK. — At  y  a.  m.,  heavy  rain  prevents  further  work  this  day. 

August  11,  1893. 


August  12:  At  7''  5'"  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off  45-3  45'  on  the  lat.  arc;  U^^  51' 
N.,on  the  deck  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the  solar  at 
the  cor.  of  sees.  4,  5,  32,  and  33,  on  the  S.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.,  which  is  a 
limestone,  6x(3X4  ins.,  above  ground,  marked  and  witnessed  as  de- 
scribed by  the  surveyor  general. 

N.  Oo  4'  W.,  bet.  sees.  32  and  33. 
Over  level  land. 

8et  a  juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  {-  sec.  cor.,  marked  \  S.  on  W.  face;   dig  pits.  18x18x12  ins., 
N.  and  .S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3.}  ft.  base,  IJ 
ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Spring  brancli,  6  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  course  8.40^  E, 
Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long.,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  <[uart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in 
the  ground  for  cor.  of  sees.  28,  29,  32,  and  33,  marked 
T.  15  N.,  S.  28  ou  N.  E., 
R.20E.,  8.33onS.E., 
S.  32  on  S.  W.,  and 

S.  29  on  N.  W.  faces ;  with  1  notch  on  S.  and  4  notches  on  E.  edges ; 
dig  i)its,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  eacli  sec,  S^^ft.  dist. ;    and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  rich  loam;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89°  57'  E.,  ou  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  28  and  33. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line,  7  Iks.  S.  of  cor.  of  sees.  27, 28,  33,  and  44. 

Thence,  I  run 

West  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  28  and  33. 

Over  level  laud. 

Branch,  6  Iks.  wide,  good  water,  course  S.  20°  E.,  flows  from  N.  60°  E. 


202 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  F.  30  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
40.00 


43.00 
80.00 


3.  50 
24.00 


12.50 
14.50 

40.00 


41.50 
66.20 
50.00 
50.70 
52.00 

64.00 
65.  00 
80.00 


40.00 
79.  96 


2.50 
4.50 

39.98 


Deposit  a  quart  of  charcoal,  12  ins.  in  the  gronnd,  for  :J^  sec.  cor.;  dig 
pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  cor.,  4  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound 
of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  higli,  over  deiJosit. 

In  E.  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft.  long,  2  ins.  sq.,  12  ins.  iu  the  ground, 
marked  J  S.,  on  N.  face. 

Spring  branch,  8  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  course  S.  30°  E. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  28,  29,  32,  and  33. 

Land,  level, 

8oil,  rich  loam;  Ist  rate. 

No  timber. 


From  the  J  sec,  cor.  bet.  sees.  28  and  .33, 1  run 
S.  0°  3'  E.,  bet.  the  E.  and  W.  halves  of  sec.  33. 
Over  level  land. 

Spring  branch,  8  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  course  S.  80°  E. 
To  bank  of  Clear  Lake. 

Set  a  limestone,  20x6x6  ins.,  15  ins,  in  the  ground,  for  special  meander 
cor.  of  fracl,  E.  and  W.  halves  of  sec.  33,  marked 

S.  M.  C  ;  on  S.  face ;  dig  a  pit,  36x36x  12  ins.,  8  ft.  N.  of  stone ;  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft,  base,  2  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
I^and,  level. 

Soil,  rich  loam ;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  0°  4'  W.,  bet.  sees.  28  and  29. 

Over  level  land. 

Begin  ascent,  bears  E,  and  W. 

Top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  sandv  plain,  25  ft.  above  sec.  cor.,  bears  N,  E., 

and  W. 
Set  a  juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins,  iu  the 

ground  for  |  sec.  cor.,  marked  ^  S,,  on  W.  face;   dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins., 

N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft,  base,  1^ 

ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Telegraph  line,  bears  N.  70«  W,  and  S,  70°  E. 

Koad  from  Mound  City  to  Lake  City,  bears  N.  70°  W.  and  S,  70°  E. 
Begin  descent,  bears  S,  E.  and  W. 
Foot  of  descent,  18  ft.  below  plain,  bears  E.  and  W. 
Spring  branch,  4  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  coarse  S.  60°  E. ;  flows  from  spring, 

3  ft.  diam.,  2  ft.  deep,  which  bears  N.  60°  W.,  7.00  chs.  dist. 
Begin  ascent,  bears  E.  and  W, 

Top  of  ascent  of  20  ft.,  and  edge  of  sandy  plain,  bears  E.  and  W, 
Seta  limestone,  20x7x5  ins,,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  fur  cor.  of  sees.  20, 21,28, 

and  29,  marked  with  2  notcheson  S.  and  4  notches  on  E.  edges ;   dig  pits, 

18x  18x  12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5i  ft,  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4 

ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.  " 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


East,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  21  and  28, 

Set  temp,  J  se(\  cor. 

Intersect  N,  and  S,  line,  2  Iks.  N.  of  cor.  of  sees.  21,  22,  27,  and  28. 

Thence  I  rnn 

N.  89°  59'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  21  and  28. 

Over  level  land. 

Begin  ascent,  bears  N.  and  S, 

Top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  sandy  plain,  20  ft.  above  sec.  cor.,  bears  N. 

and  S. 
Set  an  oak  ])Ost,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  8<].,  with  ch.'irred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  :}■  sec.  cor.,  marked  ^J^  S.  on  N,  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins,, 

E.  and  W,  of  ])ost,  3  ft,  dist, ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base, 

1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor, 


203 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  JV.,  R.  20  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
79.96 


28.00 
31.00 
40.00 


66.00 
80.00 


12.  90 


79.92 


18.30 


39.96 


67.02 


79.92 


The  cor.  of  sees.  20,  21,  28,  and  29. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  ;  4th  rate. 

No  timber. 


N.  0^  4'  W.,  I)et.  aces.  20  and  21. 

Over  level  land. 

Begin  descent,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Foot  of  descent,  25  ft.  below  plain,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Set  a  limestone,  18x6x6  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.  marked 
i  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and 
raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^^  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

August  12:  At  this  J  sec.  cor.,  bet.  sees.  20  and  21, 1  set  off  14'^  46'  N.,  on  the 
decl.  arc ;  and,  at  0**  5'"  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian ; 
the  resulting  lat.  is  45-2  47', which  is  about  O'.l  less  than  the  proper  lat. 

W.  end  of  a  swamp,  bears  E.  about  5.00  chs.  dist. 

Set  a  limestone,  18x8x4  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  16, 17, 
20,  and  21,  marked  with  3  notches  on  S.  and  4  notches  on  E.  edges;  dig 
pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.  5^  ft. dist;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  and  rich  loam;  on  plain,  4th  rate,  remainder  1st  rate. 

No  timber.  August  12,  1893. 


Heavy  rain  prevented  work  until  afternoon  August  14, 1893. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  15, 16,  21,  and  22,  being  plainly  visible,* 
I  run  for  said  cor. 

S.  89°  59'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  16  and  21. 

To  margin  of  impassable  swamp;  set  a  temp,  witness  point. t  Then  off- 
set as  follows: 

North,  9.  50  chs. ;  then,  on  the  offset  line: 
S.  89^  59'  E.,  40.00  chs. ;  set  temp.  Avitness  cor.  to  ^  sec.  cor, ; 
S.  89°  59'  E.,  64.00  chs.  (counted  from  sec.  cor.) ;  then, 
South,  9.50  chs.  to  the  random  line,  on  which,  at 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line  at  cor.  of  sees.  15, 16,21,  and  22. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89^  59'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  16  and  21. 

Over  level  land. 

To  margin  of  impassable  swamp. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  witness  point,  nuirked  W.  P.  on  N.face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
base,  li  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Thence,  offset  N.,  9.50  chs. ;  then,  run  on  offset  line,  N.  89°  59'  W. 

Set  a  juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  witness  cor.  to  i  sec.  cor.,  marked  W.  C.  i  S.,  on  N.  face; 
dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a 
mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  H  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Offset  south  9.50  chs.,  to  true  line. 

Set  an  oak  post,  3  ft.  long.  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  witness  point,  marked  \V.P.,on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18 
Xl2  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
3i  ft.  base,  li  ft.  liigh.  N.  of  cor. 

The  swamp  can  be  drained  into  Lin's  Lake. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  16, 17,  20,  aud  21. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  rich  loam;  1st  rate. 

No  timber. 


*WhorevL'r  this  condition  obtains,  the  raniliun  will  be  run  and  recorded  as  above  stated. 
tWlien  offsets  are  made  from  random  latitudinal  section  lines,  temporary  marks  will  bo  left  for  Wit- 
ncsn  FoiiiU  and  Witness  Corners,  as  illustrated  above. 


204 

Suhdiv'ision  of  T.  15  N.,  R.  30  ^.— Con  tinned. 


Chains. 

34.00 
40.00 


46.00 

47.00 


50.20 
80.00 


40.00 
79.90 


SI.  40 
39. 95 


49.20 


79.  90 


38.00 
40.00 
40.  GO 

66.00 

68. 00 
80.00 


N.  0°  4'  W.,  bet.  sees.  16  and  17. 

Over  level  land. 

S.  E.  cor.  of  James  Wilkie's  field,  extends  W.,  18.00  chs.,  and  along  line. 

yet  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  (piart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  the 

ground,  for  4^  sec.  cor.,  marked  J  S.,  on  W.  face;    dig   pits  18x18x12 

ins.,  N.  and  8.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 

base,  li  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Old  Military  Road,  bears  N.  65°  W.  and  S.  65°  E. 
Branch,  4  Iks.  wide,  pure  water,  swift  current,  course  S.  40°  W. 
This  branch  is  the  outlet  of  the  pond  in  sec.  16,  fed  by  numerous  fine 

springs  in  sec.  9. 
Acequia,  8  Iks.  wide,  course  N.  86*^  W.     Thence  gradually  ascending. 
Set  a  limestone,  21x7x5  ins.,  16  ins.  in  the  ground,  fur  cor.  of  sees.  8,  9, 

16,  and  17,  markedwith  4  notches  on  S.  andE.  edges;   dig  pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,  in  each  sec.  5.V  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise   a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2 

ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.  " 
Land,  level  and  rolling. 
Soil,  rich  loam ;  1st  rate. 
No  timber. 


S.  89"^  59'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  9  and  16. 

Set  temp.  I  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line  9  Iks.  N.  of  cor.  of  sees.  9, 10, 15,  and  16. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89^  55'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  9  and  16. 

Over  rolling  land. 

Spring  branch,  3  Iks.  wide,  course  S. ;  enters  pond  about  6.00  chs.  S. 

Seta  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor.,  marked  ^  S.  on  N.  face ;  dig  i)its,  18x18x12  ins., 

E.  and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  li; 

ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Spring  branch,  3  Iks.  wide,  course  S;  enters  pond  about  8.00  chs.  S. 
Tlie  Itranclies  crossing  this  line  are  fed  by  numerous  largo  springs  4.00  to 

10.00  chs.  N.  of  the  line. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  8,  9,  16,  and  17. 
Land,  rolling. 

Soil,  gravelly  loam;  2nd  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  0°  4'  W.,  bet.  sees.  8  and  9. 

Over  rolling  land. 

To  S.  bank  of  limestone  quarry,  bears  E.  and  W.     To  pnss  the  quarry,  I 

offset  2.00  chs.  E.,  then,  N.  0>J  4'  W.,  on  the  offset  line. 
The  ])()int  for  i  sec.  cor.  falls  in  quarry.     Continue  offset  line  to  40.60 

chs. ;  then,  W.,  2.00  chs.,  to  true  line. 
Set  a  limestone,  15x9x5  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  witness  cor.  to  i 

see.  cor.  marked  W.  C.  i  on   W.  face;  and    raise    a  mound  of  stone, 

2  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
Middle  of  single  track  of  the  Montana  and  Manitoba  Railroad,  bears  N. 

42-  E.  and  S.  12^  W. 
Teh^graph  line,  l>ears  N.  42^  E.  and  S.  42^  W. 
Set  a  linn^stone,  17x9x5  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  gioirnd,  for  cor.  of  sees.  4,5, 

8,  and  9,  marked  with   5   notches  on  S.  and  4  n^tclies  on    E.  edges; 

dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec.,  5i  ft.  dist.;  anil  rai-e   a  mound 

ot  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
From  this  cor.   the  U.  S.  mineral  monunumt  in  sec.  5  bears  N.  .59^^  W. 
Soil,  thin  and  gravelly,  with  many  limestone  outero])s;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


August  14  :     At  4i>  30'"  p.  m.  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off  45°  49'   on  the  lat.  arc; 

14    6'  N.  on    the  deck  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian   with  the 

solar,  at  the  cor.  of  sees.  4,  5,  8  and  9. 
Thence  I  run 
S.  89°  55'  E.,  on  a  ranilom  lino  Ixit.  sees.  4  and  9. 


205 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  K.,  B.  20  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
40.00 
79.94 


20.00 

39.  50 
39. 97 


68.50 

70.20 
79. 94 


40.00 
79.  96 


4.00 
10.00 
16.00 
27.  00 
32.  00 
37.  00 
39.  96 


50.00 

55.  00 
62.  00 
74.00 
79.96 


6.50 


Set  temp.  I  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  8.  lino,  5  Iks.  S.  of  cor.  of  sees.  3,  4,  9,  and  10. 

Thence  1  run  • 

N.  89°  57'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  4  and  9. 

Descend  through  heavy  pine  timber. 

Foot  of  spur,  300  ft.  below  sec.  cor.;  leave  Jieavy  pine  timber,  bears  N. 

and  S. 
Wood  road,  bears  N.  20°  E.  and  S.  20°  W. 
Set  a  limestone,  18x18x6  ins.,  12  ins.   in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor., 

marked  i  on  N.  face;    dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3 

ft.  dist. ;   iind  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  N.  of 

cor. 
Middle  of  single  track  of  the  Montana  and  Manitoba  Railroad  bears  N. 

38°  E.  and  S.  38°  W. 
Telegraph  line  bears  N.  38°  E.  and  S.  38°  W. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  4,  5,  8,  and  9. 
Land,  mountainous. 

Soil,  thin  and  gravelly ;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
Timber,  pine. 
Mountainous  or  heavily  timbered  land,  20.00  chs. 


N.  0°  4'  W.,  on  a  random  lino  bet.  sees.  4  and  5. 

Set  temp.  J  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  2  Iks.  W.  of  cor.  of  sees.  4,  5,  32,  and  33. 

Thence  I  run 

S.  0°  3'  E.,  on  a  true  lino  bet.  sees.  4  and  5. 

Over  ridges  and  raviiies;  ascend. 

Top  of  spur,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  descend.  • 

Ravine  20  ft.  deep,  course  E.,  ascend. 

Top  of  spur,  40  ft.  above  ravine,  bears  S.  70°  E.  andN.  70°  W. ;  descend. 

Ravine,  30  ft.  deep,  course  S.  80°  Y,. ;  ascend. 

Top  of  spur,  bears  S.  85°  E.  and  N.  85°  W. ;  descend. 

Ravine,  25  ft.  deep,  course  S.  65°  E. ;  ascend. 

Set  a  limestone,  15x6x6  ins.  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor.,  marked 

J  on  W.  face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  W.  of 

cor.     Pits  impracticable. 
This  cor.  stands  on  the  N.  E.  slope  of  a  spur  descending  southeasterly; 

ascend. 
Top  of  spur,  bears  E.  and  W.,  about  35  ft.  above  i  sec.  cor.,  bears  E.  and 

W. ;  descend. 
Ravine,  20  ft.  deep,  course  N.  55°  E. ;  ascend. 
Top  of  low  spur,  bears  E.  and  W. ;  descend. 
Foot  of  slope,  bears  N.  40°  IZ.  and  S.  05°  W. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  4,  5,  8,  and  9. 
Land,  mountainous. 
Soil,  rocky ;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 
Mountainous  laud,  74.00  chs. 

August  14,  1893. 


August  15:  At  7^  35™  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off  45°  45'  on  the  lat.  arc;  13° 
54'  N.,  on  the  deck  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the  solar, 
at  the  cor.  of  sees.  5,  6,  31,  and  32;  which  is  a  limestoue,  5x8x6  ins., 
above  grouud,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by  the  surveyor  gen- 
eral. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  0°  5'  W.,  bet.  sees.  31  and  32. 

Over  level  land. 

Trail,  bears  E.  and  W. 

The  S.  W.  cor.  of  James  Parker's  Desert  Land  Claim,  which  is  an  oak  post, 
2  ft.  high,  6  ins.  scj.,  marked  J.  P.  D.  L.  C.  3,  bears  N.  49|°  W. 

The  S.  E.  cor.  of  the  same  claim,  which  is  a  round  pine  post,  3  ft.  high, 
6  ins.  diam.,  marked  J.  P.  D.  L.  C.  4,  bears  N.  66°  E. 


206 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  iV.,  R.  20  E. — Continued. 


Chains. 
40.00 


80.00 


40.00 
79.  b7 


14.50 
16.50 
28.50 


39. 98i 


79.97 


40.00 
78.35 


38. 35 


78.35 


Set  a  locust  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  witli  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  \  sec.  cor.,  marked  ^  S.  on  W.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins., 
N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3i  ft.  base, 
li  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Set  a  limestone,  20x7x5  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  29, 
30,  31  and  32,  marked  with  1  notch  on  S.  and  5 notches  ouE.  edges;  dig 
pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  in  each  sec,  5|- ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  nu)und  of 
earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  higli,  W.  of  cor. 

From  this  cor.  the  aboAe  described  S.  W.  cor.  of  James  Parker's  Desert 
Land  Claim  bears  8.  29^°  W. 

The  N.  W.  cor.,  which  is  a  post  3  ft.  long,  5  ins.  sq.,  marked  J.  P.  D.  L. 
C.  2,  bears  N.  42^  W. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  sand;  4th  rate. 

No  timber. 


S.  89^  57'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  29  and  32. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line  7  Iks.  N.  of  cor.  of  sees.  28,  29,  32  and  33. 

Tlienco  I  run 

N.  89^^  .54'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  29  and  32. 

Over  level  land. 

Begin  ascent,  liears  N.  and  S. 

Top  of  ascent  and  edge  of  sandy  plain,  bears  N.  and  S. 

A  fine  spring  of  good  water,  3  ft.  diara.,  1  ft.  deep,  bears  S.,  2.50  chs.  dist. 

The  N.  E.  cor.  of  James  Parker's  Desert  Land  Claim,  a  mound  of  stone, 

without  m^rks,  bears  N.  2|°  E. 
Set  a  sandstone,    18x6x5  ins.,   12  ins.  in    the    ground,  for  J  sec.  cor., 

marked^-  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3 

ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  'dh  b.ase,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
From  this  ^  sec.  cor.  the  above  described  S.  E.  cor.  of  James  Parker's 

Desert  Land  Claim  bears  S.  14^-  E. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  29,  30,  31,  and  32. 
Land,  level. 
Soil,  sand;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


The  cor.  of  sees.  25,  30,  31,  and  36,  on  the  W.  bdy.  of  the  Tj).  being  plainly 

visible,  I  run  for  said  cor. 
N.  89°  57'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  30  and  31. 
Set  temp.  \  sec.  cor. 
Intersect  the  W.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  at  the  cor.  of  sees.  25,  30,  31,  and  32, 

which  is  a  mound  of  earth,  Avith  stake  and  ^lit,  marked  and  witnessed 

as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

S.  89°  57'  E.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  30  and  31. 
Over  level  land. 
Set  a  juniper  jiost,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground  for  \  sec.  cor.,   marked  i  S.,  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,  E.and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
-  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
From  this  J  sec.  cor.,  the  N.  W.  cor.  of  James   Parker's   Desert  Land 

Claim  bears  N.  23°  E. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  29,  30,  31,  and  32. 
Land,  level. 
Soil,  sand;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 
August  15:  At  this  corner,  I  set  off  13"  50'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  at  0^ 

4'"  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian ;  the  resulting  lat.  is 

45°  46'. 


207 
.Subdivision  of  T.  15  JV.,  R.  20  U. — Continued. 


Chains. 

40.00 


56.00 
59.  00 
76.50 
80.00 


40.00 
79.93 


16.50 
21.00 
39.  96i 


63.00 
66.00 

79.93 


40.  00 
78.21 


38.21 


72.21 
78.21 


2.00 


N.  Oo  5'  W.,  bet.  sees.  29  and  30. 

Over  level  land. 

Deposit  a  marked  stone,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor. ;  dig  pits, 
18x18x12  ins. ;  N.  and  S.  of  cor.,  4  ft  dist;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth, 
3i  ft.  base  1|  ft.  high,  over  deposit.  In  S.  pit  drive  a  cedar  stake,  2  ft. 
long,  2  ins.  S(i.,  luarked  ^  S.,  on  W.  face. 

From  this  i  sec.  cor.  the  N.E.  cor.  of  James  Parker's  Desert  Land  Claim 
bears  8.  80°  E. 

Telegraph  line,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Itoad  leading  to  Lake  City  and  Mound  City,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Begin  descent  over  rocky  ground,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Set  a  sandstone,  15x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  19,  20, 
29,  and  30,  nuirked  with  2  notches  on  S.  and  5  notches  on  E.  edges;  and 
raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1*  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor.  Pits  imprac- 
ticable. 

This  cor.  stands  on  stony  ground  sloping  N.,  about  25  ft.  below  level  of  the 
lilain. 


S.  89°  54'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  20  and  29. 

Set  temp.  J  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line  at  cor.  of  sees.  20,  21,  28,  and  29. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  89°  54'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  20  and  29. 

Over  level  land. 

Telegraph  lino,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Road  leadiug  to  Lake  City,  bears  N.  and  S. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  feet  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  quart  of  charcoal,  24  ins.  in 

the  ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.  marked  J  is.,  on  N.  face;   dig  pits,  18x18x12 

ins.,   E.  and  W.  of  post   3  ft.  dist.  and  raise  a    mound  of  earth,  3^ 

ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Begin  descent  from  plain,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Foot  of  descent,  35  ft.  below  plain,  bears  N.  and  S.j  thence  over  broken 

ground  to 
The  cor.  of  sees.  19,  20,  29  and  30. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sand  and  stony ;  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  89°  57'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  19  and  30. 

Over  rough  stony  ground. 

Set  temp,  i  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  W.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  3  Iks.  N.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  19,  24,  25,  and 

30,  which  is  a  juniper  jiost,  18  ins.  above  ground,  4  ins.  sq.,  marked  and 

witnessed  as  described  by  the  sur\'eyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

S.  89'^  58'  E.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees  19  and  30. 
Over  level  land. 
Set  a  maple  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 

ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.  marked  ^  S. 

ins.,  E.   and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. 

base,  1|  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
Begin  ascent,  over  stony  ground. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  19,  20,  29,  and  30. 
Laud,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  3rd  and  4th  rate. 
No  timber. 


on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 
and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 


N.  0°  5'  W.,  bet.  sees.  19  and  20. 
Descend  over  stony  ground. 

Foot  of  descent,  10  ft.  below  sec.  cor.,  and  35  ft.  below  the  sandy  plain, 
bears  E.  and  W.    Thence  gradual  descent  toward  Lin's  Lake. 


208 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  jE7.— Continued. 


Chains, 
32.50 
40.00 


44.50 


16.40 
20.  50 
30. 00 

36.50 
40.00 


43.20 


39.  20 
40.00 


Enter  scattering  timber,  bears  E.  and  W. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  f  sec.  cor. 
marked  ^  8.,  on  W.  face;  from  which 

A  maple,  22  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  22'^  W.,  19  Iks.  dist.,  marked  i  S., 

B.  T. 
An  ash,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  701°  E.,  28  Iks.  dist.,  marked  I  S., 
B.  T. 
To  bank  of  Lin's  Lake. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  4  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander 
cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  19  and  20,  marked 
M.  C.  on  N., 
T.  15  N.  on  S., 
K.20E.,  S.  20  on  E.,  and 
S.  19  on  W.  faces;  from  which 
A  maple,  8  ins.  diam.,  bears  8.22^°  E.,  21  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15 

N.,  R.20  E.,  S.20,M.  C.B.T. 
An  ash,  12  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  56J°  W.,  27  Iks.  dist.,    marked  T.  15 
N.,  R.  20E.,  S.  19,  M.  C.B.T. 
Land,  gently  rolling. 
Soil,  mostly  rich  loam;  1st  rate. 
Timber,  maple,  ash  and  oak. 

August  15,  1893. 


August  16:  At  7i>.  4"'.  a.m.,  1.  m.t.,  I  set  off  45°  48'  on  the  lat.  arc;  13° 
36'  N.,  on  the  deck  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  at  the  cor.  of 
sees.  16, 17,  20  and  21,  described  on  page  203;  thence  I  run 
N.  89*^  57'  W.,  on  a  true  line^,  bet.  sees.  17  and  20. 
Over  gently  rolling  land,  descending  toward  Lin's  Lake. 
Telegraph  Line,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Road  to  Lake  City,  bears  N.  and  S. 
Irrigating  ditch,  8  Iks.  wide,  course  S.  60°  W.     Enter  field  cultivated  by 

irrigation;  extends  N.,  5.00  chs.,  and  S.  about  10.00  chs. 
Leave  field,  enter  scattering  timber,  bears  N.  65°  E.  and  S.  65"^'  W. 
Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  ^  sec.  cor., 
marked  ^  S.,  on  N.  face;  from  which 

A  sycamore,  22  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  22°  W.,  19  Iks.  dist.,  marked  J 

S.,  B.  T. 
An  ash,  13  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  70^°  W.,  28  Iks.  dist.,  marked  JS.,  B.  T. 
To  bank  of  Liu's  Lake. 

A  sycamore,  18  ins.  diam.,  for  meander  cor.  of  fracl.   sees.  17  and  20,  I 
mark 

M.  C.  onW., 

T.  15  N.  on  E., 

R.20E.,S.  17  on  N.,  and 

S. 20ou  S.  sides;  from  which 

An  ash,  10  ins.  diam.,  bears  N.  40|°  E.,  20  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15  N., 

R.20E.,S.  17,  M.  C.B.T. 
A  maple,  9  ins.  diam.,  bears  S.  49i°  E.,  23  Iks.  dist.,  marked  T.  15 
N.,  R.20E.,  S.  20,  M.  C.B.T. 
Land,  gently  roiling. 
Soil,  rich  loam;  1st  rate. 
Timber,  ash,  mai)le,  and  sycamore. 


From  the  cor.  of  sees.  8,  9, 16,  and  17,  described  on  page  204,  I  run 

N.  89°  .57'  W.,  on  a  true  line*,  bet.  sees.  8  and  17. 

Over  rolling  land. 

Telegraph  lino,  bears  N.  28°  W.  and  S.  28°  E. 

Set  a  cedar  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  charred  stake,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  i  sec.  cor.,  marked  i  S.,  on  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.,  E.and  W.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist.;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
base,  li  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 


*  See  paragraph  8,  page  55. 


209 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  K,  E.  20  J^.— Continued. 


Chains. 
55.00 

60.00 
61.00 

63.50 

80.00 


0.50 


4.00 
5.20 

20.19 


40.00 
77.90 


17.90 


18.20 

23.70 
27.00 
29.20 

35.00 


Old  Military  Road,  bears  N.  W.  aud  S.  E.     The  road  branches  abont  2.00 

chs.  8.  Vj. 
Kuter  road,  leading  to  Lake  City,  bears  W. ;  thence,  along  middle  of  road. 
Middle  of  single  track  of  tlie  Montana  and  Manitoba  Kailroad,  bears  N. 

60^'  E.  and  S.  60^  W. 
Telegraph  line,  bears  N.  60°  E.  and  S.  60°  W. 
The  point  for  sec.  cor.  falls  in  the  road;  therefore 
Deposit  a  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  7,  8,  17 

and  18. 
Land,  rolling. 
Soil,  sandy  loam;  3rd  rate. 
No  timber. 


From  the  cor.  for  sees.  7,  8, 17  and  18,  which  falls  in  road,  I  run 

S.  0^^  5'  E.,  bet.  sees.  17  aud  18. 

Over  rolling  land;  descending  towards  Lin's  Lake. 

Set  a  limestone,*  15x8x7  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  witness  cor.  to 
cor.  of  sees.  7,  8, 17  and  18,  marked  W.  C,  on  N.  E.  face;  with  4  notches 
on  S.  and  5  notches  on  E.  edges;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  N.  E.,  S.  E., 
S.  W.,  and  N.  W.  of  cor.,  5^  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft. 
base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Telegraph  line,  bears  N.  84"  E.  and  S.  84^  W. 

Middle  of  the  single  track  of  the  Montana  and  Manitoba  Railroad,  bears 
N.  84^'  and  S.  84"  W. 

To  bank  of  Lin's  Lake. 

Set  a  limestone,  15x9x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  gronnd,  for  meander  cor.  of 
fracl.  sees.  17  and  18,  marked  M.  C.  on  S.  face,  with  5  grooves  on  E. 
face;  and  raise  a  mound  of  stone,  2  ft.  base,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor.  Pits 
impracticable. 

Limestone  outcrops  near  the  lake. 

Land,  rolling. 

Soil,  rocky;  4th  rate. 

Ko  timber. 

August  16:  At  this  meander  cor.  I  set  off  13°  31'  N.  on  the  decl.  arc; 
and  at  0''  4"'  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian;  the  result- 
in  <;■  lat.  is  4.5"  48'. 


From  the  cor.  of  sees.  7,  8, 17  and  18,  established  this  day,  I  run 

N.  89'^  57'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  7  and  18. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  W.  hdy.  of  the  Tp.,  3  Iks.  S.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  7,  12, 13,  and  18, 

Avliich  is  a  limestone,  6x8x6  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and  witnessed 

as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Thence  I  run 

S.  89"  56'  E.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  7  and  18. 
Over  gently  rolling  ground. 
Intersect  the  W.  bdy.  of  Lake  City. 
The  N.  W.  cor.,  which  is  an  oak  post,  2  ft.  above  gronnd,  12  ins.  sq., 

marked  N.  W.   cor.  L.  C,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.,  40.00  chs.   dist.    The  S. 

W.  cor.,  which  is  a  limestone,  8x6x6  ins.,  above  ground,  marked  S. 

W.  cor.  L.  C,  bears  S.  0^  5'  E.,  29.50  chs.  dist. 
Methodist  church  bears  S.  33°  E. 

Middle  of  West  street,  40  ft.  wide,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.  and  S.  0°  5'  12. 
Thence  along  middle  of  Fourth  street,  60  ft.  wide. 
Middle  of  Cedar  street,  60  ft.  wide,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.  aud  S.  0"  5'  E. 
Baptist  church  bears  N.,  3.00  chs.  dist. 

Middle  of  Pine  street,  60  ft.  wide,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.  and  S.  0°  5'  E.     Meth- 
odist church  bears  S.  43"  W. 
Middle   of  Main   street,  100   ft.  wide,  bears   N 

Court  house  bears  N.  4°  W.,  22.00  chs.  dist, 


0°   5'   W.  and   S.  0°  5'  E. 
Wharf  bears  S.  0°  5'  E. 


16.50  chs.  dist.    Catholic  chnrch  bears  N.  39"  E. 


*  A  Witness  Corner  to  a.  section  corner  will  always  have  the  letters  "  W.  C."  conspictiously  displayed 
on  the  northeast  face. 


386- 


-14 


210 

Subdivision  of  T.  15  j\^.,  B.  20  jE/.— Contiuued. 


Chains, 
37.90 


40.80 
46.30 

51.80 

52.10 


77.90 


0.50 


28.00 
32.00 
40.  00 


07. 50 
75.  50 
80.00 


40.00 
79.  90 


12.00 
25. 00 
35.  00 


Deposit  a  limestone,  12x8x6  ins.,  24  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor., 
marked  xi;  from  which 

A  granite  stone,  lGx8x7  Ins.,  set  11  ins.  in  the  ground,  marked  W. 

0.  i,    on  N.  face,  bears  N.,  45  Iks.  dist. 
A  granitci  stone  20x9x6  ins.,  set  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  marked  W, 
C.  i,  on  N.  face,  hears  S.,  45  Iks.  dist.     Pits  impracticable. 
No  natural  bearing  objects  available. 

Middle  of  Elm  street,  60  ft.  wide,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.  and  S.  0"  5'  E. 
Middle  of  Walnut  street,  60  ft.  wide,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.,  and  S.  0°  5'  E. 
Kailroad  station  bears  S.  14°  E.,  6.00  chs.  dist. 
Middle  of  East  street,  40  ft.  wide,  bears  N.  0'^ 5'  W.  and  S.  0°  5'  E.  Catholic 

cliuicli  bears  N.  21°  W. 
Intersect  E.  bdy.  of  Lake  City.     The  N.  E.  cor.,  which  is  a  limestone,  14  X 
9x7  ins.  above  ground,  marked  N.  E.  cor.  L.  C,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.,  40.00 
chs.  dist.     The   S.  W.  cor.,  which   is   a  limestone,  9x6x6  ins.  above 
ground,  S.  W.  cor.  L.  C,  bears  S.  0°  5'  E.,  7.  53  chs.  dist. 
Thence  along  the  middle  of  the  Mound  City  road. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  7,  8, 17,  and  18. 
Land,  gently  rolling. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate.  • 

No  timber. 

August  16,  1893. 


August  17:  At  7''  4'"  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  off  45°  49'  on  the  lat.  arc; 
13°  17'  N.,  (m  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the 
solar,  at  the  point  for  cor.  of  sees.  7,  8,  17  and  18,  which  falls  in  the 
road,  and  is  described  on  page  209. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  0°  5'  W.,  bet.  sees.  7  and  8. 

Over  rolling  land. 

Set  a  limestone*  15x8x7  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  witness  cor.  to 
cor.  of  sees.  7,  8, 17  and  18,  marked  W.  C,  on  N.  E.  face:  with  4  notches 
on  S.  and  5  notches  on  E.  edges;  dig  pits,  18xl>!Xl2  ins.,  N.  E.,  S.  E., 
S.  W.,  and  N.  W.  of  cor.,  .5|  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft. 
base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Road  to  Lake  Citv,  bears  N.  75°  W.  and  S.  75°  E. 

Old  Miliiary  Road,  bears  N.  35°  W.  and  S.  35°  E. 

Set  a  juniper  post,  3  ft.  long,  3  ins.  sq.,  with  marked  stone,  24  ins.  in  the 
ground,  for  J  sec.  cor.  marked  I  S.,  on  \V.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.  N.  and  S.  of  post,  3  ft.  dist. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3^  ft. 
base,  li  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

S.  E.  cor.  of  cemetery  bears  W.,  5.00  chs.  dist. 

N.  E.  cor.  of  cemetery,  bears  W.,  5.00  chs.  dist. 

Set  a  limestone,  20x8x4  ins.,  15  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  cor.  of  sees.  5,  6, 
7,  and8,  nuirked  with  5 notches  on  S.  and  E.  edges;  dug  pits,  18x18x12 
ins.,  in  each  sec,  5J  ft.  dist.,  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base, 
2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

Land,  rolling. 

Soil,  gravelly  loam;  2nd  and  3rd  rate. 

No  timber. 


S.  89°  57'  E.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  5  and  8. 

Set  tem]>.  J  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  and  S.  line  3  Iks.  S.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  4,  5,8  and  9. 

Thence  I  run 

N.  X!)°  58'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  5  and  8. 

Over  rolling  l:ind. 

I'x'giu  ascent,  bears  N.  E.  iind  S.  W. 

'I'oji  of  sjtur,  bears  N.  and  S. ;  descend. 

Foot  of  descent,  l;ears  N.  35°  W.  and  S.  35°  E. 


•  See  page  48  and  footnote. 


211 


Subdivision  of  T.  15  K.,  11.  30  E. — Continued. 


Cliains. 
o9.  'd% 


64.00 
79.  96 


40.00 

77.87 


37.87 


51.  00 

57.  .50 
72.00 
77.87 


40.00 
80.05 


40.05 


80.05 


Set  a  limestone,   14x8x6  ins.,   10  ins.  in    the  jjronud,   for  ^  sec.  cor. 

niaik(^(l  Jr.oii  N.  l:ice;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3  ft. 

(list. ;  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  ."i  ft.  I)a8e,  1^  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 
From  this  i  sec.  cor.  the  U.  S.  mineral  mouumeut  in  sec.  5  bears  N.  37" 

30'  E. 
Koad,  bears  N.  and  S. 
The  cor.  of  sees.  5,  6,  7,  and  8. 
Land,  rolling. 

Soil,  gravelly  loam;  2ud  and  3rd  rate. 
No  timber. 


N.  89°  50'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  6  and  7. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  \V.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  9  Iks.  S.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  1,  6,  7,  and  12, 
which  is  a  limestone,  6x8x6  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and  wit- 
nessed as  described  by  ihe  surveyor  general. 

Thence  I  run 

S.  89°  52'  E.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  6  and  7. 

Over  rolling  land. 

Set  a  limestone,  15x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  J  sec.  cor.,  marked 
i  on  the  N.  face;  dig  pits,  18x18x12  ins.,  E.  and  W.  of  stone,  3 ft.  dist. ; 
and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  ^k  ft.  base,  1\  ft.  high,  N.  of  cor. 

Old  Militaiy  road,  bears  \.  30-  E'.  and  S.  30°  W. 

The  N.  W.  cor.  of  cemetery,  bears  S.,  5.00  chs.  dist. 

The  N.  E.  cor.  of  cemetery,  bears  S.,  5.00  cha.  dist- 

The  cor  of  sees.  5,  6,  7,  and  8. 

Land,  rolling. 

Soil,  gravelly  loam;  2ud  rate. 

No  timber. 


N.  0°  5'  W.,  on  a  random  line  bet.  sees.  5  and  6. 

Set  temp.  ^  sec.  cor. 

Intersect  N.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  3  Iks.  E.  of  the  cor.  of  sees.  5,  6,  31  and  32, 
which  is  a  limestone  marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by  the  sur- 
veyor-general. 

Thence  1  run 

S.  0°  6'  E.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  5  and  6. 

Over  rolling  ground. 

Set  a  limestone,  18x8x5  ins.,  12  ins.  iu  the  ground,  foresee,  cor.,  marked 
i  on  W.  face ;  dig  pits,  18  X 18  X 12  ins.,  N.  and  S.  of  the  stone,  3  ft.  dist. ; 
and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  3|^  ft.  base,  1|  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 

The  cor.  of  sees.  5,  6,  7,  and  8. 

Laud,  rolling. 

Soil,  gravelly  loam;  2nd  rate. 

No  timber. 

11  a.  m.,  August  17,  1893. 


In  order  to  locate  Ivy  Island,  I  proceed  as  follows: 

I  begin  at  the  meander  cor.  of  Iracl.  sees.  17  and  20,  at  Q^  45™  p.  m., 
which  being  too  near  noon  to  secure  accurate  results  with  the  solar,  I 
take  aback  sight  on  the  cor.  of  sees.  16, 17,20  and 21,  prolong  the  direc- 
tion, N.  89°  57'  W.,  bet.  sees.  17  and  20,  and  set  a  flag  ou  line,  on  the  S. 
E.  side  of  the  islaud.  To  determine  the  distance  to  the  flag,  I  lay  off  a 
base  line,  S.  30°  32'  W.,  36.00  chs.,  to  a  point,  at  wluch  the  angle  bet. 
flag  and  meander  cor.  measures  68°  01' ;  from  the  flag,  the  base  line  sub- 
tends an  angle  of  .52°  31'.  The  sum  of  the  three  angles  is  180°  03'; 
therefore  the  corrected  angles,  taken  in  the  order  of  their  measurement, 
are,  respectively,  59°  30',  68°  00',  and  52°  30';  and  the  distance  is 


bin.  68°X36_  0.9272x36 


sin.  52°  30' 


0.7934 


-  =42.07  chs.* 


*  For  other  methods  of  computing  the  distance,  see  page  136. 


212 
Subdivision  of  T.  15  N.,  E.  20  ^.— Coiitinned. 


Chains. 
3(5.80 

5.27 


9.38 


22.50 


The  point  for  cor.  of  sees.  17, 18, 19,  and  20  falls  in  the  lake;  thence  N. 

89^  57'  W.  bet.  sees.  18  and  19. 
In  place  of  the  11  a;;',  1 
.Set  a  limestone,  15x8x6  ins.,  10  ins.  in  the  gronnd,  for  meander  cor.  of 

fracl.  sees.  18  and  19,  marked  M.  C.  on  E.  face,  with  3  grooves  on  S, 

face;  dig  a  pit,  36x36x12  ins.,  8  ft.  W.  of  stone,  and  raise  a  mound  of 

earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high,  W.  of  cor. 
Thence  I  run 

N.  89^^  57'  W.,  on  a  true  line  bet.  sees.  18  and  19. 
Over  level  land. 
Intersect  W.  shore  of  island. 
Set  a  limestone,  18x8x5  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  meander  cor.  of 

fracl.  sees.  18  and  19,  marked  M.  C.  on  W.face;  dig  a  pit,  36x36x12 

ins.,  8  ft.  E.  of  stone,  and  raise   a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base,  2  ft.  high, 

E.  of  cor. 

August  17,  1893. 


To  locaie  a  small  island  called  Diamond  Rock,  in  Lin's  Lake,  sec.  19,  I 

proceed  as  follows : 
From  the  meander  cor.of  sees.  19  and  24,  on  the  W.  bdy.  of  the  township, 

I  set  a  flag  on  the  south  point  of  the  island,  which  bears  N.  71*^  30'  E. ; 

then  measure  a  base  S.  48°  01'  E.,  23.  14  chs.,  to  a  point,  from  which  the 

flaii'  l)cars  N.  8°  E. ;  which  gives  for  the  distance  to  flag 


sin.  60-  29' x 23. 14  ^^,  0.87x23.14 
0.89~49 


=  22.50  chs.,  the  required  distance. 


sin.  63^  30' 
In  place  of  the  flag,  I 

Set  a  limestone,  laX8x6  ins.,  12  ins.  in  the  ground,  for  an  auxiliary* 
mcaiuler  cor.  in  sec.  19,  marked  A.  M.  C,  on  S.  face;  dig  a  pit, 
36 X 36 X 12  ins.,  8  ft.  N.  of  stone,  and  raise  a  mound  of  earth,  4  ft.  base, 
2  ft.  high,  N.  of  cur. 

August  17,  1893. 


'  See  jiages  44  and  58. 


Meanders,  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  E. 


Meanders  of  the  right  hank  of  Yellowstone  River,  up  stream. 

I  commence  at  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  25  and  30,  on  the  E.  bdy. 

of  the  Tp.,  which  is  a  sandstone,  6x9x7  ins.  above  ground,  marked 

and  witnessed  as  described  by  tlie  surveyor  general. 
At  this  cor.,  August  8, 1  set  oft'  45^  46'  on  tlie^lat.  arc:   \L°  1'  N,,  on   the 

decl.  arc;  and  at  7''  35'"  a.  ui.,  1.  m.  t.,  determine  a  true  meridian  with 

the  solar. 
Thence  I  run  with  meanders  in  sec.  25. 
Through  lH'a^■v  timber. 

Hank  20  ft.  high. 
Hank  9  ft.  high. 

Low  l)ank  5  ft.  high.  Head  of  course,  leave 
heavy  timber,  enter  dense  willow  and  cottouwood 
uuch'rgrowtli,  bears  S. 

At  3.20  chs.,  month  of  Cherry  Creek,  14  Iks.  wide, 
course  N. 

Bank  7  ft.  high.  At  2.00  chs.,  leave  dense  under- 
growth, enter  heavy  timber,  bears  S. 

At  end  of  course,  lower  end  of  sand  bar,  bears  N., 
2.00  chs.  dist. 

Bank  4  ft.  liigh.  At  5.00  chs.  leave  heavy,  enter 
s(att<!ring  timber,  1)ears  S.  To  the  meander  cor. 
of  fracl.  sees.  25  and  26. 


S.  85° 

W. 

13.00  ch 

S.  72" 

w. 

7.10  " 

S. 64*^ 

w. 

13.00  " 

S.  '10- 

w. 

5.10  " 

S.77^- 

w. 

7.00  " 

N.  76  ' 

AV 

7.50  " 

S.  80'-' 

W. 

12.00  " 

S.81' 

W. 

19.39  " 

213 

Oleanders,  T.  15  N.,  B.  20  ^.—Continued. 


jUeandets  of  the  righi  hank  of  Yelloicslone  liiccr,  up  stream — Contiuued. 

I^and,  river  bottom. 

Soil,  alluvial;  Ist  rate. 

Timber,  cottoinvood,  sycamore,  ash,  and  walnut, 

Heavily  timbered  laud  or  laud  covered  with  dense  undergrowth,  70.00  clis. 


Thence  in  sec.  26. 

Through  scattering  timber. 

S.  81>^    W.  8.70  chs.     Bank  8  ft.  high. 

S.70I"  W.4.90    "       At  2.30  chs.,  upper  end  of  bar,  bears  N.  about  2.00 

chs.  dist. 
S.  441°  W.  3.60  " 
S.21'^  W.3.50  " 
S.  5io  W.  4.20  " 
South.  4.30  " 
S.   9JO   E.3.80    " 

S.  34|o   E.  5.27    "        To  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  26  and  35. 
Land,  level. 

.'^oil,  alluvial ;    1st  rate. 
Timber,  scattering  ash,  hickory,  walnut,  and  Cottonwood. 


Thence  in  sec.  35. 

August  8:  At  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  26  and  35,  I  set  off  15*^  57' 
N.,  on  the  decl.  arc. ;  and,  at  0''  5'"  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the 
meridian ;  the  resulting  lat.  is  45°  46'. 

Through  scattering  timber. 

S.  28°    E.,    8.80  chs.     Bank  8  ft.  high. 

S.  0|o  E.,  7.70  "  At  4.30  chs.,  leave  scattering  timber,  enter  dense 
Cottonwood  and  willow  undergrowth,  bears  N. 
60«E. 

S.  Q\°  \V.  10.00  "  Low  bank  4  ft.  high.  At  end  of  course,  road  to 
Mound  City,  bears  S.  70°  E.  Ferry,  and  road  to 
Lake  City,'bears  N.  —°  W. 

8.31°  W.  12.00  "  At  5.50  chs.  leave  dense  undergrowth,  bears  N.  65° 
E. ;  enter  Pat  Curran's  field,  bears  E.  At  end  of 
course,  house  bears  S.  62-'  E.,  5.00  chs.  dist. 

S.  38°  W.  5.50  "  Bank  13  ft.  bigh.  At  5.10  chs.,  leave  Pat  Cur- 
ran's lield,  fence  bears  E.  At  5.30  chs.  middle 
of  road,  bears  E. 

S.  43io  W.  7.70  "  At  1.50  chs.,  N.  W.  cor.  of  Alexander's  field,  bears 
E.,  0.50  chs.  dist. 


At  3.30  chs.,  wire  fence,  bears  S.  E. 


S.  48io  W.  16.68    "       To  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  2  and  35,  on  S.  bdy. 

of  theTp.,  which  is  a  limestone  5x8x6  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and 

witnessed  as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
Land,  nearly  level. 
Soil,  alluvial;  1st  rate.     North  of  Curran's  field  subject  to  inundation,  2 

to  5  ft.  deep. 
Timber,  scattering  ash,  walnut,  and  cottonwood. 
Dense  undergrowth,  18.90  chs. 

August  8,  1893. 


s. 

474.°  W. 

6..50 

s. 

37.^°  W. 

2.00 

s. 

58°  W. 

2.10 

s. 

42i"  W. 

5.40 

s. 

47°  W. 

4.80 

s. 

50°  W. 

4.90 

s. 

57°  W. 

9.50 

214 

Meanders,  T.  15  N.,  R.  20  ^.—Continued. 


Meanders  of  the  left  bank  of  Yellowstone  Biver,  doum  siream. 

I  commence  at  the  meaiuler  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  2  and  35,  on  the  S.  bdy. 
of  the  Tp.,  which  is  a  limestone  6x7x5  ins.  above  ground,  marked  and 
■witnessed  as  described  by  the  surveyor  general. 
At   this   cor.,  August  9,   I  bet  off  45^  45'  on  the  lat.  arc;  15°  44'  N.,  on 
the  decl.  arc;  and  at  7"^  5'"  a.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  determine  a  true  meridian 
with  the  solar. 
Thence  I  run  with  meanders  in  sec.  35, 
Over  level  bottom  land. 
N.38F  E.    9.10  chs.     Bank  12  ft.  high.     From  the  meander  cor.  the  S. 

end  of  sand  ridge  in  sec.  34,  bears  N.  16^°  W. 
N.  31|°  E.  20.00    "       At  end  of  course,  N.  E.  end  of  sand  ridge  bears 

N.  3^  E. 
N.51C     E.  14.00    "       Sand  ridge,  parallel  to  river,  N.  W.,  about  25  chs. 

dist. 
N.  61f  o  E.  15.00    "       At  end  of  course,  S.  end  of  sand  ridge,  bears  S.  87^° 
W.     N.  E.  end,  bears  N.  64°  W. 


N.35io  E. 

7.50 

N.420     E. 

9.40 

N.  19°     E. 

7.10 

At  end  of  course,  road  to  Lake  City,  bears  N.  83° 
W.    W.  eud  of  ferry. 
N.   51°  W.    8.90    "       Bank  9  ft.  high.     At  1.50  chs.  enter  scattering  tim- 
ber, bears  N.W. 
N.  29°    W.  12.95    "       To  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  26  and  35. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  and  2nd  rate. 
Timber,  scattering  ash,  cottonwood,  and  sj'camore. 


August  9:    At  this  meander  cor.  I  set  oft'  15^  39'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and 
at  0''  5'".,  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian  ;  the  resultiug 
lat.  is  45°  46',  the  true  lat.,  nearly. 
Thence  in  sec.  26. 
Through  scattering  timber. 
N.  221°  W.  6.00  chs.     Bank  12  ft.  high. 
N.   9^°  W.  6.40     " 
North.  8.60     "      At  6.00   chs.    leave    scattering  timber,  bears    W. ; 

thence,  over  sandy  loam. 
N.  lli°  E.   7.50     " 
N.25°    E.    7.00     " 

N.40°    E.   7.60     "      Bank  15  ft.  high. 
N.57°    E.   5.70     " 
N.69^°E.   7.90     "      At4. 40  chs.  enter  scatteringtimber,  bears N.     Along 

the  last  six  courses  the  bank  is  rapidly  wearing 

away  by  action  of  the  current  which  sets  strong 

against  the  bank. 
N.74io  E.   7.40     " 

N.  76|°  E.   6.81     "      To  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  25  and  26. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  alluvial;  1st  and  2nd  rate. 
Timber,  scattering  cottonwood,  sycamore  and  black  walnut. 


Thence  in  sec.  25. 

Through  scattering  timber. 

S.  86i^°  E.    9.70  chs.     Bank  12  ft.  high. 

S.74°    E.  10.00     " 

S.82i    E.    6.00     "      AtS.OOchs.  leave  scattering  timber,  l)car8  N.W. 

N.  82i°  E.   8.00     "      At  end  of  course,  Avire  fence,  bears  N.  60°  W. 

N.69PE.   7.30     "      Bank  7  ft.  high. 

N.6l°    E.   4.10     "      At  2.90  chs.,  mouth  of  short   creek,  10  Iks.  wide, 

course  S.  30°  E, 
N.  53fo  E.   8.30     " 
N.66i°E.  10.00     " 

N.  77p  E.   5..50     "      Bank  9  ft.  high. 
N.89°    E.  13.00      " 


215 
Meanders,  T.  15  N.,  R.  30  ^.—Continued. 


Meanders  of  the  left  bank  of  Tellotvstone  River,  down  stream — Coutinueil. 

N.  35^  E.  3.79  "  Bank  11  ft.  high.  To  nu-ander  cor.  of  sees.  25  and 
30  on  E.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.,  whicli  is  a  redar  post, 
1  ft.  hi,<;h,  4  ins.  sq.,  marked  and  witnessed  as  de- 
scribed \)y  the  surveyor  general. 

August  9,  1893. 


Meanders  of  Clear  Lake  in  Sec.  S3. 

I  connuence  at  the  special  meander  cor.  bet.  the  E.  and  W.  halves  of 

sec.  33,  on  the  N.  side  of  the  lake. 
Thence  I  run  with  meanders  in  E.  |  of  sec.  33. 
Over  rolling  ground. 
S.  53-  E.  17.00  chs.     Bank    10  ft.  high.     At  11.00  chs.  enter  scattering 

timber,  bears  N.  E. 
S.   3°  E.  13.00     "      Bank    8   ft.  high.      At  12.50  chs.  leave  scattering 

timber,  bears  N.  E. 
S.  OJ^  W.   7.20     "      At  end  of  course,  outlet  of  lake,  10  Iks.  wide,  course 

S.  E. 
S.  70-^  W.  15.11     "      At  2.00  chs.,  enter  scattering  timber,  bears  .S. 

To  the  special  meander  cor.  bet.  E.  and  W.  halves 
of  sec.  33,  on  8.  side  of  the  lake. 
Thence  in  W.  \  of  sec.  33. 
N.  63J-  W.  10.00  chs.     Bank    8  ft.  high.     At  7.00  chs.  leave  scattering 

timber,  bears  S.  W. 
N.  13^^    W.  21.00    "        Bank  6  to  7  ft.  high.     At  end  of  course,  stream  of 
clear,  pure  water,  8  Iks.  wide,  enters  lake,  course 
S.  70^  E.     Along  this  line  I  discovered  remark- 
able fossil  remains  of  animals,  well  worthy  the 
attention  of  naturalists. 
N.  52C    E.   17.34    "        Bank   7  to  10  ft.  high,  enter  scattering  timber. 
At   8   chs.,   leave   scattering   timber,  bears  \V. 
To  the  special  meander  cor.  on  X.  side  of  lake. 
This  is  a  beautiful  lake  of  pure,  clear  water,  with  well  delined  banks, 

6  to  10  ft.  high.     Water  about  14  ft.  deep. 
Land,  rolling. 
Soil,  1st  rate. 
Timber,  scattering  maple,  oak,  and  elm. 

August  12,  1893. 


Meanders  of  the  eaat  end  of  Lin's  Lake,  in  Sees.  17, 18, 10,  and  20. 

I  commence  at  the  meander  cor.  on  "W.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.,  which  ia  a  lime- 
stone 6x8x4  ins.,  above  ground,  marked  and  witnessed  as  described  by 
the  surveyor  general. 

August  18:  At  S''  4"'  a.  m.,  1,  m.  t.,  I  set  off  45"  48'  on  the  lat.  arc; 
12°  56'  N.,  on  the  deol.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  with  the 
solar,  at  the  above  described  meander  corner. 

Thence  I  run  with  meanders  in  sec.  19. 

Along  gravelly  beach. 

S.  56^    E.    7. 20  chs. 


s 

46i^'  E. 

3.40 

8. 

44°  E. 

2.40 

S. 

43i^  E. 

5.  70 

S. 

45io  E. 

4.40 

8. 

J4|o  E. 

.5.80 

8. 

45^*^  E. 

2.00 

8. 

49ir^  E. 

4.00 

8. 

54^°  E. 

5.00 

S. 

67io  E. 

2.00 

S. 

774°  E. 

6.60 

N 

85^°  E. 

2.00 

216 

Meanders,  T.  15  N.,  R.  30  -£7.— Continued. 


Meanders  of  the  east  end  of  Lin's  Lake,  in  Sees.  17,  IS,  19,  and  20 — Cont'd. 

N.  77F  E.  11.00     "      At  6.50  clis.,  A.  J.  Smith's  house  bears  S.  15^^  E., 

1.00  cli.  ilist. 
S.  77f°  E.    7.20     "      At  beginning    of   course  enter  scattering  timber, 

bears  S.E. 
S.  74c    E.  21. 11     "      To  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  19  and  20. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  sandy  loam ;  away  from  the  beach,  2ud  rate. 
Timber,  mai)le,  ash,  and  oak. 
August  18 :    At  tills  meander  cor.  I  set  off  12°  52'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc ;  and 

at  0^  4'"  p.  m.,  l.m.t.,  observe  the  sun  on  the  meridian;  the  resulting 

lat.,  45a  47'. 


Thence  in  sec.  20. 

Along  gravelly  beach,  through  scattering  timber. 

S.  89fo  E.    6. 10  chs. 

N.  57^    E.  12.  00     "       At  5.  00  chs.,  leave  scattering  timber. 

N.  37i°  E.  10. 50     " 

N.  46-^    E.    5.00     "       At  end  of  course  enter  scattering  timber,  bears  E. 

N.  231-0  E.    9.90     " 

N.  39|o  E.  10. 48     "       To  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  17  and  20. 

Land,  level. 

Soil,  gravelly  on  beach ;  away  from  beach  rich  loam ;  1st  rate. 

Timber,  maple,  ash,  oak,  and  sycamore. 

August  18,  1893. 


August  19:  At  7''  3"'  a.  m.,  l.m.t.,  I  set  oft"  45°  48'  on  the  lat.  arc;  12" 
38'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc ;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  at  meander  cor. 
of  fracl.  sees.  17  and  20. 
Thence  in  sec.  17. 

Along  gravelly  beach,  through  scattering  timber. 
N.  19'^     E.  10.  00  chs. 

N.  15fo   E.  10.00     "      At6.50chs.,  mouth  of  branch  7  Iks.  wide,  the  out- 
let of  pond  in  sec.  16,  course  N.  70°  W. 


At  end  of  course,  leave  scattering  timber,  bears 

N.  E. 
At  end  of  course,  fence,  bears  N.  43^^  E. ;  enter 

irrigated  field. 


At  2.  00  chs.,  leave  irrigated  field,  bears  N.  43°  E. 
To  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  17  and  18. 
Land,  level. 
Soil,  gravelly  on  beach ;  away  from  beach,  rich  loam,  rocky  near  meander 

cor. ;  1st  and  3rd  rate. 
Timber,  maple,  ash,  oak,  and  sycamore. 


N. 

80°    W. 

6.00 

N. 

68^0  W. 

7.10 

N. 

88°    W. 

6.70 

N. 

m°  w. 

9.50 

N. 

27it°  W. 

5.00 

N. 

27i°  W. 

8.00 

N. 

101°  w. 

6.00 

N. 

38J°  W. 

2.80 

N. 

46i°  W. 

9.  50 

N. 

33  i°  W. 

3.74 

Thence  in  sec.  18. 

Along  gravellv  beach. 

N.  38J°  VV.  15.00  chs.     Bank  0  ft.  high. 

N.  63i°  W.    5.  00     "      At  end  of  course,  middle  of  main  track  of  Montana 

and  Manitoba  Kailroad,  70  Iks.  N. 
S.  84°    W.  13.00     "      Bank  8  ft.  high.    At  12.  00  chs.,  S.  E.  cor.  of  Lake 

City.     Thence,  along  S.  side  of  Water  street,  100 

ft.  wide.     At  12.30  middle  of  East  street,  bearsN. 

0°  5'  W. 


217 
Meanders,  T.  15  N.,  E.  20  E. — Continued. 


Meanders  of  the  east  end  of  Lin's  Lake,  in  Sees.  17,  18,  19  and  20 — Cont'd. 

S.  61i^  W.  19.00  "  Iiauk9ft.  high.  At  5.55  chs.,  middle  of  Walnnt 
street,  hears  N.  0°  5'  W.  Railroad  station 
bears  N.  3.00  elm.  dist.  At  11.80,  middle  of  Elm 
street,  bears  N.  0^  5'  W.  At  17.00,  ascend  from 
beach  to  top  of  bank  10  ft.  high ;  N.  E.  cor.  of 
•wharf.  At  18.00  chs.,  middle  of  Main  street, 
bears  N.  0^  5'  W.  At  end  of  course,  N.  W.  cor. 
of  wharf. 

S.  433  W.  13.00  "  Bluff  bank  9  ft.  high;  no  beach.  At  8.50  chs., 
middle  of  Pino  street,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W. 

S.  55P  W.  4.00  "  At  2.90  chs.,  middle  of  Cedar  street,  bears  N.  0^ 
5'  W. 

S.  74|o  W.    4.70     "       Rank  7  ft.  high;  no  beach. 

S.  79"  W.  5.60  "  Bank  5  ft.  high.  At  0.10  chs.,  middle  of  West 
street,  bears  N.  0°  5'  W.  At  0.42  chs.,  S.  W. 
cor.  of  Lake  City. 

S.  86i<^  W.  12.31  "  To  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sees.  13  and  18,  on 
W.  bdy.  of  the  Tp.  which  is  a  juniper  post,  1 
ft.  high,  4  ins.  sq.,  marked  and  witnessed  as 
described  by  the  surveyor  general. 

Land,  gently  rolling. 

Soil,  sandy  loam;  1st  rate.     Xo  timber. 

I  return  to  the  meridian  established  Aug.  4,  from  Polaris.  At  4  p.  m.  I 
set  off  — o  — '  on  the  decl.  arc,  and  test  the  adjustment  of  my  solar, 
finding  it  gives  the  same  meridian  as  before,  and  adjustments  correct. 

August  19,  1893. 


Meanders  of  Ivy  Island  in  sees.  18  and  19. 

I  commence  at  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.   sees.   18  and  19,  on  the  east 

side  of  the  island. 
August  17:  At  3  p.  m.,  1.  m.  t.,  I  set  oft"  45°  48'  on  the  lat.  arc;  13° 

9'  N.,  on  the  decl.  arc;  and  determine  a  true  meridian  at  this  meander 

cor. 
Thence  I  run  with  meanders  in  sec.  19  along  gravelly  beach. 
S.  47i:0  w.  2..50  chs.     Low  bank,  2  ft.  high. 

N.  52°  W.  2.82  chs.     To  meander  cor.  bet.  fracl.  sees.  18  and  19. 
Soil,  gravel;  oft"  beach,  loam,  1st  rate.     No  timber. 


Thence  in  sec.  18. 

Along  gravelly  beach. 

N.    5i"  W.  2.90  chs. 

N.  35'^    W.  1.60    "       Row  of  2  cottages  and  ])avilion,  parallel  to  beach, 

1.50  chs.  dist. 
S.  45i"  W.  1.40    "       At  beginning  of  course,  hotel  bears  N.  30^^  W.;  at 

end  of  course,  cottage  bears  N.  30°  W.,  2.00  chs. 

dist. 
S.  56°    W.  2.30    "       Row  of  cottages,  parallel  to  beach,  2.00  chs.  dist. 
N.  731°  W.  4.50    " 
N.  38°    W.  6.40    "        At  2.00  chs.,  bank  3  ft.  high;  at  3.00  chs.,  bank  15 

ft.  high;  narrow  rocky  beach. 
Bank,  25  ft.  high  ;  largo  rocks  along  narrow  beach. 
Bank,   rock  nearly  vertical,  35   ft.   high;  narrow 

beach  of  rock  and  gravel. 

At  end  of  cour-se,  bank,  30  ft.  high;  narrow  beach 

of  rock  and  gravel. 
At  2.00  chs.,  bank  9  ft.  high;  at  3.00 chs.,  5ft.  high. 

Scattering  timljer  oft"  beach. 
Low  bank  1  it.  high.     Scattering  timber  off  beach. 
To  the  meander  cor.  of  fracl.  sec^.  18  and  19. 


N.  12° 
N.  59^0 

E. 

E. 

4.20 
5.30 

East. 
S.  36° 

E. 

2.60 
3.80 

S.  56i° 

E. 

6.40 

S.  29° 
S.  47i° 

E. 
W. 

7.00 
3.40 

218 
Oleanders,  T.  15  N.,  E.  20  ^.—Concluded. 


Meanders  of  the  east  end  of  Lin's  Lake,  in  Sees.  17,  18,  19  and  20 — Conc'd. 

Land,  high  on  uorth  part  of  island,  low  on  S.  E.  part. 

Soil,  rich  loam  on  east  end;  .stony  on  west  end  of  island;  1st  and  3rd  rate. 

Timber,  oak,  maple  and  ash;  undergrowth,  on  west  cmd  of  island,  hazel 
bushes  and  tangle  of  grape  vines  and  wild  ivy  on  the  high  ground;  a 
few  scattering  water  elms  and  sycamores  on  low  part  of  island. 

August  17,  1893. 


Meanders  of  a  small  island,  called  Diamond  Bock,  in  Sec.  19. 

I  commence  at  the  auxiliary  meander  cor.  on  south  side  of  the  island. 
Thence  with  meanders  in  sec.  19. 
N.  16i<^  W.  2.  70  chs. 
N.  611°  E.  2.  90    " 
S.  48^0  E.  3.50    " 
S.  27|^  W.  2. 20    " 

N.  85^    W.  3.  30    "    Toauxiliary  meander  cor.  and  place  of  beginning. 
Land,  level. 

Soil,  gravelly  loam;  3rd  rate. 
No  timber. 

This  island  is  about  4  ft.  above  the  water,  not  subject  to  inundation  ;  has 
no  vegetation,  except  grass;  and  is  without  imiirovements. 

August  17,  1890. 


GENERAL  DESCRIPTION. 


This  township  contains  nearly  every  variety  of  land  from  ])lains  to  mountains,  and 
the  soil  ranges  from  alkali  to  rich  loam.  The  soil  of  the  bottom  land  along  the  Yel- 
lowstone River  and  in  the  central  part  of  the  township  is  generally  rich,  black  loam, 
capable  of  producing  abundant  crops  without  irrigation.  The  soil  of  the  remaining 
portion  of  the  township,  except  the  alkali  flat  in  sees.  23  and  24,  and  the  mountain- 
ous laud,  can  nearly  all  be  classed  as  second  rate,  is  covered  with  an  abundant 
growth  of  rich  and  nutritious  grasses,  and  will  produce  crops  without  irrigation. 
In  the  southwestern  portion  of  the  township  is  an  arid  plain,  and  irrigation  will  be 
necessary. 

Cottonwood,  sycamore,  ash,  and  other  kinds  of  timber  are  found  along  the  Yellow- 
stone River,  and  some  scattering  along  the  creeks.  The  Little  Snowy  Mountains 
are  covered  with  a  dense  growth  of  pine,  oak,  and  fir  timber,  many  of  the  trees 
being  very  large. 

There  is  one  limestone  qn.arry  in  sees.  8  and  9  which  affords  excellent  building 
stone,  and,  from  surface  indications,  it  is  probable  that  large  bodies  of  limestone 
and  sandstone  underlie  other  portions  of  the  township.  Iron  ore  was  found  in  sec.  3, 
and  gold  in  sees.  4  and  5. 

The  township  is  well  watered  by  the  Yellowstone  River,  which  runs  through  the 
Boutheastern  jiortion,  and  by  many  small  springs  and  brooks.  The  eastern  end  of 
Lin's  Lake,  comj)rising  only  a  small  portion  thereof,  is  included  in  this  township. 
This  lake  is  al)out  10  miles  long,  and  its  greatest  width  is  about  4  miles.  The  water 
is  clear  and  pure,  and  varies  in  deptli  from  10  to  200  feet. 

Ivy  Island,  in  Lin's  Lake,  contains  nearly  seventeen  acres  of  land.  About  the 
middle  of  the  island  is  a  line  large  sjjring  of  pure,  cold  water,  which  8np]dies  the 
hotel  and  cottages  situated  on  the  south  shore.  This  island  is  a  favorite  resort  for 
residents  of  Lake  City  and  the  surrounding  country. 

The  town  of  Lake  City,  the  county  scat  of  Humboldt  County,  contains  a  court- 
house, three  churches,  two  hotels,  several  stores,  and  about  50  dwelling  houses.  Its 
estimated  po])nlation  is  300. 

There  are  two  settlers  in  sec.  35,  and  one  each  in  sees.  16,  17,  19,  and  25. 

.lames  Parker's  desert-land  claim  in  sec.  32  may  be  irrigated  by  an  artesian  well, 
which  ib  now  being  driven. 

RoHKKT  Acres, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 


219 

FINAL  OATHS  OF  DEPUTY  SURVEYOR  AND  HIS  ASSISTANTS. 

LIST   OF   NAMKS. 

A  list  of  the  iiainos  of  the  inilividnals  employed  by  Robert  Acres,  U.  S.  deputy  sur- 
veyor, to  assist  in  running,  nieasuiing.  and  markiug  the  Hues  and  corners  descril)ed 
in  the  foregoing  held  notes  of  the  survey  of  the  subdivision  and  meander  lines  of 
Township  No.  15  North,  of  Range  No.  20  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  iu 
the  State  of  Montana,  showing  the  respective  capacities  iu  which  they  acted: 

Petek  Long Chainman. 

John  Shout Chainman. 

CvRi's  Clay Moundman. 

Hj:NiiY  Rock Moundman. 

Geouge  tSHAKi' Axmau. 

Adam  Dull Axmau, 

James  Banner Flagman. 

EuwAKD  En.sign Flagman. 

final   oaths    of   ASSISTANTS. 

I  hereby  certify  that  I  assisted  Robert  Acres,  United  States  deputy  surveyor,  in 
surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  sttbdivision  and  meander  lines  in  the 
east  half  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of  Range  No.  20  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and 
Meridian,  State  of  Montana,  which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  as  hav- 
ing been  surveyed  by  him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has  been  in 
all  respects,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  well  aud  faithfully  surveyed, 
and  the  corner  numuments  established,  according  to  the  instructions  furnished  by 
the  U.  S.  surveyor  general  for  Montana. 

James  Banner,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  eleventh  day  of  August,  1893. 

Robert  Acres, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 

We  hereby  certify  that  we  assisted  Robert  Acres,  U.  S.  deputy  surveyor,  in  sur- 
veying all  tliose  parts  >>r  portions  of  the  subdivision  and  meander  lines  of  Township 
No.  1.^)  North,  of  Rauge  No.  20  east,  of  the  Principal  Base  and  Meridian,  State  of 
Montana,  which  are  represented  in  tlie  foregoing  field  notes  as  having  been  surveyed 
by  him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has  been  in  all  respects,  to 
the  best  of  our  knowledge  and  belief,  well  and  faithfully  surveyed,  and  the  corner 
monuniL-uts  established,  according  to  the  instructions  furnished  by  the  U.  S.  sur- 
veyor general  for  Montana. 

Peter  Long,  Chainman. 

John  Short,  Chainman. 

Cyrus  Clay,  Moundman. 

Henry  Rock,  Moundman, 

George  Sharp,  Axman. 

Adam  Dull,  Axman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  twenty-third  day  of  August,  1893. 
[seal.]  Henry  Doolittle, 

Notary  Public. 

I  hereby  certify  that  I  assisted  Robert  Acres,  United  States  deputy-  surveyor,  in 
surveying  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  subdivision  and  meander  lines  in  the 
west  half  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of  Range  No.  20  East,  of  the  Principal  Base  and 
Meridian,  State  of  Montana,  which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing  field  notes  as 
having  been  surveyed  by  him  and  under  his  direction;  and  that  said  survey  has 
been  in  all  respects,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  belief,  well  and  faithfully 
surveyed,  and  the  corner  monuments  established,  according  to  the  instructions 
furnished  by  the  U.  S.  surveyor  general  for  Montana. 

Edward  Ensign,  Flagman. 

Subscribed  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  twenty-third  day  of  August,  1893. 
[seal.]  Henry  Doolittle, 

Notary  Public. 


220 

FINAL  OATH  OF  U.  S.  DEPUTY  SURVEYOR. 

I,  Robert  Acres,  U.  S.  deputy  surveyor,  do  solemuly  swear  that  in  pursuance  of  a 

contract  received  from  A B ,  U.  S.  surveyor  general  for  Montana,  bearing 

date  of  the  twenty-second  day  of  March,  ISUS,  I  have  well,  faithfully,  and  truly,  in 
my  own  proper  person,  and  in  strict  conformity  with  the  instructions  furnished  by 
the  U.  S.  surveyor  general  for  Montana,  the  Manual  of  Surveying  Instructions,  and 
the  laws  of  the  United  States,  surveyed  all  those  parts  or  portions  of  the  subdivision 
and  meander  lines  of  Township  No.  15  North,  of  Range  No.  20  East,  of  the  Principal 
Base  and  Meridian,  in  the  State  of  Montana,  which  are  represented  in  the  foregoing 
lield  notes  as  having  been  surveyed  by  me  and  under  my  direction;  and  I  do  fur- 
ther solemnly  swear  that  all  the  corners  of  said  survey  have  been  established  and 
perpetuated  in  strict  accordance  with  the  Manual  of  Surveying  Instructions,  and 
the  special  written  instructions  of  the  U.  S.  surveyor  general  for  Montana,  and  in 
the  specific  manner  described  in  the  field  notes,  and  that  the  foregoing  are  the  orig- 
inal held  notes  of  such  survey;  and  should  any  fraud  be  detected,  I  will  suffer  the 
jienalty  of  perjury  under  the  provisions  of  an  act  of  Cong-ress  approved  August  8, 
1846. 

Robert  Acres, 
U.  S.  Deputy  Surveyor. 

Subscribed  by  said  Robert  Acres,  and  sworn  to  before  me  this  thirty-first  day  of 
August,  1893. 

[seal.]  a B , 

U.  S.  Surveyor  General  for  Montana. 

To  each  of  the  original  field  books  the  surveyor  general  will  append  his  offloial 
approval,  according  to  the  following  form,  or  so  varied  as  to  suit  the  facts  in  the  case : 

Office  of  the  U.  S.  Surveyor  General, 

Helena,  Montana,  September  1,  1SS9. 
The  foregoing  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  [here  describe  the  survey],  executed  by 
Robert  Acres  uuder  his  contract  No.  87,  dated  March  22, 1893,  having  been  critically 
examined,  and  the  necessary  corrections  and  expIanatio7is  made,  the  said  field  notes, 
and  the  surveys  they  describe,  are  hereby  approved. 

A B , 

U.  S.  Surveyor  General. 

To  the  copies  of  the  field  notes  transmitted  to  the  General  Land  Office  the  surveyor 
general  will  append  the  following  certificate: 

I  certify  that  the  foregoing  transcript  of  the  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  the  [liere 
describe  the  character  of  the  surveys,  whether  meridian,  base  line,  standard  parallel, 
exterior  township  lines,  or  subdivision  lines  and  meanders  of  a  particular  towu-shin], 

in  the  State  [or  Territory]  of ,  has  been  correctly  copied 

from  the  original  notes  on  file  in  this  office. 

A B , 

U.  S.  Surveyor  General. 


PKIVATE  LAND  CLAIM  SUEVEYS. 


1.  Before  ordering  any  survey  of  a  private  land  claim  the  surveyor 
general  will  receive  full  instructions  from  this  office,  by  which  he  will 
be  governed  in  issuing  his  instructions  to  the  deputj'.  The  instruc- 
tions to  the  deputy  must  be  entered  in  full  at  the  commencement  of  the 
field  notes  of  such  survey. 

2.  The  instruments  used  in  the  survey  of  private  land  claims  must  be 
the  same  as  those  required  for  the  survey  of  public  lands,  and  must  be 
registered  and  tested  in  like  manner  at  the  surveyor  general's  office 
previous  to  the  deputy's  commencing  work;  and  the  instructions  for 
the  survey  of  public  lands  must,  as  far  as  applicable,  be  strictly  observed 
in  the  survey  of  private  land  claims. 

3.  The  true  magnetic  variation  must  be  noted  at  the  beginning  point 
of  each  survey,  and  wherever  the  variation  of  the  needle  is  observed  to 
change  along  the  line  the  same  must  be  noted  and  the  reasons  therefor 
stated,  if  known. 

4.  At  the  end  of  each  mile  along  a  boundary,  the  character  of  the  soil 
and  amount  of  timber,  grass,  etc.,  will  be  stated;  and  the  date  of  each 
day's  work  in  the  held  nuist  be  noted  at  the  end  of  the  record  thereof. 

5.  The  reiiuirements  in  the  "  Summary  of  objects  and  data  required 
to  be  noted,"  as  set  forth  in  the  instructions  for  the  survey  of  public 
lands,  must  be  observed  by  the  deputy  in  the  survey  of  private  land 
claims.  Where  practicable,  bearings  must  be  taken  from  at  least  two 
j)oints  on  the  line  to  all  prominent  or  otherwise  notable  objects  in  the 
vicinity,  and  where  only  one  bearing  can  be  taken  the  estimated  dis- 
tance must  be  noted. 

6.  At  the  beginning  point  upon  the  boundaries  of  each  grant  survey, 
a  corner  must  be  established  of  the  same  character,  size,  and  mate- 
rials as  prescribed  for  township  corners  upon  the  lines  of  the  survey  of 
public  lands,  except  that  only  two  pits  will  be  dug,  one  on  each  side  of 
the  corner,  on  the  line.  Upon  the  side  of  such  corner  facing  the  claim, 
the  initial  letters  of  the  name  of  the  grant,  and  immediately  under  the 
same  the  letters  "  Beg.  Cor.  1 "  (for  beginning  corner  one)  must  be  neatly 
cut  or  chiseled. 

7.  Each  of  the  mile  corners  or  stations  of  survey  must  be  established 
in  the  manner  prescribed  fur  the  establishment  of  section  corners  upon 
the  lines  of  public  surveys,  except  that  they  will  be  marked  on  the  side 
facing  the  grant  with  the  initials  of  the  grant  and  the  number  of  the 
station  or  mile,  as  the  case  may  be;  and  only  two  pits  will  be  dug,  one 
on  each  side  of  the  corner,  on  the  line. 

8.  Where  mile  corners  are  established,  except  upon  meandered  por- 
tions of  the  line,  half-mile  corners  will  also  be  established  in  the  manner 
prescribed  for  the  establishment  of  quarter-section  corners  upon  the 
lines  of  i)ub]ic  surveys,  except  that  they  will  be  marked  upon  the  side 
facing  the  grant  with  the  initials  of  the  grant. 

221 


222 

0.  Such  other  marks,  in  addition  to  those  above  described,  will  be 
phiced  upon  the  corners  as  may  be  required  by  the  surveyor  general  in 
his  special  written  instructions. 

10.  As  far  as  practicable,  bearings  and  distances  must  be  taken  from 
each  of  the  corners  or  stations  to  two  or  more  trees,  or  x^romiuent  natural 
objects,  if  any,  within  a  convenient  distance,  in  the  same  manner  as 
required  in  the  instructions  for  the  survey  of  x)ublic  lands,  and  such 
trees  or  objects  must  be  marked  with  the  initials  of  the  grant,  and 
underneath  same  the  letters  "B.  T."  or  "  B.  O.,"  as  the  case  may  be. 

11.  Witness  corners  will  be  established,  where  necessary,  in  the  same 
manner  as  required  in  the  instructions  for  the  survey  of  public  lands. 

12.  In  all  cases  where  the  lines  of  the  grant  boundary  surveys  inter- 
sect established  lines  of  survey  of  public  lands  or  private  land  claims, 
the  course  and  distance  from  such  point  of  intersection  to  the  nearest 
corner  on  the  line  of  the  prior  survey  nuist  be  carefully  run,  measured, 
and  noted,  and  whenever  necessar}' such  corner  must  be  reestablished. 

13.  The  survey'  of  a  private  land  claim  must  always  be  connected  by 
a  line  actually  run  and  measured  in  the  field  with  some  corner  of  the 
public  surveys,  if  any  such  have  been  established  within  a  distance  not 
exceeding  two  miles  from  any  point  on  the  boundary  lines  of  the  private 
land  claim, 

14.  Boundaries  or  portions  of  boundaries  of  i)reviously  established 
grant  surveys,  which  also  form  a  portion  of  the  boundaries  of  the  claim 
to  be  surveyed,  will  be  adopted  so  far  as  common  to  both  grants,  but 
no  payment  will  be  made  for  such  common  boundaries  unless  it  is  nec- 
essary to  rei'stablish  the  same. 

15.  The  Held  notes  must  embrace  a  full,  clear,  and  concise  statement 
of  the  de])uty's  reasons  for  his  location  and  establishment  of  each 
boundary. 

16.  A  general  description  of  each  tract  must  be  given  at  the  end  of 
the  field  notes  of  the  survey  of  same,  which  description  must  embrace 
a  brief  statement  of  the  main  features  of  the  tract  surveyed,  charac- 
ter of  the  land,  timber,  and  other  natural  growth,  kinds  of  mineral,  if 
any,  population  of  towns  and  settlements,  characteristics  of  mountains, 
streams,  si)rings,  etc.,  and  such  other  data  as  may  be  of  importance. 

17.  Tlie  depuly  must  particularly  note  all  facts  relative  to  present 
inhabitancy  of  the  land  and  designate  all  tracts  occupied  by  actual  set- 
tlers or  residents. 

18.  The  deputy  surveyor  must  return  with  the  field  notes  a  topo- 
graphical ma  J)  or  plat  of  the  survey.  As  far  as  practicable  all  objects 
described  in  field  notes,  and  the  nmin  features  of  the  tract  surveyed, 
including  towns,  streams,  mountains,  roads,  etc.,  must  be  protracted 
on  sucli  plat  as  accurately  as  possible. 

10.  The  field-note  books  must  embrace  a  list  of  assistants,  and  pre- 
liminary and  final  oaths,  as  required  in  the  instructions  for  the  surNey 
of  i)nblic  lands. 

20.  The  deputy  will  note  all  objections  to  his  survey  that  may  be 
brought  to  his  knowledge,  and  the  surveyor  general  will  pronqjtly  rei)ort 
to  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office  all  complaints  made 
to  him,  and  send  up  all  protests  filed  in  his  office,  together  with  a  full 
report  thereon. 

21.  Official  plats  of  the  survey  of  private  land  claims  will  not  be  fur- 
nished to  any  person  until  the  cost  of  surveying  and  platting  the  same 
shall  have  been  paid  to  tlie  United  States. 


APPENDIX    RELATIVE    TO    ACCOUNTS    FOR    SURVEYING 
AND  EXAMINATION. 


> 


U.  S.  surveyors  s'eiKnal  and  deputy  surveyors  are  required  to  comply 
strictly  with  the  following:  instructions: 

All  surveying  accounts  transmitted  to  the  General  Land  Office  for 
adjustment  must  be  in  duplicate  and  in  a  separate  letter  from  that 
forwarding  the  plats  and  Held  notes  of  the  survey.  The  name  of  the 
deputy  surveyor,  date  and  number  of  the  contract,  the  amount  of  the 
estimated  liability,  and  whether  said  liability  is  limited  or  not,  should 
be  noted  on  the  face  of  the  deputy's  account. 

The  amount  of  the  account  and  the  appropriation  from  which  it  is 
to  be  paid  sliould  be  stated  both  in  the  letter  of  transmittal  and  in  the 
account  rendered.  The  deputy's  affidavit  that  the  survey  was  executed 
by  him,  and  that  it  was  just  and  correct,  should  be  attached  to  the 
account. 

The  date  of  the  surveyor  general's  approval  should  appear  in  the 
certificate  thereto,  and  the  destination  of  the  draft  or  drafts,  the  name 
of  the  payee  or  payees,  Avith  the  post-otlBce  address,  should  be  added. 

When  the  survey  is  chargeable  to  "Deposits  by  individuals  for  sur- 
veying the  public  lands,"  it  should  be  so  stated,  and  the  deposit  to 
which  the  field  work  is  chargeable  should  be  listed  by  number  and  date 
of  certificate  of  deposit,  with  number  of  township  and  range  for  Avhich 
the  deposit  is  made,  and  the  amount  of  each  certificate. 

When  the  amount  of  an  account  is  in  excess  of  the  liability  of  the 
contract,  a  copy  of  office  letter  authorizing  the  excess  must  always 
accompany  the  account. 

When  stating  an  expense  account  for  examination  in  the  field  or 
office  on  surveys,  the  number  of  the  contract  under  which  the  survey 
was  made,  the  name  of  the  surveyor,  with  the  number  of  township  and 
range  examined,  should  be  inserted  in  the  account,  accompanied  by  a 
copy  of  letter  of  authorization,  said  account  and  vouchers  to  be  fur- 
nished in  duplicate  and  to  have  the  affidavit  of  the  examiner  as  to  the 
correctness  of  the  charges  and  the  approval  of  the  surveyor  general 
attached. 

When  surveys  are  continued  and  executed  beyond  the  time  limited 
in  the  contract  and  the  contract  has  expired,  and  there  has  been  no 
projterly-granted  extension  of  time  thereto,  the  comi)ensation  of  the 
deputy  surveyor  for  the  lines  of  survey  executed  after  the  expiration 
of  the  contract  will  be  reduced,  and  said  lines  completed  at  such  rates 
as  the  Comnnssioner  of  the  General  Land  Office  may  in  his  judgment 
determine  to  be  proper,  taking  into  consideration  the  value  of  the 
work  and  the  limitations  of  the  appropriation  from  which  the  account 
must  be  paid. 

The  field  notes  of  a  U.  S,  deputy  surveyor,  which  are  the  data  upon 
which  his  surveying  account  is  stated  by  the  surveyor  general,  and 

223 


224 

subsequently  adjusted  by  the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  OflSce, 
should  describe  the  surface,  soil,  etc.,  at  the  end  of  each  mile  or  frac- 
tional mile  of  survey,  and  should  state  the  number  of  chains  and  links 
which  are  "  mountainous,"  "  heavily  timbered,"  or  covered  with 
"dense  undergrowth,"  using  always  the  exact  i)hraseolo8y  of  the 
appropriation  act  which  establishes  the  rates  for  said  lines  of  surveys. 

By  dense  undergrowth  is  meant  thick  bushes,  boughs,  or  other  vege- 
table growth  of  such  height  as  to  obstruct  the  use  of  the  transit,  and 
require  cutting  away  to  obtain  sights  along  line;  also  bushes,  brush, 
vines  or  other  vegetation  which  is  of  such  tangled  and  difficult  charac- 
ter as  to  seriously  impede  the  work  of  chaining  the  line. 

Connecting  lines,  showing  closing  distances  to  closing  corners,  will  be 
paid  for  at  the  minimum  rate  allowed  in  the  contract  for  that  class  of 
line  which  is  run  to  the  closing  corner,  unless  otherwise  specially  pro- 
vided in  the  contract. 

The  practice  of  allowing  deputies  to  retrace  any  and  all  lines  which 
they  may  deem  necessary  in  connection  with  their  work,  and  compen- 
sating them  therefor,  has  been  discontinued. 

If  it  becomes  necessary  to  retrace  any  of  the  exterior  lines  in  order 
to  j)roperly  close  their  lines  of  survey  it  must  be  done  at  the  deputy's 
own  expense  as  a  legitimate  contingent  in  executing  the  contract.  If 
it  should  be  found  to  be  absolutely  necessary  to  resurvey  and  retrace 
any  portion  of  the  exterior  township  lines,  except  such  as  are  clearly 
provided  for  in  the  article  on  pages  72,  73,  and  74,  the  deputy  should 
report  the  facts  innnediately  to  tlie  surveyor  general  and  await  further 
instructions.  The  facts  as  reported  to  him  will  be  promi)tly  laid  before 
the  Commissioner  of  the  General  Land  Office,  specifying  the  number  of 
miles  of  retracement  required,  and,  if  such  resurvey  is  authorized,  the 
deputy  will  be  immediately  notified.  In  no  otl^er  case  will  any  resur- 
vey be  paid  for  which  is  not  specifically  authorized  by  the  Commis- 
sioner. 

PROCEDURE   OF   COUNTY    AlSJ)    PRIVATE    SURVEYORS    IN    RESTORING 
LOST   AND   OBLITERATED   CORNERS  AND   SUBDIVIDING    SECTIONS. 

The  General  Land  Office  assumes  no  control  or  direction  over  the 
acts  of  local  and  county  surveyors  in  the  reestablishment  of  extinct 
corners  of  original  surveys.  It  follows  the  general  rule  that  disputes, 
arising  from  uncertain  or  erroneous  location  of  original  corners,  are  to 
be  settled  by  the  proper  local  authorities  or  by  amicable  adjustment; 
and  to  aid  in  this  result  it  furnislies  a  circular  pamphlet  which  is 
merely  advisory  and  ex])lanatory  of  the  principles  which  should  pre- 
vail in  performing  such  duties. 

Surveyors  who  have  been  United  States  deputies  should  bear  in 
mind  that  in  their  private  capacity  they  must  act  under  somcAvhat 
different  rules  of  law  from  thovse  governing  original  surveys,  and  should 
carefully  distinguish  between  the  provisions  of  the  statute  which  guide 
a  Government  deputy  and  those  which  api)ly  to  retracement  of  lines 
once  surveyed.  The  failure  to  observe  this  distinction  has  been  pro- 
lific of  erroneous  work  and  injustice  to  land  owners. 

Tlie  circular  on  "  Kestoration  of  lost  and  obliterated  corners,"  .dated 
March  13,  1883,  and  the  circular  on  subdividing  a  section,  dated  June 
2,  1887,  are  furnished  to  ai)plicants. 


IISTDEX. 


A. 

Page. 

Abbreviationa  alloTverl  in  field  notes 23.  65 

Accounts  for  surveys  and  examinations 223 

Acreage  of  fractional  lots,  computation  of 68-70 

Affidavits  of  qualification  of  sureties 16, 17 

Affidavits  or  final  oaths  of  deputy  and  assistants,  forms  of 63 

Alinement,  limi ts  of  error  of,  in  section  and  township  linos .59,  66,  72 

Alteration  of  field  notes  prohibited 64 

Annual  change  of  magnetic  declination  for  each  State 98 

Annual  magnetic  variation,  table  showing 96,  97 

Appointment  of  deputies  by  surveyor  general 10, 14 

Approval  of  surveying  contract  l)y  Commissioner 12 

Arabic  figures  to  be  used  in  marking  at  corners 22 

Areas  of  certain  tracts  to  appear  on  plats 67 

Areas  of  lots,  how  computed 68-70 

Argument,  definition  given 112 

Ascertaining  true  meridian  from  Polaris,  by  hour  angle 109-119 

Assistant,  discharge  or  change  of  duties  of 65 

Assistant,  specimen  field  notes  of  discharge  of 149,  200 

Assistants,  forms  of  affidavits  of 63 

Astronomical  and  civil  day,  difference  explained  between 109, 110 

Auxiliary  meander  corners 44,  58,  212 

Azimuths  of  Polaris  at  elongation,  tables  of 103, 104 

Azimuths  of  Polaris  for  any  hour,  table  of 118, 119 

Azimuths  of  secant  to  the  parallel  and  ofisets  in  feet,  table  of 121 

Azimuths  of  tangent  to  the  parallel,  table  of 125 

B. 

Base  and  meridian  lines,  and  correction  lines 10 

Base  and  standard  lines  surveyed  by  offsets 120-128 

Base  lines  and  principal  meridians  of  various  States 81-84 

Base  lines,  how  run 51 

Bearing  trees,  location  and  marking  of 24, 49,  50 

Blazing  of  trees  along  line 21 

Bond  and  contract  for  surveying,  form  of 15, 16 

Bond,  official,  of  surveyor  general 10 

Bond  to  be  given  by  deputy  surveyor 11 

Boulder,  marked  for  corner,  specimen  field  notes  of 157 

Boundaries  and  contents  of  lands,  law  for  ascertaining 12 

Boundaries  of  townships  considered  defective   72 

Boundaries  of  townships,  latitude  and  departure  of 61, 129 

Boundaries  of  townships,  specimen  field  notes  of 169-182 

Boundary  corner  monuments,  descriptions  of 45-47 

Boundary  of  rancho,  specimen  notes  of  line  intersecting 190, 191 

Bushes  to  be  lojiped  along  line , 21 

C. 

Cassiopeia,  diagram  of  constellation 108 

Cedar  and  live-oak  lands  reserved  for  navy 13 

Certificates  of  deposit  by  settlers,  for  surveys 13 

Chain,  standard  to  bo  kept  by  deputy 20 

Chaining,  double,  specimen  fieid  notes  of  ......,, ,  142-158, 164-167 

225 

38a — 10 


226  INDEX. 

Paga 

Chaining,  how  performed 20 

Chains  of  length,  in  degrees  of  Latitude,  tahle  of 131, 132 

Chains  of  length,  in  degrees  of  longitude,  table  of 133, 134 

Chains  of  length,  in  one  second  of  longitude,  table  of 135 

Chains  to  be  leveled  and  pins  set  iilumb 21 

Chains  to  be  tested  and  compared 20 

Charts  of  isogonic  lines  explained 84-86 

City  or  village,  specimen  field  notes  of  intersection  of 209,  210 

Civil  day  and  astronomical  day,  difference  shown  between 109, 110 

Claims,  mineral,  connection  of,  Avith  piiblic  surveys 74 

Claims,  private  land,  rules  for  survey  of 221,  222 

Claims,  private  laud,  specimen  held  notes  of  intersection  of 190,  205 

Claims,  private  land,  to  be  surveyed  when  confirmed 10, 13 

Classification  of  lines  of  public  surveys --   _     50 

Closing  corners,  connecting  lines  to 27,  35,  55,  224 

Closing  corners  on  grant  lines,  specimen  field  notes  of 190, 191 

Closing  corners,  rules  for  position  of - 27 

Closing  errors  in  exteriors,  table  showing 177 

Closing  limits  for  exterior  boundaries 59,  66,  72 

Closing  limits  for  meanders 60 

Closing  limits  for  sections 59,  60 

Closing  lines,  connection  distances  on  standai'd  parallel 27 

Closing  lines  defined _  27 

Closing  township  corners,  descriptions  of 25-27 

Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey,  article  on  magnetic  declination  from 84-105 

Commissioner  may  make  regulations  to  enforce  law 9, 10 

Commissioner  of  General  Land  Oflice,  act  creating  ofdce  of 7 

Commissioner  of  General  Land  Office,  duties  of 7,  9 

Commissioner's  instructions  made  part  of  every  contract 9 

Commissioner's  letter  to  surveyors  general  authorizing  Manual 3 

Commissioner,  when  to  act  as  surveyor  general 9, 10 

Compass,  only  solar  or  transit  allowed  on  surveys 19 

Compensation  of  deputies,  how  established 12 

Compensation  of  special  examiners 10 

Computation  of  areas  of  fractional  lots 68-70 

Computation  of  convergencies,  rules  for 135, 136 

Computation  of  distances  along  meridian  lines 129 

Computation  of  distances  along  parallels 130 

Computation  of  triangulations 136, 137 

Connecting  lines  at  closing  corners 27,  35,  55,  224 

Connection  lines  for  meandering  islands 57 

Contents  and  boundaries  of  public  lands,  law  for  ascertaining 12 

Continental  Congress,  committee  of,  to  originate  surveying  system 5 

Contract  and  bond  for  surveying,  form  of 15, 16 

Contract  for  survey  not  A^alid  until  approved 12 

Contract  for  survey  to  include  Manual  and  other  instructions 8,  9, 12 

Convergency  of  meridians  6  miles  long,  table  of 135 

Convergency  of  meridians,  method  of  computing 135, 136 

Convergency  of  section  lines,  table  of  corrections  for 54 

Convergency,  rules  for  computation  of 135 

Corner  in  road,  deposit  at  point  for 48, 187,  198,  209 

Corner  monuments,  orientation  of 50 

Corner  monuments  to  be  durably  built 22,  50 

Corners  all  to  he  built  conforming  to  descriptions  in  Manual 22,  23 

Corners,  auxiliary  meander 44,  58,  212 

Corners  described : 

Township  corners,  standard 23-25 

closing 25-27 

common  to  four  townships 28,  29 

common  to  two  townships 29-31 

referring  to  one  township  only 31,  32 

Section  corners,  standard 32-34 

closing 34,  35 

common  to  four  sections 35-37 

common  to  two  sections 37-39 

referring  to  one  section  only 39,  40 

Quarter-sect  ion  corners 40-42 

Quarter-section  corners,  standard 42 

Meander  corners 42-44 


INDEX.  227 

Comers  described — Continued.  Page. 

Eeservation  boundary  corners 45-47 

Witness  corners 47,  48 

Witness  points 48 

Rocks  in  place  or  boulders  used  as  corners 48 

Corners,  descriptions  of  all  kinds  of 2^-50 

Corners,  durable  materials  to  be  used  for 22,  .50 

Corners,  obliteration  of,  on  resurvey 73, 179, 180 

Corners,  special  meander 44,  57 

Corners,  tools  for  mark  ing 22 

Corners,  witness,  rules  for  establishing 44,  47,  48,  56 

Correction  lines  or  standard  parallels 52 

Correction  line,  sectional 76 

Correction  of  convergcncy  of  section  lines,  tabte  of 54 

Correction  of  courses  of  randoms,  rules  for 128, 129 

Correction  of  declination  of  needle,  for  daily  mean,  table  for 100 

Correction  of  defective  exteriors 72-74 

Correction  of  Polaris  observations  for  month,  table  of 104 

Correction  of  random  lines  (falling  and  course),  table  of 128 

Correction  of  random  section  lines 54 

Correction  of  random  township  lines 52, 53 

Correction  of  standard  parallel,  specimen  field  notes  of 147, 148 

Correction  table  for  convergency  of  section  lines 54 

County  and  local  surveyors,  advice  to 224 

Culmination  of  Polaris,  observed  by  stars  Zeta  and  Delta 105, 107-109 

Culmination  of  Polaris,  table  showing  times  of 102 

Culmination  of  Polaris,  upper,  table  of  times  of 113 

Curve  of  standard  parallels,  how  established 120-128 

Custody  of  surveying  records  by  State 9, 10 

D. 

Day,  astronomical  and  civil,  difference  shown  between 109, 110 

Declination,  annual  change  of  magnetic  for  each  State 98 

Declination,  magnetic,  article  by  C.  A.  Schott  upon > 84-105 

Declination,  magnetic,  specimen  field  notes  of 150, 164, 186 

Declination  of  needle,  correction  for  daily  mean 100 

Declination  of  needle,  when  to  be  noted  by  surveyors 59 

Defective  exteriors,  correction  of 72-74 

Defective  exteriors,  how  defined 72 

Defective  exteriors,  when  to  be  retraced  without  compensation 224 

Deflection  angle  for  parallels,  and  inches  of  offset  to  1  chain 121-123 

Degrees  of  latitude,  lengths  of,  in  chains,  table 131, 132 

Degrees  of  longitude,  lengths  of,  in  chains,  table 133, 134 

Delta  Cassiopeia",  method  of  obtaining  true  meridian  by 107, 108 

Dense  undergrowth  defined 224 

Dense  undergrowth,  to  be  noted,  for  higher  rate  per  mile 61 

Deposit  of  money  by  settlers,  for  surveys 13 

Deposit  under  corner  monument,  with  record 46 

Deposit  under  jioint  for  corner,  at  intersection  of  road 48, 198,  209 

Deputy  surveyor,  bond  for  faithful  performance  of  duty 11 

Deputy  surveyor  may  swear  assistants  when  necessary 64 

Deputy  surveyors,  appointment  and  removal  of 10, 14 

Deputy  surveyor's  bond  and  contract,  form  of 15, 16 

Deputy  surveyors  to  take  oath  of  allegiance 14 

Description,  general,  of  lands  surveyed 62 

Descriptions  of  corners  of  all  kinds  (see  Corners  described) 23-50 

Descriptions  of  corners,  all  field  work  to  conform  to  the  given 22,  23 

Descriptive  notes  of  corners,  etc.,  sent  to  local  land  office 68 

Desert-land  claim,  specimen  field  notes  concerning 205-207 

Destroying  corners  on  resurvey,  specimen  field  notes  of 179, 180 

Diagram  of  north-polar  constellations 108 

Diagram,  rough,  of  topography  in  township,  to  be  returned 61 

Diagrams  furnished  with  special  instructions 61,  65 

Diagrams,  index,  to  specimen  field  notes 140, 162, 170, 184 

Diagrams,  rough,  of  topography  on  exteriors,  in  field  notes 61 

Discharge  of  assistant,  or  change  of  duties 65 

Discharge  of  assistant,  specimen  field  notes  of 149,  200 

Distance,  limits  of  error  of,  in  section  and  township  lines 59,  60,  66 


228  INDEX. 


Diurnal  change  of  magnetic  declination 98-100 

Diurnal  variation,  table  for  mean  corrections  of 100 

Double  chaining  on  standard  lines,  specimen  field  notes  of 142-158, 164-167 

Duties  of  Commissioner  of  General  Land  Office '. 7,  9 

Duties  of  surveyors  general 10 

E. 

Elllcott,  Andrew,  method  used  by,  in  1785 105, 108 

Elongation,  azimuths  of  Polaris  at,  tables  of 103, 104 

Elongation  of  Polaris,  how  to  find  meridian  by 105-107 

Elongation  of  Polaris,  specimen  notes  of  observations  on 142, 147, 150 

Elongation  of  Polaris,  table  showing  times  of 102 

Erroneous  surveys,  adjustment  of •. 72-80 

Error,  limits  of,  allowable  in  surveys  of  exteriors 59,  66,  72 

Error  in  closings,  limits  allowed,  in  subdivisious 59,  60 

Establishment  of  corners  to  be  permanent 22,  50 

Examination  of  lield  work 10, 11 

Examinations,  preparation  of  accounts  for 223 

Examiner,  special,  pay  and  expenses  of 10, 11 

Expense  of  survey  of  railroad  lands  to  be  rej^aid 12 

Extension  of  new  surveys  from  old,  methods  of 75-78 

Exterior  boundaries,  unnecessary  retracement  of,  prohibited 224 

Exterior  boundaries,  when  defective 72 

Exterior  boundaries,  when  to  be  retraced  without  compensation 224 

Exteriors  of  townships,  how  run 52,  53 

Exteriors  of  townships,  specimen  field  notes  of 169-182 

Exteriors  of  townships,  tabular  statement  of 61, 129, 177 

Exteriors  surveyed  by  secant  or  tangent  metliod 127, 128 

Exteriors,  traverse  or  table  of,  specimen  field  notes  of 177 

F. 

Falling,  minutes  of  arc  shown  by  links  of,  table  of 128 

Field  notes,  abbreviations  allowed  in 23,  65 

Field  notes  and  transcripts,  requisites  of 58-66 

Field  notes,  form  of  specimens  to  be  adhered  to 66 

Field  notes,  list  of  notable  objects  for 58-61 

Field  notes  not  to  be  changed  after  filing 64 

Field  notes  of  meanders,  what  to  contain 58,  59 

Field  notes,  original,  defined 60 

Field  notes,  specimen  forms  of.     (See  Specimen  field  notes.) 

Figures,  Arabic,  to  be  used  in  marking  corners 22 

Final  oaths  of  assistants,  form  of 63 

Final  oath  of  deputy  surveyor,  form  of 63 

Final  oath  of  deputy,  what  officers  may  administer 64 

Final  oath  required  of  deputy  surveyor 11, 14,  63 

First  rectangular  survey  in  United  States,  "  Seven  Ranges  " 5 

Form  of  deputy  surveyor's  bond  and  contract 15, 16 

Form  of  specimen  field  notes  to  be  followed 66 

Forms  of  preliminary  and  final  oaths 62,  63 

Fractional  lots,  method  of  computing  areas  of 68-70 

Fractional  lots,  method  of  numbering 67 

Fractional  sections  on  N.  and  W.,  first  law  allowing 7 

Fractional  sections,  subdivision  of 12 

Fragmentary  subdivision  of  township 80 

Fraudulent  survey,  prosecution  for 11, 14 

G. 

General  description  of  lands  surveyed 62 

General  Land  Office,  act  creating  office  of  Commissioner  of 7 

General  Land  Office,  act  establishing  in  1812 7 

General  Land  Office,  act  reorganizing  in  1836 8 

General  Land  Office  removed  from  Treasury  to  Interior  Department 8 

Government  surveys,  outlines  of  system  of 17-19 

Guide  nieridians  and  standard  i)arallels,  how  located  and  run 18, 52 

Guide  meridians,  sectional 38,  76 

Guide mefidians, specimen  field  notes  of.,., ,,,..„,,,,,,.  X6X-168 


INDEX.  229 

H. 

Page. 

Hearily  timbered  land  to  be  noted,  for  higher  rate  per  mile 61 

Hiatuses  and  overlaps  in  public  surveys 78-80 

History  of  rectangular  surveying  in  United  States 5-8 

Horizontal  measurement  required 21 

Hour  angle  method  of  observing  Polaris,  specimen  field  notes  of 146, 158 

Hour  angle  of  Polaris,  method  of  finding  meridian  by 109-119 


Impassable  obstacles,  to  be  passed  by  offset 22 

Index  diagrams  to  field  notes 140, 162, 170, 184 

Initial  points  for  surveys 50 

Inspection  and  testing  of  instruments 19,  20 

Inspection  of  field  work  by  surveyor  general  or  agent 10 

Instructions,  first  manual  of,  1855 8 

Instructions  to  deputy  surveyors,  special 61, 65 

Instruments  to  be  tested  and  inspected 19,  20 

Instruments  required  to  be  used  in  surveys 19,  20 

Insuperable  obj  ects  on  line,  and  ott'sets 22 

Insuperable  obstacles  on  line,  specimen  field  notes  of 198,  203 

Interfering  closing  corners,  rules  for  constructing 27 

Island,  meanders  and  connection  of 57,  58 

Islands,  specimen  field  notes  of  triangulation  to 211,  212 

Isogonic  and  magnetic  meridian  charts  explained 84-86 


Lakes,  raeanderable 57 

Lakes,  meanders  of,  specimen  field  notes  of 215-218 

Lakes,  specimen  field  notes  of  intersection  of 201,  202,  208-210 

Land  Office,  General,  act  establishing 7 

Land  Office,  General,  act  reorganizing 8 

Land  offices  to  receive  plats  of  surveys 10 

Lands  fronting  on  waters.  President  may  direct  mode  of  survey 12 

Lands  included,  or  not,  in  fragmentary  surveys 80 

Lands,  quality  of,  to  be  shown  in  de]>ut.v's  returns 62 

Latitude  and  longitude  of  stations  of  magnetic  observations,  table  of 96,  97 

Latitude,  length  of  a  degree  of,  in  chains,  table  of 131, 132 

Latitude  observations  required  to  be  fully  noted 20 

Latitude  observations,  specimen  field  notes  of 156, 174, 175, 176,  etc. 

Latitudes,  departures,  etc.,  of  exteriors,  s])ecimeu  field  notes  of 177 

Laws  and  ordinances  on  surveying,  citations  from: 

Page.  Page. 

May7,1784 5        Apr.  24, 1820 7 

Apr.26,1785 5        Mav  24, 1824 '.....  7 

May  3,1785 5        Ma'y  29,  1830 8 

May  20,1785 5        Apr.  5, 1832 8 

May  18,1796 0        July  4, 1836 8 

May  10,1800 6        May  3, 1849 8 

Feb.11,1805 7        May  30, 1862 8 

Apr.  25, 1812 7 

Letter  of  Commissioner  authorizing  Manual  of  1894 3 

Leveling  chain  and  plumbing  pins 21 

Limits  for  closing,  and  for  length  of  lines 59,  60,  66 

Limits  of  error,  in  former  township  exteriors 66,  72 

Line  trees,  how  marked 21 

Lines,  four  classes  of 50 

Lines  unchangeable  after  having  been  run,  marked,  and  accepted 7, 12 

Links  of  falling  and  minutes  of  arc,  table  of 128 

Live-oak  and  cedar  lands  reserved  for  navy '. 13 

Local  mean  time,  importance  of  accurate,  for  hour-angle  work 116 

Longitude  and  latitude  of  stations  of  magnetic  observations 96,  97 

Longitude,  chains  of  length  in  one  second  of.  table 135 

Longitude,  length  of  a  degree  of,  in  chains,  table 133, 134 

Lots,  fractional,  computation  of  areas  of 68-70 

Lots,  fractional,  method  of  numbering 67 


230  INDEX. 

M. 

Page. 

Magnetic  decliuation,  anuual  cliiuige  for  each  State 98 

Magnetic  decliuatioii,  correction  table  for  daily  mean 100 

Magnetic  declination,  daily  change  of 98-100 

Magnetic  declination,  discussion  and  statistics  of 84-105 

Magnetic  declination,  influence  of  sun  spots  on 99 

Magnetic  declination  to  be  noted  in  returns 59 

Magnetic  declination,  specimen  held  notes  of  observations  of 150, 1(31, 186 

Magnetic  meridians,  exjjlanation  of  charts  of 84-86 

Magnetic  pole,  supposed  location  of 85 

Magnetic  storms  and  disturbances 99, 100 

Magnetic  variation,  annual,  table  showing 96,  97 

Manual  of  1894,  authorization  of 3, 12 

Manual  and  special  instructions  to  be  jjart  of  surveying  contract 8,  9, 12 

Manual  of  surveying  instructions  first  issued  in  1855 8 

Marking  corners,  tools  for 22 

Marking  of  bearing  trees  at  corners 24,  49,  50 

Marking  of  lines  of  survey 21 

Marshal,  U.  S.,  to  protect  surveyors  in  their  work 8, 13 

Materials  for  corner  mon uments  to  be  durable 22,  50 

Meanderable  waters 56,  57 

Meander  corner,  special,  specimen  held  notes  of 201 ,  202 

Meander  cornel",  special,  when  re([uired 44,  57 

Meander  corners,  auxiliary 44,  58,  212 

Meander  corners  deiiued 57 

Meander  corners,  descriptions  of 42-44 

Meander  corners  on  standard  parallel,  specimen  field  notes  of 152, 153 

Meander  corners  on  unsafe  ground  to  be  witnessed 44 

Meander  corners,  specimen  held  notes  of 152,  153. 187,  201,  202,  208-210,  212 

Meandering,  method  of 56-58 

Meander  line,  proper  position  of 57,  58 

Meander  lines,  specimen  held  notes  of 212-218 

Meanders  and  connections  of  islands 57,  58 

Meanders,  connection  of,  with  section  lines 56,  57 

Meanders,  limits  of  closing  error  in 60 

Meanders, what  should  be  noted  in 58,  59 

Meridian,  guide,  specimen  held  notes  of 161-168 

Meridian  lines,  how  run 51,  52 

Meridian ,  sectional  guide 38,  76 

Meridian,  true,  methods  of  ascertaining.     {See  Observations,  etc.) 

Meridians,  computing  distances  along 129 

Meridians,  convergency  of,  in  township  boundaries,  table  of 135 

Meridians,  method  of  computing  convergency  of 135, 136 

Meridians,  principal,  and  base  lines  of  surveys  in  States 81-84 

Method  of  ])rocedure  in  public  surveys 17-19 

Mineral  claims,  connections  of,  with  public  surveys 74 

Mineral  lands  to  be  included  in  public  sur\ey8 12 

Mineral  monuments,  U.  S.,  to  be  noted  in  field  notes 59 

Monuments.     {See  Corners.) 

Mound  of  earth  with  deposit,  and  stake  in  pit,  description  No.  0 23-50 

Mounds  and  pits,  form  of 23 

Mounds,  how  located  and  described 48,  49 

Mounds  of  stone,  minimum  size  of  (note) 24 

Mountainous  land,  noted  for  higher  rate  i)er  mile 61 

N. 

Notable  objects  in  meandering 58 

North  Star.     (>SVfi  Polaris.) 

Notable  objects  along  lines  of  survey 58,  59 

Notes  of  surveys.     {See  Field  notes.) 

Numbering  of  fractional  lots 67 

Numbering  of  sectitjus 6, 19 

Numbering  of  sections  in  earliest  surveys 6 

O. 

Oath,  final,  of  deputy,  and  assistants,  form  of 63 

Oath,  liual,  reiiuired  of  dejMity  surveyor 11, 14,  (13 

Oath  of  allegiance  req^uired  of  deputy  surveyors 14 


INDEX.  231 

Page. 

Oath,  preliminary,  of  assistants,  form  of ^ ; 62,  63 

Oath,  j)relimiuary,  of  deputy  surveyor,  form  of 14 

Oaths,  officers  authorized  to  admiuister 64 

Objectious  to  survey  of  private  claim,  to  be  noted 222 

Objects  to  be  noted  in  field  notes 58,  59 

Obliteratiim  of  old  corners  on  resurvey,  specimen  field  notes  of 179, 180 

Observations  at  elongation  of  Polaris,  method  of 105-107 

Observations  of  Polaris  at  culmination,  method  shown 105, 107-109 

Observations  of  Polaris  at  elongation,  specimen  field  notes  of 142, 147, 150 

Observations  of  Polaris  by  hour  angle  method 109-119 

Observations  of  Polaris,  corrections  of,  for  each  month,  table 104 

01>servations  of  Polaris,  hour  angle,  specimen  field  notes  of 146,  158 

Observations  of  Polaris  for  ineridian 102-117 

Observations  of  Polaris  required  of  deputies 19 

Observations,  solar  and  stellar,  elements  to  be  recorded 20 

Observations,  solar,  for  latitude,  specimen  field  notes  of 156, 174, 175, 176,  etc. 

Oliservations,  solar,  for  meridian,  specimen  field  notes  of 156, 174, 175, 176,  etc. 

Observations,  solar,  specimen  field  notes  of 154, 172, 175, 176,  etc. 

Observations,  solar,  verified  at  end  of  survey 217 

Obstacles,  impassable,  to  be  passed  by  oft'set 22 

Obstructing  survey,  penalty  for 13 

Offset  in  inches,  per  chain  on  curve  of  parallel,  in  Table  III 121, 123 

Ofiset  line,  specimen  field  notes  of 198,  203 

Offset  lines,  how  to  be  run 22, 136 

Ofi'sets,  in  chains,  from  tangent  to  parallel,  table  of 127 

Offsets  in  feet,  and  azimuths  of  secant,  table  of 121 

Offsets,  in  feet,  from  tangent  to  parallel,  table  of 126 

Ofi'sets,  surveying  base  and  standard  lines  by 120-128 

Old  corners  to  l)e  obliterated,  in  resurveys 73 

Old  surveys,  retracement  and  resurvey  of 71-74 

Open-sight  needle  compass  not  allowable 19 

Orientation  of  monuments 50 

Original  field  notes  defined 60 

Origin  of  system  of  rectangular  surveys 5 

Overlaps  and  hiatuses  in  public  surveys ' 78-80 

P. 

Parallel,  correction  of  standard,  specimen  field  notes  of 147, 148 

"Parallel  run  by  secant  method,  specimen  field  notes  of 142-149 

Parallel  run  by  solar  method,  specimen  field  notes  of 154-158 

Parallel  run  by  tangent  method,  specimen  field  notes  of 150-154 

Parallels,  computation  of  distances  upon 130 

Parallels,  standard,  how  to  be  surveyed 52,  120-128 

Partial  surveys  within  townships 80, 81 

Pins,  tally,  and  their  use 20, 21 

Pits  and  mounds,  form  of 23 

Pits  at  interfering  and  closing  corners,  when  to  be  omitted 27 

Plat  of  township,  requirements  of 66-68 

Plats  of  surveys  to  be  transmitted  to  land  offices 10 

Polaris,  ascertaining  true  meridian  by  culmination  of 107-109 

Polaris,  ascertaining  true  meridian  by  elongation  of 105-107 

Polaris,  ascertaining  true  meridian  by  hour  angle  of 109-119 

Polaris,  azimuths  of,  at  elongation,  tables  of 103, 104 

Polaris,  azimuths  of,  for  any  hour,  table  of 118, 119 

Polaris  observations  at  elongation,  specimen  field  notes  of 142, 147, 150 

Polairs  observations  by  hour  angle  method,  specimen  field  notes  of 146, 158 

Polaris  observations  by  star  Zeta  or  Delta,  at  culmination 105, 107-109 

Polaris  observations,  corrections  of  for  each  month,  table 104 

Polaris  observations  required .         19 

Polaris,  times  of  culmination  and  elongation,  table  of 102 

Polaris,  times  of  upper  culmination  of,  table  of 113 

Pole,  magnetic,  supi^osed  location  of 85 

Position  of  closing  corners 27 

Post  corners,  descriptions  of,  Nos.  4  and  5 23-50 

Posts,  mounds,  and  pits,  minimum  size  of. 45,  46,  50 

President  may  direct  non-rectangular  surveys  on  water  fronts 8, 12 

President  may  transfer  land  officers'  duties  to  surveyor  general 11 

Prices  payable  for  surveys,  how  established 12 


232  INDEX. 

Page. 

Principal  merid  ians  and  base  lines  of  all  public  surveys 81-84 

Principal  meridians,  how  to  be  run 51 

Private  and  local  surveyors,  advice  to 224 

Private  laud  claims  contirmed,  to  be  surveyed 10, 13 

Private  laud  claims,  rules  lor  survey  of 221,  222 

Private  laud  claim,  specimen  field  notes  of  intersection  of 190,  205 

Prosecution  of  deputy  for  erroneous  or  fraudulent  survey 11, 14 

Protection  of  surveyors,  act  providing  for 8, 13 

Public  laud  laws,  coditicatiou  of 9 

Q. 

Quarter-quarter  sections,  act  providing  for 8 

Quarter-section  corners,  at  what  point  to  be  established 55 

Quarter-section  corners,  descrii>ti()ns  of 40-42 

Quarter  sections,  first  law  pro\'idiug  for  survey  of 7 

Quarter  sections,  when  held  to  be  surveyed 80 

E. 

Railroad  track,  specimen  notes  of  intersection  of 204,  209 

Railroads  to  repay  cost  of  survey  of  their  lands 12 

Rancho  boundary,  specimen  field  notes  of  intersection  of 190, 191 

Random  and  corrected  section  lines 54,  55, 128, 129 

Random  and  corrected  townshi])  lines 52,  53 

Random  lines,  not  to  be  marlced  like  true 22 

Random  lines,  rule  for  conection  of  course  of 128, 129 

Random  lines,  table  for  correction  of 128 

Random  section  lines,  at  what  course  to  be  run 54 

Rates  of  compensation  for  surveys,  how  established 12 

Record  inclosed  in  vial,  as  deposit  at  corner 46 

Records  of  survey,  accessible  uiuler  State  custody 9, 10 

Rectangular  surveying,  law  prescribing  method  of 11 

Rectangular  surveying,  outlines  of  system  of 17-19 

Rectangular  surveying,  previous  legislation  adopting 5-9 

Rectangular  system,  departure  from,  on  water-front  lands 8, 12 

Regulations  for  surveys,  Commissioner  authorized  to  make 9, 10 

Removal  of  deputy  for  misconduct 10, 14 

Reservation  of  live-oak  and  cedar  timber  lands 13 

Reservations,  descrijjtions  of  corners  on 45-47 

Residence  of  surveyor  general  to  lie  in  his  district 9 

Restoration  of  corners,  8i)ecimen  field  notes  of 179-182 

Restoration  of  lost  and  obliterated  corners,  circular  pamphlet  on 224 

Resurvey  of  exterior  lines,  specimen  field  notes  of 179-182 

Resurvey  of  former  lines 71-74 

Retracement  of  former  lines 71-74 

Retracemeut  of  former  lines,  when  required  without  compensation 224 

Retracement,  unnecessary,  prohibited 224 

Rivers  and  streams,  meamlerable 56 

Road,  ])()int  for  corner  falling  in 48, 198,  209 

Rock  in  i)lace  marked  for  corner,  specimen  field  notes  of 146, 164 

Rock  in  place  or  boulder  to  be  marked  for  corner 48 

Rules  for  correction  of  course  of  ran<lom  lines 128, 129 

Rules  for  survey  of  private  land  claims , 221 


Secant  and  tangent  methods  applied  to  exteriors 127, 128 

Secant,  azimuths  of,  and  offsets  in  feet 121 

Secant  method  of  running  jtanillcls,  specimen  field  notes  of 142-149 

Secant  method  of  surveying  parallels 120-124 

Section  and  townshij),  first  use  of  the  terms  in  statute 5 

Secretary  of  Interior  to  control  General  Land  Oflice 8 

Sectional  correction  line  de lined 76 

Sectional  guide  meridian  dclincid 76 

Sectional  guide  meridian,  marking  of  corners  on  (note) 38 

Section  corners,  closing,  descriptions  of 34,  35 

Section  corners  common  to  four  sect  ious,  descriptions  of 35-37 

Section  corners  common  to  two  sections,  descriptions  of -37-39 


INDEX.  233 

Pag* 

Section  corners  referring  to  one  section  only,  descriptions  of 39, 40 

Section  corners,  standard,  descriptions  of 32-34 

Section  lines,  correction  for  convergency  of,  table 54 

Section  lines,  ho  w  run 53-56 

Section  lines,  specimen  field  notes  of 183-211 

Sections,  subdivision  of,  lirst  law  providing  rules  for 7 

Sections,  subdivision  of,  into  sixteenths,  act  providing  for 8, 12 

Sections,  subdivision  of  whole  and  fractional 12,  224 

Secular  magnetic  variation,  tables  showing 88-95 

Secular  variation  of  magnetic  needle 87,  88 

Settlers  may  deposit  money  for  survey  of  lands 13 

Settlers  to  be  noted  in  private  claim  surveys 222 

"Seven  ranges"  in  Ohio,  first  townships  surveyed 5 

Solar  compass  or  transit  required  in  public  surveys 19 

Solar  compass  tested  by  Polaris,  specimen  field  notes  of 154, 158, 172,  etc. 

Solar  method  of  surveying  parallels,  specimen  field  notes  of 154-158 

Solar  observations,  specimen  field  notes  of 154, 172, 175, 176,  etc. 

Special  examiners  of  surveys,  compensation  of 10, 11 

Special  examiners  of  surveys  may  be  appointed 10, 11 

Special  instructions  and  Manual,  to  be  part  of  contract 8,  9, 12 

Special  instructions  to  deputies 61,  65 

Special  meander  corner,  when  required 44,  57 

Special  meander  corner,  specimen  field  notes  of 201,  202 

Specimen  field  notes,  forms  to  be  followed 66 

Specimen  field  notes  of: 

Auxiliary  meander  corner 212 

Boulder  marked  for  corner 157 

Correction  of  standard  parallel 147, 148 

Closing  corners  on  grant  lines 190, 191 

Desert  land  claim  intersection 205,  206 

Discharge  of  assistant 149,  200 

Double  chaining 142-158, 164-167 

Guide  meridian 161-168 

Index  diagrams 140, 162, 170, 184 

Intersection  of  city  or  village 209,  210 

Intersection  of  imijassable  obstacles 198,  203 

Intersection  of  rancho  boundary .- 190 

Intersection  of  railroad  track 204,  208,  209 

Intersection  of  road,  deposit  at  point  for  corner  at 198,  209,  210 

Islands,  and  connections  to  section  lines 211,  212,  217,218 

Latitude  observations 156, 174,  175, 176,  etc. 

Magnetic  declination 142, 150, 154, 164, 172, 186 

Meander  corners 152, 153, 187,  201,  202,  208-210,  212 

Meander  lines 212-218 

Obliteration  of  old  corners 179, 180 

Oftset  lines 198,203 

Private  land  claims,  intersections  of 190,  205 

Random  line  to  corner  in  sight 203,  206 

Restoration  of  old  corners 179-182 

Resurvey  of  incorrect  lines 179-181 

Retracement  of  old  lines 179-182 

Rock  or  boulder  marked  for  corner 146, 157, 164 

Secant  method  of  curves 142-149 

Solar  observations 154, 172, 175, 176 

Solar  method  of  running  parallels 154-158 

Special  meander  corners 201,  202 

Stake  in  pit  with  mound  and  deposit 207 

Standard  parallel 139-160 

Subdivision  or  section  lines 183-211 

Tangent  method  of  running  parallels 150-154 

Table  of  latitudes  and  departures  of  exteriors 177 

Township  exterior  boundaries 169-182 

Triangulations 144,188,192,211,212 

Village  or  city  objects  on  line 209,  210 

Witness  corners 198,203,209.210 

Stake  in  pit 42 

Standard  chain  to  be  kept  by  deputy  surveyor 20 

Standard  lines  to  be  surveyed  by  oti'sets 120-127 

Standard  parallels  and  guide  meridians,  how  located 18 


234  INDEX. 

Page. 

Standard  parallels,  how  run 52 

Standard  parallel,  specimen  field  notes  of  correction  of 147, 148 

Standard  parallel,  specimen  field  notes  of 139-160 

Standard  quarter-section  corners,  descriptions  of 42 

Standard  section  corners,  descriptions  of 32-34 

Standard  township  corners,  descriptions  of 23-25 

Star  observations  for  meridian.     (-See  Polaris.) 

State  custody  of  surveying  records 9 

Statutes  of  United  States,  citations  from 5-14 

Stone  corners,  descriptions  of,  Nos.  1,  2,  and  3 23-50 

Stone  coruers,  required  size  of 49 

Stone  mounds,  minimum  size  of  (note) 24 

Streams,  meanderable ; 56 

Subdividing,  method  of 53-56 

Subdivision  lines,  specimen  field  notes  of 183-211 

Subdivision  of  sections  by  local  surveyors 224 

Subdivision  of  sections  into  sixteenths,  etc 8,  12 

Subdivision  of  sections,  first  act  providing  rules  for 7 

Subdivision  of  sections,  numbering  of  fractional  lots  in 67 

Suit  on  bond  of  deputy  surveyor,  how  brought 11, 14 

Sun  spots,  influence  of,  on  magnetic  needle 91, 101 

Sureties  on  bond  and  contract,  affidavits  of 16 

Survey,  erroneous  or  fraudulent,  prosecution  for 11, 14 

Survey,  new,  method  of  extending  from  old 75-78 

Survey  of  public  lands,  on  deposit  of  money  by  settlers 13 

Survey,  penalty  for  obstruction  of 8,  13 

Surveying  accounts,  rules  for  prei)aring 223 

Surveying  contract  and  bond,  form  of 15, 16 

Surveying  contract,  to  include  general  and  special  instructions 9 

Surveying,  details  of  rectangular  system  of 17-19 

Surveying  districts  enumerated 9 

Surveying,  historj  of  legislation  for 5-9 

Surveying  instructions,  first  manual  of 8 

Surveying,  instruments  to  bo  used  in 19,  20 

Surveying,  law  prescribing  rectangular  system  of 11 

Surveying  records  to  be  accessible  in  State  custody 9,  10 

Surveyor,  bond  of  deputy 11, 16 

Surveyors,  deputy,  appointment  and  removal  of 10, 14 

Surveyors,  private  and  local,  advice  to 224 

Surveyors,  protection  of,  by  U.  S.  marshal 8,  13 

Surveyor  general,  duties  of. 10 

Surveyor  general,  first  law  creating  office  of 9 

Surveyor  general,  official  bond  of 10 

Surveyor  general  or  agent  to  inspect  field  work 10 

Surveyor  general's  ofilce,  when  to  be  discontinued 10 

Surveyors  general,  how  ai)pointed 9 

Surveyors  general,  term  of  ofiice  of 10 

Swamp,  imijassable,  sjiecimen  field  notes  of  intersection  of 198,  203 

System  of  rectangular  surveying,  acts  prescribing 5-11 

T. 
Tables  for  the  use  of  surveyors : 

Annual  change  of  magnetic  declination  for  each  State,  Table  F 98 

Annual  variation  of  nuignetic  needle,  Table  E 96,  97 

Azimuths  of  Polaris  for  any  hour,  Table  II 118, 119 

in  difierent  latitudes,  1890  to  1910,  Table  J 103, 104 

the  tangent  to  the  parallel.  Table  IV 125 

secant  to  the  parallel.  Table  HI 121 

Convergency  of  meridians  and  other  data.  Table  X 135 

Correction  for  convergency  of  section  linos.  Table  A 54 

finding  mean  magnetic  declination  for  the  day,  Table  G 100 

Polaris  observations  for  each  montli,  Table  K 104 

randoms — links  and  minutes  of  arc,  Table  VII 128 

Latitude  .ind  longitude  of  places  of  magnetic  observation  and  annual 

variation  of  needle.  Table  E 96,  97 

Lengths  of  a  degree  of  latitude,  Table  VIII 131, 132 

longitude.  Table  IX 133, 134 

Offsets  in  chains  from  tangent  to  parallel.  Table  VI 127 

feet  from  tangent  to  parallel,  Table  V 126 


INDEX.  235 

Tables  for  tlie  use  of  surveyors— Contiiiueil.  Page. 

Secular  variation  of  needle — eastern  group  of  stations,  Table  B 88-91 

middle  groui^  of  stations,  Table  C 92-94 

■western  group  of  stations,  Table  D 95 

Times  of  culmination  and  elongatiou  of  Polaris,  Table  H 102 

Times  of  upi)er  culmination  of  Polaris,  Table  1 113, 114 

Tablets  used  in  the  field  by  deputies 60 

Tabular  statement  of  exteriors  required 61 

Tabular  statement  of  exteriors,  specimen  field  notes  of 177 

Tally  pins  described 20 

Tangent  and  secant  methods  applied  to  exteriors 127,  128 

Tangent  method  of  running  curves,  specimen  field  notes  of 150-154 

Tangent  method  of  surveying  parallels 124-127 

Tangent  to  the  parallel,  azimuths  of,  table 125 

Term  of  office  of  surveyor  general 10 

Test  of  solar  compass  by  Polaris,  specimen  field  notes  of 154, 158,  172,  etc. 

Tidewater  shores,  place  for  meaiuler  line  along 58 

Timbered  land,  to  be  noted,  for  higher  rate  per  mile 61 

Time,  astronomical ]  09, 110 

Topography,  rough  diagram  of,  to  bo  return  ed 61 

Townsliip  and  section,  iirst  use  of  terms  in  statutes 5 

Townshij)  boundaries,  specimen  field  notes  of 169-182 

Township  boundaries,  traverse  of,  specimen  field  notes  of 177 

Townshijo  closing  corners,  descriptions  of 25-27 

Township  corners  common  to  four  townships,  descriptions  of 28,  29 

Township  corners  common  to  tAvo  townships,  descriptions  of 29-31 

Townshi])  corners  rei'erring  to  only  one  township,  descriptions  of 31,  32 

Township  diagram  of  topography  required  Avith  field  notes 61 

Township  exteriors,  how  to  be  run 52,  53 

Township  exteriors,  limits  of  closing  error  in 59,  66,  72 

Township  exterior's,  requirements  of  diagram  of , 66 

Township  exteriors,  survey  by  secant  and  tangent  methods 127-129 

Township  exteriors,  tabular  statement  or  traverse  of 61, 129 

Township  exteriors,  traverse  or  table  of,  specimen  field  notes  of 177 

Township  plats,  requirements  of 66-68 

Township  standard  corners,  descriptions  of 23-25 

Transcrijits  and  field  notes,  abbreviations  allowed  in 23,  65 

Transcripts  of  fieltl  notes,  how  ])repaied 64,  65 

Transit  or  solar  comi>ass  requ ircd  in  surveys 19 

Traverse  or  tabular  statement  of  exteriors 61,  129, 177 

Treasury  Department,  act  establishing  General  Land  Office  under 7 

Treasury  Department,  act  removing  General  Land  Office  from 8 

Tree  corners,  descriptions  of,  Nos.  7  and  8 23-50 

Trees,  blazing  of,  along  line 21 

Trees,  bearing,  location  and  marking  of 24,  49,  50 

'J'rial  or  random  lines.     See  Random  lines. 

Triangles,  required  proportions  of  sides  of 136 

Triangnlatiou,  diagram  of,  required  in  original  field  notes 152 

Triangulations,  examples  of  computation  of 136 

Trlangulations,  how  performed 61, 136 

Triangulations  to  be  fully  recorded  in  notes 57,  61 

Triangulations,  or  traverse,  to  pass  obstacles 22 

Triangulations,  specimen  field  notes  of 144,  165, 188, 192,  211,  212 

True  meridian,  observation  of  Polaris  for 105-119 

True  meridian,  principal  and  guide  meridians  and  range  lines  to  follow 51,52 

U. 

Undergrowth,  dense,  defined 224 

Undergrowth,  dense,  to  be  noted  for  higher  rate  per  mile 61 

Ursa  Major,  diagram  of  constellation 108 


Variation,  amount  of  annual  magnetic,  table  showing 96,  97 

Variation,  magnetic,  when  to  be  noted 59 

Variation,  secular,  of  magnetic  needle 87,  88 

Variation,  secular,  tables  showing 88-98 

Verifying  results  of  solar  work 117,  217 

Village  or  city,  specimen  field  notes  of  intersections 209, 210 


236  INDEX. 

w. 

Paga. 

Watch  time,  accuracy  required  for  hour  angle  observations 116 

Water-front  lands  surveyable  by  nou-rectangular  method 8, 12 

Waters,  meauderable 56,  57 

Witness  corners,  rules  for  establishing 44,  47, 48,  56 

Witness  corners,  specimen  field  notes  of 198,  203,  209,  210 

Witness  points,  specimen  held  notes  of 198,  203 

Witness  points,  when  to  be  established -. 22,48 

Z. 

Zeta  Ursae  Majoris,  method  of  obtaining  true  meridian  by 107 

o 


""> 


/ 


PLATE  I 


Note 


Tt 


PLATE  I. 


n^.2. 


\jilrfhrEJJonft. 


Fi^.3.  Pi^-*- 


Township  jV°  5  North,  Mange  N°  9    West,  of  a  Principal  Meridian. 


■'' i i.— J— - 

§ Secis. 


^—^:'";^"'" '  ^,^)_ 


S  Sa^7. 

S  'eJff ""Is 


S.. iSfeiS!,.. 


§ SecJ:SO._ 


I ■feF-ie?;..- 


%  SecA/I- 


,S_-...5*kc.L?.s. 


S SeeJiZa,^ 


§ SecJ^4t. 


8. Sep_i2d,_ 


^w- 


% SecJSS.,^ 


S ^fi-cJSJ., 


S Sei^iSe. 


/^//?Sr\  STANDARD  PA/^ALL£L  A/OKTH . 

\  Sec.S.  I  Sec.4.  I  Sec.3.  I  See. 2. 


PLATE  II, 


PLATE  II. 


PJLATE  m 


£3^an  n  fjons. 


.<lfm,rinm^  r.lff^ 


TOMTVSHIP  EXTERIORS 


FornrH  standard  h^smallel  north. 


S2         SlV     3i).      SS> 


TT^rr: 


^m^ 


m^^ 


TH/HD'-ST.\NDARD  fAH.SJ^LlCIj    XORTf/. 


"^s^ri^m^mf^^z:^^ 


4^ 

.^iAl/l  „  „         „ 

MJiJv^-oi'rfJ'  XfyTifl'-^/e/^ J'iv,JAi4^iim. 


L 


d 


JTownship  N^15  North,  Range  N9  20  EaM  of  the  Principal  Meridian  Mont. 


PLATE  W.     1 


SumytB^U/nakd    \    By  WhmvSumytil 
SuJbdivisiMu 


March  22'^/6ft3      J6       00       72 


12       I»       -je 


AugAf^to  lOfiiSda. 


Irti,,  f„l.l  '„.,,,  ,1  lIu^M,^  ttwuekx,n,liL..in.  tlu. 


PLATE  Y. 


PLATE  VI 


PLATE  VII. 


Fiji.  3 


xn.  f    d 


-<•" 


PLATE  Vn. 


"«\ 


^"■•"•—^ 

j„..,„«,« 

pp?^fe; 

i^f=^. 

jf-j...— ;— .U. |. 

"'"t  ^ 

fi-t-f-H— -i— ;- 

-\-l\ 

\\\-'.  ;     ;j..»;.,„i 

1    i 

1   .? 

! 

--h-jf- 
1    s 

.^' 

T'-^- 

I          ■'"'"■'" 

•^'■"- 

Plg.3. 


J*-<-Vt-4.M    t     ^*«-T-,.«/ 

ji.**««^ 

t/f*tfM.,TMI>                                        \X'^V^^T.^S"^' 

^rrrt-f^^^l 

,|_^ — 1 1 } r 1 — ^ 

*  r";  ;     i     '•     i     is 

^ 

j4-^-l— p---. — 1— 14« 

pftf-^S--fi 

t  S^aB->rora 

ijtH-t-r-i-t-T'i 

p-^— ^ 

— 

Fift.15. 


J 


PJLATE  THl 


PLATE  VIH. 


J. 


T 

^  s......r^ 

/?.3>v. 

ill 

r2v 

J 

1 

1 

1       '      ■    !            1 

J 

^' 

■^-"•" 

^■""■■' 

T 


F,g.2. 


j-.-«».       sH 


,       36     y 


"if- 

ll 


.,-Mi*,'^-**-  ^Si^uZij. 


Figs. 


«l!       31 

-l-H 


O 


PLATE  IX, 


PLATE  IX. 


R.7^v: 


R.ew: 


R.5\\: 


•■      °!  <1  >i  i  Sit 


,"!,      !L     ^1    A   /^       »l       ii       ;!"'  ji       ?i 


'**  u '       Ml     4ST  li     as      ■  t  ^      i  ! 


■    ■;'    '1?      ,      il        jl         '1 

,4,.,^,j|™4.J|...^.™a](^_.«...4  I   T.3N. 


T.4N. 


"_!!!,'. 


!f 


'i\        \\        «i       i 


J         |||  ^  -  ''II 


T.2N. 


EXPLANAT/ONS. 


•l**^*'-" 


"sT' 


R.rM': 


R.6\v: 


R.5\V. 


R  \ 


ED      STATES      COAST      AND     GEODETIC        SURVE' 


ISOGONIC    CHART    OF    THE    UNITED     STATES     FOR     THE     EPOCH     1890 


r 


us  COAST  *ND     GtODETIC  SURVEr 
TC  Mendenhall,   Superintendent. 

MAGNETIC     MERIDIANS    OF    THE    UNITED      STATES     FOR    JANUARY     1890. 


Com.*ttt  Ge*J^tLc  Sujvey  RtparrKry^ariatl-^ 


university  »' CaMomUl 
SOUTHERN  Bee'O^^^^^Se.  CA  ^2^-^^ 
405  Hllsa'l  *«"  u  m^irtal  to  the  111>""V 


„  ,_f!ibrary  Loan     1 

11630  University  Hbsearcn  Library 

Box  951  575  1^^^  .  ^-7= 

LOS  Angeles,  CA   9(0095-1575 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 

Los  Angeles 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


B-m   JUL    71966 


JffC'O  URL-Lt) 
AUG  8    1366 


Form  L9-Series  444 


A  000  051  150 


t 


PLEA*??:  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
THIS  BOOK  CARD 


^tUBRARY^^ 


^(I/OJIIVOJO^ 


University  Research  Library 


:z3 
:ni' 


